Imwrattg of f tttBhurglj

Darlington Memorial Library

&:j

^^

;^

w

bmm^^t.

BRAOSTReET

f

u-

Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive

in 2009 with funding from

University of Pittsburgh Library System

http://www.archive.org/details/naturalaboriginaOOhayw

HISTORY OF TENNESSEE

[Note. — The length of tJie errata is entirely/ oxoin^f to the defectiveness of
the manuscript furnished the printer.']

THE

HISTORY

OF
rP TO THE

FIRST SETTLEMENTS THEREIN

BY THE
TT«ir THIS

YEAR 1768.

BY JOHN HAYWOOD,

OF THE COtTNTT OF DAVIDSOS, IS THE STATE OF TENHISSIS.

NASHVILLE :

PRINTED BY GEOKGE WIISOX,
1823.

V

^B^7

DISTRICT OF WEST TENNESSEE, to wit :

BE IT REMEMBERED, That on the twenty-second
day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand
; eight hundred and twenty-three, and of the Independence
of the United States of America, the forty-eighth ; Johk
Hatwoou, of tl\e said District, hath deposited in the office
of the Clerk of the District Court for the District of West
Tennessee, tlie title of a book, the right whereof he clainas as author
in the words following, to wit : "The Natural and Aborigin;d Histoiy
of Tennessee, up to tke first settlements therein by the white people,
i a the year 1768. By Jomsr Hai wood, of the County of Davidson, in
ihe State of Tennessee."

In conformity to the act of Congress of the United States, entitled
'• An Act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of
maps, charts and books, to the authors and proprietors of such copies
iluring the times therein raeuiioued." and also to the act, entitled " \rk
Act supplementary to an act, entitled " An Act for the encouragement
t/f learning, by securing the copies of maps, charts, and books, to the
liuthors and proprietors of such copies during the times therein men-
i.oned," and extending the benefits thereof to the arts of designing,
engraving, and etching historical and other prints.

Is TESTIMONY wuKREOF, I have hercunto set my hand, and affixed
the public seal of my office, the day and year aforesaid.

N A. McNAIRY,
Clerk of the District Court for the District of West Tennessee.

t-tv

h\-^\

^

CONTENTS.

CHAP rER I.

The appearance of East Tennessee — the Unica mountain—
the Cumberland mountain — the ridges in East Tennessee —
ihe Hiwassee— the valley between Cumberland mountain and
the ridges to the west — the rich lands between them — the
soil — old creeks — the decrease of waters — the deluge — the
inequalities of the surface — the effects of the deluge — interior
circular ridgea — evid'^ncesof the decrease of waters — mouths
of rivers shifted — the barrens — Obed's river, pine trees — sand
west of Spencer's hill — rocks on Spencer's hill — inclination of
the rocks in WestTennessee--in East rennessee-- sink-holes —
caves in East and West Tennessee — strata between the Ten-
nessee ridge and the Mississippi — oyster shells — marbles —
buhr stones — plaster of Paris — salt waters, Cookism or Ble-
tonism — animal petrifactions — vegetable petrifactions — ar-
gillaceous petrifactions volcanic formations — the earth-
quakes of 1811 — the effects produced by them — ores— poison-
ous tracts — disease called the milk sickiiess — countries where
found — conjectures concerning it— Indian summer —changes
of weai-hpr-wjirm columns of air —cool nights in summer-
snows and rains in winter.— 1 to 51—^299, 300, 301.

CHAPTER II.

Marine appearances on the surface — conch shells — small
shells — madripores — bivalve shells — crab fish — oyster shells
— ridges of oyster shells— marine appearances below the sur-
face— small conchs — periwinkles — charcoal — artificial pro-
ductions of the surface found below it — natural productions
of the surface found below it — the ancient animals of Ten-
nessee— the mammoth. — 5S to 66 — 304, 312.

CHAPTER III.

The Mexicans and Hindoos — the Hindoos and Persians —
their political institutions — the religious practises of the lat-
ter compared with those of the former — conch shells — sacred
buildings — gods or idols — pyramids — cosmical history of the
Mexicans compared with that of the Hindoos — the vernacular
customs of the Hindoos and those of the Mexicans and Pe-
ruvians; first those relative to religion, secondly those relative
to the common concerr)s of life — the Biblical repiesentatiou
and traditions of the Mexicans and Peruvians. — 66 to 86.

VI
CHAPTER IV.

The astronomical learning of the Mexicans compared with
that of the Hindoos — the rites practised by worshippers of the
sun in general to be compared with appearances in Tennessee
and its vicinity — the lingual and nominal coincidences be-
tween the southern Americans and the old world — the indi-
genous practises and characteristics of the Mexicans and
southern Indians.— 87 to 98.

CHAPTER V.

The Natchez compared with the Mexicans — the ancient
inhabitants of Tennessee with both.

CHAPTER VI.

The religion of the aborigines of Tennessee — the sun and
moon painted upon rocks — triplicity — the cross — mounds —
images — human sacrifices — Lingam — dress of idols — conch
shells— number seven— incense. — 113 to 157 — 213,315,317,
320.

CHAPTER VII.

Their sciences — letters and literal inscriptions — sculptures
— paintings — manufactures — fortifications — coins and other
metals— firnamp.nts — mirrors — tanks — mechanic arts —games
and pastimes — colour — Mexican coincidences.— 159 to 192 —
324, 329, 332, 334, 2S5, 339, 341, 350, 255, 358.

CHAPTER Vm.

Their size— their pigmies — martial music. — 193 to 213"-
ooy.

CHAPTER IX.

The Indians within the United States generally — those for-
merly within the limits of North-Carolina— Indian traditions.
215 to 230.

CHAPTER X.

The Cherokees — the countries whence they came— their
military character — the Biblical traditions of the Cherokees
and other Indians on the east of the Mississippi — their He-
braic customs — their computation of time — Hebraic rites—
their political government— laws— civil customs— civil tra-
ditions—scientific acquirements— lingual affinities and games.
231 to 286.

CHAPTER XI.

The Chicksaws— causes of depopulation of Indian coun-
tries.—287 to 299,

:f®si*a©i<

By clearing the woods, cultivation of the lands,
and by the devastation which augmented population
occasions, those remnants of antiquity are fast pass-
ing away, which indicate the situation and circum-
stances of this country in former ages. And since
men of experience and learning, by an acquaintance
with them, may make discoveries conducive to the
advancement of science, for that reason, this attempt
is made to preserve them in remembrance. Con-
viction that the aim is laudable, however imperfect
the execution, has preceded the work. The same
conviction has likewise determined, that correct
statements concerning them, even in the rudest form,
are preferable to their total extinction. Anticipation
also expects from this publication an excitement of
the public attention to the subject, more than it has
hitherto attracted. Many articles of great value
liave been thrown away or destroyed, as useless,
for want of such excitement ; which, had they been
preserved, might have eminently contributed to the
enlargement of useful information. This work will
be continued, and the investigations begun will be
prosecuted, till some abler hand shall undertake it:
and it is requested, that every friend to improve-
ments in science will contribute all that is conve-
niently within his reach, to tlie encouragement of
them. Discoveries suitable to this plan come slowly
to light, and cannot all be embraced in the researches
of a few years, nor even the greater part of them.

vm

But by patient perseverance for some time, and by
careful accumulation from many quarters of the
country, with the assistance of friendly co-operators,
there is reason to believe that a rich body of mate-
rials may be collected. They are strewn in profu-
sion upon the face of the country and in the bowels
of the earth ; and when concentred in one common
repository, will form, by arrangement, the ground-
work and the evidences for a complete history of
ancient ages, both geological and aboriginal. It is
hoped that this publication will make known the
objects of those inquiries which are making, as
likewise the practicability of them, and at the same
time will recommend them to public favoui*. The
beginnings of very useful institutions are sometimes
neglected, and even ridiculed, when the end to be
attained is not understood; which afterwards be-
come popular, when that is brought into view. This
publication will develop the end; and, it is hoped,
will procure, for the means essential to its success,
both friends and patrons. It is but the first essay,
the imperfect commencement, of a much more useful
and a much more polished production. The earnest
expectation is entertained, that it will have the effecfc
to awaken attention, and of causing discoveries to
be transmitted, in order that they may be recorded
and perpetuated.

NATURAL AND ABORIGINAL

CHAPTER I.

The History of Tennessee will be the more per-
fectly understood, if preceded by a brief statement
of the general face of the country, arid of its natu-
ral productions. This subject, of course sub- di-
vides itself; and requires a description — First, of
the general appearance of the country: Secondly,
of its marbles, buhr stones and plaister of Paris :
Thu'dly, of its salt waters : Fourthly, of its petri-
factions, ores, volcanic formations, and poisonous
tracts. Its geological phenomena may be included
in a seperate article; which may be followed by a-
nother seperate article, exhibiting the vestiges, of
the aboriginal men of America : and this again, by
a view of the present races of Indians, who very
probably exterminated the aborigines. We shall
then come to the settlement of the country by the
white people, who at present occupy it, and to the
^•eat exertions made by the Indians^ to prevent or
defeat those settlements.

First, of the general appearance of the country:
East Tennessee is divided from North Carolina,
by the Unaca or White ^lountains — Unica, in the
Cherokee language signifying wliite. The direc-
tion of the Mountain is southwest, bearing more to
the westward, than the other ridges of the Alligha-
nies. East of this, is another ridge, the course o£
which diverges to the southwest. This latter, the
people of Tennessee lately contended to be the U-
naca ; but the western ridge is now settled by trea-
ty to be so. The Hiwassee breaks through this
mountain, and heads in North Carolina, toward the
-Blue Ridge. Near to its head are very high lands.
. A

Vpou one of the latter of tii»-se mountains, in a gap^
fhiougli which the Indians pass, near the head of
Jirass Town creek, on a hivi^e horizontal rock, are
representations of animal i'oot^teps, which will ho
hereafter noticed. It is divided from West Ten-
nessee by the Cumherlnnd Mountain, bearing; in the
same direction nt- arly witli the Unaca and tlie Mis-
sissippi. Between these large mountains, there are
ridsjes running castwardly and westwardly, directly
from some point, near one of these mountains to
some point near to the other ; but not forming a
junction with either. Between the ends of these
ridges, and either of the mountains to the east or
■west of them, there is an interval or passage.—
These ridges, extending from east to west, are at
sliort distances from each other, forming vaUes be-
tween, and occupying all the rest of the country,
from the northern to the southern boundary of the
state.

On the eastern side, of the rich lands of \^ est
Tennessee, are the Cumberland Mountains, running
northeast and southwest. On the western side of
them, in the same direction, are other parallel high
lands or ridges, at the distance of about one hun-
dred and ten miles from the Cumberland Moun-
tains. The traveller crosses ilie western rigde, at,
Paradice's going from Nashville to Clarksville;
and at Robertson's, ten or twelve miles south of the
former, in going from Nashville to Charlotte, lu
a northwardly direction, the ridge traverses the
counties of Robertson, Sumner and Smith ; and ap-
proaching the Cumberland River, crosses the Keii-
tucUy line, at a point west of the Cumberland Gap ;
and probably afterwards joins some spur of the
Cumberland Mountain. Towards the south it ex-
tends to the Duck River ridge, which lies in the
southern part of Dickson county ; and also in the
southern part of Williamson ; and in the southeru
parts of Rutherfurd, and through a part of Wairen,
and terminates west of Collin's river, near to a spur

8

tnn tap east sido, v,])lcli cnnnoct? ivitli tlio inA'tt
inosuita m, iiein y west from Pikeville. 'I he onl^s in-
terval b^Lii^ where Collins' river breaks through,
and seeiiivS to seperate the two spurs, or ridges. In
this space, which iixcludes Davidson, Williamson,
Kutherford, Wilso;?, Sumner, Warren, White,
Jackson, and Overton, the relics of testaceous ani-
mals are much more abundant, than npon the high
lands. Some of these relics, fonnd npon the high-
lands, have, been collected and preserved by the,
curious. The country between the highlands, and
transverse ridges, of Avhich there are others more to
the south, and have been as far as the Musclft
Shoals, are the rich lands of West Tennessee; the.
surface of which, is G\e.rj where covered wdth great
numbers of limestone rocks. The soil is black and
of a different colur, from the soils of the high lands,
or of any other part of the state of Tennessee. —
There is no portion of sand contained in its mould.
Its texture is fine. The particles of earth which
compose it, are like fme flour, except as to color. —
In many places, are the beds, and banks of old
creeks ; in which there is now no water. And in
common with the high lauds, they present creeks,
now flowing in beds and banks, which have beei*
made by smaller quantities of water, than formerly
fiowed there. For ou either side of the present
banks, and at some distance from them, ar% larger
and higher banks, which have been cut, into their
present form, by strong currents of water, acting
npon their sides. In many places on thcsft
high banks, the rocks have been made bare by the.
w ashing of waters ; while those above their levels
have been left covered with mould. It would seem,
that after the whole of this large bottom was uncover-
ed by drains, there still remained numerous streams,
which long flowed and acted upon the surface. —
these in theh* turn, have in a series of ages gradual-
ly withdrawn themselves ; are still imperceptibly
retiring; and will finally cease to run altogether,

4
when the level of the ocean, shall he far enougli he-
low the bottoji of tlie inland seas and lakes, to draw
oJQt* the waler from that part of their heds, Avhicli are
not \ct ('etccted ; and Avhen other great reservoirs,
Vvhirh iill our rivers and creeks with water, shall
he diaiued off into the ocean. That hillows once
Tolled over this large plain, is too evident to adn-it
of denial. Whether the waters which covered it,
remained for some time infolded within the circle
of these ridges, after the other neighbouring waters
had retired to their native seats, before they could
be diecharged, by opening a passage to the ocean ;
or whether, when the waters in their neighborhood,
retreated from their antient habitations, to fill up
the caverns and hollows, which the deluge had
made by gulphs and inland seas, these were left im-
prisoned by the mountains and ridges, till they made
a passage for themgelves, and escaped to the ocean
is not material. For whether the one or the other
supposition be adopted, the result will be, in con-
firmation of the scriptural history; of the great dc-
Inge ; and enually accounts for the many inequali-
ties and protuberances made upon the crust of the
globe, by the undulations and heavings of the
waves. By the mighty rase of the v/aters, gushing
and precipitated from their heds, by the near ap-
proach of the great comet, which rarified the air
nearly to dissolution ; excited the winds ; set on
fire every combustible material, not covered by the
water — were possibly, as some believe, washed
deeper tl:e heds of the ocean ; and were opened,
those cavities which we see in all parts of the glohe,
in a direction from south to north ; proving one u-
niform operation in the formation of all, and by a
cause proceeding from the south. Such as the
>:altic, Mediteranean, Adriatic, Eegean Sea, the
[Persian (:»ulph, that between Cape Jack and
Cape CoE.orin ; the Bay of Bengal, the Gulf of Si-
am, the yellow sea, the Channel of Tartary, the
Sea. of Ochotsk, the Gulfs of California, and Mexi-

5
eo, the Gulf of Bothnia, the White Sea, and Da-
vis's Streii;hts ; all which seem to have been v/ash-
ed lip, by waters runniag froju south to north. —
They carried with them to the northern regions, the
equatorial and tropical plants, animals, weeds and
trees, depositing them as far as the fiftieth degree of
north latitude, Avhere their remains are now every
day found ; whilst no such relics, and particularly
none of northern growth, are found in regions south
of the southern tropics. The w^estern ridge before
described, it is probable was opposed for some time -
after the recession of the waters below, to the pas-
sage of the Cumberland river and its tributaries,
whieh were prabably elongated after the waters
withdrew. This opposition probably continued till
the waters of the lake, made by the supplies of the
Cumberland, rose high enough to find the lowest
part of the ridge, and proceeded tli rough that pas-
sage, continually widening and sinking deeper, as
the waters rushed over it, and carried off the consti-
tuent particles of the ridge, from the bottom and
sides of the opening. The level of the water in the
lake, lowered in proportion, till coming to the
falls, as we now see them, near the mouth of the
Big Harpeth, and Sycamore Creek ; the whole lake
was finally carried off. There was also an interior
or circular ridge between the Cumberland Moun-
tain, and the one before described, of the same cir-
cular form. Both these, will hereafter be particu-
larly adverted to. It will be su9ficient at present to
say, that similiar remarks, to those above made, ap-
ply to the great lake, once formed, between the
Duck River Kidge, on the one side and the Cum-
berland Mountain on the other ; extending as far
as the Muscle Shoals, and connected by a trans-
verse ridge, which served to dam up the waters, till
a passage was made by the workings of the Ten-
nessee, and the whole lake was carried off. Should
any one incline to doubt the decrease of waters, let
him be desired to consider the evidences in favor of

6

tills proposition. Tbero is a line of forts, beginning
at the mouth of Catarangus creek, supposed to have
been built on the bro\v"of the hill; which appears
to have once been the southern shore of Lake ir rie.
Since they were bnilt, the waters have receded
four or five miles. The surface between, is cover-
ed by a vegetable mould, made from the decny of
vegetables ; six, eight, or ten inches in depth. Ma-
ny of the works on the Scioto, and the great Mi-
ami, had gateways and parallel walls, leading down
to creeks, which once washed the foot of hills, from
which the streams have now receded ; have formed
extensive and new alluvions, and have worn down
their channels, in some instances, ten and even lif-
ieen feet. The rivers have shifted their mouths,
and in some places, their beds, almost universally,
more to the south and west, than they were, when
these ancient works were made. And perhaps this
might be said with respect to all rivers, running in-
to the Ohio and Mississippi. If this idea were fol-
lowed up, it might possibly lead to a discovery of the
cause, in the changed posture of the globe, or what-
ever else it may be. Has not the Mississippi chan-
ged its ancient beds or channels, for others more to
the south ? Did not the Cumberland at Nashville,
once extend to the hill, on the north side opposite
Nashville ? Did not the small creek at colonel Jos-
elin's on the southwest side of his plantation, once
hold waters, up to the rocks on the banks on both
sides, when the waters to fill it, must have been one
hundred times more copious than they now are?
The like may be observed of Whites' creek, Brush
creek, and of every other creek in the country ; and
of the shores of the ocean. Did not these latter,
once make salt, the waters between the Mississippi,
and the oyster banks in this state, and Alabama,
when all these rivers and creeks were full to their
banks, and when their channels were not as deep
as they now are? Against so many proofs of the
fact, both on the ancient shores of ocean, and on the

7

banks of all the rivers and creeks in the country,
who can close his senses against conviction ? Have,
not the w^aters of the Mississippi retired from thii
oyster ridges, between it and Tennessee?

To the same cause may possibly be referred, tho
praries, or barrens as they are called, and the ap-
pearances they exhihit in West Tennessee. In
the counties of Montgomery and Stuart, is a part of
the barrens, w^hich are so extensive in the neigh-
bouring counties of Kentucky. A great part of
them is very fertile ; and some part of them other-
wise. These lands are flat and level, for one hun-
dred miles and more in length, and breadtli. N(»
timber trees were upon them, and only a few sap-
lings of ten or twenty years growth. Where the
fire is kept from them, by tho interposition of plan-
tations, tlte young trees immediately spring up on
the unburnt surface, and grow luxuriantly. Some-
times the barrens are seperated from the adjacent
lands by the intervention of deep branches, and
creeks, winding circuitously through them. In the
bends are large timber trees, ay tall as any in the
forest, which adjoius the barrens ; while on the out-
side of the creek, and to its very margin, the bar-
rens are without a single timber tree of any sort.-—
Sometimes the barrens are intersected by swamps ;
in whicli trees of many descriptions stand thick, and
as large as any in the forests. Sometimes small
branches run through them, so obstructed in places
by natural obstacles, as to overflow the lands ou
their sides. These overflowed spots, are covered
with large trees. Very few mounds, are built upon
the prairies or barrens. The roots of trees blown
up in ancient ages, are no where visible ; as tliey
are abundantly in, the adjacent woodlands. Were
not these barrens once covered with water ; and af-
terwards with luxuriant grass, which being every
year exposed to combustion, ttie soil has therefore
produced no timber trees ? This draining may ha\ c
taken place at early periods; but pre h ably long

6

since the erection of those walled inclosures, which
we see left in the other parts of the country, by the
aborigines. It was since the settlement of the coun-
try by the aborigines; otherwise the annual growth
ef the barrens, would not every year have been
burnt ; but like the other parts of the country would
have grown up 'n bushes and trees, undisturbed by
tiie destructive interposition of human agency. If
it be supposed, that trees once grew in the barrens,
which liave been consumed by fire, in some parching
year, in the fall season, when the luxuriant grass
had become combustible ; why then were the ad-
joining woods left undisturbed? Why are not the
roots of trees found here, which were blown up in
ancient times, as they are found in the adjacent
woods ? Bid not these praries emerge from water in
times comparatively modern; and have they not
been since kept under, by fire throv, u into them an-
nually, by the inhabitants who have been here^ e-
ver since their desiccation?

On Crossing Obeds River, thirteen miles east of
the highest part of the Cumberland Mountain, are
seen for the first time, in going from Nashville to
ICnoxville, some scrubby pines. P>om thence east-
wardly, the pine trees increase both in number and
size, as far as to Rogersville, and probably to the
mountains on the eastern borders of this state. —
"Where the pine is first seen, there also appears in
places, an iniermix(ure of sand with the soil, which
in a few miles further ea«t. becomes a bed of sandi
It seems lo have been brought hither from a great
distance; and to have rebounded from the side of
Spencer's Uill, and to have settled in tlie country
Avest of it, and its vicinity. Beds of sand like this
appear no where in West Tennessee, except in the
beds of rivers, which are exposed to view, in the
summer. The top of Spencer's Hill, is a very high
elevation, perhaps one of the highest, on the Cum-
berland Mountain. Upon its summit are large
rocks, piled one upon anotlier, deprived of all cover-

ing ; and are constantly kept clean by the rains and
snows which melt upon them. The covering, which
may have been once around and upon them, seems
to have been swept away by overflowing waters.

The rocks in West Tennessee, generally incline
from southwest to northeast ; but in some instances,
from northwest to southeast. In the banks of
creeks and rivers, six or eight feet below the sur-
face, they decline toward the north; the part to-
ward the south being the most elevated. In East
Tennessee, the rocks, as well those on the surface,
as those on the banks of creeks, uniformly incline
from the southeast to the northwest, and have an el-
evation, of about forty- five degrees. Five miles
west of Knoxville, near the house which Miller for-
merly occupied, on the north side of the road, and
near the spring, is a very remarkable collection of
rocks ; the edges of which are just far enough above
the surface, to be seen, and to show their exact de-
gree of elevation, towards the no^-th. They are flat
rocks, standing on the edges; apparently ten or
twelve layers of them. They are distant a few feet
from each other, and are all exactly in the same de-
gree of declination, from the zenith ; as if the whole
had been moved in one and the same instant ; by
one and the same shock ; and by one and the same
cause, operating with the same force, exactly upon
each.

In both East and West Tennessee, are numerous
cavities in the earth, called sink holes. Let us des-
cribe a few of them.

* There is a hill, three hundred and fifty feet from
the base to the summit — not a knob, but a ridge,
which en the north joins Cumberland Mountain^
and extends southwardly to the Tennessee River,
which runs through it and finally joins the Allegha-
ny Mountain, not far from the Oconee station. —
The summit of this ridge, is in the county of Boane,
northeast from South West Point. Upon the top
of the ridge is a sink-hole, about six feet iu diame-
B

10
ter; in which is water about eight feet hclow the
surface. In the water are fi&h'; some of them from
BIX to ten inches in length. It could not be fath-
omed, by three bed ropes tied to each other, and
fifty feet of hickory bark added, with a heavy piece
of lead aflRxed to the end, making in all three hun-
dred and eighty feet at least. >}ot far from the
sink-hole, is a spring at the side of the lidge ; which
when flushed by long and copious rains, has in it
fish, of the same species with those found at the top.
There must be some internal obstacle in the bow*
els of the earth, between the spring and the water m
which the fish grow, which is overflowed in wet
weather, and lets the water and fish over it. Near
the water on the summit, eight feet below the sur-
face of the earth, in a small platform, and nearly co-
vered with dirt, was found a covchf of the size of
the egg of a hen, and of the same form as those
fihells, which are commonly called conch shells. —
There is a cave to the southwest of this sink, about
half a mile on the southwest side of the ridge ; the
opening of which is fifty yards from the4)ase of the
ridge, and above it. There is a small apperture,
after entering through wh ch> there is a descent of
fifteen feet, into an arched room, twenty by thirty
feet in length and breadth; and from eight to ten
{eei in depth. Thence there is an opening into n-
Dother room, and in it there is a cavern, into which
if a stone be thrown, it will resound by the striking
against thje walls, the report becomming still less
and less perceptible, till finally it seems to be too
far below^ to be heard from the surface. Every
morning a «moke ascends from the opening, and
continues till an hour or two after sunrise. In the
first of these caves, depending from the arch, are va-
rious petrified drippings of water, or stalactites, like
icicles. Directly under them, are petrified substan-
ces, made of water, in theXorm of dirt daubers nests;
in other words rough, and converted into stone.— r
By gome they are compared to cypress knees ; and

in some caves there arc many of them. When can-
dles are introduced, they exhibit a brilliancy of ap-
pearance to the representation of which, description
is incompetent.

In Blount county, eight miles west of Maryville,
is a spring, to the south of which is a ridge ; and at
the base of which is a sink hole. One standing on
the side of the ridge, and looking through a fissure,
into the rocks, may see water nearly upon a level
with his breast ; in which are fish. The spring
is fifteen feet lower and one .hundred and fifty feet
from the spot, where the water is seen in the interi-
or of the cave. This spring is unfathomable. The
water is clear and of a bluish cast. Near the base
of the ridge, is a sinkhole, in which there is no wa-
ter.

In some sink holes in East Tennessee, water is
at the bottom, fifteen or twenty feet or more, below
the surface of the earth ; and generally unfathoma-
ble. In some of them are great numbers of fish. — »
Sometimes it is observable, that there are manr
such sinkholes, in a course like that of a stream of
Water; one after another, all of them bottomless,*
and containing fish. Sink holes, both in East and
}^ est Tennessee, are to be found in all parts of tlie
country. They seem to have sunk in, from the sur-
face toward t!ie centre ; wider at top, and narrower
at bottom, They are from fifty to sixty yards in
diameter, to ten or twelve feet.

In 1795, Joseph Ray was travelling from Hol-
ston in East Tennessee, to Sumner county in West
Tennessee. Whilst he passed through the barrens
in Kentucky, leading a horse by his side, the one
that he rode sunk suddenly thirty or forty feet be-
low the surface. He leaped from the sinking horse,
and saved himself from going to the bottom, with
the other. He went to Sumner county, and return-
cd, and by means of assistance which he had ob-

* By bottomless is meant, not reacbjad bj anv Hne, the in-
habitants near them have made.

IS
tained, he descended into the pit, where his horse
had sunk, and found runnini; water at the bottom
of the pit. The horte had walked about in the ca-
vern, but was dead.

About the last of May 1821, on Rock Creek,
near the plantation of M'Cochrill, in Bedfoitl coun-
ty, in "West Tennessee, a sudden subterraneous ex-
plosion took place. It heaved the earth upwards
with great force, ejecting large rocks and ^mall
ones ; throwing them against the trees which were
near, bruising them so that they diet]. Tlie sound
of the explosion was like that of a large cannon ; and.
the hole broken open by the eruption, was forty or
fifty feet in diameter, and about fifty feet deep, hav-
ing the appearance of a sink hole, and having with-
in, a very rough and craggy appearance. A body
of smoke was settled for several days at the bottom
of the opening made by the eruption.

Through all East and West Tennessee, caves
are very abundant, on the sides of the mountaihs,
knobs, hills and bluffs. Some of them are ten
miles in length, and more. They are often filled
with nitrous dirt, of which salt petre is made in
large quantities, where the demand and prices given,
make it profitable to work them. Many bones of
the ancient inhabitants are found in them ; and some
skeletons in a state of preservation in the nitrous
dirt within them.

The whole of the country between the ridge west
of the Tennessee, and the Mississsippi, is composed
of the following strata. — First: soil mixed with
sand ; secondly, yellow clay ; thirdly, red sand,
mixed with red clay ; fourthly, perfectly white sand,
such as is seen on the shores of the Atlantic. Com-
pared with the latter, there is no perceptible differ-
ence. The country on the south side of the Ten-
nessee, near where that river crosses the southern
boundary line of this state, and for many miles to
the north west, and south is quite uneven ; and ex-
hibits the appearance of the ocean when agitated by

13
a storm. To the south in many places are to be
found immense banks of oyster shells ; some of
which are petrified. And in many places, oyster
shells are to be found, upon the surface of the earth,
These shells belonged to a species much liEirger.
than any live oysters now to be tasien, Some of the
half shells weighed not less than two pounds. —
These banks of Oyster shells, are not contiguous to
any water course ; but on high grounds, one hun-
dred miles east of the Mississippi, and from two
hundred to four hundred miles or more, north of the
Gulf of Mexico.

Secondly — of the Marbles^ Buhr stones and Plais-
fer of Paris, in Tennessee.
•

Six miles south of Rogersville, on the lands of
Judge Powell, is an abundance of fine marble, of
various colors. There is a hill, two and a half
miles east of north from Rogers ville, wholly com-
posed of marble ; white, grey, and sometimes red.
Also on the road eight miles west of Rogersville.
Also on tlie north of Bean's Station, a mile from
the top of Clinch Mountain. Also between Mr.
Cain's and Knoxville- The marble here is white.
Also on the south side of Knoxville, on the
road leading from Sevierville to Knoxville.- —
Also between Campbell's Station and Mr. Mere-
diths. Also between Blounts ville and Jonesborough.
South from Blountsville, on the south side of liol-
ston, and two miles from it, is red marble. Also^
large quantities in Jefferson county. A viea of
grey and variegated marble extends along the north
side of Clinch Mountain, for fifty miles ; a great
proportion of it very fine, and the vein of considera-
ble breadth. The soil about is generally barren,
or of a, metallic color ; easily washed into gullies.

In the mountains, on the eastern parts of Kast
Tennessee, are inexhaustible stores of the Plaister
of Paris; of the best quality ; which may be carried

14

dovTi the Holston and its branches, to all the coqxi*
ties below whenever the exhausted state of their
lands, shall be found to require reinvigoration.

Some of the inner mountains above described ;
aud particularly one lying fifteen miles to the north
of Knoxville, are mountains of Buhr stone, which
is acknowledged by the best Judges, to exceed all
others of the like kind in the world.

Thirdly of the Salt- Waters of Tennnessee.

At the foot of the Cumberland mountain, on the
west side of it, almost every stream of water which
runs from it, is found to be accompanied on its side,
with other streams of salt water. Whence the in-
ference has been made, that the Cumberland Moun-
tain itself, is full of layers and rocks of salt. The
streams of salt water, which flow from the Cumber-
land Mountain, are on the sides of rivers, at great
depths belaw the fresh water ; which is on the sur-
face, or just below it. Salt water is also in other
places, not in the neighborhood of fresh water
streams, and far from the Cumberland Mountain ;
but the quantity of salt water is greater or less, in
proportion, as the distance from the mountain is
greater or less. The important circumstance, rela-
tive to salt water, and marvellously strange it is, if
real, is this — that those streams so far below the
iurface, are found by subterranean attraction. In
England it is called Bletonism ; but in Tennessee,
it is called by some Cookism ; from the name of
Mr. Cook, a resident of Kentucky, who has found
a great number of subrerranean streams in Tennes-
see, both of salt and fresh water. Mr. Cook attri-
butes this quality, to some cause similar to that of
magnetism : and its action upon twigs in the hands
of some men, when on those in the hands of others
it will not act at all, to sympathies, peculiarly bes-
towed by providence, for the purpose of making
those essential discoveries; to which they tead ; aad>

15

without wliicli, the riens of subterranean waters^
both fresh and salt, would be useless ; and the de-
signs of providence, in creating them be disappoin-
ted. We know of its existence he says, as we know
of magnetism ; not by any adequate cause we can
assign, but by the numerous instances and proofs of
5ts effects ; the only means of ascertaining that the
unknown cause exists. These evidences may be
advanced for the conviction of scepticism ; and for
the accumulation of human knowledge, in relation
to the invisible agents, which creative wisdom hath
prepared, for the promotion and manifestation of its
designs. Mr. Cook cites many instances, in proof
of the real existence of this quality; which have no
doubt occurred, as he is a man of truth. Whether
iucccss, was justly ascribed or not, to a magnetic
cause, belongs not to the writer to dedde.- All he
ought to say is, that a great majority of the people
believe it. And that there is nothing more common
than to search for water by this process ; aud to
hear of the discoveries that have been made by it.
We have the additional evidence, and very sensible '
Femarks of Turner Lane esquire, of White county^
upon this curious subject. He says, " the time once
was, when when the amazing power of magnetism,
or of attraction, was totally unknown to the world,
and when it had not been discovered; that like
qualities possessed the power of attracting, and by
that power, producing an inclination, or tendency
to each other. But the time of that profound igno-
rance has long since ceased to exist ; for by mere
casualty, one Magnus, a shepherd, took notice that
the Loadstone would cleave to the Iron on his san-
dals ; and this discovery being improved, prepared
the way for the use of the Magnet ; a knowledge in
which enables the skilful mariner to traverse the
pathless ocean, without the danger of missing his
point of destination, or of running heedlessly into
eure ami inevitable destruction ; either by running
into ^icksandsy or splitting his bark on Rocks, —

±6
And it is now every where certainly known, that by
applying the loadstone to a bar of steel of a certain
given temperature, and then if the bar is suspended
on a pivot or centre pin, the ends of the bar will ne-
ver rest, until they have settled themselves down,
in coincidence with the poles of the earth. This
important fact, although now universally known,
yet the cause of its existance has never been clearly
understood. For although the immortal Sir Isaac
Newton, with all his philosophical, and astronom-
ical discovery, labored hard and employed his en-
larged powers of mind, with indefatigable zeal, to
discover the true cause of this phenomena,, and also
why it should so happen, that although the needle
or bar of steel, thus impregnated with magnetism,
would settle down nearly parallel with the axis of
the earth, yet it would not exactly coincide there-
with, but would have seme variation therefrom ;
and why this variation should not at all times re-
main the same, but be found at some times to the
East; at others to the west of a true meredian ; at
some times increasing ; at other times decreasing ;
and again at other periods be found in an exact co-
incidence with a true meredian, were at once phe-
nomena, the procuring cause of which he left to the
world as a profound secret — a secret which all the
philosophers that the world has ever known, have
not been able to develope, and bring out of mystery,
darkness and deep obscurity.

If then, there does exist one description of mag-
netism known to, and acknowledged by all men ;
and if in this magnetism there does exist, a secret,
unknown, and inexplicable cause, which does pro-
duce the effect, which all will acknowledge to be
the fact ; why may not another description of mag-
netism exist, equally certain in its operation, and e-
qually involved in mystery ; and the denial of
which, would, perhaps in half a century from the
present day, be as contemptible and ridiculous, as it
would now be, to deny the polarity of the Magnet.

17

^^ That such a magnetism is just now escaping
from that profound obscurity, secrecy and darkness,
in which it has remained from the (^mmencement
of time, to the present era, to me it seems there is
no doubt. I mean the attractive power, by which
a tender forked rod, in the hands of a practitioner,
will vibrate, and tend to the object of the search, or
enquiry of the practitioner.

" To prove that a tender rod in the hands of a
practitioner, will tend to or respond to the enquiry
of the practitioner, suffer me to recite a few undeni-
able facts ; facts which have been proven to a de-
monstration, perhaps in one hundred instances, viz :
Take one of those practitiohers to a vein of salt wa-
ter, ^d although the vein is far below the surface
of the earth, and the surface there puts on the same
appearance that it does elsewhere, yet the practi-
tioner will follow all the ;s;i^-%a »• meanderings of the.
stream, to any assignable or given distance. This
would S6em no how strange for the first attempt,
for who could say whether the practitioner was
right or wrong, the surface of the earth appearing
all alike.

''But how will our astonishment appear, and
how will our philosophy be shaken to the centre,
when we see any given number of other practition-
ers, each being brought to the same ground, one by
one, at different periods of time, and each of the lat-
ter, total and entire strangers to all that had for-
merly been said or done here ; to see them one by
one, join in unison, to mark out the very sama spot
for the vein to pas» under ; follow the very same
zig-zag course — showing all the points, and passing
directly over all the secret marks which might have
been made here at the first shewing.

*^ Here our reason fails us — here our philosophy
is smitten — we become dumb — we see the act achie-
ved before our eyes, and we cannot deny it — we
cannot get over it — we are compelled in silence to

C

IS
yeilthour assent to the fact, whilst our reason is lost
in profound mystery.

•< Permit Ae to relate one simple matter of fact,
which came within my own inspection, and I will
be no farther tedious on this subject, but will sub-
mit it to the candid mind; that is to say. — About
the year 1803, beini; at that time a resident of the
state of Kentucky, I was well acquainted with a
blacksmith in the town of Paris, who labored hard,
and drank much water; he complained that the
spring was far from him, and that water got Avarm
in tlni vessel before it reached him ; that he would
give any reasonable sum for a Well on his own lot.
He accordingly sent for a Water-tcitch, to make
search for water on his own lot. The experimnet
was made, a place was marked and the following
advices given by the practitioner : Dig here, and
a,fter sinking a certain number of feet, (by him gi-
ven) you will come to the rock, then after blowing
down another given Humber of feet, you will strike
a stream of excellent spring water. The advices
were immediately put in practice, and all things- suc-
ceeded precisely as foretold ; for the owner himself
told me, that he could not give a more minute ac-
count of the distances, after finishing bis w ell, than
he had received from the practition&r before the soil
was broken.

^^If then these proofs are thought conclusive,
how shall we account for the cause whicli produces
this effect? Shall we say that the effect is produced
without a cause, and is the effect of mere chance ?
If so, would not another difficulty equally impertant
arise, to wit : how mere chance should happen ex-
actly alike to so many different persons, all in quest of
the same object, and at the same place, but at dif-
ferent times, the one not knowing of the shewings
of the other? But would it not confound the princi-
ples of sound philosophy, to assert, that any effect
was ever yet produced, without a procuring, or pra-
dacing cause* Jf this assertion would be in direct

19
Gontradictioii to tiie strict laws of nature, and it
should be believed that every effect proceeds from
some producini; cause, would it be thought ridicu-
lous and fantastical, if we should attempt to hazard
an oppinion, touching the. cause wliich produces this
phenomenon.

'' But before we enter upon the discussion of thi^
point., we beg leave to premise a few plain truths, or
simple matters of fact. And first, it is a fact ac-
knowledged by all the practitioners of this art, that
tlieraiud must be strongly impressed with, and in a
constant state of enquiry after the substance or thing
sought for. Secondly — the forked rod must be of a
yonng, quick, and tender growth, being porous and
lively ; the bark being fresh and green, and the out-
side rind thin as paper, so as ta be susceptible of
easy penetration ; for a rough barked one will not
do. Thirdly — It is required to be granted, that like
substances^, qualities, or properties, have an atti^ac-
Mve influence one upon the other.

^^ The premises being laid, we will now risk an
opinion, on the secret and mysterious cause which
produces this effect, which is the subject under con-
sideration.

"Of what then does the the animal frame con-
sist ; how has it been reared up ; whence has it de-
rived its support and growth ; what its diet ; from
whence arose this diet ; has not all been from the
bowels of the earth, without a single exception ? If
so, how many different or various qualities, or pro-
perties, has our daily food been impregnated with ;
and if we have been reared up, upon food strongly
impregnated with all the various qualities or proper-
ties which are combined in the bowels of the earth,
what then may be the composition of qualities, or
properties, of which all tlie fluids and juices which
compose the animal system are impregnated with,
or do partake of?

'' And if all vegitable matter, as well as animal,
4« the immediate growth and offspring of the earth.

10
•which is tire common parent of all, is it not fair to
conclude that all vei^itaule matter is also composed,
some in a greater and s,oine in a less degree, with
tlie same qualities or properties, that the earth itself
possesses ? If so, il;e foi ked rod made nse of in this
process, is alho vegitiible, and consequently, in some
good decree, partakes of the same (jiialUes or proper-
ties, that the Ijuman or animal system does, to wit :
of Kitre, «alt, Sulpher, Metalics, &c.

"It has been premised, that wlieu this process is
performing, tlie mind of the ]»ractitioner must be
strongly impressed with, and in a constant state of
enquiry after the substance, or thing sought for. —
*l'his constant and earnest pressure upon the mind,
it would seem, spreads through and eifects the whole
system ; operates on the nerves, on the juices, and
extends to the extiHimities ; thereby strongly im-
pregnating the effluvia, which passes through the
pores of the body by common perspiration; and as
©ur system is composed of various qualities or pro-
perties, as has already been shewn, it would seem
that the quality of the same kind, with that on which
the' mind labors, now becoms warm, is roused into
action, and for the present, govern all the rest ; it
being the oidy quality which is congenial with the
strong agitations of the mind.

" It has also been premised that the forked Rod
must be young, tender, green, porous, and suscepti-
ble of easy penetration, and that a stiff rugged,
rough-barked rod will not do. — Shall we conclude
therefore, that a practitioner having a suitable rod in
his hand, sets out in quest of Salt water ; his mind
is bent down to the object ; the effects of the mind
flow to the extremities ; the nerves, the juices, the ef-
fluvia which is perspired, all are strongly impreg-
nated with the same enquiry; the saline qualities
which compose the system, are now warmed and
heightened ; the hands of the practitioner, now gras-
ping the rod closely, the warmth and dampness of
the palms, strike through the tender bark of the rod,

21

and into ihe^ soft and flexible pores or the wood ; and
the same saline qualities hdurx, iQ the rod, they are
now I'otised, made quick and active ; and the same
enquiry seems by these means, to he communicated
io the rod. — The practitioner equipped, Avith a mind
thus impressed, it is said, may pass over fresh wa-
ter, ©vcr Lead, over Kitre, or Other minerals, and the
rod Vv ill not he afiected ; but he can no sooner arrive
at a vein of salt water, than the attraction of the
vein seizes the rod, and it will directly respond to
the enquiry of the pactitioner. And in like manner
will it act, in unison with the mind, when in quest
of fresh water, minerals of any description, or other
metalic substances.

'' I shall prosecute this head no further, but will
close by repeating,— Can an effect be produced
without a cause ?

" 2ndly, If it cannot, has any thing like the
probable cause, been advanced, or is there some
other secret cause?

^^ Srdly, If something like what has been adyan-
vanced, is ng^t the probable cause, to me it would
seem hard to account for in any other, way.

" Another branch of this secret intelligence giv-
en by the rod to the. practitioner, is to determine the
depth of the stream beneath the surface of the earth.
How this can be performed when standing perpen-
dicular over the object, or what might be taken as a
clue, to lead to this discovery, seems at once to baf-
fle all conception, and leave us without any ground,
upon which we might form an opinion ; for how, or
by what rule can a rod know the depth of a stream,
better than the man in whose hand it Is ? — Can at-
traction determine distances, or show how far one
object is from another, by the force or power, with
which the one attracts, or operates on the other ? — '
Can an observer determine the latitude of the place
of observation, by the degree of power, with which
the Northern Pole attracts, or operates on the Mag-
net ?— Can we by the laws of gravitation, deter-

Aline the height of a declivity, by the power, or forccyv
with which a Globe, or other solid body would in-
cline to descend it ? — If none of these examples wiU
give a clue to the discovery of this mystery, 1 know
hot where to resort, or how to make the attempt at
finding one.

*^ A man standing perpendicularly over an object,
fiiay exercise his judgment on the subject of its
depth, and may hazard an opinion ; but I cannot yet
believe, that a rod can offord any aid to a practi-
tioner in determing depths in a perpendicular situa-
tion. The rod cannot derive any knowledge of
depths, by any rule or law of nature, nor can I be-
lieve that by any means, a rod could be inspired
with such discriminating faculties, as to discern tlie
difference between feet and inches ; and even if it
could b^ inspired with that knowledge, yet the dif-
ficulty would remain, as to how it could acquire a
knowledge of the depth, better than the man who
inspired it. — I conclude this mode of practice by
saying it is performed by guess, and not by art, or of
necessity ; we therefore find, that although all the
practitioners will agree as to the flace where those
veins of water are, yet no two who practice m this
way, will agree about the depth.

If then we can find no rational rnle, by which
depth may be determined, in a perpendicular direc-
tion above an object, let us resort to some other mode,
and try how far the rule actually resorted to by the
better practitioners of this art or mystery, will com-
port with the fixed laws of nature.

" It is saiil that when a point is ascertained^
perpendicularly to the object in quest, and the depth
of tlie object is required, the practitioner with his
rod elevated, turns his face from the point thus mar-
ked, and walks cautiously, at right angles from the
object ; — and that at a certain distance from the ob-
ject, the rod will again operate, turning directy to-
ward* the breast of the practitioner, and conse-
quently, tending towards the object : at this point

23

^iiey make a second mark;— the distance then of
those points one from the other, being let fall per«
pendicularly from the first, or vertical point, will
just exienil to the ohject, and determine the depth
heneafti the surface.

<^ Before we enter into the investigation of this
rule, we will premise, that by the laws or powers of
exhalation, all rarified vapour^ or effluvia, are caus-
ed to ascend.

" And that by ihe laws or powers of gravitation,
all substances are caused to descend^ or at least so
to expand as to form a level, and be in equillibrio.

^^ If then the distance between the two points
found as above stated, is equal to tlie distance from
the vertical point to the object, it follows, that those
dimensions form a right angled plain triangle, whose
legs are equal, and consequently, whose accute, and
opposite angles, will also be equal ; for equal lines
subtend equal angles. See the figure.

" In the triangle, A. B. C. let
C. be the object, A. the verticle
point, B. the point whence the
attraction will cease to operate
on the rod, and return towards
the practitioner, C. P. a level,
being parallel to A. B.
^' It is proven to a clear de-
monstration in the first book of
Euclid, that the sum of the angles in every plain tri-
angle as A B G is equal to a semicircle, or to 180
degrees ; and also that every right angie as is the
angle A contains 90 of those degrees; it thereforG
follows, that the sum of the other Lwo angles, B and
C, must also be 90 degrees ; for if the three contain
180 degrees, of which the angle A contains 90> de-
grees, it follows that the other two, B and C must
contain the other 90. But if the line A B is equal
to the line A C, it will alio follow, that their oppo -
«ite angles B and C will also be equal to each other;

S 2

V

D

0

24
tliat is aach being tlic equal half of 90 to wit, 45
degrees.

• •• It is also clearly proven in the book above ci-
ted, that if two lines as A 15 and C D be draw« par-
allel to each otlier. and if a line as B (J be drawn
to insercect them, the acute and opposite angles A
B C, and DOB will be equal to each other. —
Hence we infer, that the line C. P. inclines exactly
as much to the level C D as it does to the perpen-
dicultir C A, and no more so, but a splitting line be-
tween the two, dividing the right angle A C D in-
to tw o equal halves of 45 degrees each.

" If then as has been premised, the exhaling pow-
er would cause the attractive influence of all substan-
ces to ascend, and rise in the direction of the per-
pendicular line A C; and if as has also been premi-
sed, the power of gravitation would cause all attrac-
tive influences to expand and fonn a leval, in the
direction of the dotted line C D. It follows with
irresistible force, that those contrary or opposing
laws of nature, operating at onge on the attractive
influence of substances beneath the surface, with e-
qual force and power, will have a direct tendency
to direct the rays of attraction which pass from the
object to take a middle course, and ascend directly
with the splitting line C B, forming angles with the
level and perpendicular of 45 degrees each.

^'This rule would admit of mathematical demon-
stration, and is founded on such just principles, that
if it is admitted at all, that a substance beneath th«
surface can attract a rod in the hands of a practiti-
oner, it ought also to be admitted, that by the fore-
going rule, the depth may also be pretty nearly as-
certained. Ludicrous and simple as the foregoing
pages mav appear, to a person possessing your
strength of mind, the impressions of mind which
have for some time past pervaded me, are thereia
respectfully submitted.''

25

't'ourthly — Of its Petrifactions, Volcanic Forma-
tions, Ores and Poisonous Tracts.

Petrifactions are of animal substances, or of ve-
getable ones, or argillaceous.
"^ First, Of the Petrifactions of Animal Svhstances.
Three or four miles on the south side of Cumber-
land river, and as near Nashville, Dr. Roane, in
1818, found a petrified fish, adhering to a rock on
the side of a hill. It was probably carried to that
place, bj waters which withdrew, leaving it dead
in the mud ; which some time afterward was cou-
verted into stone.

In Davidson county, in the state of Tennessee,
on the plantation of Captain Coleman; at the bot-
tom of his spring-house, from which the earth had
been removed, in searching for the foundation ; is
a rock, on which the house is placed. On the sur-
face of this rock, are petrified snakes, partly incor-
porated with the stone. It seems as if the snakeg
had lain upon it ; and had sunk, in part, into the
substance, which is now stone ; giving the idea of
a petrifaction, at the same time, both of that sub-
stance and of the snakes which lay upon it, I'et-
rified shells are found in parts of the county, south of
Nashville, just below the surface. Petrified tur-
key eggs have been found many feet under the
ground, and will be more particularly described in
another chapter.

Of Vegetable Petrifactions,

Eight miles south of Nashville, was found a
petrified mushroom ; with a small stem at the bot-
tom, which connected it with the ground on which
it grew. The tuberous top is divided by small
fissures ; and upon the outward surface are many
small adjoining circles, with small circles within
to the centre, where is the smallest circle of
all, with a small excrescence in the centre. And
almost every day, we see petrified hickory nuts,
walnuts and cane roots. Petrified leaves we find,
D

2^

in the interior of the rocks on the banks of tliS
Cumberland at Nashville; and also nuts.

In May 1819, about seven miles from the towa
of Franklin, iu the county of Williamson, passing
westwardly from the Fayetteville road to the Cum-
berland road, near to a small path leading through
unsettled heavy timbered A\x)ods, was found by Mr,
Pugh, a piece of petrified wood, which appeared
to have been a stump dug up, with the roots cut ofl\
one side hewed, and the upper end cut off. Two
very plain chops are on the face of the hewed part,
seeming to have been first chopped, and then hew-
ed. The piece would weigh at least twenty pounds,
and appears to have been ash, before it was petri-
fied, from the coarseness of the grain,

Ojf Argillaceous Petrifactions,

In the county of Diividson, in West Tennessee,
nine miles south of Nashville, on the plantation
lately occupied by John Mayfield, is a stone hearth,
and upon it are the tracts of crows of different
sizes.

On the Cumberland road, which was opened ia
the year 1787, there is about halfway betweeu-
Drowning creek and where Mr. Terril lives, an^
Obed's river where Mr. Graham lives, the impres-
sion of a horse's foot shod, all converted into solid
stone ; and near it, is the impression of a man's
foot, upon the roek, also converted into solid stone.

In the county of White, on Cane creek, which
runs into the Cany Fork northwest from Sparta
fourteen miles, or two and a quarter miles below
the road from Sparta to Carthage, is a flat rock,^
running from the bank into the water, where is a
small stream of salt water running into the creek,
on the north side of which are impressed three
tracks of a horse, which seem to have been made
as he went down the rock to the creek. When he
came to the lower rock, near the water, he turned
ta the left; and made other tracks, also impressed

27

•into it. The tracks of liis hinder feet Ijeiag on tlie
lower rock, and those of his fore feet upoa another
•rock a little higher, in going down tiie rock, his
feet appear to have slipped forward, and where he
stood upon the lower rock, the track is so plain,
that the impression marie hy the frog of his foot is
as apparent ftS it would have been if nmde upon
common clay. The tracks are so natural, that no
one would take them for sculptured representations.
The rock at tiie fore part of the tracks, seems to
have been clay, raised by the foot as it slipped
forw^ard. The country in Avhich this rock is, was
ceded by the Indians in 180.^, and first began to be
settled l)y the whites in 1806. The Cherokees
iirst had horses in 1700, or a little later. The
French first settled Canada in 1608. Some of
their hunters may have travelled on horseback
ihrough this country before 1700; otherwise it
must be considered, that this petrifaction took place
within a few years past. See note S.,

Of Volcanic Formations in Tennessee.
In the country within the limits of this state,,
called the Chickasaw purchase, between the Ten-
nessee river and the Mississippi, and near the lat-
ter river, are found in many places, balls which at
first sight seem to be cannon balls, to which theii
resemblance is very striking. They are round and
«f a dark colour, but are composed of sand within,
and in the centre is a small cavity, containing fine
particles of very white sand. The shape is like
that which is given to the vitrified, round and hol-
low su«bstances, which are found in the vicinity of
the Cumberland liver, where it most nearly ap-
proaches the Tennessee, in the lower parts of Stuart
county. The latter are supposed to have been thrown
up in the times of earthquakes, from subterraneous
■fires, through apertures of a rounded form, which
wer^e opened ia Biany parts of th© country, giving

28

vent to the passages of sand, and fused materials.
The motion by which they ascended, was such as
produced rotundity iu the rolled or upheaved mass,
and met the external air something like that, per-
haps, which in a kettle of boiling water fixes wa-
tery globules on the surface. After crossing the
Tennessee river from east to WTst, and progressing
forty miles in that direction, everywhere in the
country, down to the Mississippi, are small longi-
tudinal ponds of water, sometimes sixty poles long
and twenty-five or thirty poles wide. The w ater
within, is generally about six inches deep. Tha
water runs o^ in small drains or necks, to the low^-
er lands. Near to the entrance into those necks,
are found balls with clear white sand in the centre.
The balls are perfectly round, the larger ones hav-
ing the appearance of cannon balls. They are
from the size of a nine pound cannon ball to that
of a partridge egg. The materials which compose
them have internally the appearance of white clay,
and not more than one third heavier than pumice.
They may have been ejected from the bowels of
the earth, in the time of earthquakes ; w hen also,
the ponds in which they are, may have sunk.
When broken, they make angular edges, and have
evident signs of gas confined within them. In the
neighbouring county of Stuart, on the east side of
Tennessee, are round pieces of vitrified matter,
with something that rattles in the inside. The
bottom of these ponds is a tough marl, of a white
consistence. The country near to the Mississippi
is somewhat defaced, by the earthquake of 18.11 ;
and on the side of one of the rivers, a lake has
been formed, of ten or fifteen miles in length, and
eight or ten in breadth, with dead trees standing iu
it, having their bodies immersed halfway up in
water.

In the same way, many have been formed in
more ancient times. That these balls have been

S9

formed by the action of fire, and by the motion
which prevails in the times of earthquakes, is ren-
dered probable by another fact. A few miles from
the town of Columbia, in the county of Maury, in
West Tennessee, oii the south side of Duck river,
a digging was commenced in 18SS, for the purpose
of discovering a silver mine, supposed to be there.
The diggers, after descending one hundred and
fifty feet^ came to a cavity, through which the well
passed, having part of the cavity on both sides.
Near it, the rocks-had evident marks of fire having
acted upon them. In the cavity, they found several
balls, perfectly round, of the size of pound swivel
balls ; as heavy as cannon balls of the same size,
or nearly so. The exterior parts of the ball were
made a little uneven, by small square protuberan-
ces lying flat in some places, and by the projection
of the edges, or ends of them, in others. One of
them was broken, and contained, through all the
interior, from the surface to the centre, a bright
substance, of a cast inclining to sulphureous, and
seemingly of a fusile quality. They found also
on digging, a white, solid and semitransparent sub-
stance, which seemed to have shot like ice, longi-
tudinally, and adhering together laterally, nearly
of the Colour of those stalactical substances, which
cover the bottoms of our caves, and which are
white, solid and heavy; sometimes three or four
inches thick, and which have been formed of what
fell from the dripping of the cave above. The
substance now spoken of, as found near Columbia,
is of the same colour but brighter, and is distin-
guished from the other by its longitudinal shoots,
which that has not. The Columbia substance re-
sembles alum in colour, but is more transparent,
light and bright. The balls must have been formed
when in a state of fusion, and also in such sort of
ntelting as communicated a perfectly round form,
nucli as gave the same form to the vitrified balls in

30

Stuart county, and to those which were found be-
tween the Tennessee vidge and the Mississippi.
The latter, it is true, were not heavy in proportion
to their size, and were of sandy materials in part.
It may be here mentioned, as possibly proceeding
from the same cause, that soon after the earthquake
in 1811, several pumice stones were found floating
in tlie M aters of Cumberland river, and seemed to
have been discharged, by lire and fusion, of the
heavier particles which formerly made a part of
their composition. The earthquakes of 1811,
commenced on the 16th of December, half -past two
o'clock in the morning; and have been felt at inter-
vals up to 1819, and as late as July 1822. The first
shocks Vv'hich were the most violent, had these effects.
The water in the Mississippi, near New-Madrid,
rose in a few minutes twelve or fourteen feet, and
again fell like a tide. Some lakes were elevated,
and the bottom raised a^bove the common surface of
the earth in the neighbourhood, and still remains so.
The country near New-Madrid, was everywhere
broken up in furrows, six or eig^it feet wide, and as
many deep. The streams of water in Tennessee
liave ever since been more copious ihan before. In
many places iti West Tennessee, old sulphur springs
liave commenced running again, which some years
before Avere dried up. And in some places, new
springs of sulphureous water have broken out of
the earth, and still continue to run. The earth ia
ths western parts of West Tennessee, opened in
several places, and wliite sand issued from the
apertures. Near New-Madrid, hot water issued
fron the holes, of a dark colour, and of a strong
fiuphureous smell. Where the white sand was
th-own up, it lay around the hole in a circular
form. In some places, there issued from the earth
something like wind from the tube of a bellows,
passing through burning coal. In the Chickasaw
countiy, it cast up hillocks of white swid; of tbe

31

sk& of potatoe hills. These are all through thfJ
Chickasaw country. In some places west of th©
Mississippi, a troublesome warmth of the earth
wa^ perceptible to the nuked feet. The next day
hut one before the first earthquake, was darkened
from morning to night, by thick fog ; and divers
persons perceived a sulphureous scent. The wind
ceased, and there was a dead calm, without ths
least breath of air, on the day of the earthquake.
The like calm preceded all the f?hocks. The mo-
tions of the earth were undulating. The parts
agitated quivered like the flesh of a beef just kitled..
They began just about the time the comet disap-
peared. The motions progressed from west to east;
and these earthquakes have travelled progressively
in that direction, agitating aiid alarming in succes-
sion, the countries of America, Europe and Asia^
till they have gone into the ocean, east of Asia.
The motions in Tennessee were sometimes, but
seldom, perpendicular ; resembling a house raised,
and suddenly let fall to the ground. Explosions
Mke the discharge of a cannott at a few miles' dis-
tance, were heard; and at night, flashes of lightning
seemed sometimes to break from the earth. For
two or three months the shocks were frequent; al-
most every day. Then they gradually decreased
In frequency, and took place at longer intervals,
which continued to lengthen till they finally ceased.
In May 1817, in Tennessee, they had come to be
several months apart, and were but just perceptible.
The last of them was in 1822. When the shocks
came on, the stones on the surface of the earth were
agitated by a tremulous motion, like eggs in a fry-
ing-pan, and altogether made a noise similar to that
of the wheels of a wagon in a pebbly road. The
frightened horses ran snorting in tlie field ; the hogs
squealed ; the dogs barked ; anti the fowls descend-
ed from their roosts. The ponds of water, where
ther$ was hq wind^ had a troubled surface, the

82

wliole day preceding any great shock. A deep
gloom prevailed. lu the time of the earthquake,
a murmuring noise, like that of fire disturbed by
the blowing of a bellows, issued from the pores of
the earth. A distant rumbling was heard, almost
without intermission, and sometimes seemed to be
in the air. Bricks fell from the tops of chimneys.
The agitations about, exceeded those immediately
upon the surface. On the west side of the Missis-
sippi, trees were in many places split from the root
upwards, the roots themselves being divided. In
some instances, the tree w as wiiolly split to pieces,
and in others a vacuum was left between the differ-
ent parts. In some instances, the trees were broken
off; the tops fell to the ground, and the trunks were
left standing. Spouts of water, of three or four
inches in diameter, sprang from the Mississippi,
and ascended to a great height. In some parts
of the Mississippi, the river was swallowed up,
for some minutes, by the seeming descent of the
>vater, into some great opening of the earth at the
bottom of the river. Boats with their crews were
ingulfed, and never more heard of. For six
months before the earthquakes at least, and indeed
for a longer time, the weather was unusually warm,
little or no motion of the air was perceptible, and
no lightning was seen or thunder heard. A dread
calm brooded over futurity. In the time of the
earthquakes, the fountains received muddy water
into their ])eds, too thick to be drank. The watery
passages seemed to be repairing, and the choaked
avenues to be cleansing. A dull and heavy ob-
scuration of the atmosphere usually preceded the
shocks. The effluvia which caused the dimness of
the day, seemed to be neither cloud or smoke, yet
resembling both. It was too light for clouds, and
too thin for common smoke; and was of a lighter
cast. It seldom terminated in condensation, as
Tennessee vapours usually do. In the time of the

22

uliocks, many persons experienced a nauseating
sickness at the stomach, and a trembling of the
knees. These earthquakes were followed by an
epidemic complaint, in the years 1815 and 1816,
which was very mortal. In the time of the earth-
quakes, lights were seen in the night, sometimes
westwardly like the light of the sun, before it is
closed by the darkness of the night; but shooting
much further, toward the east, and continuing much
longer, than the light of the sun after setting. And
sometimes in the night, the heavens would seem to
be tinged with a reddish colour, supposed to be the
efl'ect of invisible effluvia, issuing through the pores
of the earth ; and collecting above us, like smoke
in the spring, which rises from log heaps, and brush
heaps ; and shows itself like light at a distance.
The water near New-Madrid, which was spurted
from the bowels of the earth, was black, having the
appearance of an intermixture with coal. Ever since
the commencement ofihese earthquakes, in 1811 and
from thence up to 1819, and afterwards, tremblings
of the earth have occurred there almost every day^
and in West Tennessee at intervals up to July 18^2.

Of the Geodes found in Tennessee.

Beside the globular masses before described,
there are others in Tennessee, which seem to have
a different origin, which should also be described.
After passing the Cany Fork, at Trousdale's, six
or eight miles above Carthage, on the road from
Nashville to Knoxville, the traveller ascends a hill,
on the right and left of which are low grounds, far
below the road on which he is; the waters descend-
ing on the one side into the Cany Fork, and on the
other into the Cumberland. The summit of the
ridge is two hundred or two hundred and fifty feet
above the low grounds on either side. In many
places, the summit of the ridge is not more than ten
or fifteen feet across. The ridge continues for
£

34

fifteen miles, before the hollows and low grounds
disappear. Upon the summit of these ridges, a*
well as on the ridge in Roan county, before de-
scribed as being three hundred and fifty feet high^
are found in clusters, masses in rounded forms, in-
clining to eliptical, with tuberous excrescences, like
those of large Irish potatoes. They are of a dark
colour on the o.utside, and of the size generally of
large cymblings, in some other countries called
squashes. The centre is hollow, with loose par-
ticles in it, of the like sort as those which occupy
the interval between the hollow and the exterior.
This hollow is lined with a thin crust, or lamina
of red dirt, of a deep tinge. The interval between
this and the interior, is occupied by small chrystal-
lized pieces, of the form of diamonds, with angu-
lar points, which pieces are incorporated and run
into each other, no one being wholly separated and
distinct from its neighbour. The whole mass has
the appearance, and suggests the idea, of matter
conglomerated, whilst in a plastic state, by rolling
up the hill, till it reached the summit, where the
waters were not of depth and force sufficient to move
them any further. After which, petrifaction and
chrystallization took place, the materials contract-
ing toward the surface, and of course leaving the
centre hollow. The angular pieces, in the shape
of diamonds, will scratch glass. Many of these
geodes, of the size of pumpkins, and of eliptical
figures, are said to lie on the surface, between Mur-
freesborough and McMinnville. The groups in
which they lie seem never to have been disordered
by the misplacin^s of man.

Of the Ores of Tennessee.

Lead ore is found in small veins, in the county
of Claiborne. Little search has as yet been made,
to ascertain the fact of a lead mine being there.

A mine of lead has been worked in Jefferson
county.

85

ISfe part of the world produces better iron ot^
than the county of Claiborne ; nor in greater abun^
dance. Twenty sets of iron-works in this small
county, are generally kept in operation.

Iron ore abounds also in the county of Dickson^
which contains within its limits, the Yellow-creek
iron- works, those of Mr. Bell on Barton's creek,
and those of Mr. Napier on the same stream, ia
the lower part of Davidson; also, near the Big
Harpeth river, iron ore is very abundant. It is m
the greatest profusion in the counties of Lincoln
and Bedford.

Of Poisonous T facts of Country in Tennessee^

On the confines of Sumner and Smith counties,
in West Tennessee, and on the waters of Goose
<5reek, two miles north of Mr, Donoho's plantation,
on the road leading from Gallatin to Carthage, is a
tract of country, in which, when cattle graze, their
milk becomes poisonous : and when taken into the
stomach, produces sickness which usually termin-*
ates in death. If the cow be killed for beef, the
fl«sh taken into the stomach, produces the same
symptoms and results. The crows, dogs and buz-
zards, which ara fed on the flesh of cattle, which
die shortly after grazing there, soon after die them-
selves. A deer which has been killed soon after
feeding there, produces the sickness and death of
those who eat the venison. The cause of this ex-
traordinary mortality has not hitherto been discov-
ered, but is supposed to lurk in the succulent parts
of some vegetable which grows there. The re-
searches of some experienced botanist, might be
usefully employed in this spot; and might save
many lives in future, by pointing out the cause,
which once detected, would make known the anti-
dote to be opposed to its deleterious powers. In-
formation hath not made it known to the writer,
whether the honey extracted from the plants which

86

grow there, is equally or at all poisonous. The
cow or deer itself is not poisoned, by the food it
eats there, and yet its milk and flesh are poisonous.
The fact is unaccountable though it is real. AV hen-
ever tke real cause comes to be discovered, the
wonder may be greatly abated, as well as the effects
obviated or prevented, by the application of the ap-
propriate medicaments. The only one now resorted
to, is that of keeping the cattle confined in pens, so
that they do not range upon this tract of country.
Those who live upon the lands which are exceed-
ingly fertile and productive, can neither eat the
meat nor use the milk of the cattle. In other re-
spects, there is no inconvenience to v/hich the in-
habitants are subjected, more than those who live
upon the adjacent or more distant lands, in this
section of country. In Bledsoe county in Se-
quatchie valley, is a tract of land, the grazing of
which is followed by similar effects. This valley
commences a few miles south of the Crab orchard,
two and a half miles east of Spencer's hill, and
extends in length to the Tennessee river, in a south-
wardly direction. Where it first commences, it is
narrower, but where it joins the river, is the width
of four or five miles. It is bounded on the west
by the Cumberland mountain, and on the east by
Walker's ridge, in which Spencer's hill is. The
lands in the valley also are very fertile.

With respect to the symptoms of the disorder in
affected animals, observed principally in the poi-
sonous tract on Goose creek, in the county of Sum-
ner. If the cow can get to water, it hastens the
appearance of the symptoms, iremour and ike con-
stipation of the intestines. Her head is tossed
from side to side, in agony ; and if it remain in
any one position for some time, the muscles cannot
be acted on, so as to bring the head to any other
posture. All the muscles have a peculiar rigidity.
If milk be now drawn; it emits an odour known to

37

those conversant with sucli milk. It is said not to
froth so much as good milk, when ^jlng from th i
dug into a vessel. At boiling heat it quickly cur-
dles. The cream has a greenish hue^ and the but-
ter made from it highly pernicious qualities. If
the calf Slick the milk, it trembles, staggers, and
often falls, whilst sucking, and dies immediately.
By abstracting the milk, the animal is somewhat
relieved. At length, her abdomenal muscles are
much contracted, presenting a meagre appearance
of the body. Her breathing is laborious, and very
ofiFensive if inhaled by the by-standers. On dis-
section, the stench arising from the internal parts
is almost insu])portable. The several apartments
of the stomach, and parts of the intestines are gan-
grenous, The retained contents are dry fee ted
matter. Other animals are similarly affected in the
violent forms of the disease. The first suspicion
of the cow being diseased, often arises from nausea
at the stomach of those who for some days may
have used the milk. Perhaps the calf is by this
time affected. If under these circumstances the
milk be regularly drawn, the cow may exhibit no
symptoms of disease, eating and drinking as usual.
Should she be made to undergo severe exercise, the
complaint will appear in its customary form, and
perhaps terminate in death, or in a slow recovery
of six or twelve months' duration. Indeed, it is
stated that animals once under the influence of this
poison, never are so completely recovered as not to
feel its effects in any future violent exertion, or
what is vulgularly called healing the blood. At
ail stages of the disease, ardent spirits, and spirits
of turpentine, are attended with salutary effects
when freely administered. When the intestinal
canal is freely purged, the danger is slight, with
proper care.

In Sequatchie valley some sheep laboured under
the poisou : they vomited without much apparent

tiffbrt, and were also purged without having takea
any medicine. The owner thought if his cattle
and sheep had remained on the hills, they would
not have shown any marks of disease. The fa-
tigue of heing driven home, and then drinking wa-
ter, produced the active form of the disease.

In the dormant state of the disease, the milk of
a cow is not so deleterious, as when the complaint
has assumed its more distinctive character.

That dogs, cats, hogs, turkeys, chickens, crows
and buzzards die by using the flesh of animals
which perished under this disease, can be attested
by the oaths of hundreds. Sometimes buzzards
are unable to fly from the carcase ; and on a branch
of Goose creek, called Hicherson's fork, sixty or
seventy buzzards have been seen dead at one tim«
near the water.

In driving fourteen steers from the hills to a farm
two miles from them, seven sickened and died at
the first branch of water they crossed : two only
could be driven home, and they also died some time
afterwards. Dogs have been unable to get home,
after eating the flesh of dead animals. One of the
neighbours of the late Colonel Benjamin Sea well,
who stated these facts, when removing his family
to a distant part of the country, had six or seven
horses to die on the road, with the common symp-
toms of this disorder, although these horses wer*
apparently well when setting off on the journey.

Mr. Elisha Henry, when fox hunting, found two
of his dogs at a carcase he supposed to be peison-
ed. The same dogs, after running half a mile in
a fox chase, came to water and drank, and died
immediately.

The cows of Mrs. Britton were neglected, and
ranged out of the pasture, whilst lier husband was
sick. She suspected the milk, from the greenish
colour of the cream ; and ordered some to be given
to a pig. The eervant believing the milk to b«

good, eat some of it, and was immediately attacked,
Dut recovered. At the sale of her husband's estate
shortly afterwards, she purchased a mare known
to be affected by the poison, and this mare soon
died. It being inconvenient to burn or bury the
carcase, as is customary, a pen of wood was placed
around. Into this inclosure none but small animals
could find a passage. In the course of a day or
two, one racoon and two opossums were found dead
by the carcase.

So far as this sickness affects human beings, it
can be invariably traced to taking into the stomach
the milk, butter or flesh of animals which laboured
under the same disease. With respect to both men
and other animals, the violence of an attack is mo-
dified by the quantity and quality of milk, butter
or flesh taken into the stomach, and the time it is
retained.

A great many horses and cows die quite fat,
within the limits of that section of country in which
the disease exists : and a vast number of hogs and
dogs die very soon after using the flesh of such
tinimals, of a disease similar to that of which those
animals themselves died.

The stomach and bowels of these animals are
highly inflamed, and the intestines are filled with
hardened, round, smooth lumps of excrements.
Stock confined to an old, well cultivated pasture,
never are affected with this disease ; nor is their
flesh or milk noxious. If a new piece of woodland
be added to the farm the disorder often appears,
but by separating those woodlands from the old
lots, it will soon disappear. Vegetation here is
the same as elsewhere. The country is rich and
considerably broken with small mountains; the
Millstone mountain, the Sandstone mountain, &c.
Sulphur is intermixed with the rocks of the Mill-
stone mountain. In human patients a burnin!;
sensation in the stomach is first perceived, which

40

for a day or two is maderatCj and not attended with
any vomiting or pain. On the third day the hurn-
ing in the stomach is severe, and the patient some-
times vomits every half hour: ohstinate constipation
takes place, witJi some pain in the stomach. The
pulse is small, threaded and a little accelerated ;
and the heat of the extremities considerably below
the common temperature. Restlessness and great
anxiety prevails in the early part of the disease; a
constant and an ungovernable desire for water, which
when given allays the burning for a moment, but the
fluid is soon rejected, and then vomiting and pain
resume their usual violence. There is no soreness
or pain in the regions of the liver, spleen, back or
head. The disease is seated in. the stomach and
bowels, and there is great and immediate prostra-
tion of the whole system. These symptoms con-
tinue with great violence about twenty-four hours
after the vomiting commences, with now and then
a hickup. The vomiting, burning and pain then
begin to subside, and the hickup becomes more and
more frequent. Difficulty of breathing supervenes,
especially as the patient inspires, which is perform-
ed slowly and with considerable difficulty : and as
he becomes less restless, and his anxiety abates,
stupor prevails, in the same ratio, till its subject is
rendered conjpletely insensible. The pulse inter-
mits, the eyes become fixed, and the palpibrae re-
main open. ^V ith these symptoms death closes
the scene, in about sixty hours from the time the
vomiting commences. The matter thrown off the
stomach is nearly transparent, now and then a little
bilious, goiuerally tasteless ; not acrid, having a
^tly peculiar smell, conceit makes it sometimes re-
semble the smell that is frequently emitted from
new milk just taken fi'om cows which have recently
fed on joung wild vegetation and buds, and some-
times the smell of young bruised garlick. This is
one of the most prominent diagnostics of the com-

41

plaint. It occurs at every time of the year, but is
most common in March, April, May, September,
October and November. Cows giving milk, it is
believed, labour for months under the influence of
this disorder, without showing evident signs of it.
The calves of cows apparently well, frequently die
with a complaint, evidenced by the same train of
symptoms, which othfer animals show, that are
supposed to be poisoned.

There are hills separating the two principal
branches of Goose creek from each other, towards
their sources, and on the west from Bledsoe's creek.
It is along the?e ridges and theirlbases, that animalg
contract the disease. The chain running between
the upper and middle fork of Goose creek, is most
remarkable for the poison. This high land runs in
peaks and hills, to the height of two or three hun-
dred feet above the level of the river. Of these
hills, the Millstone knob is the most remarkable.
From its summit, a country beautifully variegated
ivith hills and dales, in a state of high cultivation,
presents itself. The mill stone quarry, whence it
has its name, is about two thirds the way from it«
base to the summit. Viewing the face of the quar-
ry, it will be found that only a few feet of earth,
covers a loose flaky bed of slate, which extends to
the depth of five or ten feet, and rests on the mill
stone rock. This last seems composed of flint of
different colours, the secondary limestone, with a
small portion of sulphur, and a bituminous sub-
Stai^ JiLcombination. It is said, that when the
liot^lPfMif are applied around the mill stone, an
* '6ilJ^ suytance with some sulphur exudes. Thp
slate stone will blaze ih the fire for some time, and
enjit an unpleasant smell. There is no discoverable
mineral subitance in this hill, except some coarse
ppites.

To one p«gsiiag through the adjacent counti^y>
jtnd Goone creek Uods; the Utter would present uo
I F

pfecuriaiity, eitbei* in regard to t£e face of the coan^
try, its mineralogy, its wateiv or its vegetation.

This disease occurs in other places. Many of
its peculiarides have been observed in Stokes
county, North-Carolina, on the low lands, on both
margins of the Yadkin river. In that part of the
country it \^as called the river sickness, and could
alvi ays be eradicated- by cultivating the soil, as was
proved on Poindexter's and Kirhy's farms. It was
there thought to be produced by the wild parsnip^
root, or by the numerous spiders with their webs,
which adhered to the mulberry leaves.

On the Little Yadkin river, where there was ar
fulling mill and furnace, it was ascribed to mineral
exhalations raised by the heat and their subsiding,
on the vegetables.

In the same state it occurs in Guilford and Burk
counties, in North- Carolina. Also in some parts^
of South -Carolina. It occurs in the mountainous
and flat lauds of Kentucky, in the plains of Indi-
ana, of Missouri, of Illinois, Michigan,, and lik
Ohio. It is also met with in Bedford county, ia
the state of Tennessee, in Smith county, on the^
waters of Frenchbread river, and on Emery's rivei^»
In Sequatchie valley, in Bledsoe cousity, it is very:
4^tructive. This valley is about seventy miles iii
length, about five and twelve miles wide. The
Cumberland mountain is on one side^ and its aux-
iliary chain, the Walnut ridge. From these twa
lofty mountains, in the, summer time, is presented a»
delightful prospect of finely cultivated farnis. The-
atmosphere in these mountains is singularly seFone^
the foggy valley below looks to the morning travel-^
ler like a lengthened lake below. Even in this
peaceful valley, lurks the undiscovered cau?e of sp-
iftuch pain and misery- Inquii-y for thjC cause pi^t*
on its eager hue, whenever a human being become^
the subject of \is operation, and many and various
|ue the conjectures which spring intavi^w before it.

43

But the cause is yet undiscovered, not because it is
"beyond the reach of human investigation, but bfe-
^ause those whose learning and qualifications for
accurate research have not yet bestowed upon the
subject th« requisite pains for its elucidation.

For the latter statement in relation to the poison-
.ous tract on Goose creek, the topography of that
section, and the symptoms ^f the disorder, the au-
thor is indebted to communications made by Doctor
McCall, who with all liberality, that everywhete
marks the conduct of enlightened men, has furnish-
ed the requisite information, founded upon his own
observations, and those of Doctor Sharp, who hay e
both exanrined the phenomena with a scientific cu-
riosity, suitable to the importance and novelty of
the subject. And from whose continued pursuits
there is ground to hope for the most beneficial re-
sults.

Hei^ let a remark be iiidulged, that can do no
liarm, and may do some good. If this disorder
were caused by mineral effluvia, it Would prevail
as much in winter as iu the other seasons of the
yeai*, and not in alluvial soils, where thei*e is no
rock or mineral substance in the whole country, as
in Indiana, Illinois, and on the Yadkin, in North-
Carolina. Nor would its sources be reached arid
destroyed by the plough or other agricultural in-
strument.

If caused by some plant, it would cease to act
in November and December ; unless, indeed, the
seeds of ttie disorder W6re taken into the stomach
before. Nor would it begin to operate as early ^s
March, ft would, moreover, be discernabk amongst
the herbs of the forest: not would itbci eradicated
fey culture ; but like other plants, would spring up
^ain, When culture was discontinued.

But if some spider or ^mall poisonond insect, or
Wdrfti, it would be torpid in Me winter months,
•Wiiiii otire^ anhaals became $0; dnd begm to move

44

again in March, when other torpid animals begin
to move. Its residence would be just below the
surface, and w'ould be broken up and destroyed by
thei plough. From March to December, it would
ascend to the surface, especially in tlie warmer
months of the year, to enjoy the cool temperature
of the evening and the morning; and fly from the
rays of the sun, when teo hot to be comfortable.
This hypothesis, being not in collision with any of
the observations hitherto made, is recommended to
the consideration of the Ijterate, when making their
further researches.

Adjacent to Alabama, on the west of the Cum«
berland mountains, the same disorder occurs. These
mountains run through the state obliquely, fi*om
northeast to southwest, dividing it into East and
West Tennessee. East Tennessee is a rough,
mountainous country, extremely healthy. Here
the milk sickness is unknown, except as is before
mentioned, and in Blount county. The part of
West Tennessee adjoining to Kentucky, is also
hroken, and hilly; more to the south and west, the
country is less so ; the soil very fertile, and ve-
getation exceedingly luxuriant. The forests abound
in large trees and thick undergrowth, which ex-
cludes the rays of the sun from the soil; and in
wet weather, noxious effluvia rise in great exuber-
ance. In some places the water runs off slowly,
and in others are stagnant. Franklin county lies
along the foot qf the Cumberland mountain, thirty
or thirty-five miles, and is watered by Elk river. On
the north and west of Franklin lies Bedford county,
watered by Duck river and its tributaries. As
soon as the settlements commenced in these counties,
in the year 1807, near the mountains, many cattle
were lost, from some unknown poison, the nature
of which has not yet been discovered. Sometimes
whole herds were found dead, in some sequestered
cove of the mountain. The poison is confined to

45

ceriatn spots^ at or near the foot of tlie iiumnt-iin,
m those coves, as some imagine, which have a
■western or northwestern aspect; but as others say,
in those coves, and others likewise, which have a
diffeient aspect. Tliose which h>ok to the south,
jire supposed by some to be free from poison, bat
Sequatchie valley must be excepted. The exist-
ence of the poison is here periodical, from June to
October, and is most virulent in August and Sep-
tember. If cattle remain in a poisonous tract du-
ring the night, or feed there early in the morning,
they invariably suffer more or less from the poiaou.
J3ut after the sun has risen so as to dissipate the
dews, they may feed there with perfect safety.
Some of the farmers pen their cattle in the night,
and at nine or ten o'clock turn them out to range,
without fear of the consequence. Within a few
years, a fence has been extended for many miles
along the foot of the mountain, so as to exclude
this nuisance; in consequence of which precaution,
cases of this disorder much more rarely occur than
formerly. In 1850, the legislature interposed, and
by an act passed for the purpose, directed to be
fenced certain coves of the Cumberland mountain,
to prevent, as it states, animals from eating an un-
known vegetable, imparting to their milk and flesh,
when used for diet, deleterious qualities. And it
contained very strict provisions, obliging overseers
to keep up those fences. Many of the inhabitants
in this section of country liave died of the disorder,
as well as the c^ittle, supposed to have been poison-
ed by the flesh, milk or butter of animals, which
had previously taken the poison into the stomach,
and before it had manifested itself with sufficient
violence to attract notice. Hence the popular name
of the disease. Men, it is said, may be affected
as other animals, by lying on the ground, on the
poisonous tracts, or by remaining there for several
hours during the night. In men, the disease thus

46

induced is gastridous, with some modifications of
the usual symptoms accompanying this affection, as
supposed to be induced by miasmata generally.
The stomach is extremely irritable; the bowels
torpid, and obstinately costive, with great febrile
excitement, and determination to the head. A pe-
culiar odour emanates from the patient, especially
as death approadies, which is perhaps the most
striking diagnostic. But for this, it might be dif-
ficult to distinguish it from the most violent attacks
of bilious remittent fever. The remedies adopted
by the people, and by physicians, are active pur-
gatives. T<j open the bowels is indispensable, but
frequently difficult. The most operative medicines
have frequently failed of success. In general, re-
lief is the immediate consequence of evacuation.
Convalescence is generally tedious, and relapses
frequent, even at the distance of twelve months.
The hair, epidermis, and nails, sometimes fall off;
and some constitutions never recover from the shock.
The stomachs ©f brutes have been opened after
-death, by dissection, and have shown in places the
iiiarks of inflammation, and some of the ventrils
^tiHe said to have exhibited the appearances of hav-
ing been broiled or contracted by heat. This poisoa
is supposed by some to be vegetable ; by others,
mineral. In the poison fi,elds of Chatham county.
North- Carolina, hemlock is said to grow. In West
Tennessee, mushrooms, and also a species of weed
bearing a black berry, and other vegetable subtan-
tts have been suspected. The waters have been
accused of mineral impregnation. Mineral exha-
lations, from imbedded ores, imbibed by the dew
as it ascends, have been cited to the bar of ^xanii-
ttation. Some think, that it is a miasmatic exhala-
titm. In the sumnier time they say, from 80 to 90
bt Farehheit, that the nights are cool, and that
oftentimes in twenty-four hours, there is a difference
of the temperature from ZQ to 30 degrees^ Copions

47

exhalations are pioduced bj the lieat of the tlay^
of effluvia, from the ponds^ rivers, marshes, and
forests, so rarified as to be but little capable of
injury. Niffht condenses them by a colder atmos-
phere, and Irom increased gravity they begin to
subside. Vapours visible and invisible, this theo-
ry considers as attracted by mountains, and other
elevated objects. There is commonly at this seasoa
of the year, a breeze from the west, by which the
mists and vapours are gently wafted towards the
neighbouring mountains, where they are intercepted
and driven into the valleys. Becoming still more
dense, the more ponderous particles gradually roll
down the declivities, and settle in condensed bo-
dies, in the low grounds and hollows, and confined
coves, which become the hotbeds of the poison.
Here, it is supposed, are generated, by concentrar
tioB of the most ^noxious particles, disorders more
virulent than even this called the milk sickness.
And the miasmata, when received into the stomachy
with the dews deposited on the herbage, are
supposed to be adequate to the destruction which
is produced. This theory, as well as others, has
its difficulties to encounter : for the disorder pre-
vails in East Tennessee,^ where there are no moun-
tains to intercept the western breezes, nor cavities
to receive their more ponderous particles, nor
swamps and stagnant waters to generate the poison;
where the winds blow directly from the Camber-
land mountain, and from the high and Inoken land*
near its eastern side ; and where the air is as highly
salubrious as in any part of the world.

Poisonous tracts are also on the east side of the
Alleghenies, in Haywood county, to which the
i^iune remarks exactly apply.

In "West Tennessee, for several years pasf,^ white
<Jk)ver, when eaten by hoi-ses and other animals^
ear>y \n the morning, before nine or ten o'clock^
produces profuse salivation, which sometimes ter-

48

minates in death. Formerly such effects were un-
known : the cause is yet undiscovered : but as in
one circumstance it is very much like the poison
taken into the stomach by cattle, early in the morn-
ing, in the poison fields, it may in time become as
hurtful as the poison now in discussion. A perfect
discovery of the one cause, might shed a great deal
of light upon the other.

In the county of JBlount, in East Tennessee, is
another of tirese poisonous tracts. A farmer, whose
plantation adjoius, extended his field over a part of
it. The ground yielded abundantly ; and it has
not been perceived that the grain raised there, has
contracted any virulent quality. But he is assured
of the fact, that when using the land as pasture,
the disease of the cattle is contracted, although
there is nothing visible, but what in appearance
are the sweetest and most nutritive grasses. He
has observed, in gathering fodder from the corn
stock, that by suspending the blades, and keeping
them from the ground, while cutting, the fodder
receives no poisonous infusion, as it does invariably
when placed to dry in contact with the soil.

More to the east, but nearly in the same degree of
latitude, amongst the Alleghenies,on the west side of
the Blue ridge, forty miles from the southern boun-
dary of North- Carolina, which is in the thirty-fifth
degree of north latitude, in three or four coves of the
mountain, where the lands are fertile, is the same
disorder. The animal that feeds upon them, when
heated by motion, loses the use of its limbs, and
dies in a short time. But if not heated by exercise,
very often escapes being disordered. That they
are poisoned, is hardly ever discoverable, till they
become fatigued by exercise. Their milk and flesh
is poisonous, and the butter likewise. The sick-
ness from eating any of these, commences by puking
and a violent pain in the stomach. The breath of
the patient is very offensive, and the sweat from

49

his body may be smelled eight or ten steps froQ
him : the scent is cadaverous* The poisonous effects
are seen here in the months of August and ISep^
tember. There are four of these poisonous tracts
in the county of Haywood^ not far from the centre
and the town of Waynesville* No ponds or stag-
nant waters are near them. The coves in which
they are, bear to the southeast. There are some
of these poisonous tracts also, in the county of
Buncomb ; nearly in the same degree of latitude^
but rather more to the south. ,

Of the Indian Summer in Tewhesset.

In Tennessee and in North-Carolina, and Vir"
ginia, a part of the year is distinguished by the
name of the Indian summer ; which is said not to
be known in othef parts of the world. About the
middle of October, or a few days sooner or later*
it commences. The weather is fair and warm, with
a hazy or smoky appearance of the atmosphere^
and causes agreeable sensations. It continues two
or three weeks, and sometimes more, and is imme-
diately succeeded by cold weather. Advantage i«
taken of its continuance, to gather in the cottoti and
other fruits of the earth. It is generally dispelled
by a brisk ctin-ent of wind from the south, followed
in a few hours by clouds and rain, which ate drivea
t)ff by wind from the west or northwest. The cold
season then advances, and through the wintet to
the beginning of April, whenever the wind is from
the south, the temperature is watm, and the animal
spirits depressed ; which state of the atmosphere
is soon followed by a brisk wind with clouds and
rain in the rear. When their direction is changed
|jy a wind from the West or from the northwest, th©
rain is oftentimes changed into snow before the
horizon is cleared of them. The animal spirits
are exhilarated by a wind from the west, and much
?ttore m by one froia the northwest. In any part

50

pi the winter, the wind is seldom from any pomt
beyond the south or northwest. When from the
West, the weather is cold ; but more so when the
wind is from the northwest; and still more so when
it is from the north. When from the northeast, it
is in nearly the same degree of temperature as when
from a point between the south and west ; but gen-
erally the weather is cloudy, and the clouds lower*
ing and charged with snow. The old remains of the-
roots and bodies of trees blown up by winds, show
that there have been within a century past, very
strong gusts and currents of wind from the southeast.
Tornados are frequent in the summer, from the
clouds which frequently blow up in the evening,
and within the limits of their extent, are often very
destructive. When the atmosphere is cleared of
vapour, by a west or northwest wind, the weather
in winter becomes clear and cold ; but each suc-
ceeding day becomes milder for three or four days ;
whilst the wind creeps to the south, when it again
becomes warm, and frequently so much so, that it
is not agreeable to set by the fire. In a short time
afterwards, the wind springs up, and the clouds
follow as before mentioned. The nights in summer
time are much cooler titan in North- Carolina.
There is seldom a night in Tennessee, when just
before daybreak, and thence to sunrise, a blanket
would not be comfortable. That part of the night
is so cool, as to indicate with certainty the near
approach of light. And indeeed every part of the^
night is cooler than in North-Carolina.

When the spring, begins to advance, the air in
Tennessee is unequally warmed. In some places,
"We enter into tepid columns, through which we pass
in eight or ten yards. The sensation they create,
is rather oppressive than otherwise.

There is much more rain and snow in the winters
in Tennessee, than in those of North-Carolina; th*
sky is seldom clear in December and January, and

51

to the middle of February. The soil is dilated into
mud, which reaches in many places to the knees of
a horse travelling on the road. This constant humi-
dity is the parent of consumptions to those whose
constitutions are predisposed to that disorder. The
summer nights are much cooler than those in North-
Carolina. There is seldom, if ever, a summer
night in Tennessee, where an hour before daybreak
the cover of a blanket is not necessary for defence
against the cold. One cause may be, that the nu-
merous large trees which grow in the forests, ex-
clude the rays of the sun in the day time, from the
soil on which they stand; whereby it retains its
moisture and coolness, which the falling of the
dews increases : but this, if any cause, is not the
only one, or perhaps even the most efficient ; for a
similar coolness is experienced in the barrens and
wilderness, where there are no such forests^ but
possibly not in the same degree„

5S

CHAPTER II.

Within the limits of Tennessee arc some geo-
logical phenomena, both upon the surface of the
earth and below it, which ought to be recorded
for the benefit of naturalists. And at the same
time, there are numerous aboriginal vestiges;
which added to those already preserved, may at
some future day, help to elucidate what we so
much desire to know, the history of the primitive
settlers in this continent, with that of their exter-
minators, whom we in succession have extermina-
ted. We will consider then in the first place, of
marine appearances found upon or near the surface;
secondly, of marine appearances under the surface;
thirdly, of the productions of the surface found
below it.

Sec. 1. First then, Of Marine Appearances on
the surface. Shells are found in the limestone
rock, in various parts of East Tennessee, particu-
larly about the junction of the north and south
forks of Holston. The volute of the conch is dis-
tinctly marked. Some of them are six inches in
diameter. In many places, they may be seen in the
road, by the observing traveller. The like ap-
pearances are discernable, at a few places near
Bays mountain. The shells at the mouth of the
north fork, are distant fifty miles from the summit
of the AUeghenies. Similar appearances are
abundant at Mr. Bradley's, fourteen miles east of
Rogers ville, and indeed through all the adjacent
parts of the country.

Small shells of the same form as those common-
ly called conch shells of the ocean, are found upon
the surface of the earth, in many places in Weat
Tennessee. Upon the shells is an apex, and from
it winding ridges, downwards, till the body of the
shell is enlarged, where the auimtl once was en-

54

closed. Tlience it tapers and decreases, till it
comes to a point at tlie bottom, Avith a part of the
involuted shell covered by an upper one, with a
space between, which the animal occupied whilst
living. The colour of the inside is white with a
mixture of red.

In many places amongst the rocks are found
madripores, which are mistaken for petrified wasp-
nests. TJiese petrifactions exhibit a thousand
cells in which animals once resided.

At a plantation in Davidson county, eight miles
south- from Nashville, on the road leading to
Huntsville, and through the whole neighbourhood
of it, are limestone rocks on the surface ; in which,
through all parts of them, are intermixed bivalve
shells, some of them of the siz« of the thumb nail
of a middle sized man ; others of the size of Spanish
coined quarters of dollars. They are not quite
as long as broad. Similar appearances are found
in very great abundance, near Williamsburg, in
Jackson county. Other petrified substances on the
above mentioned plantation, are composed of small
biyalve shells, of the same form, but two thirds
less. The*e are found in masses, two or three feet
under the surface, which are concretions formed
of countless numbers of such shells; which are
grooved on the outside, with radii all diverging from
a point, near the upper end of the shell. The
masses are easily broken into pieces, and «eem to
be in a state of decay. The shells are cemented
together by mud converted into stone ; in which
mud they were embedded together, and were all
of the same age when the animal functions were
suspended, which must have been also at the siajne
instant.

Ip Maury county, in the suburbs of Columbia,
which stands on the south side of Duck river, arie
liinestone rocks, in which are visible, numerous
shells of the same species with those above descri-

55

bed itt the cotinty of Davidson. And in tlie same
suburbs, are madripores, and upon one of the rocks
there, and forming a part of it, is a petrified crab
fish. Similar shells are on Richland creek, and
on Elk river. Marine appearances in short, are
exhibited in all the counties within the limits of
Tennessee, from the dividing ridge between the
Tennessee and Mississippi rivers, to the Alleghen-
ies, which divide this state from North-Carolina.
Between the Tennessee and Mississippi rivers,
is a ridge of oyster shells, running in a northwardly
and southwardly direction, and extending as far
northwardly as the head waters of Forked- deer
river, thirty or forty miles north of the southern
boundary of the state of Tennessee. The Forked-
deer being there nearly parallel with the boundary.
How much further north the bank extends, at pre-
sent is unknown to the writer. The ridge, or bank,
is above the head of the rivei's which run into the
Tennessee on the one side, and into the Mississippi
on the other. It extends southwardly, to the junc-
tion of the Black warrior river with theTombcckbe ;
and in its course, is sometimes on the one side and
sometimes on the other side of the Tombeckbe. In
the state of Mississippi, in the lands occupied by
the Chickasaw settlements, are several parallel
ridges of oyster shells, three or four miles apart,
dividing the head waters of Tombeckbe from each
other. Some of these ridges are thirty or forty
feet above the level of the water in the adjacent
streams, and from half a mile to three quarters in
width : others are of smaller dimensions. Some of
them are wholly composed of oyster shells ; and
have the appearance of lime compacted, after it lias
been dissolved by slacking. It will crumble be-
tween the thumb and finger, like rotten dirt; and
may be rubbed into the smallest particles, like lime
fronqi reduced shell*.

56

Sec. 2. Of Marine Appearances below the sur-
face.

Between the towns of Sparta and Carthage, and
four miles from the former, is a mountain or ridge,
through a gap of which the traveller passes, in going
from the one town to the other. It continues cir-
cuitously, till it passes the Cany Fork, three miles
beloW the Rock landingj and runs in a direction to
join the main Cumberland motintaiti, on the north
of Sparta. Its southwardly course is between
Stone's river and Duck river, dividing the waters
of the Cumberland and Tennessee rivers. This
seems to be a similar circular chain within that
which is twelve or eighteen miles beyond Nashville
westwardly, which also is within an exterior one,
more westwatdly still, between the Tennessee and
Mississippi, and to the ridge on the souths between
the waters of the Mississippi and those of the Ala-
bama. The smaller of these segments, in the shape
of a rainboWj passes on the south of Sparta, three
miles from it. Near the base, in a southwardly
course from Sparta three miles, is the appearance
of ail old well, around which lie promiscuously a
great number of conchs, from the size of a ben's
egg to that of a thimble. Here the water below, it
is said, affords a strong salt-water attraction. The
ground around the old well, is firm and high. The
well is five or six feet deep ; and near its mouth is
a small hillock of earth, made of the materials
taken from the inside. There is no river in the
country which at this day produces such shells.
They were brought to the well, or taken from it by
digging.

Mr. Spear sunk three wells in search of salt
water, three miles from the town of Franklin, in
Williamson county, and in a northwardly direction
from the town, and near the road leading to Nash-
ville. In one of them, at the depth of tw^enty feet,
he struck limestone 5 on which h« found periwin^

5T

kles, one inch and a half in length, and two or three
cockle shells, fluted on the outside. He dug up
divers pieces of charcoal, of hurnt white oak, at
the depth of ten or fifteen feet. Fire and water,
so hostile to each other, seem by all the subterra-
nean phenomena which have been hitherto disco-
vered in Tennessee, or in the neighbouring state of
Missouri^ to hav^ joined their powers at the awful
period when all these deposites were made in the
bowels of the earth. Wherever we see trees, and
equatorial plants heaped together under the surface,
we never fail to find charcoal also. The fire seems
to have exerted itself upon every combustible sub-
ject, which the waves did not conceal from its fury^
See B,

Sec. 3. Of th» Productions of the Surface found
helow it y first, artificial ; secondly, natural.

First, Of Artificial Productions of the Surface
found helow it.

On Goose creek, on the Redbifd fork of Ken-
tucky river, not far from the bank of the creek, a
well was sunk, to the depth of a hundred feet, and
at the bottom was found a piece of an iron pot, and
coal and ashes. General White, of Abingdon^
related the fact to Colonel Ackland^ the latter ot
whom stated it to the writer.

At Mr. Ready's, twelve miles southeast froni
Murfreesborough j ten feet from the bank of the east
fork of Stone's river, and ten feet below the sur-
face, he dug up a quantity of charcoal, in making
an opening in which to fix his millhouse.- — See i'.

Secondly, Of J^atural Productions of the Sun-
face found helow it.

The town of Sparta, in the county of White, in
West Tennessee, is situated, at the foot of the
Cumberland mountain, about one hundred yards
east of a spring of the Cany Fork, called the Calf
killer, which runs by it from northeast to southwest.
H

58

llic site of the town is an eminence, from tlie
brow of which to the river on the west, is a decliv-
ity of twenty-five or thirty degrees, somewhat bro-
ken by the- extremities of strata terminating one
below another, and with a more western projection
than the one next above, till the valley is arrived
at, in which the river rolls. Between the brow
and the river^ in digging, w^s lately found, twenty
feet under ground, five or six turkey eggs, all pet-
rified. The end of one of them being broken off,
the white and yolk Were as plainly discernable as
they were When the egg was in its primitive state.
Thirty or forty yards below the spot where the
well was sunk, is a sink-hole, now nearly filled up,
which may have once extended to the place where
the well was sunk. Part of the well caved in, and
the clay which composed it fell to the bottom. The
eggs found at the bottom may have come from this
cavity, which was only twelve feet below the surface.
The eggs looked like boiled eggs, but the colours
of the yolk and white were not changed. Salt water
is abundant through all this neighbourhood, and ma-
ny nitrous caves are in the neighbouring mountains.
These may have promoted and accellerated petri*
faction. But how was the covering superinduced?
Water mixed with sediment would have floated
and separated the eggs. Dirt or clay torn off and
thrown upon them, would have crushed them. The
nest must have been in a cavity extending east-
wardly, and under the covering over which the
water glided, and from it fell below the nest, de-
positing sediments, Avhich finally covered the mouth
towards the west. Afterwards, the sediments were
deposited equally over the covering of the cavity,
and the alluvial accretion below. Most certainly,
this covering to the depth of twenty feet, having
been formed neither by inundation nor earthquake,
shows evidently, that all other things under the
same depth of covering; such as boues; metals and

59

the like, may have been buried by progressive ac-
cretion. The hollows constantly fill up from the
mountain to the plane ; and Nature incessantly ex-
erts herself to smooth the unevenness of the sur-
face, which the deluge produced.

On the south side of Tennessee river, near the
southern boundary of the state of Tennessee; are
three trees entirely petrified. One a cypress, about
four feet through ; another a sycamore ; and the
last a hickory, but not as large. The roots, bark
and limbs were still remaining in the year eighteen
hundred and twenty-one, except parts which have
been recenty broken off. They lie obliquely from
the river, with the roots up stream, and are about
five feet below low- water mark. About fifteen feet
of the trees are exposed by the caving in of the
blufl^, and the residue of the trees -b covered by the
bluff, which at that place is estimated to be three
hundred feet high, and is nearly perpendicular.
The bluff is about a mile in length, and gently de-
«cends from the river. It consists of sand and
white clay, and is by some called the Chalk bluff.
Immediately over these trees, is a small spring, the
Avater of which is strongly impregnated with iron
and copperas. Similar petrifactions of wood, are
to be found on Big Harpeth river ; and also at the
Chickasaw bluff, on the Mississippi. At the latter
place, are several copperas springs, near to Avhicli
are to be seen parts of trees, which have been
lodged in the bank, in a state of petrifaction. The
beach also over which the water passes, is for ma-
ny yards incrusted with a petrifaction of clay or
gravel. Part of a tree is also to be seen at this
place, at low-water mark, some of which is petri-
fied, and the balance has the appearance of stone
coal, and from experiments made, no doubt is so.
For several rods the coal is to be found, and when
broken to pieces, exhibits the appearance of part
having been once wood, and other parts clay.

60

l^hft coal is stated by the settlers at tire blu/f, itf
have been farmed Vvitbin a few year;?. At Fort
Pickering, which is about a diIIc below, Mr. Trvhi,
ifi digging a well, foui>d about thirty feet below the
surface, what he at first supposed to be a stone.
There being none in the country, be had the curi-
osity to break it, and discovered that it was a pet-
rifaction of clay and eTavel, and that it enclosed a
frog, which after being exposed to the sun, hopped
off.

At William Young's, fifteen miles east of Ro-
gersville, in digging a millrace in the side of a hill,
at a point forty or fifty yards from the creek, at thfc
depth of six feet below the surface, was found the
upper part of a goafs horn, completely petrified,
the length was an inch and a half.

Sec. 4, Of tfe Ancient Animals of Tennessee-

That everything might appear -wonderful to him
"who comes to explore the footsteps of past ages in
this country of extraordinary spectacles, are left
for the speculations of curiosity, a number of large
bones, which belonged to animals of the brute cre-
ation, that have for ages disappeared, and at this
time are not known to exist in any part of the globe.
Some of them need only to be described, to give an
idea of the size of these huge animals. They are
distinguishable by the great claw, or megaliuix, and
the mammoth.

And first, Of the Great Claw,

In White county, on the west side of the Cumber-
land mountain, in West Tennessee, near the line
of Warren county, and about eight miles south or
southwest of the spot where were found the two
human bodies which will be hereafter described, is
a cave, in the spur of the mountain, having a small
entry on one side, but on the other a mouth of much
larger size. Half a mile from the small entry, the
bones of some large animal were found, lying all

61

togethsh Some of the teeth were taken un, and
weighed seven or eight poniuls. A hora, of raach
larger size, it is said, than the horn of the largest
buffalo, hut resembling it in shape, was taken from
amongst or near to these large bones. In tlie cave,
was a proiigious claw, with verij long nails, but it
does not appear, whether found with the bones
above-mentioned or not. Many bones also of
smaller beasts, were found in this cave. The tooth
had the form of a dog's upper tooth, not at all in
the shape of a grinder. Tiiis must have belonged
to a carnivorous animal, of immense size, which
preyed upon the buffalo, as well as animals of less
bulk, and was probably of the feline genus. An-
other account of the same bones, has some partic-
ulars not stated in the former. It states, that the
Big-bone and Arch caves are on the dividing line
between White and Warren counties, and on the
Cumberland mountain. They are six: or eight
hundred yards apart, or rather their mouths are,
for they unit^ They were discovered in eighteen
hundred and six, and were sold out in shares, to
forty or fifty persons, for sixty thousand dollars.
They are now owned by Colonel Randolph Ross,
of Rockbridge county, in Virginia. About twenty
thousand pounds of saltpetre were made from the
smallest cave, called the Arch care. There are
several branches to the Big-bone cave ; from one of
which, the dirt has been collected for upwards
of half a mile. This branch of the cave has
been explored upwards of half a mile. Three
men were three days and nights in the cave,
and represented that they went in it to the dis-
tance of ten or twelve miles. The proprietors
think that they were mistaken as to the distance.
The bones of a large animal were found when
the Big-bone cave was discovered. The animal
they belonged to was of the cat species. The
ribs were placed on the ba'^k bone, the lower end

62

in tlie ground. Jacob Drake, who is five feet nine
inches liigh, walked erect in the hollow. The
width of the libs was between four and five inches.
The hoUoAv of the back bone was between two and
three inches in diameter. The socket of the bone
-working in the shoulder blade, six inches. The
tusk, between four and five inches in diameter,
similar to a dog's. The claw, twelve inches in the
round from point to point; straight, nine inches ;
hollow, one inch in diameter; weight, one pound
and three quarters. There was also a scoop net,
made of bark thread ; a raockasin made of the like
materials ; a mat of the same materials, enveloping
human bones, w^ere found in saltpetre dirt, six feet
below the surface. The net and other things moul-
tlered on being exposed to the sun,

A claw was lately taken from a cave, in Perry
county, in the Chickasaw purchase, which is ap-
parently above five inches long. The upper part
covered, about two inches down, with a brownish
filament one eightli of an inch thick, with many
little holes in the surface. In the mnei* or lower
side of the claw, are two large holes, equidistant
IVom the edge, and parallel to each other trans-
versely; which seem to have received some tendon,
that joined tlie upper ligaments, about the higher
sind hinder part of the foot. The upper part was
in diameter about one half of an inch, and thence
to the point about three inches.

At a lick, on Lick creek of Tennessee river, -on
the south side, was lately found, by Jeremiah
Brown, Esquire, a large tusk or tooth, measuring
eidit feet in length. It was crooked like a horn,
and round ; and where it entered into the jaw, it
was eight inches broad, and flat. He supposed it
f o be the tooth of a sea animal. But at the same
place, some small distance under ground, have
been found the bones of different land animals.
The socket of the bone of one of them was so

6S

large, that one man could hardly lift it. The pet*
rifled part of the hip bone was eisjlit inches in
diameter. Some of these were probably the bones
of the animal to which the tusk bclonif;ed.

Secondly, Of the Mammoth,

In a lick in Sullivan county, was found a tooth,
now in the possession of Mr. Pciuberton, who con--
siders it a family relick, and will nut part with it.
The lick is a large one, a!)out eighteen miles due
east of Blountsville, near Holston river, which hatli
the appearance of having been much used and fre-
quented by wild animals in former times. A per-
son, in clearing out a spring near the lick, found the
under jaw bone of some large animal, which con-
tained three grinders, the largest of w hich is now
in the possession of Mr. Pemberton, Avhich weigh-
ed, at the time it was extracted from the bone, three
pounds and three quarters. The root or lower part
of the tooth, to the edge of the jaw bone, or
perhaps to the gum, was decayed, and in part
gone, at the time the tooth was found, and the
balance to the solid part of the tooth mouldered
away on being exposed to the atmosphere. There
were three jaw-teeth in the bone, and probably
nevermore. The tooth in the possessjion of Mr.
Pemberton, was the hindermost tooth, and measur-
ed about four inches from the cheek side to that of
*he tongue, four inches from the upper edge to that
part next the root, and eight or nine inches from the
front part to the hinder. The socket in which the
grinder sat in the jaw bone, u as fiftt^en inches long
and five wide. The jaw bone when laid on the
ground, exhibited a size equal to that of a large
dog's body. BetW'cen the grinder and the place
where the four teeth were, the bone was solid, simi-
lar to that of a horse or cow. At the end next the
fote teeth, was a cavity in thfe bone, a small part of
which reraained large enou^^h to receive a man's

64

jirm. There the front teeth may have been. Thft
ends of the jaw bone were decayed. From the
curve, the jaw bone was estimated to be equal to
that of a large man's thigh. The ribs were nine
feet long, both ends being decayed some distance-
Where the bones are, many small pine knots ar8
found, perfectly sound. The bones when laid in
water, will remain entire; but would dissolve, if
exj)osed to the corroding atmosphere.

At Bledsoe's lick, in tlie county of Sumner, in
making way by digging into the earth, to sink a
gum for tlie collection of the water, and to separate
it from the black mud at the lick, after digging some
distance, the workmen came to the tusk of some
huge animal, between two and three feet in length.
Also grinders, eight or nine inches wide at least.
The tusk was bent, like that of a hog, but not as
much so, in proportion to its size.

At Mansker's station, where is a salt lick, and
Mansker's creek, a well was sunk for salt waters
Affer digging some distance, the diggers came to
large bones, as thick as a man's thigh, and two,
three or more feet long.

In the county of Maury, a few miles from Co-
lumbia^ and on the south side of Duck river, ou
the lands of the late Mr. Williamson, is a spring
of excellent water ; near which, some years ago,
were found under the surface, two teeth, or tusks,
of a curved form, and two or three feet in length ;
the teeth tapering to a point, from that part of them
which joined the socket to the end of the tooth
which is pointed.

At a sulphur spring, ten or twelve miles from
Reynoldsburg, on the south side of the Tennessee
river, ou a creek that discharges itself into the river^
is a spring breaking out in the bed of the creek.
In the water near the spout of the spring, was found
in the year eighteen hundred and twenty, the tusk
of a huge animal, curved inwardg considerably, ia

65

a;s to form the segment of a circle. The end, which
iiad grown in the socket of the jaw bone, was de-
cayed. The tooth was eight feet six inches in.
length, and is supposed to weigh from one to two
hundred weight. It is of a yellowish cast. Also
was found there, the thigh bone. The part that
turned in the socket is decayed. It was six feet in
length, and three feet in circumference. Also were
found, several parts of the back bone. The hol-
low, which enclosed the spinal marrow, measured
six inches in diameter. Also was found there, a
part of the scull, which contained the cavity in
which the eye rolled. It v/as eight inches in di-
ameter. Also was found there, a hip bone, the
hollow of which that the thigh hone turned in, is
capacious enough to receive a fifteen-gallon kettle.
The bones were covered with mud. The spring
is in about 35,45 north latitude. It is calculated
from the appearance and size of the bones, that
the animal when living must have been twenty feet
high.

That the cold seasons are now advancing, and
have been fur twenty years and more, is proved by
the observation of many persons ; that the winters
are now longer and more severe than they were
twenty or thirty years ago. And very recently a
phenomenon has occurred, which, though commou
in high northern latitudes, has never like been
observed in Tennessee, by the white people who
have settled there. On Friday morning, the loth
of February, 1723, the wind in Cumberland moun-
tain from the south, with moderate rain ; about 9
o'clock the wind shifted more to the west, and
shortly after blew a strong gale fiom the northwest,
with snow. Tiie cold increased during the whole
day. In the night, the heaven's became clear ; a
strong gale still blowing from the northwest. The
morning of the 16th was the coldest weather ever
witnessed in Tennessee; by the oldest inhabitants.

66

The sun fose briglit, but was not fell, a mist being
in the atmosphere, which was perfectly congealed,
and with every gale was drifted a fine frvst. At
times the whole atmosphere was filled with it. The
son was still visible, with a silver brightness, as
through a curtain, not more oppressive to the eye
than the moon in a clear night. The cold must
bave been at least four degrees more intense than-
in the valley below.

The same falling of frost through the whole day
prevailed over all the country around Nashville.
. On the mountain, the trees everywhere resound-
ed, from the excessive freeze, with sounds frequent-
ly as loud as the report of discharged pistils. The
cold subsided gradually, and the temperature be-
came tolerable in the course of the two following.
daySo'—iSiee note ZB^ at the end of this volume*

67

CHAPTER 111. .

'Bepore entering upon the aboriginal history of
"Tennessee, a short comparison of the Mexicans
with the Hindoos and Persians, and of the Natchez
with the Mexicans, will, it is conceived, very much
contribute to the understanding of many aboriginal
relics, with which we meet in this country. 'I'his
comparison therefore will be made: First, between
the political institutions of tlie Mexicans and Pe-
ruvians on the one hand, v^iih those of the Hindoos
and Persians on the other : Secondly, between the
religious practices of the Hindoos and Persians on
the one hand, and of the Mexicans and Peruvians
on the other : Thirdly, between the cosmical his-
tory of the latter, and that of the Hindoos and Per-
sians : Fourthly ,^ between the vernacular customs
of the Hindoos and Persians, and those of the
Mexicans and Peruvians.

T'irst — Between the. JPoliticdl Institutions of thB
JSIexican^ and Peruvians on the one hand, and,
4hose of the Hindoos and Persians on the other.

Ancient authors consider the Hindoos and Egyp-
tians as the same people : and believe that the ons

^was a colony from the other, because of the same-
ness which was found in their religion, government,
customs, sciences and arts. A. similitude with one

ds therefore equally so with the other.

The Mexicans and Peruvmns, like the Hindoos,
invested their princes with despotic power; and lik^
the Hindoos, Persians, Chinese and Geylonese, de-
nominated them children of the sun. The Persians
called their princes brothers of the sun. The
Mexicans, like the Hindoos, divided the people
into five, or rather four, casts. The Mexicans had

?= post-roads and couriers through all parts of the

68

empire :139 an iRstituiiori first invenied in Persin,
by Cyrus, or soon after his time ; and which was
not introduced into Europe before the time of Au-
gustus, and not into the states of modern Europe
till very lately.

The lands in Peru were appropriated ODe third
to the sun, the god whom they adored ; to be ap-
plied to the erection of temples, and to the furnish-
ing of requisites, for celebrating the rites of reli-
gion ; another third, to the inea, or sovereign, and
the other third was divided amongst the people ;
and at the end of every year a new division was
jnade. The lands were cultivated jointly. The
people were summoned by" an officer, and worked
with songs and musical instruments to cheer them.
In Egypt, all the lands were divided into three
classes, one for the king, one for the priesta, and
the other to the soldiers. 140 The h^isbandmen took
these lands to farm, for a moderate portion of their
produce. Joseph, in his time, acquired all the
lands for the king ; and returned them to the peo-
ple, they paying to the king one fifth of their pro-
duce annually ; and this law continued to the time
of Moses. 141 The same law was carried into India
in ancient times, probably after the time of Joseph,
or in his time and possibly in the reign of Sesos-
tris. There the monarch was the sole proprietor,
and the people paid a land tax to their kings. Such
also w^as the state of property in ancient times in
Persia. 142 In Mexico, some of the people held
lands as inheritances^ some as annexed to the offi-
ces they held. The residue of the lands were
divided into portions suited to the numbers of fa-
milies who w^ere to cultivate them. The product
was deposited in a common storehouse, and divided
amongst them according to their wants.

139 4 Herod. 222'; 2 R. H. Am. 265; 2 Rollins/ 326.

140 D. Siculus, b. 1. p. 85.

141 Genesis, ch. 47, v. 18, 20, 22, 24.

142 Rob, Ind. 330 ; D. Seculus, b. 2, p. 153.

69

Sec, 2, ^econdlj— Between the Meligioiis Prac-
tices of the Hindoos and Persians on. the one hand,
and of the Mexicans and Peruvians on the other.

The religious notions of the Mexicans conform-
ed in a great variety of instances to those of the
Hindoos. And in some instances, a confonnity is
discovered in the antiquities of Tennessee, which
lias not been mentiooed by writers, as existing
amongst the Mexicans, but which v/ithoat doubt
did exist, if those who formeriy resided here were
colonists from Mexico. The Hindoos have a Tri-
murti, or three principal divinities in one: Brahma,
Vishnu and Semi. This union is intended to d(i-
note, that existence cannot be produced, without
the combination of the threefold power of creation,
preservation and destruction. ^^^ Originally, by the
representation of three divine powers in one body,
the ancient Hindoos intended the iliiwi great pow-
ers of nature, the earth, water and lire. This no-
tion gradually vanished after images came into use;
and the ignorant populace converted these repre-
sentations by images into three distinct godheads.
Thence came the notion into Egypt, and ihence
into Grreece, of the mysterious virtue contained in
the number three. But wh}' or wherefore, they
could not tell. Some said it was the representa-
tion of time, and that the three eyes in the image
of Jupiter, one in the middle between the other two,
was intended for time past, present and to come.
Some said it meant three eternals, God, matter and
form. 144 The Platonic system united three grand '
principles into one. In order to be the better un-
derstood, it considered one of them as the son of
an eternal father, the creator and governor of the
world. Having proceeded thus far, the lively
imagination and active ingenuity of the Grreeks
sooa branched these ideas into a thousand others.

143 1 Dub. 113. 144 3 Anach.

70

Jupiter, in Tiis lifetime, supposed {he fliree go3s
to be the sun, the earth and heavens ; and to them
he accovdingly sacrificed. 1^5 As soon as the sun
^became one of the three, his emblem, the serpent
with one body and three heads, was twisted around
a statue. The Romans thought the three gods
were Jupiter, Mars and Quirinus.i47 Afterwards
they deemed Pluto, Jupiter and Neptune the three
^upremes, as did the Trojans in the time of the
Trojan war,i^8 or the world below, the air and
sea. 149 At Alexandria was the image of Serapis;
on his right hand was the body and head of a ser-
pent branching into three tails, which were again
terminated by the triple head of a dog, a lion and
a wolf. From this origin, in short, the belief of a
sacred virtue in the number three has spread over
the v/hole earth. In many countries it hath been
received without examination into the causes of its
mystic qualities. Amongst others, the Hebrews,
from a long residence with the Egyptians, adopted
it likewise. 150 it originatad from the Trimurte of
India, and the religion of the Hindoos is founded
upon books of the higiiest antiquity. Like the
books themselves, it hath remained tire same through
a long succession of ages. It is one of the religious
<hities of the Brahman's, to bathe three tiijies every
<lay. The Hindoos celebrate a festival in honour
of their ancestors three days ; and on those days
make various offerings to their ancestors, of food
and raiment. If Ave meet in America with tlte
«ame deified trij)licity, with the same reverence for
this mysterious number, .we may refer it to tiiia
Hindoo origin, until some better shall be assigned
for it.

146 ID Siculus, 5. 147 5 Gib, 3.

148 1 Iliad, £00, 149 15 liiad.

150 Exodus, ch. 23, v. 14, 17 ; Numb. ch. 22, v. 15, 28, cb.
£4, V, 10; Deut. ch. 16, v. 16; .1 Samuel, cb. 20, v. 41 ; 1
Kings, ch. 9, v. 25, ch. 17, v. 21:; Daniel, ch. 1, v. -5, ch. 10,
X.13. /. ■

Tt

The Mexicans believe in a transmigration of
souls ; a doctrine first t^iuglit in India and Persia,
and afterwards adopted by the Egyptians.

Two of the Mexican deities were the sun and
moon. These were worshipped in ancient times
hy far the greater part of the nations of Asia, and
bythe Persians and Hindoos particularly.

The Mexicans had their pentiies or houseliold
gods. So had the people of Mesipotamia, 1600
years before Christji^i which probably they bor-
rowed from the eastern countries, whence they
emigrated. 152

The Hindoos and the Egyptians worshipped
animals : the dog and the cat were sacred animals.
The Mexicans ei-ected little chapels, in which they
buried the wolf, the tiger, the eagle and the sjsjake
or adder.

The Hindoos worshipped the gamide, or bird of
prey, with a strong hooked bill ; particularly those
Hindoos who were of the sect of Vishnu. They
pay it adoration every morning immediately after
ablution. On the 25th of May, 1538, He Soto^
landed in Florida. ^^ The Lord^s house stood near
the shore, upon a very hi^h mount, made by hand
for strength. At another end of the town, stood a
fowl made of ivood, with gilded eyesJ^ In one of
the mounds of Ohio, the beak of a bird of prey,,
like that of the eagle, was found.

The representation of the Mexican god Huel-
zettu-pocli, and the Hindoo god Crishna, very
strikingly resemble each other.

The Mexican gods or idols were for the most
part painted with red, and blue shirts. Blue vest-
ments and decorations are usually met with in the
statues of the Hindoo and Egyptian deities. Ver-
milion also was a common colour with the deities
of the two nations. The Romans painted Jupiter's
fece red, and Vulcan was sometimes representetl
with a blue hat.

151 GtnMia, cli. Sl^VrSO, 152 Geaesis, ch. 11^ v. 2.

73

In Mexico, as avcII as in Egypt, the noses of
their gods, or idols, vrere ornamented with gold,
rings, formed into the shape of a serpent, the em-
blem of the siin.^^2

The Mexicans celebrate the festivals "which the
Hindoos call jlama, and Avhich the Peruvians also
celebrated by the name of Kama-satea.

In Mexico, infants were passed through the fire:
it was done by making a movement as if passing
the child tlircugh a ilame, kindled for the occasion.
No doubt this practice was common to the Hindoos,
with all the other worshippers of the sun. 1^2

The Mexicans adore the sun by waving the
hand towards him, and perhaps putting it towards
the mouth. This also was a practice no doubt
comyipn to the Hindoos, with all his other wor-
shippers.i^s

The masque 'of a Mexican priest is represented
in Mexico. He is drawn as sacrificing a human
victim ; a sacrifice which all the worshippers of the
sun everywhere made.i54 The masque represents
an elephant's trunk, similar to the head so often
portrayed in Indostan. As no elephants exist in
America, it is reasonable to conclude that the de-
signment was brought from Asia.

Yishnu, one of the principal divinities of the
Hindoos, is with them the preserver of all things.
And in this office, has been obliged, upon ten im-
portant occasions, to metamorphose himself, in or-
der to efPect his purposes. Once into a fish, to dive
into the abyss of the sea, and to pluck the four
books called tlie Vedas/from the bowels of a giant,
who had stolen and swallowed tliem, and took
refnge in the middle of the ocean. In the time of

152 Genesis, ch. 35, V. 4.

152 Leviticus, ch.l8, v. 21 ; Deuteronomy, ch. 18. v. 10;
2 Kings, ch. 16, v. 3, ch. 21, v. 6, ch.23, v. 10, ch. 17, V.IT";
SChron. ch.53, V.6; 2Dub. 171.

153 Job, ch.31, V. 27. 154 2 Dub. 171.

73

the war between the gods and the giants, the celes-
tials being vanquished, and praying to Vishnu, he
ordered them to pull up the mountain Mandara-
Parvata, and cast it into the sea. They made a
ship of this mountain, with which to navigate the
ocean. It began to sink, and the gods being in it,
and like to perish, he metamorphosed himself into
a tortoise, plunged into the ocean, and supported
the sinking mountain on his solid back'. He had,
in short, perpetual war with the giants: often
changed his form and appearance, and conquered.
The island of Ceylon, with his ape auxiliaries, he
conquered, and overcame the army of giants there.
The Vishnu of the Hindoos resembles, in his at-
tributes, the Neptune of the Greeks and Romans.
Neptune lives in the waters, and rules over the
ocean, armed with a trident. The tritons accom-
pany him, sounding their conch shells. Vishnu is
called Nara-yana, or one of the sojourners in the
waters. He sleeps in the bottom of the wide ocean.
His devotees bear on their foreheads the symbol of
the trident. They blow the sea horn, and repre-
sent its figure, with hot iron on the shoulders. 1^4
When a universal deluge swept oflP all mankind,
the seven penitents were saved, by means of a ship;
into which Vishnu made them embark, and ia
which he acted as the pilot This account is given
in the Bagha-veta, one of the most ancient books
which the Hindoos acknowledge. Extravagant aa
are these fundamentals of Hindoo mythology, they
are contained in the most ancient writings of the
world. Stripped of the fabulous covering which
Hindoo imagination hath given them, we can dis-
cover, that Vishnu the dweller in the ocean, is sig-
nified by the symbolical representation of the for-
toise or the conch shell. For this or some other
cause, shells and conch shells were considered
amongst the valuables of India^ iu the most ancient

154 1 Dub, 118.

J

74

fimes. And the law provided, that double tBe
principal shall be the limited accumulation of in-
terest, in shells borrowed. '•'It is the same in re-
spect nf conchs or the liJee.'^^^^ His large statue
on the island of Elephanta, is represented with hi*'
toes of conch shells ^ to signify his marine journeys.
Conch shells were probably used for sounding his
praises, convoking his worshippers, and in their
ablutions. As it is presumable, that the follower*
of Vishnu everywhere practised the same ceremo-
nies, we must expect to find wherever they have
been, the relics of their rites and ceremonies. Such
relics, when discovered, will be as good, if not
better evidence of such rites, than if they had been
simply mentioned by some writer. The truth is, that
many such indicia may have been seen and not
observed by writers, who had no suspicion of the
former connexion between the Hindoos and Mexi-
cans. And though not mentioned as existing
amongst the Mexicans, must now be taken to have
been in use amongst them, as well as amongst the
Hindoos. Mr. Clifford said, in his lifetime, that
conch shells reversed had been found at springs in
Kentucky. !Nine were found in digging out one
spring ; five or six in a spring near Willi am sville,
in Woodford county ; fifteen others at a spring on
General Kennedy^s farm; eighteen large and twelve
smaller ones, in like situations, at Mr. Jones's farm,
two miles from Lexington, in Garard county : alf
in circumvallatory temples. In the temples in Ga-
rard county,where found, the entrances into the open
area are directly opposite to the fountains. These'
conchs are perfect, and in as good preservation as^
shells usually are which are found upon the sea-
beach. We can see from the imperfect lights be-
fore noticed, that navigation in India was cultivated'
and practiced, from times at least but shortly sub*
sequent to the Deluge, Their marine inUrest, at*-

1:55 Colebrook'8 Hiudoo Layrs, 51, 6t.

T5

|0we3 of in the book called Menii^ •vvLo Uvea, rt in
«aid, at as early a period of the world as Moses
rfihows it. " Whatever interest shall be settled.,
Jbetween the jJarties^ hy men well acquainted with sea
voyages, or journeys by land, such interest shall have
legal forced '^^^ Bea voyages then were performed
in the time of Menu, by the people of India. For
this reason they adored Vishnu. And now comes
the important fact, which the preceding observa-
tions are intended to make appear in its true light.
In Mexico, this deity, or god of the ocean, was
adored equally with the sun, tlieir greatest deity.
And why did the Mexicans adore him ? Bid they
derive from India the knowledge they had of hia
properties ? did they, in imitation of the Hindoos,
use conch shells as religious symbols of that deity?
did they make their purifying ablutions with them
at the springs, before they entered into the temple,
to offer up prayer and thanksgiving? With tha
Hindoos, bathing is the proper remedy for sin and
impurity. There are certain places of bathing, to
which are attributed complete efficacy. Those who
wash in certain sacred rivers, restore the soul and
body from all sins and corruptions which they may
Lave contracted. To think of these rivers in th©
performance of purifying ablutions is sufficient*
There are also many springs and pools consecra-
ted, and much renowned for the spiritual effect*
they communicatei^^ to those who bathe in them.
Some have the virtue every twelfth year; and thera
are others Avhicli have it periodically. When th&
year and day arrive for bathing in those sacred
waters, a crowd of people almost without number,
men, women and children, arrange themselves a-
round the water, and as soon as the astrologer aa-
nounces the favourable hour and moment of th©
^ay, all, men, women and children; plunge int© tU»,

156 1 Hindoo Laws, p. 48, sec. 36.

157 1 Dub. 181, 182.

76

water at once, and with a mighty uproar. Vesti-
ges of the same practices in America, in the use of
conch shells, and of multitudinous ablutions, wiiich
will occur in the further progress of these inquiries,
may assist in leading to the conclusion, that the
Mexicans, who had many other traits of the Hin-
doo character, had also the rites of which we are
now speaking. The same acts and circumstances
produced defilement amongst the Hindoos, as are
stated to produce it in Leviticus. And though in
many instances, ablution is prescribed, both by the
law of Moses and the Hindoos, yet multitudinous
ablutions were not prescribed by the latter.iss Th*
use of this remark will be perceived in the sequel.
The affinities between certain practices pointed out
by the antiquities of this country, with those of the
Hindoos, are so striking, that one who makes tiie
comparison, cannot well abstain from the belief,
that so many coincidences are not merely fortuitous.
He cannot forbear to suspect, that the ancient in-
habitants, who were probably colonists from Mex-
ico, and by consequence the Mexicans themselves,
Lad not only the religious ceremonies of India, but
that even some of the materials which they used
were actually exported from the shores of the In-
dian ocean. He will be inclined to think, that the
little conch shells in the small graves which will be
hereafter described, were used as religious emblems*
That the adoration, which is paid by the Mexicans,
to the god of the ocean, is founded upon the protec-
tion he is supposed to give to navigation, which
being of course precedent to the power created foF
its protection, must have been used in India from
periods long prior to European navigation as prac-
tised at the pressnt time, since the discovery of th«
navigator's needle, or in ancient times by the Mex-
icans themselves.

158 Leviticus, ch. 11, T.S5, 28, 32, 40, ch. 13, v. 6, 54,58,
ch. 14, V. 8, 9. 47, ch. 16, v. 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16, 17,

18,21,32,27.

77

The sacretl buildings of the Mexicans were oii-
structed upon the same principles with those of the
old world : the pyramids of Egypt, the temple of
Belus, and the pyramids of India.

The great temple of Mexico seemed to be com-
posed of fine pieces or bodies, one above another,
the larger below, and gradually diminishing in
each successive piece to the top. The upper body
was paved with smooth flat stones ; and at the east-
ern extremity of the pavement, stood two towers,
of the height of 56 feet. Each of these towers
was divided into three bodies ; the lowest of which
was stone and lime ; the two upper ones were of
wood, well wrought, and painted. The stone part
of each of the«e towers, was properly the sanctu-
ary. Before each of them was a stove, in which
was kept a constant fire.'^^^

The tower of Babel was at its base a square of
half a mile in circumference, consisting of eight
towers, as they appeared to be, one above the
other. The ascent to the top was by stairs on the
outside ; formed by a sloping line from the bottom
to the top, eight times around it, so as to exhibit
the appearance of eight towers, the uppermost of
which is the most sacred. In this temple of Belus
there seemed to be two deities worshipped ; one
the supreme God of heaven, while Belus was at
least the delegated God upon earth. The two
towers which stood in the Mexican temple, were
«ach dedicated to a different deity.

In India are ancient pyradmids of large dimen-
sions. They are rude structures, but of such a
magnitude as must have required the power of
«ome considerable state to have raised them. ^60

The Pagoda of Seringham is situated about a
anile from the western extremity of the island of

159 2 Dub. 48; Plut.79, 165, 166; 2 Dub. 34; 1 Joseph,
134 ; 2 Rol. 369, 370 ; 8 Gib. 239^

160 Rob. Ind. 270.

78

^ringhani, formed by the division of the great river
Caveri into the two channels. "It is composed of
seven square iiiclosures, one within the other ; the
walls of vv'hich arc twenty-five feet high, and four
^hick. These inclosures are 350 feet distant from
one another; and each has four large gates, with a
high tower, which are placed one in the middle of
each side of the enclosure, and opposite to the four
cardinal points. The outer wall is nearly four
miles in ciicumference; and its gateway to the south
is ornamented with pillars, several of which are of
single stones, thirty-three feet long and nearly five
in diameter, and those which form the roof are still
larger. In the inmost inclosures are the chapels.'*
The largest of the pyramids of Egypt w as built
of rock, having a square base, cut on the inside aa
60 many steps, and decreasing gradually quite to
ihe summit. It was built of stones of a prodigioui
size, the least of which was thirty feet long, wrought
"with wonderful art, and covered with hieroglyphics.
The summit of the pyramid, which to those who
viewed it from below seemed like a point, was a
fne platform composed of ten or twelve massy-
stones, and each side of the platform from sixteen
to eighteen feet long. The four sides of this pyra-
mid were turned exactly to the four quarters of the
worldySiuA showed the true meridian of that place.i60
This pyramid is so constructed, that an oT^server
placed at its foot on the day of the equinox, could
have seen the sun at noon seated as it were upoa
the summit. The inclined plane of the side of the
pyramid, forms an angle v/ith the plane of the ho-
lizoii, equal to the meridianal height of the sun at
that period. The pyramid being placed exactly
in the latitude of 30 north, the angle ought to be
60. All the sides being equally inclined, the pro-
file of the pyramid cut perpendicularly from the
snmmif to the base, through the middle of two ©f

160 1 Rollini, 8, U.

7»

Its ©ppos-ide sides ouglit to present an equiktei'al
triangle, 1^^

W ith these models let us now compare the Ame*
lican pyramids.

In the Mexican valley are the remains of tv/o
pyramids of San Juan da Teotihuacan, siUiated to
the northeast of the lake Tczcuco, consecrated t»
the sun and moon;, which thelndians cailTonituah-
Ytzaqual, house of the sun, and Metzle-Itzaqual^
house of the moon. Its base is 68S English feet ;
its height l7l feet. They are, within o^ seconds
placed to the north and south and from easi to west.
Their interior is clay mixed with small stones.
The covering is with a thick wall of porous amyg^
daloid. A stair of large hewn stones formerly led
to their tops^ where, as the first travellers say,
were statues covered with thin lamina of gold.
Each was composed of four principal layers^ sub-
divided into small gradations, of ihree feet three
inches ; of which the edges are still distinguishabley
which were formerly covered with fragments of
obsidion^ that were the edges of instruments with
which the priests opened the chasts of human vic-
tims, i^i Around the houses of the sun and moon>
of Teotihuacan, is a group of pyramids, not more
than 29 or 32 feet high. There are several hun-
dreds of these monuments, disposed in very large
streets, which follow exactly the direction of the
parallels and of the meridians, and terminate on the
four faces of the two great pyramids. The lesser
pyramids are more frequent towards the southern
side of the temple of the moon, than towards the
temple of the sun ; and according to the tradition of
the country, they were dedicated to the stars.

The great pyramid of Cholula, in Mexico, coa-
•ists of four stages. It is 177 feet high at present.
The base is 1423 feet. Its sides are in the direc-
tioji of the parallels and meridians, and Gonstruct*

161 Ali Bey, 23. l6l 2 Humb. 48.

80

ed of alternate strata of brick and clay. The plat"
form for the truncated pyramid of Cholula, has a
surface of 45,S08 square feet English. The pyra-
mid of Cholula is exactly of the same lieight as
the Tonituah-Itzaqual of Teotihuacan. It it nin&
feet eight inches higher than the Mycerinus, or the
third of the great Egyptian pyramids of the group
of Gheze. The apparent length of the base is al-
most the double of the great pyramid in Egypt
known by the name of Cheops. Around the Egyp-
tian pyramid of Cheops, are regular depositions of
small pyramids, similar to those around the houses
of the sun and moon, or the pyramidal monuments
of Teotihucan, northeast from Mexico. Other pyr-
amids in Mexico and its neighbourhood might b»
described; but these will be enough to compare
with the like edifices in India, with those made by
the Natchez, and with those found in Tennessee.

The morals of the Pacific islands are upon th©
same plan. That of Obera is 267 feet long and 8l
wide at the base. It is raised by flights of steps
to the height of 44 feet. These steps are four feet
high, narrowing gradually till they end in a small
entabliture, in which, near the middle, stands the
figure of a bird carved in wood, and at some dis*
tance the broken fragments of a fish cut in stone.
It makes a considerable part of one side of a square
court, 360 by 354, with a stone wall and pavement,
with the same materials through its whole extent.
This work is solid, and without a cavity.

In the island of Uwhyhee is a moral, 40 by 20,
and 14 high. The top teas flat, and was surround-
ed by a wooden railing. A minous wooden build-
ing was situated in the centre of the area, connect-
ed with the railing by a stone wall dividing th»
"whole space into two parts. Altars were ancientlj
built on mounds. — The greater part of the forego-
ing statements are made from the writings of Mr^
JllcCulloch, of Baltimore,

81

Thirdly-^ T^e Cosmical History oftlieMexicariM
€ompared with that of the Hindoos,

In their ages of the Avorld, the Mexicans very
nearly agreed with the Hindoos. The Mexicana
had four ages of the world. The first was that of
the sun, or the age of water, wliich continued from
the creation, till all mankind perished with the suu
by a great inundation. The second was the age
of the earth, from the time of the inundation, until
the ruin of the giants, and the great earthquakes
which concluded the second sun. The third wai
the age of the air, from the destruction of the gi-
ants, until the great whirlwinds, in which all man-
kind perished with the third sun. The fourth is
the age of fire, beginning with the last restoration
of the human race, and to continue till the fourtli
sun and the earth shall he C(>nsiimed by fire.

The first age of the lindoos was ended by a
mighty flood; the second, by a great whirlwind;
the third, by a great earthquake ; and the fourth is
to be terminated by a general conflagration. All
the southeastern countries of Asia have this belief^
and they have transmitted it to America. Nq
doubt, mankind have derived it from the prophecy
of Noah,i7i which hath ever since been delivered
from one generation to another down to the present
day.

Of the Vernacular Customs of the Hindoos, andL
those of the Mexicans and Peruvians: firsi, of those
relative to Religion ; secondly, of those relative tQ
|&« Common Concerns of Life,

First— Of those relative to Religion.

The religionists of "Vishnu wore a plate of cop«

per on the breast. 7^ The Brahmans put on their

Oead, necklaces made of beads, which are nearly

of the size and shape of a nut.i'^s They place

171 Genesis, ch. 9. t. 11, 14, 15, ch. 8, v. 22,
I7i I Dub. 90. J73 2 Dub. 25, 108.

8T

^ciri in a hole about six feet deep, one half filled*
with salt : the body is covered to the neck with salt*
Then more salt is added, till the head is covered^
and then earth is accumulated over the trench ta
the height of several feet.i74 The Hindoos an-
ciently sacrificed their prisoners taken in war ; and
both in ancient and modern times, on very solemn
occasions, they sacrifice human beings. .175

The sect of Vishnu wore necklaces of black
beads of the size of a nut, and particoloured' gar-
ments. They travel to beg with a round plate of
brass, about a foot in diameter, and a large shell
called sankha^ sh^iped like a sea conch, with either
of which they can make a noise to announce their
approach. ^ 76 Answerable to these customs, and
seeming to be the effects of them, are divers dis-
coveries made in this state, and in the neighbouring
state of Kentucky, and Ohio, which if taken to
have been colonized from Mexico and Peru, may
be presumed to have been equally practised there.
In Virginia, neav Wheeling,, on Grave creek, is a
mound 75 feet high, with many smaller ones around
it. In the interior parts of this mound, are found
human hones of targe size, and mixed with theni
are two or three plates of brass, with characters
inscribed resembling letters. A mound near Chil-
licothe being removed, discovered near the bottoin,
in a cavity, the remains of some chieftain. A string
of ivory beads wa« around his n«ck, and on his
breast a stone about three inches long, with a hole
Bear each end, in order to fasten it to the wearer'*
neck, rather thicker in the centre than at the ex'-
tremities, flat on the side next the breast, remainder
of it round, and made of a species of black marble.
The latter may have been produced in America,
but the ivory beads most probably came from India;
or the country in its vicinity, where the elephant i«
jaised, and the ivory worked. The sculls whieh^

I7i 2Dub.2fi. 175 2 Dub. 172, 2r2. 176 1 Dub.. 70*

85

Will be hereafter mentioned, as found in caves Tiear
Bledsoe^s liek, in Grainger county, will indicate the
sacrifice of prisoners, or of human beings on solemn
religious occasions. And the presumption is, that
these are parts of the general system which pre-
vailed in Mexico and amongst the Natchez ; which
is made out by the accumulation of all the evidences
which are to be ascribed to worshippers of the sun.

Another kindred custom is, not only the worship
of the sun by the Mexicans and Peruvians, but the
perpetual fire kept up in the temples. ^"^"^ So also
was it in the temple of Solomon, from his time to
that of the Babylonish captivity. When this fire
happened to be extinguished in those countries of
the old world, it was restored by glasses of refrac-
tioa, or by flint, or attrition or friction. The fire
for the sacrifice of the Hamam in India is extracted
from flint.

The bones of a wolf have been found in a Mex-
ican grave. The Egyptians buried their deified
animals ; and no doubt the same practice was com-
mon to the Hindoos. *

"Secondly — Of those relative to theCommov Con-
cerns of Life.

The Mexican celebration of the rights of mar-
riage, was a close imitation of that of the Hindoos.
The priest tied the mantle of the bridegroom to the
gown of the bride. The new married pair never
eiirred from the chamber for five days. These they
passed in prayer and fasting ; dressed in new hab-
its, and adorned with the insignia of the gods of
their devotion ; and drawing blood from the diflier-
ent parts of the body. These austerities were ob-
served with the greatest exactness ; for they feared
the heaviest punishments of the gods if the mar-
riage were consummated before the end of the four
days.

177 Boud. 57, 218, 220, 221, 247 ; 1 Plutarch, 79. 161, IGG,-
2 Plutarch, 70 j 1 Dub. 143, 1443 2 Dub. 34, 48, 125, 414.

84

In Indostan, on the day when the skirts are tied
together, the bridegroom shows to the bi-ide th#

£oiar star, as au eml)lem or figure of consj-ancy.
during the three following days, the married cou-
ple tnust live chastly and austerely; on the fourth
from the marriage, the bridegroom conducts the
bride to his own house.

The sun, or brother of the sun, or children of
the sun, the titles given to llie princes of Peru and
Mexico, and the Natchez, are the same which were
anciently given to the princes of Persia, India^
Ceylon and China.

The Hindoos, as well as the people of Japan,
China, Siam, Tartary, the Curds and La])landersj
and the negroes on the banks of the Senegal, be*
lieve that the eclipses of the moon are occasioned
by a dragon, which would devour that star. Th«
fear they are in, brings them to make the gr-atest
Hioise they can, to frighten the monster, and make
him quit his prey. Mr. Goguet^^s thinks thi^
practice may be derived from the ancient astronomy
of the orientals. I'o design the periodical cycle
of the moon, they used the emblem of a dragon,
whose head was placed at the point where the
circle cuts the ecliptic, because it is always at that
point, or its opposite, that the eclipses of -the sua
are made. The same practices obtains in Peru,
and the people there must have brought it from tlio
old world.

The Mexicafls, like the Persians^ ?'9 and Jewa%
and other orientals, rend their garments for gtief«

Of ik6 Biblical Rf>preBentatmns and TradiU»m
of the MeMiGm9 and Peruvians.

There is a Mexican painting which cofftfaiwa tb§
tradition of the mother of Atankind having fall^il

178 2 0. L. 413. Mc. 172.

179 Herod. Urania, 100; 2 Samuel, ch. IS. r.31^ ch, 15,
V. 8Q» eh. 15, T. 19 } Job, ch. 1-, f . 20^ ch. % v. 13.

85

fi*om her fot state of happiness ; and she is v?. "^-
gentetl as accompanipcl by a serpent. Also is foun I
the idea of a great inundation overwhelming the
earth, from which a single family escaped on a
raft. There is a history of a pyramidal edifice
raised by the pride of man, and destroyed by the
anger of the gods. The ceremony of ablution is
practised at the birth of children. Similar tradi*
lions of high antiquity are found amongst the fol*
lowers of Brahma, and amongst the Shamas of the
eastern Steppes of Tartary.

The nations of Cuba had an account of the floorli
An old man, they say, foresaw the intention of Grod^
to cover the world with a deluge. He built a canoe,
and embarked with his family and a great number
of animals. When the flood subsided, he sent out
a raven, which finding carrion, did not return. A
pigeon was then sent out, and soon returned Avith a
sprig oihoba in its mouth. At last the ground became
dry. The old man quitted his canoe, and making
some wine of the wjod g»'ape, drank till he \vag
intoxicated. An i falling asleep, one of his sons
mocked him ; but the other covered his nakedness.
He blessed one, and cursed the other. In Indos-
tan, in a book of the H ndoos, called Pudnam-
J*aram, Sir William Jones found, aud transcribed
verbatim, nine sections where the same story is told
with all its circumstances. It states the intoxica-
tion of the king of the whale earth, his three sons,
and the undutiful behaviour of one of them, for
which his father pronounced a curse against him.
And it is added, that he gave to one of them, Sher-
ma, the whole dominion on the south of the Snowy
mountain, and to Jugpeli he gave all on the north
of the Snowy mountain.

The Chiapanese say, that a certain Votan,
nephew of the one who attempted to erect a build-
ing that should reach heaven, and which is the
place where mau received hi* different languagei,

66

"went by express command of tlie Deity to people
South -America. Baron Humboldt has seen the
liieroglyphical representation of these traditions,
and gives his opinion, that they were the actual
belief of the Mexican*.

These traditions relate to events which preceded
the time of Abraham, and could not have been
learned from the mosaic writings, but from the
more ancient history of the world, which was pre-
served in India. And being at this day in the tra-
ditional possession of the people of America, bears
evidence of a genuine original, from which came
both the writings of Moses and these traditions.

r 8?

CHAPTER IV.

S©ME and indeed considerable insight may bo
acquired into the history of the American aborigines,
by some additional comparisons. Particularly, first,
of the astronomical learning of the Mexicans, with
that of the Hindoos. Secondly, of the practises
of the worshippers of the sun in general, with the
phenomena which are seen in Tennessee and its
vicinity. Thirdly, of the lingual and nominal co-
incidences between the southern Americans and
people of the old world. And fourthly, by a state-
ment of some of the indigenous practices of the
Mexicans, to be compared with certain appearances
in Tennessee and its vicinity.

First then— Of ^Zie Astronomical Learning of the
Mexicans J to be compared with that of the Hindoos^.

The Mexicans knew of the solar year of 365
days and 6 hours. They lost a day in every four
years, and added 13 to every 52 years, to make up
the defalcation. Like the Egytians, they placed
the five days at the end of the year as thrown away.
The beginning of the Mexican day was at sun-
rising; so was that of the Persians, Egyptians,
Babylonians, and the greater part of the nations
of Asia, except the Chinese. And it was divided
into eight intervals, as was also the day of the
Hindoos and Romans. The Chilian year consist-
ed of 13 months of 30 days, and they intercalated
13. Their year commenced on the 22d of Sep-
tember. It was divided into four seasons. Their
day was divided into 12 equal parts, and com men-
ced at midnight. The year of 365 days was nofc
known in Egypt in the time of Moses. In descri-
bing the deluge, he calls 150 days five months. In
times prior to the days of Moses, they had calcu-
lated the year at 354 days ; and not at 365 till

88

1S2S before Christ. But stiTl by degrees getting
more light upon the subject, the Egyptians had
discovered in the time of Plato, 384 before Christ,
that the solar year consisted of 365 days and near-
ly 6 ht»ur«. The Chaldeans had discovered that
it was of longer duration than 365 days, before th$
return of the Israelites, from the Babylonish cap-
tivity, in the year 458 before Christ. About i\n$
time it was that they discovered it to be of th©
length of 365 days, 5 hours, 31 minutes and 36
seconds. Berosus, a Chaldean historian, who
wrote in the third century before Christ, made use
of a period composed of these years. iso After this
period the Mexicans learned it. Not from the ten
tribes who had been removed for nearly 300 years,
into the northern parts of Asia, and never did
know it at all ; but from some of the enlightened
nations to which it had been communicated from
Chaldea. The Mexicans divided their year into
eighteen months of 20 days to the month. And
several names by which they designated thes^
days of th,eir month, are those of the signis of the
Kodiac, which have been in use from the remotest
antiquity, among the nations of eastern Asia. Baron
Humboldt compares the names of the Mexican
symbols for these days with the Tartarean, Japan-
ese and Thibetan names of the twelve signs, and
also with the names of the Noschatras, or lunar
Jiouses of theHindoos. In eight of the hieroglyphics
the analogy is very striking. Alt, the name of the
first day, as also of water, is indicated by a hiero-
glyphic, the parallel or undulating lines of w hich
remind us of the sign Aquarius. In the Thibetan
zodiac, the sign is marked by a rat, an emblem d
water. The rat is likewise an asterism in tKe Chi-
nese zodiac. The ape is a character used in the
Jdexican calendar, as it is in the Ihibetan zodiac,
ftnd in the lunar bouses of the Hlndooai thou|;k

180 3 0. L. £65.

89

this animal does not exist in the high countries of
the Andes. The people of America called the
constellation which we call the Great Bear, by a
name which also signifies bear. The Egyptians
and then the Asiatics first gave it the name of the
Great Bear. Before alphabetic writing was in use
it is probable that constellation was represented by
the image of a bear,i8X and when afterwards it
came to be written, instead of being represented by
an image, it was called by the name of the image*
These latter evidences afford full proof that the
astronomy of the Mexicans was not invented by
them, but learned from the Countries whence they
emigrated. And united with the Biblical traditions
before stated, raise a question of very difficult
sulution. The traditions came no lower down than
to the building of the tower of Babel. Had the
Mexicans learned them from the writings of Moses,
they would have known of the history of Abraham
and of the Israelites, as well of the facts to which
the traditions relate. Either they left the old world
before the writings of Moses came into existence 5
or must have lived in some part of Asia where the
prevalence of idolatry excluded the writings of
Moses so hostile to it, in all its precepts ; and ia
some country too where the people had access to
the astronomical learning of the Chaldeans after
the period of 384 years before Christ. If tha
Mexicans came into this country over a continent
DOW sunk into the ocean, why have not the large
animals of Asia reached America over the same
continent? Jf they came in early times, before
those animals had time by propagation and emi-
gration to reach America, and before the days of
Abraham and of the Exodus, then they couW only
learn the length of the year, ajtid. the astronomical
discoveries of the Chaldeans, from an intercpur^

181 Job, ch. 9, V, 9, ch. 38, v. SI; 1 0. h, 231,241 ; 2 O;
L. 398, 405.

L

90

^ith Asia, kept up by navigation subsequently to tb«
year 384 before Christ. This latter idea receive*
countenance not only from the great devotion of the
Mexicans to the god of the ocean,but alsofrom avery
curious fact related by Pliny the elder, after Corne-
lius Nepos, who, in an account of a voyage to tha
north, says that in the year 60 before Christ, certain
Indians who had embarked in a commercial voyage,
were cast away on the coast of Germany, and wera
given as a present by the king of the Survians, to
Metellus, at that time proconsular governor of
Gaul. 182 About the year 4770, a set of naviga--
tors from Japan, were driven by a storm to the
northern coasts of Siberia, and having landed at
Kamtschatka, were conveyed to Petersburg, and
were there received by the empress of Russia, who
treated them with great humanity. The Indians
given to Metellus either came through Bhering's
straits, or were shipwrecked between them and
Kamtschatka, (for all the seas north of the Baltic
were then called the German ocean,) and were con-
veyed by land to the Baltic; or otherwise, the
Northern ocean being then unobstructed by ice, or
more so than in late ages, (as it probably was be-
fore the sea between Iceland and Greenland was
covered with ice in the tenth century,) they passed
through Bhering's straits to the coast of Lapland
and Norway. The latter supposition is very im-
probable. If trading vessels.irom India, 60 years
before Christ, visited the ocean south and east of
Bhering's straits, and adjoining to them, and there
suffered shipwreck, could other vessels from the
fiame country, or from Japan, as readily and as
easily have sailed to the neighbouring shore of A-
jnerica ? We cannot see in Mexico the science of
astronomy in operation, or any of its principles in
the learning of the people; but we can see tlua
product itself of this science, the true length of the

182 Tacitus upon Agricola, sec. 28, notis.

91

isdlar year in complete perfection. Either tbe sci-
ence of astronomy has perished in Mexico, or it
was left by the Mexicans in Asia. We cannot see
in Chili the metalUirgic art in being which taught
the smelting ot iron fro m; the ore; but we hear the
Chilians pronounce the name of iron and the names
of iron tools in contradistinction to all others.

Either then the art has been lost in Chili, or was
left by the people of Chili in those countries of Asia
whence they emigrated. If for some time an in-
tercourse was kept up by navigation, the emigrants
iiad iron tools upon their first arrival, and until that
intercourse was discontinued. The gold, the erne-
ralds^^^ which are not the production of Kurope or
Asia,J83 and the algum tree, for musical instruments,
which is prdbaibly mahogany, and which were im-
ported from the golden Chersonesus into the Red
(Bea, in the time of Solomon,i84 and which must
Lave been brought from countries as far beyond the
Chersonesus as the Red sea is on this side of it,
were very probably the productions of South A-
merica.

The Mexicans, like the Hebrews, reckon their
ecclesiastical year by nights and moons, commen-
cing with the new moon of the vernal equinox.

Some bits of ivory seen by Captain Cook ia
some of the Pacific islands,i85 which had never
before been visited by European navigators, must
have been brought thither by Asiatic navigators.

Secondly — Of the Practices of the Worshippers
of the Sun in general^ to be compared with the Phe-
nomena in Tennessee and its vicinity.

In the time of Moses, all the civilized nations of
Asia worshipped the sun. Cities and countries

182 Genesis, ch. 9, v. 12 ; Job, ch. 28, v. 6 ; Ezekiel, ch. 28.

183 2 0. L. 120 ; S Raynol, 8, 23, 49.

184 Jos. Ant. 393, b. 8, ch. 6, sec. 4.

3185 1 Cook's Voyages, 397; 3 Cook'a Voyages, 232.

92

were everywhere named after him. Eteliopolis in
Egypt and Syria, Baalbeck, or the. city of the smij
Apollonea, or the country of Apollo, and all the
placeis in scripture called Baal, with an addition,
are plain indications of it It had subsisted foi*
ages before the time of Moses ; and so far were his
many and earnest injutictions^s^ from sul3duing a
disposition for the same worship, in the minds of
the Hebrews^ that 500 years after his time, Solo-
mon, the wisest of princes, and a great part of Sa-
maria and Judea, embraced the idolatrous worship
of the sun. It is fair to suppose, that the customs
of his woi*shippers at one place were the same with
those in all other places. And happily we are fur-
nished with a detailed account of their customs and
practices in Judea and Samaria, by the most au*
thentic history in the world. The various passages
in the Bible respecting the worship of the sun and
the usages of his votaries, will furnish this history.
It shall now be briefly stated for comparison with
the aboriginal antiquities of this country: and we
shall receive much better assistance for the investi- ,
gation, than can be furnished from any otl^er source.
These various passages embodied form this history.
The worshippers of the sun built hiajh places,
inclosed them in opeil courts, erected houses for
their idols upon them, and placed their idols within
the houses. Upon these high places they burnt
incense, unto Baal, which was an image, to the sun,
and to the moon, and to the planets and to the host
of heaven. Upon those high, places they sacrificed
human beings, and there made offerings to the suii
of horses and chariots. To those high places they
retired to grieve and to make lamentation. Their
idols they decorated with silver and gold, and clo-
thed th-em in blue and purple, and embroidered

186 Deut. ch. 4, v. 19. ch. 17, v. 3 ; Judges, ch. 2, v. 13,
ch. 10, V. 6; IK. ch. 1 1, v. 5, ch. 18, v. 19 ; 2 K. ch. 23, v. 5 1
Jer. ch. 44.

garments. The images of beasts, and of cre^Din^
things which were deified, and of their idols, we^e
painted upon the walls of their temples with vef*
tnilion. Upon these high places tliey sacrificed
their sons and their daughters to their gods. In
Worshipping, they were placed towards the east.
They stretched forth the hand toward the sun, and
drawing it back, they kissed it. They made their
children to pass through the fire to their idols ; and
■when the sun at the summer solstice began to re-
cede to the south, they kept the festival of Tammuz
or Adonis, in which they bitterly wept and lamented
for his departure. In doing so, they sat on the north
side of the temple. We shall presently see by the
aboriginal relics, which are yet found in the country,
whether in ancient times similar religious notions
and customs once prevailed here.

Profane writings inform us also, that the revolu-
tion of the sun has been known and celebrated in
Persia, ever since the time of Zoroaster, 600 years
before Christ, and probably was at the summer
solstice, or in June, the same time that our southern
Indians celebrate the green corn dance.

In ancient times, when the mysteries of religion
were expressed in hieroglyphics, the serpent was
the hieroglyphic symbol to signify the obloquy of
the ecliptic or the winding coarse of the sun, front
one solstice to the oihevA^T' The serpent twisted
iaround the figure it entwines, represents the spirals
which result from the combination of the diurnal
motion of the sun, with his motion of declination.

To those who vrorshipped the sun, the moon and
the planets, and host of heaven, astronomy, which
taught the motions, revolutions and relations of the
heavenly bodies to each other, from time to time,
and the supposed influences of these relations, so
much relied on by the astrologers of those days,
was a science of infinite importance. Those

3187 10 Gib. 367 ; 2 0. L, 407.

94

who studied it, were in the pursuit of wisdom;
those who hecamc proficients were wise men ; to
excel in the understanding of it, was pre-eminence.
As new discoveries were made from time to time^
they were exhibited by some token in their temples:
the motion of die sun ; the constellations ; the
months of the year; the days of the year; the
animals to which divine honours were paid. Sa-
bianism, says Mr. Gibben,i89 was diffused in Asia
by the science of the Chaldeans and the arms of
the Assyrians, From the obser^^ations of 200Q
years, the priests and astronomers of Babylon de-
duced the eternal laws of nature and providence.
They adored the seven gods, who directed the
course of the seven planets, and shed their irresist-
ible influence upon the earth. The attributes of
the seven planets, with the 13 signs of the zodiac,
and the 24 constellations of the northern and south-
. ern hemispheres, were represented by images and
talismans. The seven days of the week were de-
dicated to their respective deities. The Sabeans
prayed thrice each day, and the temple of the moon
at Haran was the term of their pilgrimage. They
held a singular agreement with their Jewish cap-
tives, in the tradition of the creation, the deluge
and the patriarchs, and they practised the right of
circumcision. They lived in a remote period of
antiquity. How near a resemblance to this repre-
sentation is discovered in the pyramid of Papantla
in Mexico ! Tn the middle of a thick forest it stands.
Enormous stones are used in the structure, which
are covered with hieroglyphics. The only materi-
als employed are immense stones, of porphyritical
shape, and mortar is in the seams. The edifice is
remarkable for its symmetry, the polish of the
stones, and the great regularity of their cut. The
base is an exact square, each side 82 feet in length:
the height, from 53 to 65 feet. It is composed of

189 9 Gib. 249.

95

several stages; six are distingtiishable, and the
seventh is concealed by the vegetation with which
the sides of the pyramid are covered. A great
stair of 57 steps conducts to the truncated top,
where the human victims were sacrificed. On each
side of the great stair, is a small one. The facings
of the stones are adorned with hieroglyphics, in
which serpents and crocodiles carved in relievo are
discernible. Each story contains a great number
of square niches symmetrically distributed. In
the first story, 24 on each side ; in the second, 20 ;
in "the third, 16. The number of these niches in
the body of the pyramid is 366, and there are 12
in the stair toward the east. Did the seven stages
of the pyramid represent the seven planets ? and
the seven days of the week ? and the 366 niches,
all the days that could be in any year? Did the
12 niches in the stair toward the east, represent the
12 months in the year? and the 24 niches, the 24
constellations ?

Thirdly— 6?f the Lingual and •^Tominal Coinci-
dences between the southern S.mericans and people
of the old world.

The Hebrews, who spake a dialect of the San-
scrit, anciently the language used in India, called
the sugar cane kaniche ; so did the Caribs when
discovered by the Spaniards. This indicates an-
other fact besides : that the sugar cane of the conti-
nent, like that of Otaheite and of the Pacific islands,
grew in America before the arrival of the Span-
iards. They could not have had name for a thing
they knew not of. Tonn., in Japanese, signifies
sun, moon, governor, king, prince. The Mexicans
called the sun tonticiLS^ and the moon tona. In
Hispaniola, all persons of noble or princely bleed
were called taino. Montezuma is the general ap-
pellation of a Japanese monarch : Montezuma in
Mexico; was the title of their monarch. Canaan

96

fs called by the Creeks, Kenaa. A Roman is cslV
led in Caiib, Ishto : the same in Hebrew. They
had known of Rome and of Canaan, otherwise
they could not have had names for them.

Fourthly — Of the Indigenous Practices and
Characteristics vf the Mexicans and southern In-
dians,

The Mexicans had a god, called the god of the
shining mirror. In his left hand was a golden fan,
set around with beautiful feathers, and polished
like a mirror, in which they imagined he saw all
that passed in the world. His image was made of
a black strong stone.

The Mexicans were addicted to war. The use
of money Avas unknown to them. They had watch-
men in ther towns. They ma-de feathered mantles,
of variegated and changeable colours. They had
ornaments of gold and silver; and utensils also.
When the king died, his attendants were sacrificed
to wait on hi^ in the next world. 189

The Mexicans had pikes, pointed with copper,
which appears to have been hardened by an amal-
gam of tin. They had when the Spaniards first
arrived amongst them, carpenters, masons, weavers,
and founders. And if it be true, as stated by some of
the writers in the southern parts of America, that the
Peruvians did not worship idols ; but carried them
to their temple of Cusco, from the countries they
conquered, and placed them there as trophies; then,
all the mounds upon which images have been pla-
ced, found in Tennessee or its vicinity, are ascriba-
ble neither to the Peruvians nor the Chilians, what-
ever they may be to the Mexicans or Natchez. Nor
were hnman sacrifices ascribable to either of them,
for many centuries before the arrival of the Span-
iards ; for one of the legislators of the Peruvians
had abolished the practice. It remained with the
JMexicans and Natchez.

189 2 Herod. 370.

97

The Peruvians used mattocs of hardened wood,
And bricks liardened in the sun. They had the
art of smelting ore ; of refining silver, and some-
times made domestic utensils of it. They buried
the bodies of their dead, and vessels of value with
them, in mounds. They have also mirrors of va-
rious dimensions, made of hard shining stones,
highly polished, such as the people of India used
both in ancient and modern times.i89 ^nd they had,
hatchets of copper made as hard as iron. They
had tools also, with which they could exercise tho
sculptural art. In the Peruvian city of Tehuanac,
were two giants, cut from stone, with bonnets upon
their heads, and garments which reached to the
ground. 190

In Chili are rich copper mines, amongst the
mountains of the Cordilleras, as well as of other
metals, which yield greater quantities of it, than any
others in the world were ever known to furnish.
Also native brass. These mines of copper are dis-
persed through the whole country. And upon the
Andes in Chili, are very rich silver mines. Moun-
tains of marble are found in the Cordilleras of Co-
peapo, and in the marshes of Maule, in zones of
various cetors. The Chilians, in the time of the
Spanish invasion, worked in marble, and made
polished vessels of it. They had gold, silver,
copper, lead and tin, and made of the copper, bell
metal, which they fashioned into axes, hatchets
and other edged tools, but in small quantities.
They had a specific name for iron, which distin-
guished tools made of it from other metals. They
had the art of smith ery, and smiths amongst them.
Those of the Chilians who live in the valleys of
the mountains, and on the east side of them, are of
iofty stature, but generally not much exceeding six

189 1 O. L. 552, 353 ; Guth. Gram. 719.

190 Ex. ch. 28. V. 40, ch. 29, v. 19, ch. 39, v. ?8 : Leviti-
«us. ch. 8, V. 13 ; Judges, ch. 4. v. 18 ; 1 Samuel, ch. 28, v. 14.

M

feet. The Araucauians, a part of them, are ef g??
reddish brown colour ; their hair dark a»d blacky
I)ut rather coarse. The Baroans of Chili, -in the
S9th degree of south latitude, are white and as welt
formed as the northern Europeans. They worshi]^
a spiritual God only. They have from time im-
memorial made dies and paints, the colour of which
never fades. They believe as the-Persians did, ia'
two spirits, good and evil. They obtain fire hy
friction, as the Kamtschatkadales do. They pay:
parents for their w ives. They have words of Greek
and Latin pronunciation, and signifying the same
as in those languages. But there are many Latin-
words clearly assimilated in sound and signification^
to words of the Hindoo language. i9i In Chili, a»
at Rome, the axe is a badge of supreme authority.
To these standards we shall have occasion fre-
quently to recur in travelling through the antiqui-
ties of Tennessee; and of the countries in its vip-
cinity.

191 1 Dubois, 68, 148o

99

CHAPTER V.

Having compared the Mexicans and Peruvian*
tjwith the Hindoos and Persians, we will now com-
■pare the Natchez with the Mexicans ; and after-
wards, the ancient inhabitants of Tennessee with
1)oth.

All those nations which lived on the west sid©
•of the Mississippi, when they first became known
to the Europeans, between the years 168S and 1697,
were worshippers of the sun, and were governefl
by despotic princes ; two prominent circumstances!
^of distinction between them, and the Indians who
lived on the lakes, and on those rivers which floW^
into the Atlantic, on the eastern side of the Atle-
ghenies.191

The Natchez at this time extended from the river
Manches, or Iberville, which is about 50 leagues
from the sea, to the AVabash, which is about 450
leagues from the sea ; and it is probable, that they
extended laterally up all the rivers which fall into
Mississippi between these two extremes. The
mounds are perhaps within the limits of their set-
tlements, and not beyond them. They had at this
time 500 sachems of the nation. They were under
the sovereignty of one man, who styled himself tJis
suTif and bore upon his breast the image of that lu-
minary, of which he professed to be the descendant.
He regulated war, religion and politics, at his will
and pleasure. His wife was called the wife of the
sun, and was also clothed with absolute authority.
They had the arbitrary disposal of the lives of all
their subjects. They all laboured in common for
his benefit. When he or his wife died, the guards
killed themselves, to attend their sovereign in the
other world. Their religious ceremonies were mul-
tifarious. They had one temple for the whole na-

191 5RaynoI, 181.

100

tion. When it caught fire upon a certain occasion,
some mothers present threw their children into the
fire to stop the progress of the flames, and on the
next (lay were extolled in a public discourse by
their despotic pontiff. Some families were reputed
noble, and enjoyed hereditary dignity. The body
of the people was considered as vile. The former
were called respectables: the latter, stevJcards.
Their great chief, the brother of the sun, the sole
object of their worship, they approach with religious
veneration, and honour him as the representative of
their deity.i92 Their temples were constructed with
some magnificence, and were decorated with various
ornaments. In them they kept up a perpetual fire,
as the purest emblem of their divinity. 'J'he first
function of the great chief every morning, is an act
of obeisance to the sun. 193 The people of Bagota
worshipped the sun and moon. They had temples,
altars, priests, and sacrifices of human victims.
They, like the Mexicans, painted the forms of dei-
fied beasts on their temples, and sacrificed human
beings for the propitiation of their deities. Their
captives taken in war, like those of the Mexicans,
were slain, and their hearts and heads were conse-
crated to their deities. The body was eaten by the
warrior who had made the victim his prisoner. If
we meet in Tennessee with appearances which
nothing but these facts can account for, we shall
know how to refer them to their proper cause.

The nation of the Natchez mouldered away, and
their decline seemed to keep pace with the wasting
away of the Mexican empire. But whilst a part
of their former splendour and power still remained,
the French who had come from Canada, and sailed
down the Mississippi to the gulf of Mexico in the
year 1682, began to be acquainted with their coun-
try. In the year 1697, Iberville attempted to make

192 2 R. H. America, 140.

193 2 R, H. Am. 192, 39 ; 1 Plut. 79, 165, 166,

101

settlements on the Mississippi ; but failin* there,
actually made an establishuicnt at the Mobile, on
Dauphin island. Fovt Mobile was afterwards
placed on the bank of the Mobile river. This
settlement was ruined by a storm in 1717. Some
tvent in quest of better settlements ; some staid be-
hind and lived upon vej;etables ; till their compaoy
was reduced to ^ families. French settlers at va-
rious times, before the year 1723, planted themselves
in the country of the Natchez ; who supplied them
■with provisions, assisted them ia their tillage, and
in building their houses, and indeed saved them
from famine and death. The Natchez possessed the
strongest disposition to oblige them, and would have
continued eminently useful to the French settlers, if
the commandant had not treated thein with indigni-
ty and injustice. The first dispute was in 17^3;
when an old warrior owed a soldier a debt in corn.
Payment being demanded, the warrior alleged that
the corn was not ripe, but that it should be deliver- .
ed as soon as possible. They quarrelled, and the
soldier cried miirier. When the warrior left him
to go to the village, a soldier of the gia d fired at
and shot him. The commandant would not punish
the offender. Revenge drew them to arius. They
attacked the French in all quarters ; but by the
influence ot a noted chief, peace was restored, which
prevented the utter extermination of the French
settlers. Peace was made, and duly ratified, by
Monsieur Branville; yet he took advantage of it, to
inflict a dreadful and sudden blowupon theN^atchez.
He privately brought 700 men. fell upon and slaugh-
tered them in (heir huts, and demanded the head of
their chief, which they were obliged to surrender.
The slaughter lasted four days. A. peace was then
made, but confidence was destroyed. A sachem soon
afterwards, in an indignant reply to the solicitation
and address of a French officer, upbraided them
with their ingratitude, perfidy and rapacity, la

102

1729, being greatly ill treated by ihe commandarit,
they caused him to be summoned before the govern-
or of New-Orleans, to answer their comjjlaints.
They were overjoyed at the attention paid to their
remonstrances. But the commandant was dismis-
sed without removal from office, and returned, more
inimical to the Natchez than he had been before.
He resolved to gratify his revengeful spirit. He
selected for the site of a town, which was to be
immediately built, a village belonging to one of the
sachems, which covered a square of three miles in
extent. H6 sent for the sun, or chief, and directed
him to clear the huts and to remove to some other
place. The chief replied, that their ancestors had
lived there for so many ages, and that it was good
for their descendants to occupy the same ground.
The commandant was offended at the answer, and
threatened punishment for disobedience, in case
of pertinacity a few days longer. The Indians
secretly prepared for a conflict. Ey various excu-
ses they attempted to defer the execution of his plan.
He rejected their excuses, and reiterated the mena-
ces. They obtained permission to wait till their
liarvest was in. In this interval their scheme was
perfected. They determined in concert to make
one grand effort, in defending the tombs of their
jincestors. A woman of their nation betrayed the
secret. The commandant disbelieved and punished
lier. On the close of the last day of 1729, the
8;rand sun, with several warriors, repaired to the
fort, with their tribute of corn and fowls, which had
])een agreed on. 1 hey secured the gate and other
l)assages, and cut off the soldiers from the means of
defence. All opposition was vain. They massa-
cred the men generally through the whole of the
French settlements. 'I'lie women, and some of the
slaves, they spared. The commandant, too ignoble
in their estimation to be slain by the hands of a
chief, was committed to the charge of one of th«

lOS

lowest of the tribe, and from his hands received an
ignominious fate. The whole settlement of 700
men was broken up. The settlements at Yazoo
and Westatu were extirpated.^^^ Xhe governor of
Orleans being implacably bent on the destruction
of the JSTatchez, they tied beyond the Mississippi,
and settled 180 miles up the Red river, where they
built a fort for their protection. Thither he pur-
sued them, besieged the fort, and compelled them
to surrender at discretion. The women and chil-
dren were reduced to slavery, and were scattered
amongst the plantations. The men were sent as
slaves to St. Domingo. Their villages at first con-
sisted of 1200 souls. Of all the Indians, they were
the most polished and civilized. The probability
is, that they had all the aits of the Mexicans, as
well as their form of government and religion.
They had an established religion, and a regular
priesthood. They had kings, or chiefs, and a kind
of subordinate nobility. The usual distinctions
created by rank were understood and preserved.
In all which instances there Avere not any affinities
between them and the Indians east of the Missis-
sippi and north of the Ohio, and also east of the
Alleghenies and north of the Savannah. Tiie
Natchez were skilled in the knowledge of medi-
cinal plants, and their properties. The cures they
performed, particularly amongst the French, were
almost incredible. They did not deem it glorious
to destroy the human species. Tliey were seldom
engaged in any other wars than defensive ones.
They were just, generous, and humane, and greatly
attentive to the wants and necessities of those who
needed assistance. It is extremely probable, that
this nation, when in the days of its prosperity, ex-
tended to the Wabash, extended up all the rivers
from the Mississippi southwardly and eastwardly,
the waters of which fall into that river. And it

1^2 Boudinot, 306,

104

may be that /their settlements were at all the places
upoa those rivers and their branches, where we
now see the high places, which at the present day
are attractive of so miuh notice. The Mexican
empire, with its depeiulent provinces and kingdoms,
before the arr^^ al of the Europeans, in all likeli-
hood, presented to those nations which were on the
west and north, too formidable a front to encourage
their liopes, or flatter their cupidity. Thus the
stream of emigration may have been turned to
countries less inviting, and to climates less suitable
to savages, which being less populous, and more
distant from the centre of Mexican grandeur, fur-
nished more sanguine prospects of success. Then
perhaps, countless hosts of embattled adventurers,
grown too numerous to be sustained in their own
country, left the first settlements which they had
made in America, and made their appearance upon
the branches of the Missouri and Mississippi,
and like the mighty torrent of the latter river,
deposited the tokens of their awful inundations
over all the prostrate countries on the east of that
great river. We shall see presently, there is reason
to believe that this was actually the fact. The
Natrhe?, in the time of De Soto, seemed to parti-
cipate in the afflictions which embittered the last
moments of the Mexican empire. The numerous
towns which he passed in his march, replete with
inhabitants, on lK)th sides the Mississippi, in less
than a century afterwards, had disappeared, and in
the places where they once stood, were seated men,
the most ignorant and the most savage of human
beings. The Mexican empire crumbled into ruins;
the defence of the frontier was gradually weakened;
new encroachments may have been made, till final-
ly the cemented parts of this mighty empire falling
asunder, the inhabitants either wholly perished,
fled for safety to remote regions, or united with
other tribes as chance off'ered or the occasion dicta-

ted. The neglected arts began to languish, aa their,
troubles arose; the comforts and conveniences of
life which these supplied, disappeared ; and in a
few years, except to the eye of the inquisitive anti-
quarian, no sign remained to announce their former
existence. If the chief ruler of the Natchez did
not govern the country over which he provided, as
a viceroyalty, forming a part of the Mexican em-
pire, at least ; his people received from thence, the
religion they professed ; the form of government ;
the titles and dignities, both in church and state ;
the arts, sciences and degree of civilization which
distinguished them. Their customs, habits, man-
ners, and permanent institutions, point to the same
origin. When we first knew them, they were great
in ruins, but hastening through the last stages of a
tragic scene. Like thousands of rocks in their
country, broken in the age of earthquakes, into nu-
merous pieces, which nature had once conjoined,
the throes and convulsions they experienced, wer»
attested by the many and distant fragments of theic
scattered tribes. Whatever religious practices wera
sanctioned at Natchez, the same it may be presumed
took place on Tennessee, the Cumberland, and the
Frenchbroad, when the inhabitants lived upon thoso
rivers, in the undisturbed enjoyment of all their in-
stitutions, supported by the veneration of ages, and
by the solidity of a government, which like all other
mighty nations, they imagined to be of eternal du-
ration.

A remnant of the Natchez lived within the pre-
sent bounds of this state, as late as the year 1750^
and were even then numerous. They were extir-
pated in a war which they carried on against the
French and Choctaws ; at the end of which, such,
of them as were not roasted in the fire, were sold
into slavery. But in 1758, when all the French
forces were called to the aid of fort Du Quesne, th«
easlaved Natchez rose in their absence, aud d«-
N

106

stroycd all the Frendi of every description, who^
had been left behiad. Intelligence of the fall oV
fort Dii Quesne. met the advancing troops of the
French at the falls of the Ohio; and they were order-
ed back to their respective stations. When those of
the Natchez country returned home, they found the
women and children all dead, and theJSatchez In-
dians, their late slaves, all fled. A French soldier,.
tired of the service, deserted, and went for safety
from pursuit into the Cherokee nation, with six
other deserters, Tnfortunately for the poor French *
men, the Cherokees and Chickasaws were then at
war. The deserters had travelled in a path that
led towards the Cherokee nation, and camped in it
for the night. The Chickasaws came upon them,,
and killed them all but one; who pursuing his
path, came to the great island in Tennessee. To>
his great surprise, there were those Natchez whonL
he had driven as slaves for four years. He quickly
departed from this place, and lived in the towns
amongst the mountains. These Natchez, though;
incorporated with the Cherokees, continued for a
long time a separate tribe ; not marrying or mixing,
with the other tribes ; still having their own chiefs-
and holding their own councils. When first driven
by the French from their own country, many of thent
took refuge with the Chickasaws, and received from
them the rites of hospitality. The French for ac
long time dared not demand them, because of the
well known courage and integrity of the Chicka-
saws. At length, however, they had the temerity
to make a demand of them ; and met with a refusal,
which led to a rupture in the year 1736 ; when one
division of the French army was repulsed with
loss, and the other totally defeated. Four years,
afterwards, in 1740 and 1741, the French renewed
the attack with fresh troops from Kurope, and mefc
with no better success. A part of this people re-
Biained with the Chickasaws ever &iace j a part.

107

incorporated with the Creeks. This powerful na-
tion has yielded to the canker of time, and at this
<lay hardly any thing is known of their history but
the name, and whatever is gleaned from the relics
of ancient times. It is probable, that they contin-
ued to erect high places, to the last period of their
national existence. At Sultzertown, in the state of
Mississippi, six miles from Washington, is a mound
or high place. It is a parallelogram. Its sides
bear the proportion of two to three, measured at the
outside of the ditch, and contains more than six
acres. The first elevation is 40 feet, the area 4 acres.
On the west side, about the middle, is a circular
mound, diameter 50 feet, from the base 85 feet.
Opposite to it on the east end, is a similar mound
30 feet high, but seems to have been much higher.
The north and south sides are the longest, havethree
or four lesser elevations considerably washed down,
the whole having been frequently ploughed, sup-
posed to have been formerly ten feet above the first
elevation. The whole surrounded by a deep ditch,
which on the east and west side is very perceptible.
On the north and south sides are the passages out
and in. Twenty or thirty years ago, the country
ivas timbered, and covered with cane brakes. There
was then no timber upon the fortification, of more
than afoot diameter. The growth of the timber 30
years ago, shows that the place had been recently
deserted before that time, corresponding with tha
time when the Natchez were expelled from tha
country by the French.

The people who inhabited the countries now
covered by East Florida, Alabama and the state of
Mississippi, are supposed to have been of the same
lineage with the Natchez, except as to the Chicka-
saws, in the years 1538 and 1540, when De Soto
marched through those countries. There was a
glaring discordance between their institutions and
manners, compared with those of the Indians fee-

108

iween the Alleghenies and the Atlaatic; which
showed tliem to be distinct races ; and therefore,
before we take leave of the Natchez, it will not be
amiss to take a short view of these inhabitants, to
be compared with the Natchez and Mexicans, and
with the Indians of North-Carolina, in the year
1730 ; of the latter of whose laws, customs and
manners, a short view will also be taken.

We have already spoken of the mounds which
the Spaniards saw upon their landing, and of the
bird upon one of them. Thence they marched to
Appalaches ; and in the direction from thence to
the Chiaha, the houses began to he covered with
reeds like tiles. Those they had passed were
thatched with straw, some had walls daubed with
clay. Every Indian had a house for the winter,
daubed with clay within and without, and the door
was small. They shut it at night, and made a fire
within ; and it was as warm as a stove. They had
others for summer ; and their kitchens near them,
where they made their iire and baked their bread.
And they had barbacoas in which they kept their
grain : which were houses set upon four eticTcs,
boarded like a chamber, and the floor was of cane
hurdles. Great men's houses had galleries in their
fronts ; and under them, seats made of cane like
benches. And around them they had lofts, in which
they deposited the tribute paid them : which tribute
was paid in corn, deer skins, and mantles of the
country, which were like blankets. They made them
of the inner rind of the barks of trees, and some
kind of grass nettles, which when beaten was like
flax. The women cover themselves with themantles.
They place one from the waist downwards ; and
another over the shoulders, with their right &rm
out, like the Egyptians. The men wear but one
mantle upon their shoulders, after the same manner.
The private parts were covered with deer skin,
made like & liaen breech sometimes used in SpaiUf

109

The skins were well curried, and they gave then
what colour they pleased. If red, it resembled a
very fine cloth in grain ; and the bleach is most
fine. Of the same sort of leather they make shoes,
and they die their mantles in the same colours ; and
cover them all over with exquisite paintings of wild
beasts, and devises representing antiquity. Passing
by Achese and Altamaca, De Soto arrived at Ocute
on the 10th of April, 1540, having landed at Spi-
rit© Santo on the 25th of May, 1539. The king
of Ocute sent him a present of conies, partridgeSy
corn bread, two hens, and many dogs. Me travelled
till he came to a forest of pines. With great diffi-
culty they discovered a town, in which was a store-
house full of flour ground from parched maize. He
then set off for Catufachiqnl, 2;overn8d by a qiieen^
which no nortliern tribe of Indians ever was. She
came to the river in a chaise, where certain of the
principal Indians brought her to the river, where
she embarked into a barge which had the stern let-
tered over ; and on the floor a mat was laid, with
two cushions upon it, upon which she sat down.
And with her came the principal Indians in other
barges, attending her. She took from her own neck
a cordon of pearls, and threw it around the neck of
the governor. In the storehouses were great quan-
tities of clothes, mantles of yarn made of the barks
of trees, and others made of feathers, white, green
and yellow. De Soto and his troops travelled on
through many tow^ns to Chiaha, where the soldiers
found gourds full of honey, and a great quantity of
the oil of tvalnuts. At another place the people
would not obey the young king in his minority, he-
cause his uncle was the regent during his minority.
From Chiaha he marched to Coca. The king met
him in a chaise borne upon the shoulders of his
nobility; like Montezuma when he met Cortez.
He sat upon a cushion covered with a garment of
masterns, of the fashion and bigness of a woman's

110

hake. On his head a diadem of feathers ; and
many Indians playing upon flutes, and singing. At
length, as the governor passed towards the Missis-
sippi, he went through many towns which were
•K'a/Zff/, a circumstance unknown among the northern
Indians, and came near the Tuscaluca king. He
was seated on a hi;^h place. They spread a mat
and two cushions, one upon another, for him to sit
on; and arouvd him the Indians phaced themselves,
at some distance from him, his chiefest men near
him ; and one with a shadow of deer iskin, which
kept the sun from him, hcing round, and of the
bigness of a target, quartered with black and white,
and far off it seemed to be of taffeta, for tlie colours
were very perfect. It was set in a small staff
stretched wide out. When De Soto came to J^Io-
villa, he found it to be a walled town ; Avhere the
Indians stood ready to defend themselves, through
their loopholes, and from the tops of their battle-
ments. He proceeded thence to Chicaca, where
being roug]ily treated, he marched to Mimamay
where the Indians were seen walking with their
weapons upon the top of t!ie strong fort. At Mo-
vilia they marched out in squads, in regular order^
and each rank discharging his arrows, gave place
to another, which advanced to the front and dis-
charged also. We sliall by-and-by see whether
there be any coincidence at all ])etween these people
and the Indians east of the Aileghenies, when first
known to the Europeans.

We sliall now proceed to consult those fragments
of ancient days, whicli alone are able to instruct us
in the history of the aboriginal settlers of Tennes-
see. After it shall have been finished, we shall be
enabled to say, that the primitive inhabitants of
the countries watered by the Ohio and its branches,
like the Peruvians, Mexicans and Natchez, and
the Hindoos and Persians, were worshippers of the
sun, and built high places, facing to the cardinal

Ill

joints, ^Yiih flattened to])s, and stejis on the oiifsich
to ascend to those tops. That they erected konsss
upon them for their idols, and placed tfioso idols
within them. That they enclosed those hi;^Ji plucej
in open courts s.m\ intreiichrnents ; and burnt in-
cense upon them, unto the image, to the sun and to
the moon, and to the planets, and to the host oC
heaven. They placed altars upon them, and cii
those altars they sacrificed Iniman beings. That
in worshipping they stood towards the east, and
lifted up their hands and eyes towards heaven and
towards their idols. That they venerated the niiai-
ber three, and worshipped triune idols. That th^y
deemed the cross a sacred symbol, and worshipped
idols, as did the Phenicians, Hindoos and othei*
nations of Asia. That some of them were lingo -
mites, as some of the Hindoo sectaries are, and R-i
were the Phenicians. That they used the conch
shell as emblematic of the properties of their, god
of the ocean, as the Hindoos did, and like them
and the Peruvians anil Mexicans, made deep, and
wide, and long iiitrenchaients. That, like the
people of India, Arabia, Phenicia and iVIesopota-
inia, tiiey made tanks, in which water is perpct;i-
-ally preserved in abundance, and in a pure state.
They made wells also, wailed up v/itli stone from
die bottom. Tliey had swords of iron ar.d sice],
and steel bows, and mirrors with iron backs, knives
of iron, with ferules of silver: tools also of iron
and steel, and chisels with which they neatly-
sculptured stone, and made engravings upon it; and
spades, with which they stink their wide and deep
ditches. With unfading dies they painted thoi sun
and moon, upon hiaih rockfl, in handsome stylo, and
in some instances we frerceive that they, or ihelv
exterminators, had stone axes, stone balls, and
other lapideous instruments. They had marJd.e,
and copper, and excellent dies. Like the Mexi-
cans and people qx the BandwicU islands in th^

112

Pacific, they made feathered mantles and caps, and
fans of various colours. Like the Mexicans and
Hindoos, they buried their sacred animals, and pla-
ced their dead under mounds raised over the body
and over the remains not consumed on the funeral
pile. Like the Mexicans, they made bricks and
burnt them, and used both them and stone in their
buildings. Their complexion, hair and eyes were
like those of the Karoans of Chili, their stature was
of the common si7e, but that of their exterminators,
a new and modern race, like the Gauls in the time
of Lucullus, was frightfully gigantic. These and
many other instances ot conformity, we shall per-
ceive enough, it is believed, to prove that the abo-
rigines of Kentucky and Tennessee came from tha
south, and had intimate connexions with the peopla
of Mexico, and some intercourse with the Peruvi-
ans and people of Chili. But at length came a
chilling frost, from the frozen regions of the north,
and nipped the blossoms of prosperity. Those
same marauders, who from the Tth to the 11th cen-
tury of the Christian era converted the cultivated
fields of Italy into a wilderness, and filled it with
lakes and stagnant ponds, and made the dark ages to
reign in gloom> ignorance, came hither also search-
ing through all the corners of the world, for plun-
der and subsistence ; and acted over again the same
scenes which had formerly been acted inPalastine,
between the worshippers of a spiritual God on the
one hand, and the idolatrous adorers of the sun and
moon on the other. The new comers into America
worshipped a spiritual God, without mounds, idols,
or human sacrifices, or any of those peculiarities
which characterized the southern people, and which
have just now passed in review before us. If at
present the reader may look upon this as conjecture,
it will soon be converted into the shape of real
history.

113

CHAPTER VL

O^ the Religion of the Aborigines of Tennessee.

Let us first take a view of the aboriginal religiou
of Tennessee, so far as it is to be collected from the
ancient signs which have been left us, and which
are fairly referable to this topic.

These are suns and moons painted upon rock^ ;
marks or tokens of triplicity ; the cross ; mounds ;
images; human sacrifices; the lingam; the dress
of the images ; conch shells ; and vestiges of the
sanctity of the number seven.

First — Of the Sun and Moon painted upon rocks.

About two miles below the road, which crosses
Harpeth river, from Nashville to Charlotte, is a
bend of the river, and in the bend is a large mound,
30 or 40 feet high, and a number of smaller ones
near it wliich will be particularly described here-
after. About six miles from it is a large rock, on
the side of the river, with a perpendicular face of
70 or 80 feet altitude. On it below the top some
distance, and on the side, are painted the sun and
moon in yellow colours, which have not faded since
the white people first knew it. The figure of the
sun is six feet in diameter : that of the moon, is of
the old moon. The sun and moon are also painted
on a high rock, on the side of the CumberlancJ river,
in a spot which several ladders placed upon each
other could not reach ; and which is also inaccessi-
ble except by ropes let down the summit of the rock
to the place where the painting was performed-
This is near the residence of Mr. Dozun ; and i!"
is aiRrmed by a person of good credit, that by
climbing from tree to tree, he once got near enough
to take a near view of this painting, and that with
it, on the i-ock, were literal characters which did not
belong to the Roman alphabet; but at this time,

114

1822, for lie looked again lately, the paint lias so-
far faded as to make the form of these characters
nndistin^^uishable. The sun is also painted on a
high rock, on the side of the Cumberland river, six
or seven miles below Clarksville ; and it is said to
be painted also at the junction of the Holstein and
Frencbbroad rivers, above Knoxville, in East
Tennessee. Also on Duck river, below the bend
called the DeviPs Elbow, on the west side of the
river, on a bluff: and on a perpendicular flat rock
facing the river, 20 feet below the top of the bluff,
and 60 above the water out of which the rock rises,
is the painted representation of the sun in red and
yellow colours, six feet in circumference, yellow on
the upper side and a yellowish red on the lower.
The colours are very fresh and unfaded. The rays
both yellow and red are represented as darting
from the centre. It has been spoken of ever since
the river was navigated, and has been there from
time immemorial. No one has been able since the
"white people knew it, to approach the circle, either'
ft"om above or below. The circle is a perfect one.
The painting is done in the most neat and elegant
style. It can be seen at the distance of half a mile*^
The painting on Big Harpeth, before spoken of^
is more than 80 feet from the water, and 30 or 40
below the summit. All these paintings are in unfa-
ding colours, and on parts of the rock inaccessible
to animals of every description except the fowls of
the air. The painting is neatly executed, and was>
performed at an immense hazard of the operator.
It must have been for a sacred purpose, and as an
object of adoration. What other motive was capa-
ble of inciting to a work so perilous, laborious and-
expensive, as those paintings must have been?
"VV hence came the unfading dies ? the skilled artist
capable to execute the work? By what means was
lie let down, and placed near enough to operate ?
and for what reward did he undertake so danger-

115

ous a work? When executed, of what use coiild
it be to any one, unless to see and to worship?
Taken in connexion with the mounds which are in
the vicinity, tlia high "places upoa wliich, in the old
world, the worshippers of the sun performed their
dtVJtioaal exercises, there can be but little difficulty
in perceiving that these paintings had some relation
to the adoration of that luminary, the god of the
Egyptians, Hindoos and Phenicians, and the great
god of the Mexicans and Natchez, and of the an-
cient inhabitants west of the Mississippi. — See Go

Secondly — Of Triplicity.

In White county, in West Tennessee, was dug
up a few years ago, in an open temple, situated on
the Cany Fork of Cumberland river, a flagon^
Conned into the shape of three distinct and hollow
heads, joined to the central neck of the vessel, by
short thick tubes, leading from each respective oc-
-ciput. It was made of a light, yellow and compact
-clay, intimately intermixed with small broken frag-
ments, and dust of powdered carbon of lime, and
in a state of chrystaliization. This vessel held a
quart. Its workmanship is well executed. The
heads are perfectly natural, and display a striking
{resemblance of the Asiatic countenance. None of
the minor parts have been attended to, though a
small oval prominence somewhat towards the top of
each head, is probably meant to represent a knot of
hair. In other reepects they appear bold. Each
face is painted in a different manner, and strongly
resembles the modes by which the Hindoos desig-
nate their different casts. One of the faces is slight-
ly covered all over with red ochre, having deep
blotches of the same paint on the central part of
each cheek. The second face has a broad streak
of brown ochre across the forehead, and another
running parallel with the same, enveloping th« eyes,
iand extending as far as the ears. The third face

116

bas a streak of yellow ochre, whicli surrounds and
extends across the eyes, running from the centre at
right angles, down the nose, to the upper lip; whilst
another broad streak passes from each ear, along
the lower jaw and chin. Upon this image the fol-
lowing remarks suggest themselves : The Hindoos
have various marks, by which they paint their faces
to designate the different casts,!^^ and to distinguish
amongst the same casts those who are the peculiar
votaries of certain gods. Mr. Dubois says they use
only three colours, red, black and yellow. Proba-
bly the face wliicli now seems to be covered with
brown ochre, w^as originally black, says Mr. Clif-
ford. If it was, says the latter, a metallic paint, as
the other colours certainly are, the black Jiaving an
admixture of iron, would certainly change from the
lapse of time, and become what to all appearance
it now is, a dark brown ochre. The other two co-
lours, being native minerals, usually found in the
earth, are not subject to change. If so, these co-
lours were originally the same as those used in In-
dostan. Mr. Dubois mentions, that the Biadoos
draw three or four horizontal lines between the
eyebrows, whilst others describe a perpendicular
line from the top of the forehead to the root of the
nose. Some northern Brahmans apjyly the marlcs
to either jaw, meaning probably the same sort of
line above described in the face painted with yellow
ochre, as extending from the ears, along the lower
jaw, to the chin. He says further, that the Brah-
mans draw a horizontal line around the forehead,
to denote that they have bathed, and are pure. The
vessel described, Mr. Clifford thought, was intend-
ed for sacred uses. It being found within one of
the circumvallatory temples, is an evidence in fa-
vour of this supposition. It w^ould certainly not
have been a convenient vessel for any domestic
purpose. The angular position of the heads; with

195 1 Dub. 295, 296.

117

respect to the neck of the flagon, must have pr?-
vented its being emptied of any liquid, by other
means than a complete inversion. The contents of
two of the heads might be di;^charged by an in-
clined position, with some difficulty and much gar-
gling. -But to empty the other, the neck must be-
come vertical. The ancients were unacquainted
with goblets, pitchers and decanters, as intermedi-
ate vessels. They used large jars or vases, to hold
their liquors for safe keeping or carriage, and pour-
ed the contents into bowls or horns, from which
they drank. Our aborigines were hardly more
refined. And whilst the smpJl size of die flagon
precludes the idea of its being a vessel for deposits
of liquids, its shape plainly indicates that it could
not have been used for a drinking vessel. As the
ancients always completely inverted the vessel from
which they poured their libations, it is reasonable
to suppose that this flagon was intended for the
same purpose ; and that the three heads, with the
difterent marks of casts, might designate the various
orders of men for which such libations were made.
If so, the evidence is almost direct of the identity
of religion professed by tlie Hindoos, and the abo-
rigines of Tennessee. No fabulous circumstance
or train of thought, could have occasioned such
striking similarity in the paints and modes of ap-
plying them, in order to distinguish the different
orders of men in their respective nations. If, how-
ever, the flagon is not a vessel of libation, tlie fact
of its having three heads, possessing Asiatic fea-
tures, and painted as before is stated, is certainly
a strong evidence of Asiatic origination, Brama,
one of the three principal gods of the Hindoos, was
represented with a triple head,Xvom the remotest an-
tiquity, as is proved from his colossal statue in the
cave of ^<ilephanta. Numerous Hindoo idols in
the island of Java, have three heads. This char-
acter ia the image of their gods was very common^

4 IS

as is proved by a number of them delineated by
Mr. Raffle, in the second volume of his history.

home of the Hebrew cherubims are represented
with three faces.

Baal Shalisha, or the god of triplicity, — or the
deity whose image is divided into three distinctions,
yet remaining combined in one whole, — was a com-
mon emblem, and still maintains itself iu India.

In the same temple of Elephanta before mention-
ed, is another triple-formed divinity, with three fa-
ces, and three arms ; in one hand holding a glche ;
a proof that the ancients of India, as well as the
Indians of Carolina, knew that the world was
round.

On a medal of Syracuse, is a figure with three
hcatlfSi, extremely like the symbols adopted by the
Hindoos, and resembling much the Indian figures.

The famous Siberian medal hath three heads,
and three pair of arms. The resemblance of the
heads, to the deities of India, leaves no doubt of
the origin of the emblem. It is seated on a iiower.
The heads hold various symbolic articles, among
which the ring is clearly distinguishable.

The Hindoos celebrate the first day of the year
for thre^, days.1^6 At the winter solstice they keep
a festival for three days. Three prostrations are
made in presence of distinguished persons. Whea
a child is named by theBrahmans, and the mantras
or prayers are made, the father calls him three times
by the name he has received. i97 The Brahmans
wear a cord over the shoulders, of three thick
twists of cotton, called the triple curd. 'I'he
threads are not twisted together, but are separate
from one another. On the third day of the cere-
monies for investing with the triple cord, the young
Brahman, his father and mother seat themselves
upon three little stools.^98 When carrying a body

196 2 Dub. 134. 197 1 Dub. 131.

198 iDub. rr,J43, 149.

119

to the funeral pile, they stop with it three times on
the way. 199 The chief of the funeral goes tlweff
times around the funeral pile ; and when the body
is consumed, the four attendingBrahmans go around
it three times. When a mnnyam is made, he takes
■with him three articles ; a cane of a bamboo with
seven knots, a gourd filled with water, and an an-
telope's skin. He drinks of the water in the
pitcher. I5r The sacredness of this number was
recognised in Chaldea, for the Hebrew children
were to be instructed three years. i9S Daniel kneel-
ed upon his knees three times a day.

Amongst the Hebrews themselves, it was receiv-
ed, and had as iirmly grown into a custom with
them, as it was established in India. 200

Other Tennessee instances of triplicity are seen
in the chapter 6, sec. 4, part 1. See ch. 6, sec. 4,
part 1, part S, part 6, part 13^ sec, 5, — See note II.

Thirdly— 6}/ the Cross.

It is not recollected that the cross has been found
in Tennessee, except upon the small vessels buriefj
■with the pigmy skeletons, in White county, which
will hereafter be adverted to.

The ring or cross, in ancient Persian medals,
were represented as sacred symbols, and had a
commemorative intention. In one place the circle
is surrounded by 19 points resembling jewels, i\.nii
unites in a cross. There are iii^ures cut on rocks
At Persepolis, of Baal and Moloch, on liorse!)acko
Moloch has a club in his left hand, holding a larpre
ring in his risjht hand. The ring, in this instance,
is the symbol of unity. Amorsea, Baal and Mo-
loch, reconciled, united. The fiimily of ISoah was

199 1 Dub. 13, 344. 197 9- Dub. 95.

198 Daniel, ch. 1, v. 5. 199 Daniel, ch.6, v. 10, 13.

200 Numb.ch.££,v.28,33; Exod. ch. 23,v. 14, 17; Deiif,
r,h. 16, V. 16 ; Numb. ch. 24, v. 10 ; 1 Sam. ch. 20, v. 41 ; 1
Kings, ch. 9, v. 25, ch. 17, v. 21.

120

early divided into two parties ; one called of 1tlie
sun, tlie other of the moon. They hoasted of their
divinity each to the other; and to prove their supe-
riority, eaci] fouirht the other's divinity. This shows
their reconciliation. These are the most ancient
idols.

A medal of Demetrius the second, dated in the
168th year of the Leleucida, has on it the represen-
tation of a {goddess, a Tyrian and Sidonian Venus,
standing giving directions. Her right hand and
arm extended ; in her left, she holds a cross with
a long stem to it. These without any further mul-
tiplicacion of instances, prove sufficiently, that in
ancient time?, in Asia Minor, Persia and India, the
ring w^as emheraatical of union, and the cross a sa-
cred symbol. If the rivg and the cross represented
upon the vessel found in the pigmy graves, which
will be hereafter described, be also emblematical^
and not merely accidental and without meaning,
then we are referred tor tlieir meaning and (U'igiii
to the western countries of Asia, from whence they
may have come. See I.

Sec. 4. — Of the Mounds in Tennessee.

Part 1. It would be an endless labour to give a
particulardescriptionof all the mounds inTennessee.
They are numerous upon the rivers which empty
into the Mississippi, running from the dividing ridge
between that river and Tennessee. They are found
upon Duck river, the Cumberland, upon the Little
Tennessee and its waters, and upon the Big Ten-
nessee, upon Frenchbroad and upon Elk river.
The trees are of more recent growth which are up-
on the mounds that are found in the last settlements
of the Natchez; for instance, near the town of
Natchez, and on the waters of the Mississippi with-
in the present limits of Tennessee ; than those are
which grow upon the mounds in other parts of the
country: a circumstance which furnishes the pre-

121

sumption, that the ancient builders of the latter
were expelled from the other parts of Tennessee, at
a. period corresponding with the ages of the trees
which the whites found growing upon them.

A careful description of a fesv of these mounds
In West and East Tennessee, will put us in po8»
session of the properties belonging to them gener-
ally.

In the county of Sumner, at Bledsoe's lick, eight
miles northeast from Gallatin, about 200 yards from
the lick, in a circular enclosure, between Bledsoe's
lick creek and Bledsoe's spring branch, upon level
ground, is a wall 15 or 18 inches in height, with
projecting angular elevations of the same height as
the wall : and within it, are about 16 acres of land.
In the interior is a raised platform, from 13 to 15
feet above the common surface, about 200 yardg
from the wall to the south, and about 50 from the
tiorthern part of it. This platform is 60 yards la
length and breadth, and is level on the top. And
is to the east of a mound to which it joins, of 7 or 8
feet higher elevation, or i8 feet from the commou
surface to the summit, about 20 feet square. On
the eastern side of the latter mound, is a small cav-
ity, indicating that steps were once there, for the
purpose of ascending from the platform to the top
of the mound. In the year 1785, there grew on
the top of the mound a black oak three feet through.
There is no water within the circular enclosure or
court. Upon the top of the mound was ploughed
up some years ago, an image made of sandstone,
Oa one cheek was a mark resembling a wrinkle,
passing perpendicularly up and down the cheek*
On the other cheek were two similar marks. The
breast was that of a female, and prominent. The
face was turned obliquely up, towards the heavens.
The palms of the hands wei*e turned upwards be-
fore the face, and at some distance from it, in the
«ame direction that the face was. The kaees were

123

drawn near together ; and the feet, with the toes
towards the ground, were separated wide enougb
t6 admit of the body being seated between themi
The attitude seemed to be that of adoration. The
Head, and upper part of the forehead, was repre-
sented Ks covered with a cap, or mitres or bonnet^
from the lower part .of which came horizontally a<
brim, from the extremities of which the cap extend-?
ed upwards conically. The colour of the image
was that of a dark infusion of coffee. If the fronl
of the image were placed to the east, the counten^
ance obliquely elevated, and the uplifted hands^ iit
the same direction, would be towards the meridian
sun. Near to this mound is a cave, which contain*
ed, at the time of the first settlements by the whitesv
a great number of human sculls, without any otherr
appearance of human bones near them.

Baal and Ashteroth, spoken of in scripture, were
the sun and moon. The latter being a female, was
also called the Queen of Heaven, Venus> Urania^,.
Succothbemoth, Diana, Hecate, Lucena,C celestes ;-
and was represented with breasts, sometimes all
over, to signify that she is the supplier of the juices
which are essential to animal and vegetable exist^
ence.

Mr. Earle has lately made another and more
scrutinizing examination of this mound, by which
have been brought to light several particulars of
great consequence in this discussion. His report
follows : "This moundsis situated in a plane, and
is surrounded by hills, which enclose from 75 to 80
acres of flat land, with three fine sulphur springg,
and at the junction of four roads leading to differ-
ent parts of tlie state, and considerably travelled,
and about two miles from Cragfont, the residence
of General Winchester. This is the place where
Spencer and his friend Mr. Brake spent the winter
of 1779 and 1780. The trunk of the tree which
they inhabited during this hard winter, is just visi-

1^3

■Me aboA^e the gi'ound. The diameter is 13'feeto
The mound measures, beginning at the northwest
^corner, running east, four and a half poles to the
northeast corner; then the horizontal projection
ifrom the principal mound, north one pole; then
east 11 poles, to the southeast corner ; then west 11
poles, to the original mound; thence with the ori-
ginal mound west 4| poles^; thence north 4| poles,
to the northwest cornex before mentioned. The
elevation to the top of the chief mound is 2| poles;
its diameter 2 poles, in the centre, and from three
to four feet. Tlie declivity of the mound is an an-
gle of about 45 degrees. A tree of considerable
size is yet growing on the mound, and a decayed
stump of 2| feet in diameter, but too much decayed
4o count the annual rings or circles in it. An in-
trenchment and circumvallation encloses 40 acres,
encircles this mound and others of lesser size.
There is also a circumvallatory parapet, five feet
high. On the parapet are small tumuli like watch-
towers, about 95 feet distant from one to the other.
In the line of circumvallation, and from each fifth
tumulus, there is an average distance of 45 or from
thence to 180 feet to the next one. It thus con-
tinues around the whole breastwork. Mr. Earle
dug into i]m parapet in several places, from two to
three feet in depth, and found ashes, pottery ware,
flint, muscle shells, coal, &c. On the outside of
the intrenchment are a number of graves. In se-
veral different places, flat stones are set up, edge-
wise, enclosing skeletons buried from 12 to 18 inch-
es under the surface. Three hundred yards dis-
tant from the great mound, on the southwest side
of the intrenchment, is a mound of 50 yards in
circumference, and six in height. In the opposite
direction from this to the northeast^ stands another
smaller mound, and of the same dimensions as the
one last mentioned. So that the three stand upon
a line, from northeast to southwest, in the same

6rder as the triraurti arc placed even to this day irt
the temple of Jugernaut/-Oi The next principal
muund in size^ within the intrencliment, in a south-
east course from the great mound^ and about 1 70
yards distant, circumference 90 yards> elevation IQ
feet. Thirty-five yards distant, in a southwest
course, is a small tumulus, two thirds as large as
the one last mentioned. At the same distance, on tho
northeast corner of the gieat mound, is another of th0
same size as that last mentioned. Each of these tu-
muli hath a small one of about half its size in th($
centre between them and the great moUnd. The earth
in which this mound was constructed, appears to
have been taken, not from one place, leaving a cavity
in the earth, but evenly fixim all the surface around
the mound. In about 200 yards distant, extending
from the mound, the soil hath been taken off to a
considerable depth. The corn which is planted
within this place, yields but a small increase. The
tumuli upon the parapet project beyond it, both in-
wards and outwards : the summit of these being %
feet above the summit of the parapet, and 5 feet
above the surface of the commou earth. I'hey are
10 or 12 feet in diameter at the base. Between
every fifth tumulus, and the next tumulus, which
is the first of the next five, there is a large interstice.
One of the intervals to the north, is 180 feet wide.
The next towards the west, 145. The summit of
each tumulus diverges from the base towards a pointy
but at the top is flat and wide enough for two or
three men to stand on. The common distance be-
tween the tumuli is 95 feet, without any variation.
The intrenchment is on the inside of the parapet^
all round. From it the parapet has been made.
Mr. Earle commenced his excavation on the north
side of the principal mound, ten feet above the com-
mon surface of the earth, and penetrated to the
centre of the mound^ in a cavity of about 7 feet in

SOI Buch. 15, 18.

125

breadth. Two feet from the summit, was fouti'l a
stratum of ashes 14 inches through, to a stratum of
earth* On the east side of the cavity the sania
stratum of ashes was oiily from three to four inch-
es in depth. The dis^gers then came to the com-
mon earth, which was only two feet through to the
same substance, ashes. Then again commenced
the layers of ashes, from one to two inches through
to the earth. Then again to ashes ; and so the
layers continued alternately, as far as they proceed-
ed. The layers of ashes were counted as far a3
the excavation descended, and amounted to 28.
The earth between the layers of ashes, was of a
peculiar description, yellow and grey. The ashes
were of a blackish colour. The yellow earth was
of a saponaceous and flexible nature. The grey
was of a similar kind to that of tlie common earth.
At eightieet from the top of the mound, they came
to a grave, Whjch had the appearance of having
once; been an ancient sepulchre. The earth caved
'in as the diggers sunk the cavity. The cause of
this was soon ascertained to be, the skeleton of a
child in quite a decayed state, but sufficiently pre-
served to ascertain the size. Doctor Green and
Doctor Saunders, of Cairo, examined the bones,
and pronounced them to be the bones of a child.
This skeleton was lying on three cedar piles, five
feet and a half in length, and considerably decayed,
but sound at the heart. The head of the child lay
towards the east, facing the west, with a jug made
of sandstone, lying at its feet. This jug or bottle
was of the ordinary size of modern gallon bottles,
such as are commonly manufactured at Pittsburgh,
with the exception that the neck is longer, and there
is an indentation upon its side, indicating that a
atrap was used to carry it. The grave was on the
east side of the cavity, eight feet from the centra
of the mound north. The excavation from the top
of the mouad; perpendicularly into the earthy was

iS6

S3 feet. At the time tliey fwmd the grave ahoA'e
mentioned, they also found other graves, and small
pieces of decayed human bones, and bones of ani'
mals, amongst which was the jaw bone with the
tusk attached to it, of some unknown animal. The
jaw Iwne is about a foot long, having at the extre-
mity a tusk one inch and a half in length. Th«
tusk is in the same form as that of Cuviers masta-
den, but has more curvature. Having been acci-
dentally broken, it was found to be hollow. The
jaw bone has in it at this time, two grinders, like
those of ruminating animals, witli an empty socket
for one other of the same size, and one large ^single
tooth. Towards the extremity of the jaw and near
to the tusk, is another small socket, calculated for a
tooth of minor magnitude. This jaw bone was
found at the depth of 18 feet from the surface of
the earth. They also found the bones of birds,
arrow points of flint, pottery ware, some of which
w^as glazed, muscle shells and \> inkle, coal, isin-
glass, burnt corncobs. The further they penetrated
downwards, the greater were the quantities of flat
sione, found all standing edgewise, promiscuously
placed, with the appearance of once having under-
went the action of lire. And finding at every few
inches, a thin stratum of ashes and small pieces of
human bones. At 19 feet they dug up part of a
corncob, and small pieces of cedar completely rot-
ted. We will now make a few remarks. This
mound was built precisely to the cardinal points,
as were the mounds of Mexico, the pyramids of
Egypt and the Chaldean tower of Babel. Like
them, its top was flattened. The image which once
stood on its top, was similar to that of Ashteroth,
or the moon. Those who worshipped, stood on
the east of the image on the platform, and held their
lieads tjwaids her. The ditch was probably dug
w ith metallic tools. That and the parapet perhaps
represented the year. The five tumuli represented

127

the five days into which the Mexicans divided time.
The interstices, the four quarters into which each
Mexican month was divided. The whole coin-
posing the 72 quintals that made up the year, or
360 days. The wider passages to the north and
souths east and west, like the Hindoo temple of
Seringham, which is hefore descrihed,. represented
the four quarters or seasons of the year. The
walls around the ancient temples of India are pass-
ed by passages precisely to the cardinal points.202
The three mounds in a line, the larger baing in the
middle, represent the trimurti, or three great deities
of India, upon all three of which idols were pro-
bably once placed, as th«y are now placed in the
temple of Jugernaut; and are intended to repre-
sent EOA, or Ye-Ho-Wah: whence in every coun-
try in Asia, including the Hebrews, came the sa-
cred reverence for the number three^ which is so
apparent in all their solemnities. Part of this
name, the A and O, or the alpha and omega, yet
signify with us, the beginning and end of all
things ;203 with three attributes, which is, which ivas,
and which is to come. This was a part of the de-
scription which belonged to the triune great one^
whom idolatry caused mankind to lose sight of,
whilst those who only worshipped a spiritual God,
preserved it in its original purity. But in every
country, whether corrupted by idolatry or not, pro-
ceeds from the great, original and uncorrupted re-
ligion, which eaianated immediately and directly
from EOA, or the great good spirit. It cannot be.
conceived for a moment, that here was a fortifica-
tion for military purposes. For when did ever any
sucli work have so many passages, so regularly and
equally placed. The worshippers of the heavenli/
hosts were the greatest cultivators of astronomy,
whilst the only religion of the world opposed to

202 Robertson's India, 270.

203 Rev. ch. 1, v. 8, 1 1, ch, 21, v. 6, ch. 32, v, 13.

128

them, (Vi!?coii raged the contemplation of those ob.
jects of her heathenish adoration. They involved
in the circle of their adorables, all the constella-
tions and planets. In some places we see a mound
and five or six smaller ones around, which seem to
represent the Pleiades, and sometimes other lumi'-
naries seem to be represented. These layers of
ashes are unlike those in the time of the Trojan
war, over which were raised mounds of earth, afteir
tlie bodies of Patroclus and Hector were consumed
in them, and their bones taken away and put into
an urn. But the strata of ashes, at intervals from
top to bottom, with human bones intermixed, show
that liere ivpre human victims committed to th©
ilames, after decapitation and removal of the scull
to the nei2;hbouring cave, where it was laid up in
darkness for the use of the deity. The black ashes
denote the consumption of ^oftacco, the only incens«y
in America Avhich they could offer, in which also
was consumed the consecrated victim. A heated
fire of solid wood would have consumed bone and
all. The 2;reat number of graves on the outside,
§how that the people neither usually buried in
riounds, nor usually consumed dead bodies on the
funeral pile. T he skeleton of the child found
within, shows that it was a privilege peculiar to his
family to be buried there, whilst the other ranks of
men were buried without the circumvallation. He
was very probably one of the children of the sun.
The earth taken from the surface, within the cir-
cumvallation, was holy and consecrated; it was
earth impregnated by the beams of the sun, aud
must have been removed by a great number of
hands, compelled by despotic power to obedience,'
V'hen placed on the expiring embers of sacrificial
fire, 'J'he enclosures of all such mounds are circu^
lar, or for the most part are o, to represent possibly
the course of the revolving year, and to make upon
them the divisions of time which the sun describes

129

in his progress. It is easy to compare what h
found in this mound and about it, with the collec.
tion of scriptural passages, before stated, and to
see bow far there is an accordance between them
or not. See chapter IV. sec. 2. And therefore it
is needless for the writer any further to pursue the
subject.

Part 2. On the Big Harpeth river, in a bend of
the river, below the road which crosses near the
mouth of Dog creek, from Nashville to Charlotte,
IS a square mound, 47 by 47 at the base, twenty-five
feet high, and two others in a row with it, of inferior
size, from 5 to 10 feet high. At some distance from
them and near to the eastern extremity of the bend,
are three others in a parallel row, with a space like
a public square between the rows. Near these
mounds are other small ones, to the amount of 13
in all. All around the bend, except at the place of
entrance, is a wall on the margin of the river. The
mounds are upon the area enclosed by the wall.
Within them also, and not far from the entrance, is
a reservoir of water. Its mouth is square, and it is
15 feet over. The water in it is nearly even with the
surface. There are besides the entrance, two gate-
ways ; from thence to the river is the distance of 40
yards. The wall is upon the second bank. On the top
of the large mound, an image was found some years
ago, eighteen inches long from the feet to the head.
Soapstone was the material of which it was com-
posed. The arms were slipped into the socket,
and there retained with hooks. They hung down-
wards, when not lifted up. The trees standing
upon the mounds were very old. A poplar stood
on one of them, 5 or 6 feet through. A large road
leads through the entrance, which is at the point
where the river turns off to make the bend, and
after making it, returns to an opposite point near it.
Into the river at this latter point, runs a branch,

ISO

from near the first mentioned point ; between whicBt
and the branch is an intentil wide enough for a^
road; and from this point to the branches, is a deep
pulley, which is filled up as wide as the road, till
made level with the adjoining land on the other
side. Over this filled up interval, passes a road
from the great mound^Jbetween the point where is a
high bluff, and the branch in a southwardly direc-
tion. It is at this time two or three feet deep and
six or seven wide; It crosses the river in less than ^
half a mile. On the north side of the bend and
wall, is a gateway, and also on the south. On
parts of this wall, at the distance of about 40 yards
apart, are projected banks, like redoubtsj (See eh,
6, s, 4, part 1^) on which persons might have stood^-
On the east side of the first large mound, is a way
to ascend it, wid© enongh f6r two men to walk
abreast, and sloping to the top. Steps were no
doubt once there, though not now visible. From
the gateway on the south side of the bend and wall^^
are the traces of two old roads, one leading to the-
<other works> within a mile of these, in another?
lifend of the creek, and over an intervening bottom.,
of rich land, made by the winding of the river be^
tween the two bendsv and in fact farming a middle
or intermediate bend on the opposite side ; so that^^
there are three bends, the two outer and the middle..
The other road lending to the mouth of Dog creek,.>
and traceable for several miles beyond it. The-
first of these roads passes from the gateway into.
the public square, between the mounds- first de^
scribed, to the other gateway on the north side.
Higher up the river, and within a mile of the above-
described enclosures, and above the road leading «*
by the mouth of Dog creek to Charlotte, is another^
bend of the river, so formed as to leave a bend and
Wtom on the north or opposite side of the river,
and between the two bends on the south side. Iii^
the other bend on the, south; above the road, is a.

iBi

^ijjuare wall, abutting on the south side upon tire
iriver, on a high blull' of the river, upon the bank
of which a wall is also built, as it is on the three
'Other sides. On the outside of it is a ditch, five or
fiix feet wide, with large trees on it. In the eastern
wall are two gateways. About the centre of this
enclosure, is a mound of the same dimensions as
was the large mound in the other enclosure. On the
east, north and south sides of it, is -^ raised plat-
form, 10 or 12 feet high on the east side, but less
as the hill ascends on the north and south. The
top is level ; from it to the top of the mound itself,
is 10 or 12 feet or more. The top of this mound
was ascended to fi*om the west, where the height is
^ot more than 5 or 6 feet. The platform is 60 feet
over. Two large gateways are in the eastern wall.
From the most southwardly of them, a road leads
to the river and across it in a northwardly direction,
near the mouth of Dog creek. And from the most
northwardly gateway, a road leads to the river and
across it, in a northwardly direction, or a little east
of north. It then passes over the intermediate bend,
or bottom, on the east side of the river, and into
the enclosures first described. The bottom on
which the second enclosures stand, and also the
bottom on the opposite side of the river below this,
and that on which stand the enclosures first de-
€cribed, is full of pine knots, which are ploughed
lip daily. There are no piny woods nearer to thesQ
bottoms than 5 or 6 miles. These knots are the
P-iost abundant in the intermediate bottom, and but
few in the first described enclosures, Mr. Spears
-supposes, that these are the remains of old field
pines, grown to full size after the desertion of cul-
tivation, and the total exhaustion of the lands by
long continued tillage. That after allowing their
full growth, and after the soil had been restored by
long rest, the pines fell down, and were succeeded
by the growth we now ^ee etaaditijg up<?a the hoi-

132

torn; large oaks, poplars and sugar (fees. One
large sugar tree stands there with its roots shooting
through the upper part of a large decayed pine
stmnp. Allow 2.^0 years for the growth of the
pines to maturity, and 800 for the prej^eiit growth,
and the cultivatiun must have been relinquished at
least 5p0 years ago : that is, as early as the year
1272, or earlier.

The remarks which offer themselves upon these
moundc,are not only that the doctrine of triplicity is
here very prominent, but also that the well, or tank,
for holding of water, must have been constructed
with peculiar art, probably upon the plan that the
Hindoo tanks w ere, and those of Mesopotamia and
Judea were in ancient times. But the most material
consideration is, the uses to which the waters
of the tank were applied. Is it probable that
the inhabitants of the country lived upon this
consecrated ground, upon which stood their tem-
ples and gods ? If not, the waters of the tank were
for sacred uses; for ablutions and purifications;
another great symptom of the Hindoo ritual. It
is a remarkable truth, that the same law of defile-
ment and ablutions has actually existed amongst
the Hindoos, from times of the remotest antiquity,
which Moses delivered to the Hebrews.203 What
the Mosaic law was, is stated in various scriptural
pa5sages,204 and retains only such rites observed by
the Hindoos and Egyptians as were proper for the
Hebrews, in the new coustHes and climates, iu
which they were about to settle.

Part 8. Not far from the residence of Colonel
Ward, in Davidson county, 14 miles above ^Nash-
ville, on the south side of the Cumberland river, is
a mound; the elevation of which, above the common.

203 1 Dub. 160, 166, 168, 178, 185.

204 Lev. ch. 2, v. 32. 33, ch. 5, v. 11, 12, 13, 14, ch. 11, v.
13, 24 ; Numb. ch. 9, v. 6, 7, 10, ch. 19, v. 8, 11 ; Deut. eh.
S3,v. 11.

133

surface, is from 12 to 13 feet ; the circumference
about 75 yards. The dirt of which it was con-
structed, was brought about 90 yards. Stumps of
trees are standing on the hollow whence it was ta-
ken, containing 155 rings or circles. The dirt from
the commencement of the digging into it, in April,
1820, was a red gravel, and continued so for the
depth of 9 feet from the summit, when the diggers
came to a very light earth, resembling that of ashes
mixed with a common earth, and as dry as if it had
been exposed to a hot summer's sun for several
weeks. A. few inches above these light ashes and
common earth, was found another stratum of clay.
These light ashes and common earth continued so
far downward in the centre as the diggers penetra-
ted, which was about 18 feet from the summit. At
the distance of 12 feet they found coal ; at 16 feet,
leaves; and 17 feet, pure ashes, with mixtures of
lime, and substances having a perfect resemblance
to human bones after having been burnt. These
substances when exposed to the air, crumbled into
dust, with the exact appearance of the ashes of a
human body after having been consumed by fire.
Trees are upon this mound, which must be frooi
100 to 130 years old. At 20 yards distance is an-
other mound, about half the size of the one above
described, with a stump in it counting 130 annulars.
Also a decayed stump, half as large again as the
one just mentioned. The coal 13 feet below the
summit, and of course only one foot above the sur-
face of the earth, is where we could expect to find
it, let the fire have been kindled for whatever pur-
pose it may. But finding leaves l6 feet below the
summit, and 3 feet below the surface, or 4 below
the coals, indicates a deposition of the leaf after the
coal was made and the fire extinguished ; and that
below the coal at the time of its deposition, was a
hollow. Ashes one foot lower than the leaf, or 17
feet from the summit^ prove the same fact. Tho /

134

dryness of the ashes continued from 9 feet helow
the summit to 18 feet below it, shows that the mound
was a receptacle prepared for them before they w«re
placed in it. The covering of the interior with an
outward coat of red gravel, contrived for the ab-
sorption of rain water, and for preventing its access
to the ashes, shows the sacred estimation in which
they were held. The thin stratum of <:lay was the
inner covering used because of its attractive proper-
ty, and to make the outer covering the more readily
and closely attach to it. Why so much labour be-
stowed to ensure the object to be accomplished?
If the materials of wluch the outward covering was
composed wove removed from the hollow the dis-
tance of 90 yards, h«w many hands must have been
employed in the removal, wagons and carts not be-
ing in use ? And if the wheel was unknown to the
people who built the mounds, what sort of a gov-
ernment must there have been which was able to
command the services of so many persons at ane
and the same time, who nittst have contributed their
joint efforts for this erection ? Any where near to
this mound there is not any species of earth of the
crumbling property and unadhesiveness of particles,
that woukl when dried by a fire of the most intense
heat, assume so much the appearance t)f ashes as
the interior substances above described do. Much
less had water ever been intennixed with it. There
is much reason to believe that the substance sup-
posed to be ashes is ideally so. And why does
ashes occupy the whole interior? If ever used fw
a habitation, tlie ashes would have been removed
from time to time. Thei*e must have been a crater
at the summit. From the coal and the ashes must
liave lieen received into the inner parts of the mound
and into the hollow below the surface. The leaf
must have fallen through tlie crater, after one burn-
ing and falling in of the ashes, and must have been
covered before the next took place, or the «.she«

135

iffust have been made at another plaoe, and must
feave been brought from it to this mound. And in
passing from one place to another must have re-
ceived the leaf. The substance ta which the leaf
adhered is now petrified, or ossified, for it has the
latter appearance at least as much as the other. It
hath the impressions of the stem of the leaf clearly
apparent upon it, so that no one can mistake it. In
India some sectaries burn and others inter the bo-
dies of the dead. The followers of Vishnu buraedo
When a Brahman dies, his body, with fire in a
vessel, is carried to the pile. A trench six or sevem
feet long is dug. A pile is erected of dry wood, on
"which the body is laid at full length, and fire is
put to the pile. Perhaps the reddish coat which
incrusted the ashes, may have been caused by the
the action of fire in th« interior of the mound, the
outer covering of which nmy not have been added
till after the fire had reduced the pile to ashes. And
the leaf may have been introduced before the open-
ing on the top of the mound wa« closed. The leaf
being of full growth, shows the time of the year
wh«n it fell into the mound. There is no circum-
stance in nature which would lead men every where-
to raise mounds over the dead, for the purposes of
religious adoration.. We see in this age, and in
all ages, many nations which have not any such
custom, stilt less is there a cause in nature for
taking the dirt of which the mound is composed at
a considerable distance from the mound itself^ a
circumstance in which evidently our mounds agree
with those of England and Scotland, and perhaps
other northern; countries of Europe, which Avere first
settled by theGoths and Fins fvmn the borders of In-
dia and China. This latter Gircumstance must have
been deduced from a common origin. Buniiug of the
dead also, so far from being the result of a natural
cause, hath been practised but by few nations. All
*hese customs are imitative. If we can discover

136

who buried under mounds^ and who burnt, and
especially if we can discover who did both, we get
possession of a clue which is very important in this
investigation. The interment alone of dead bodies
was practised by the Ethiopeans, Egyptians, Sy-
beans, Hebrev/s, the Parthians, the Phenicians,204
Thraceans, Sarmatians, and all the Scythian tribes.
Burning on funeral piles was practised very gener-
ally, but not universally, in India. The Trojans,
Greeks and Romans burned as well as buried.
Burning ceased amongst the Romans, and probably
amongst the Greeks, in the time of Theodosius, the
Roman emperor, in the fourth century of the Chris-
tian era. The funeral of Patroclus in Homer, and
of the father of Eneas in Virgil, show the custom
that prevailed 1000 years before Christ in Asia
Minor. The Hindoos burn the wife on the funeral
pile of the husband. Their philosophers frequent-
ly burned themselves. It is pretty certain that the
Greeks and Romans had no intercourse with A-
merica ; and if so, we can look nowhere else but to
the southern and southeastei*n parts of Asia for this
custom, to those countries where the dead are both
burned and buried. Whether, like the high places
for worship, these customs have a connexion with
the religious tenets of the people who practised
them, must be submitted to the judgment of the
learned.

Part 4. On the 2ist of July, 1831, Mr. Earl
proceeded to the mound near Nashville, on the field
of David McGavock, Esquire, with workmen fur-
nished with spades and pickaxes to cut into it.
This is the mound upon which Monsieur Charle-
ville, a French trader, had his store in the year
1714, when the Shawanese were driven from Cum-
berland by the Cherokees and Chickasaws. It
stands on the west side of the river, and on the

£0^ Genesis, ch. 23, v. 6.

137

north side of French lick creeit, and about 70 yards
from each. It is round at the base. About 30 yards
in diameter, and about 10 feet in height, at this tim^.
The workmen opened a circular hole about the
centre of the summit, and a ditch from thence to
the western extremity. They found pottery, of
Indian fabrication, everywhere within the mound;
and two oi^ three feet under the summit, the jaw
bone of an animal not human, of the carnivorous
species ; and small fragments of bones, whether
human or not, could not be determined. About 4
ieet below, they came to a layer of charcoal, or
rather of black cinders, about two inches through,
and extending fromthe central hole towards the west
8 or 10 feet, and exhibiting an appearance which
made it probable, that the dirt in which it lay was
once the top of the mound, and had been flattened,
and a large fire made upon it, which had consumed
to cinders the fuel which had been placed on it and
set on fire; and that afterwards the mound had
been raised higher, by the accumulation of fresh
dirt thrown upon it, of the same sort as that which,
composed all the rest of the mound. This dirt
was black, rich and very fine, and seemed to have
been brought to it in pots, the fragments of which
were seen through every part of the mound. Be-
low the layer of cinders, they frequently came to
detached pieces of coal, as they descended towards
the base. About 4 feet below this layer of coal,
they took up the tooth of a carnivorous animal, and
an arrow head of flint, very neatly shaped into
an acute angled triangle, sharp on the sides, which
had been cut by the application of other stones to it.
When they began the central hole they saw some
flat rocks, partly covered and in part not. After
raising them and digging about a foot below, they
came to a piece of metal of an oval form, of the
size of a ninepenny piece of silver, but more tha|i
twice as tliick, with aa indented jrepi'ei^ut»4oft P^
R

its'

tlie head of a woman on one side. It is supposed!
to be of European manufacture, and resembled a-
watch seal. And as tt was found below where the
House of Mr. Charleville formerly stood, in 1714,,
and for many years before. The mound also
had been stockaded by the Gherokees between tho
years 1758 and 1769. The metal was remarkably
Heavy for its size. Yery large burying grounds-
once lay between the mounds and the river, thence
westwardly, thence to the creek. Vast numbers of'
bodies had been interred. The great extent of the
burying ground and the vast number of interments,-
induce tiie belief, that a population once resided^
here, which more than 20 times exceeded that of
the present day : and suggested also another idea^-
that the cemetery was in the vicinity ofthe mound^
because the latter was an erection consecrated^
to religious purposes. The layer of cinders had-
been made from fuel very combustible^ and soon
reduced to ashes. It seemed to have been poundeA
Lemp reduced to cinders, or the pounded bark of
the poppaw tree. Upon reflection, it is novr thought
to have been tobacco, the only plant in the country*
of which incense could have been made. From
hence arose the conclusion, that the object in kin«
dling the fire was to have a flame of no long conti-
nuance, and that thousands of jars of dirt had been
poured upon it as soon as the fuel was reduced to
embers. That the jars themselves had been broken
to pieces, and the remnants left intermixed m ith the
dirt which had been emptied from them. That fire
had been employed as an agent at difl'erent periods
of the mound's growth, and that the matter consu-
med, whatever it was, had been preserved with sa-
cred veneration, by strata of dirt thrown over it,
before the rains had washed it away, or the winds
had scattered it. The stratum of cinders was re-
markably black, suggesting the idea that rains had
act fallen upoix it for any timd uo as to change its

139

colour in any degree before it was covered over witk
^ne black mould. The fragments of pottery were
composed of clay, and pounded cockle shells, many
of which unpounded and unimpaired were found
in parts of tlie mound not fai removed from the
surface. These were used probably for scooping
the dirt, and for getting it into the pots and jars ia
which it was carried to the mound.

Bythe opening of this mound, ther« is not any
thing discovered in its structure which denotes civi-'
lization. But to raise the mound, was in the esti-
vmation of the builders, a duty of immense import-
ance. For it must have been formed by a succes-
sion of deposites, and by contributions from thou-
sands of hands, at different and perhaps distant
periods. The principle, whatever it was, that im-
pelled them to action, was n^it only of irresistible
force, but also permanent and perpetual in point of
duration. It could not have been raised for the
nioniiix?h of the nation to be seated on, in view of
the assembled people ; savages do not possess such
devotion to their leaders. If the government was
old and despotic, they would not have placed the
mouud for such a purpose on a burying ground.
1'he intermixed articles repel this idea. It could
not be for any purpose r-elative to war ; for to be
placed on the mound would only be a greater expo-
sure to the^arrows of an enemy. It could not have
-been a tower, for there is no narrow pass near it
to be guarded. It could not be for a fortress, for
there is no water nearer to it than the river and
-creek. The only use which could have been made
of it, was that of adoration. AVhen standing upon
this high place, the hand of the worshipper might
pass from his mouth, and from thence be stretched
forth towards the bright luminary, which is at once
the source of life, of pleasure, and the nourisher
^^ all that grows in the animal or vegetable king-

140

dom.205 The worshippers of the sun performec!
their religious exercises on high places, and made
Iheir sons and daughters to pass through the fire to
JVIoloch, or the image of the sun.206 They burnt
human victims in magnification of his poNvers.sor
Fire, the purest of the elements, emanated, as they
Supposed, directly from their deify. It purified
their victims, and was itself adored as a divine es-
sence, proceeding directly from the source of light
and life — the deity which was the principle of all
animation. It was perpetually preserved in the
temples of his worshippers, both in Persia and in
Natchez ; by the vestals of Rome, and in the Gre-
cian temple of Apollo. The fires kindled upon this
mound, before the summit rose to the elevation it
now hath, may have been an object of adoration for
the assembled multitude, or may have been made
for the initiated worshippers of the sun to pass
through, or in which human victims were consumed,
or for incense to their deity. When the sun re-
turned to the summer solstice, they had a feast of
J03', in which they offered the first fruits, and kin-
dled new fires, which had been extracted by glasses
from the sun, or by the friction of two pieces of
wood. And such is yet the practice at the greeii
corn dance of the Creeks. The sacrifice of human
beings was practised, as may be inferred from ap-
pearances, by those who lived on the Ohio, Cum-
berland and Tennessee, and on the Mississippi be-
low the mouths of these rivers. Herfc too, as ift
India, the priefets of the sun wore on their breasts
the sigti of the cross. And here too are placed the

205 Job. ch. 31, V. 27 ; 1 Satn. ch. 9, v. 18 ; 1 Kines, ch.5,
V. 4 ; 1 Chron. ch. 16, v. S9, ch. 11, v. 7 ; 2 Kings, ch. 23, v,
15 ; 2 Chron. cb. 1, v. 3 ; Ezekiel, ch. 16, v. 24, ch. 25, v. 31.

206 Lev. ch. 18, v. 21, ch. 20, v. 2, ch. S, t. 4; Jer.ch.S2,
V. 35.

207 2 K. ch. 1 6, V. 3, ch. 21, v. 3, 4 ; Jeremiah, ch. 19, v. 5,
^j 2 Chron. ch. 28, v. 3; Jeremiah, ch. 7, v. 31, ch. 32, v. 35,
«h 19, V. 5 ; Psalm 106, ?. 37, 38 ; Ezekiel, ch. 16, v. 20, 21.

141

imao-es of Baal and Cliemosli upon their high pla-
ces.^^^ They also, both in India and Egypt, dei-
fied animals of the canine species ; and here their
bones are found, both in this mound and in the
dwarf graves near Sparta. This mound was erect-
ed before the coming of the Shawanese to settle on
Cumberland river. They did not reckon it among
places consecrated to religion, otherwise they would
not have suffered a trader to live on it. This also
proves that they, for any purpose, had not been at
the pains bestowed upon its erection. For had
they been the builders, they would more carefully
have preserved it for the intended uses. It was a
high place appropriated to the performance of the
religious rites ; incense was burnt upon it, and hu-
man victims sacrificed there — and this long prior
to the time when the ravages of war or of pesti-
lence had thinned the population of the country.
Wherever the worshippers of the sun have dwelt,
through the whole earth, high places attest the fact.
The same evidences give also unerring proof of
their having come into America. Their customs
in general have been everywhere the same, and
whenever they are conquered they melt into disso-
lution. The maledictions of Providence seemed
to have followed them for their atrocities ; and
through the whole world, the i*eligion which adores
a spiritual God, seems always to have triumphed
over the idolatrous worshippers of matter and ima-
ges.

Par. 5. On the south side of Big Harpeth river,
on a high impassable bluff, about three miles from
Franklin, in Williamson county, is an ancient in-
trenckment, nearly in the form of a semicircle, &up-

208 1 Kings, ch. 14, v. 23 ; 2 Kings, ch. 17, v. 10, ch. 23,
V. 24 ; 2 Chron. ch. 14, v. 3, ch. 28, v. 2, ch. 33, v. 22, ch. 34,
V. 3 ; Isaiah, ch. 17, v. 8, ch. 27, v. 9 ; Jeremiah, ch. 43, v. 13 ;
Ezekicl, ch. 6, v. 6, 7, 20, ch. 21, v. 21. ch. 30, v. IS ; Hos.

142

posed to contain SO acres or more. Within the
enclosure made by the intrcncbment and the blufiT,
are several mounds of different fortfis and sizes,
from six to ten feet high, and from ten to twelve
yards wide. Others nearly round, about ten yards
in diameter. The largest of these mounds, is
IS nearly in an oblong, with rounding corners, 68
feet wide by 148 long ; about ten feet higher than
the surface of the surrounding earth. In another
part of the enclosure are small mounds, or rather
hillocs, from two to three feet high, ami perhaps
five or six yards in diameter. One of these is also
considerably larger than the rest, The soil within
the intrenchment is very rich, and the trees in it,
as also those in and upon the edge of the ditch, as
large as the trees generally in that part of the
woods. A few yards within the intrenchment is a
small la^iting spring, which runs into the river bot-
tom between where the ditch strikes it and the
commencement of the bluff. There are seven pass-
ways over the ditch, at convenient distances from
each other, about eight feet wide, where the earth
remains in its original state. From the great length
of time that must have elapsed since the making of
the ditch, it is impossible to say with certainty, on
which side the earth was thrown, and although the
greater part was on the outside, it is probable that
some was thrown on both. For the same reason,
it is diflBcult to ascertain its depth or width. la
some places it appears to be five or six feet wide,
and three or four deep. At others it is wider and
more shallow ; and so much altered by time, that
it hath almost disappeared. A white oak stands
la the ditch, four feet in diameter.

Par. 6. In the county of Williamson, on the
north side of Little Harpeth, in the lands owned
by Captain Stocket, northwardly from Franklin,
are walls of dirt running north from the river, and
east and west. In 1831 they were four or five feet

143

Mgh ; and are in lens;l;li, from the river, between
400 and 500 yards. Tiiere is a ditch on the out-
side, all around, four or live feet in width, partly
filled up ; and upon the soil which has partly tilled
it up, are black oaks two feet or more in diameter.
A spring of excellent water is in tlie inside of the
enclosure, and a branch from it into the river througb
the interval left by the wall for its passa^^c. Tlie
enclosure contains 40 or 50 acres. Three mounds
aie in th« inside, standins; in a row from north ta
south, and near to- the wall and ditch, on the north
side of the area. All of these mounds are nearly
of the same size. Within the enclosure is a vast
number of graves, all of them enclosed within rocks^
and the bones very large. James McGrlaughliu, who
is seven feet high, applied one of the thigh bones
found there to his thigh, and- it was three or four
inches longer than his thigh. The area is in low
grounds, which are never overflowed by freshets in
the river. The mounds are not more than three or
four feet high. They are the relics, in all likeli-
hood, of oval houses which have there fallen ; not
mounds over dead bodies, or the ashes of dead bo-
dies near mounds for temples in places of worship,.
Springs are seldom in the inside of enclosures dedi-
cated tO' religious purposes ; for ablutions were to»
he made before entering the holy place.

7. At the junction of Piny river with Duck river^
into which it falls on the north side, after coming
n-ear to Duck it turns off and makes a large bend,
atid then discharges itself into Duck. Before reach-
ing the point where it turns off, it runs parallel with
Duck river for some distance. From the upper end
Oif this parallel, is a deep ditch to the river. It is
now 10 or 12, and in some places 6 feet deep.
Trees of large size grow upon it. There is a high
bluff of rocks on each river ; and at the point wher&
the bend commences, a ditch is drawn from one
river to the other; which encloses not only the bead^

144

but also the lands between the two rivers. In the
latter enclosure are ^o or 30 mounds, and amongst
them a large one 15 feet high, round, and rather
rising on the top, but flat enough to build a house
on. At the base it is 30 or 40 yards across. There
are mounds in all the bottoms of Duck river. The
caves in this neighbourliood are numerous, and for
the most part contain human bones.

8. On Powell's river, in Warren county, in West
Tennessee, at the plantation of Mr. Hill, is an old
ditch extending from a mound in the bend of the
river, to the river. It was five or six feet wide, and
appears to have been of considerable depth. This
ditch led from the mounds southwardly to the river,
from the eastern extremity of the mound. The
space below the mound and the river westwardly,
is about 100 paces. No appearance of a ditch was
here. The mound was 15 feet high.

9. Near Fayetteville, and within half a mile of
it on Elk river, below the mouth of Norris's creek,
and not more than a hundred yards from it, is a
wall and ditch proceeding from a point on the river
circularly, till it comes to one other point on the
river, forming with the river an enclosure of 9 or
dO acres. The river from one point to the other,
defends the enclosure by a high bluft*. North from
the bluff, and within the enclosure, is a mound not
more than 50 yards from the river, six or eight feet
high. The ditch is about two feet in depth at this
time, and four feet wide ; but is filled up from the
bottom to within two feet from the surface. On the
outside of the wall, but joining to it, are angular
projections at the distance of about 60 yards from
each other. These projections extend 8 or 10 feet
from the wall. The interior of the angles is solid.
A black-oak tree stood on one of them, and was
cut down, and the annulars counted 260 ; so as to
show that its growth commenced in the year of our
Lord 1561, Very large poplars also stand on the

145

wall. On the mound was the stump of a mulberry
tree almost decayed, two feet in diameter. Thera
was no appearance of the trunk. The stump was
older than our first settlements of the country.
There is no spring in the interior of the circle. Tho
diameter of the mound is about 15 yards. Thera
are no gateways observable.

10. Eight miles south from McMinnville, on
Collins's river, on the east side of the river, 150
yards from the bank, and in the bend of the river,
is a mound 30 feet high, with a flattened top, which
contains an area of an acre and a half of land at
least. On either side of the mound to the north or
south, is a broad ditch, 18 or 20 feet wide, and four
deep at this time. Both intrench ments abut on tha
river at both ends on a high clift of rocks, and each
intrenchraent is parallel to the other ; so that tha
two ends of the enclosure in which the mound is,
are defended by two high bluffs of the river, and
on the sides two wide intrenchraents, which were
no doubt once too deep to admit of an ascent from
the bottom of the intrenchment without great diffi-
culty, and exposure to danger. A wall was mado
on the exterior side of each ditch by the dirt thrown
from the cavity. The timber upon the ditch is very
old. Very large stumps are upon the mound itself,
the remains of trees which had grown upon it of
great age. — T).

11. Ten miles above Southwest Point, in Roauo
county, in East Tennessee, on the south side of
the Tennessee river, and about 20 poles from the
bank of the river, stands a mound about 30 feet
high, with a flattened top, which contains upwards
of one fourth of an acre, with a regular ascent from
the bottom to the top on each side. Immediately at
the end of the ascent is a' stone wall, which is con-
tinued all around the summit, and is at this time
about two feet high. On the north side of the river
fe a high bluff jutting over the western eod, and

4:46^

froutrng the mound, on the face of which are cxrt
three images, painted with black and red colours
from the waist upwards, one of which figures is the
representation of a female. About six miles below
♦Southwest Point, on the south side of the Tennes-
see, are five large mounds in the bend of the river,
all of which stand in one acre of ground nf.arlyw
One of them is much larger than the rest, and the
top flat, with a stone wall like the one before men-
tioned, and to the east from the other four. The
whole are enclosed with a wall raised up, composed
«f dirt, two or three feet high. Many carvings of
rocks are in the vicinity, and lately human bonee
have been found here.

12. There is a mound on the Frenchbroad river^
fjne mile above the mouth of Nolichucky, on the
east side of Frenchbroad, 30 feet high. There 'm
an acre of gi'ound upon the top. Many similar
6nes are upan Frenchbroad. Old trees stand upon
them. There are mounds aliso on the upper parts
6f Cumberland river in Kentucky, and many near
the head of Kentucky river.

18. In the 10th district, 4th range, and 8d sec-
l^on of the Chickasaw purchase, are seven mounds,-
©ne of them 17 feet high, and 47 yards across, with
an intrenchment 40 yards in circumference. The
trees on it are two' feet in diameter.

14. Seven miles southwest of Hatchy river, 50
miles east of the Mississippi, in a fertile part of the
eountry, are three mounds enclosed by an intrench-
ment 10 feet deep and 30 feet wide. Two miles
south of the south fork of Forkeddeer, 50 mile»
we&t of the Mississippi, is a mound 57 feet high,
and 70 yards over.

15. On the south fork of the Forkeddeer river^
in that part of the state of Tennessee which is bc^
tween the Tennessee and Mississippi rivers, is the
appearance of what the people there call an ancient-
^tification. It is ;J50 yards square* The wall i?^

147

i^iacle of clay, and is now 8 feet above the commoa
surface. Trees as large as any in the country, are
growing on the sides and top of the wall. Ther^
is no appearance of any intrench ment. Within this
lyall is an ancient mound, 87 feet high by actual
measureinent. It is circular except the top, whick
is square at the sides, and level at the top. Tha
top is 50 feet square. It is accessible only on one^
side. On the sides and edges of the mounds, .are^
trees as high and as large as any in the surrounding;
country ; but no trees are immediately on the top»
This mound is on the area within the wall, near
the south side. Other small mounds of different
sizes and descriptions, are also within the enclosure.
Without the enclosure, and within a quarter of a
i^ile, is a group of small mounds, one of which is
of an obloug figure, about 50 feet in length, 15 or
20 in width, and from 12 to 15 in height, 'two ov
three miles from this place is another walled enclo-
sure, more spacious than the former, within which
are mounds of different descriptions. There is no
water within any of these enclosures ; but some fine
springs are near the first, and the Forkeddeer is
within 300 yards, where is a beautiful bluff.

16. Eight or ten miles above these walls, at the
place where Mr. Ellis lives, are many mounds.
Two of them are of singular figures. One of thesf
at its base and at its top is sq-iare, about 80 feet
in diameter, and about 8 feet high. The other
is abont the same height, and has the form of
an oblong, with a ba<?tion, thus,
and is 35 feet by 40; near to which
are other mounds, of a circular

form, and of different sizes. There is no spring
near them; but the mounds themselves are with -^
in two Q? three hundred yards of a creek. Another
graup is to b^ sften about half the distance between
the t»cl.(>sure ^.nA xMr. EHis^s house. These ipoandf^
are all in j^rst rate laiids for that country, f^nd bpaO"
tifully situated; generally on a plane or l«Tei«

14d

47. In Overton county, on Obed's river, whicli
runs into Cumberland river, and 16 miles above tbe
mouth of Obed's river, is a creek, which rung
into Obed on the east side, and with the river forma
an acute an?;le of some considerable length. There
is a bluff both on the creek and on the river, from
tbe upper part of which on the creek to the river, is
a ditch about 60 yards long, 8 or 10 feet wide, and
considerably filled up. Trees as large as those of
the adjoining forest are upon it, and on the point
are many mounds.

Mounds are on the waters of Holston, but non©
very large. There are many on the waters of
Frenchbroad.

18. West 36 or 40 miles from the Tennessee
river, on the south side of Korkeddeer, which runs
into the Mississippi 60 or 70 miles above the mouth
of that fork, is a mound on the north side of the
fork, and about two miles from it. Tbe diameter
of the base is about 100 poles. There is a plain
ascent from the base to the summit, on the east side*
The summit is flat, and contains three or four acres
or more. The trees which stand upon it are of
small growth of willow and oak, to which there ii
no other like growth except in the small ponds.
On the east side adjoing it, and reaching nearly
around it, is a raised platform about four feet above
the surface, like that at Bledsoe's lick, and extend-
ing a considerable distance from east and northeast
to southeast. There is a great number of mounds
in this part of the country, more than in any other
part of Tennessee.

19. On the north bank of Holston, five miles
above the mouth of Frenchbroad, are six mounds
on half an acre of ground, placed without any ap-
parent regularity. Their form is pyramidal, or
rather the section of a pyramid. The bases are
from 10 to 30 feet in diameter. The summits of
the largest are ten feet above the ground. Thf

149

iSgurc is remarkalbly regular. One of them was
cut into perpendicularly, in which was disctivered
a good deal of charcoal and ashes. These mounds
are surrounded by an old ditch, which can at this
time be distinctly traced on the sides, and encloses
several acres of lands besides the mounds. At every
angle of the ditch is a sweep, forming a semicircle.

C o On the south bank is a bluff' of limestone

I opposite the mounds, aad a cave in it. Tlie

O o bluff" is 100 feet in height. On it are faintly

painted in red colours, like those on the Paint Rock,
the sun and moon, a man, birds, fishes, &c. The
paintings have in part faded within a few years.
Tradition says, these paintings were made by the
Cherokees, who were accustomed in their journeys
to rest at this place. Whether such a tradition be
entitled to credit, is for the judicious reader to de-
termine. Wherever on the rivers of Tennessee are
perpendicular bluffs, on the sides, and especially if
caves be near, are often found mounds near them,
enclosed in intrenchments, with the sun and moon
painted on thjB rocks, and charcoal and ashes in the
smaller mounds. These tokens seem to be evincive
of a connexion between the mounds, the charcoal
and ashes, the paintings, and the taves. The latter
frequently contain the skulls of human beings, sup-
posed to have been sacrificed by fire, on the mounds.
The paintings are supposed to have represented the
deities, whom the people adored. And the ditches
are supposed to have pointed out the consecrated
ground, which was not to be polluted by the tread
of unhallowed feet. The larger mound with a
flattened top, having below the surface of the sum-
mit an image of stone, which is supposed formerly
to have stood upon the summit, and sometimes hav-
ing the image at the margin of its base covered with
•oil a few inches, as if it had tuml)led from the top,
i« supposed to have been the high place, around
which the people assembled to offer up their adora-
tiong.— ;Sm nete K,

150

Section 5. — Of Images,

Besides the mounds in Tennessee, images ar©'
frequeniiy found upon them, or near them. We
have already met >vith instances in chap. 6. sec. 4.
j)ar. 1, :2, 19. 1 hese images were, without doubt,
placed upon the mounds, and received adoration
fioni their worshippers. Ihe evidences upon this
sul>jccfc are so numerous and cogent, as cannot fail
to convince those of their mistake, who suppose
that the Indians in America generally had no
knowledge of image worsliip.

Many years ago, at Nashville, was found a clay
vessel P.bout 20 feet under the surface of the earth,
in digging a well in a narrow valley between hills
liable to wash. The diggers came to a natural
spring issuing from a rock, on which this piece of
pottery Wi:s placed. Its capacity was nearly a
gallon. The base was a flat circle, from which
rises a somewhat globose form, terminating at the
top with the figure of a female head. There is no
aperture except a round hole, situated toward the
summit of the globular part of the vessel. The
features of the face are Asiatic. The crown of the
head is covered Ayith a cap or ornaments, shaped
into a pyramidical figure, with a flattened, circular
summit ending at the apex in a round button. The
ears are very large, extending down in a line with
the chin, which is a Hindoo custom, 206 and an In-
dian and Egyptian hieroglyphical emblem of wis-
dom and supernatural knowledge. This head re-
sembles many of those engraved for Mr. RaflSn's
history. A certain general resemblance may also
be observed, as respects the crown or cap, the Asi-
atic headdress being somewhat conical, or else
pyramidical, with a round or square apex. See
chap. 6. sec. 4. par. 1. Had this vessel been sent
to Mr. l^aflle, says Mr. Clifford, he would have
taken it to be of the same origin a$ th« Hindoo

£06 1 Dub, 155.

151

statues of the island of Java. The small hole iu
the vessel is round, though in other respects there
is no designation of its having been intended as an
opening by the fabricator. Tiifre is no raised
margin, or other means of showing it was thus
originally designed, whilst its awkward position
must have rendered it unlit either for the ready re-
ception or escape of liquids. There are some marks
of paint having formerly existed on t'le head, tliough
too much worn off to admit of any definite descrip-
tion. Those acquainted witli tlie paintings and
i^tatues of the Hindoos, Mr. CliOTord believed, will
be of opinion, on seeing this vessel, that our abori-
gines possessed the same religious notions, and
formed the models of their divinities upon a similar
plan, and with the same expressions of countenance,
as the nations of Hindostan and their colonists.
The Hindoo family has branched into the Egyp
tians, Celts, Goths, Peruvians and Mexicans ;
whence came the builders of the mounds, and the
worshippers of these images, which are found in
Tennessee. We have already spoken under the
head of triplicity, of the three-faced image found
in White county, and of those others already re-
ferred to in cliap. 6. Besides these, an image wsa^
found near the base of a mound at Mayfield's sta-
tion, 12 miles southwardly from NashviUe, one
near the base of a mound near Chirks ville, and an-
other in the neighbourhood of the Rev. Mr. Craig-
head. The first of these images, that found at
Mayiisld's station, in the county of Davidson, 20
years ago, was of sculptured stjue, representing a
woman sitting upon her hams, vnth. both hands
under her chin, and her elbows upon her kneeg.
It was neatly formed, and well polished and pro-
portioned. Mr. Boyd took and kept it at his tav-
ern in Nashville a long time. Dr. Brown had two
images^ found by ploughing the ground near a very
large mound jbelow ClarksYillc, These also were

sculptured. One represented an old man with hii
body hent forward, and head inclined downwards,
exceedingly well executed. The other represented
an old woman. The fact cannot perhaps be doubt-
ed, that these sculptured images were idols made
for the worship of those who built the mounds, up-
on which were placed houses that sunk a little into
the mounds, and when consumed by time left a
small cavity on the top. Another idol was found
near Nashville. It was of clay peculiar for its
fineness and its use, which is quite abundant in
some parts of Kentucky. With this clay waa
mixed a small portion of gypsum and sulphate of
lime. It represents in three views a woman in a
state of nudity, whose arms have been cut off close
to the body, and whose nose and chin have been
mutilated. In all these respects, as well as in the
peculiar manner of plaiting the hair, it was exactly-
such an idol as was found in the southern part of
the Russian empire. This idol near Nashville
had a fillet and cake upon his head. It seems to
have been the fabrication of some tribe once near
Hindostan, where the authors of the triune idol
originated. When the Greeks sacrificed, the sacred
fillets were bound upon the head of the idol, the
victim, and the priest. The sacred fillet and the
salted cake were upon the head of this idol. The
Greeks borrow ed many of their customs from the
Persians and Hindoos. At the same time this looks
exceedingly like the sacrifice of the ancient Scythi-
ans, spoken of by Herodotus. They selected, he
says, every hundretli one of their captives, poured
libations upon his head, cut his throat, and poured
the blood into a vessel. From the human victimi
they cut off the right arms close to the shoulders,
and throw them up into the air. They then depart,
the arms remaining where they happened to fall,
and the bodies clsewhere.208 This sacrifice was
made to their god of war.
206 Herodotus Melp. sec. 62.

153

On Cherry creek, in the county of White, in a
northwest direction from Sparta, are the remains of
a large town, in the field of Mr. Howard. Several
Ijiounds are there from 13 to l4 feet high, and high-
er, say to feet aI)ove the cjround before it was cul-
tivated. These mounds in the inside are hollow.
A horse in ploughing fell into one of them, and
some of them have sunk into a basin since the
clearing of the ground. Tn this field %vas found
an image, or bust, from the waist upwards. The
head was well carved, with the mouth, nose, and
eyes, &c. all in perfect symmetrical proportion.
The polish w^as very smooth. The substance of
which it is made, is white on the in«^ide, glittering,
with specks, and the outside of a greyish colour.
There are also plates of the same substance, with
Indian pots in the form of soup plates, carved oa
the edges, and sculptured. Half a mile from this
place, at the foot of the mountain, in a large cave
full of human bones, perhaps several wagon loads;
some of which are small, and others very large.
The under jaw of some of them, Mr. Howard could
have put over his face, and he is six feet high. He
says, they must have been much larger than he is.
These, I suspect, are the remains of those gigantic
men of the north, who overran and depopulated
Tennessee and Kentucky, and partly expelled, and
partly extirpated, the aborigines. And if so, very
probably this bust was not an idol, but a mere
representation in sculpture of the human figure.
What are here called mounds, are but the round
houses in which the inhabitants lived, which in a
fallen state are not more than two or- three feet high*
See note L.

Section B.—Of Human Sacrifices.

Besides the sculls found in great numbers in the

cave near Bledsoe's lick, without any other part of

the human frame attached, or near to them, a largfi

number of ?culls in the like gituatioa and eircnrii-

T

154

fetances, was found in a cave not far from Rutledge^
in East Tennessee. These indicia, with parts of
bones of human beings in and near the layers of
cinders, found in the mound at Nashville, suggest
the opinion that the immolation of human victims
was practised by the builders of the mounds, as
well in Tennessee, as by the people of Mexico and
Bagota. Not more than two hundred yards from
the great mound at Bledsoe's lick, is a cave in
which, when first discovered, was a great number
of human sculls. In the Sandwich islands, after
the bodies of human sacrifices have lain some time
interrec?, the sculls are taken up to be deposited, as
may be presumed, in some sacred place. — See M.

Section 7. — Of the Lingam.
The Lingam is an idol which is spread all over
India. It is generally enclosed in a little box of
silver, which all the votaries of Siva wear suspend-
ed at their necks. It represents the sexual organs
of a man, sometimes alone, and sometimes accom-
panied. It is represented in the temples, on the
highways, and in other public situations. But it is
worn by the votaries of Siva, one of the principal
divinities of India, as a most precious relic, hung
at their necks, or fastened to their arms or hair, and
receives from them sacrifices and adoration. The
worship of the Lingam more particularly prevails*
in the west of the peninsula, where many districts
are composed chiefly of this population. The
original worship was paid to the procreative power
of nature, represented by this emblem, to which at
length, instead of the thing represented, the people
oiTered up their adoration. From the same origin
carHie the Phallus of the Greeks, the Priajius of the
Romans, the Baol Peor of the Moabites and Midi-
anites,209 as also the obscene idols in the Sandwich
islands.

209 2 Dub. 207, 208 ; S R. India, 306 ; Star in the East*
16; a Cook's Voyages, 160.

15$

A stone of a green colour, passing into a greenish
white, semi-transparent, and extremely tough, is
regarded in India as a specific for the nephritic
cholic, and is fashioned into forms of great delicacy.
The Hindoos and Chinese form it into talismans
and idols.

There was found on the farm of Turner Lane,
Esq. in White county, in West Tennessee, five or
six miles from Sparta, a piece of stone 11 inches
long, and about 13 inches in diameter. At one end
it was sloped oif to a sharp edge, terminating in the
middle in a sharp point. It was highly polished,
and showed great skill in the workmanship. It
was variegated with green and yellow spots, the
general body of the stone being of a deep grey
colour. No doubt can be entertained in the mind
of a careful observer, that it is not the production
of this country.

Another stone of similar shape, of very high pol-
ish, and of variegated colours, was since found 10
or i2 miles from Sparta, near a mound. It is now
before the writer. It is about 18 inches in length,
and one and a half in diameter, rather broader than
thick, though circular. A conical hebetated termi-
nation is at each end. It is very smooth and heavy,
^nd neatly polished. On part of one side it seems
to have received from paint a reddish hue, and the
other parts of it seem to have been variegated with
some colouring now dark, but probably brown for-
merly. It may have been used for pounding in a
mortar ; but it greatly resembles a Phallus. See,
for colours, ch. 6, sec. 2, sec. 4, par, 11, sec. 7. —
See note JV".

Section 8. — Of the Dress of Idols.

The dress of the idols of Tennessee in ancient
times, and of course of the people in the same times,
is to be collected from the repi-^sentation of one
found upon the mound at Bledsoe's lick, Ch. 6, sec.
4, par, 1; see. 5, of the image foand nnd«r ground

156

near Nashville, Pec. 5. and of the one with its
arms cui off, fonnd in a tumulus near Nash-
ville. Sec. 5. The dress consisted of a cap, or
bonnet, on the head, with a narrow hrim, from the
c'xtri^mity of wl)ich the cap or bonnet rises in a
I)yiaHjidal form to the top, which is fiat, and circu-
lar, and ending at the apex in a round button. The
liuman victim had its arms cut oiT, its nose and chin
mutilated^ and a fillet and cake upon its head.

Section 9.—^/ Conch Shells.

For proof of the supposition that these were
anciently used in Tennessee for sacred purposes,
reference must be liad to the description of small
skeletons, which have been found near Sparta,
■where at least a ground will be had for such con-
jecture. Ch. 9, sec. % This taken in conjunction
with what has been already stated to have been
discovered in Kentucky, in respect of the numerous
conchs there found, will render such conjecture, if
not supported by evidence, at least a subject worthy
of earnest inquiry. Our southern Indians, at the
annual feast of harvest, send to those who are sick
at home, or unable to come out, one of the old
consecrated shells full of the sanctified bitter cas-
sena.210 The Creeks used it in 1778, in one of
their evening entertainments at Altasse, where, after
the assembly were seated in the council-house, il-
luminated by their mystical cane fire in the middle,
two middle aged men came in together, each having
a very large conch shell full of black drink, advan-
cing with slow, uniform and steady steps, their eyes
and countenances lifted up, and singing very low,
but sweetly, till they came within six or eight steps
©f the king's and white people's seats, when they
stopped, and each rested his shell upon a little ta-
ble; but soon taking it up again, advanced, and
each presented his shell, one to the king, and th«

210 Boud. 235, 2Ga

15T

other io the chief of the white people. And as
sodii as he raised it to his mouth, they uttered or
sung two notes, each of which continued as long as
he had breath, and as long as these notes continued
so long must the person driuk, or at least keep the
shell to his raoutb. The notes were solemn, and
inspired a religious awe. All thes8 tokens united
are sufficient to induce the belief, that conchs ia
Tennessee and Kentucky, as well as in India, were
consecrated to religious solemnities. — See note O.

Section 10. — Of the Vestiges of the Sanctity of
the JSTiimber Seven.

U?)on this head there is nothing further to refer
to in this state, but the seven passages through tho
semicircular ditch and intrench iuent on Big Har-
peth, three mile<^ above Franklin. Ch. 6, sec. 4,
par. 5. which could not be necessiry as passages
for any inhabitants who ever lived within the en-
closure. They have probably a relation to some
division of time, which their god of the sun made
in his course, or to the planets which were there
worshipped, or to the tenets of that ancient religioa
in Asia, which spread the sanctity of this number
into all the southern and western nations of Asia,
imparting to it a mysterious virtue, which no other
number possessed. In the Bible itself, we fi id as
many instances of it as in any other book, which
ever was written. A great number of instances
are to be found among the Hindoos, to this day.
If the example novv referred to has the relation
supposed, it is a great evidence that the builders
of the mounds also had the same Asiatic religious
notions. — See note P.

Section 11. — Of the Incense which they hirned,
,Sec ch. 6, sec. 4; par. 1, 4.

159

CHAPTER VIL

"VVe will next take a view of the sciences of the
aborigines of Tennessee, of their letters, of their
sculptures, of their paintinsjs, of their manufactures,
of their fortifications, of their coins and other me-
tals, of their ornaments, of their mirrors, of their
tanks, of their mechanic arts, of their games and
pastimes, of their colour, and of their Mexican
coincidences.

Section 1. — Of their Sciences,

The mounds are sometimes laid off in perfect
squares, with their sides precisely to the cardinal
points, Ch. 6, sec. 4, par. 1, 6. which evinces a
considerable share of both astronomical and geo-
metrical knowledge. — See note Q.

Sec. 2. — Of their Letters and Literal Inscriptions.

Upwards of 80 miles below the Lookout moun-
tain, on the Tennessee river, boatmen, as they de-
scend the river, see painted characters on what is
called the PaintRock, in the neighbourhood of Fort
Deposite, not far from John Thompson's. These
paintings are of difficult access, owing to the extra-
ordinary height of the rock on which they appear.
The characters are said to have stood there for ages.
It is said, that below the Harpeth shoals, on a bluff
on the side of the Cumberland river, are painted
characters resembling letters. See ch. 6, sec. 1.

On a rock on the Fienchbroad river, about'
six miles below the warm springs, is a great
number of painted characters, apparently regular,
but not resembling the letters of any known alpha-
bet. The rock is on the north branch of French-
broad, immediately on the margin of the great road
leading to the west, and is one of the largest rocks
to be found. It is about 200 ©r ;J50 feet at the base,

160

and 150 perpendicular. The paintings are scat*
tered over the vast surface of the rock, disposed in
groups, commencing about 20 or 30 feet from the
ground, and extending to the top, The characters
look too much, it is said, like artificial painting, to
admit the idea, that they are natural; and theiu
position almost forbids tlie idea, that they wero
made by human hands. The operator must have
been suspended from the top of the rock. They
are too high, many of them at least, to have been
reached by a ladder. The rock is well known by
the name of the Paint Rock. Home, however, who
have seen the rock, say, that these supposed literal
characters are nothing more than the oozing through
the roclf of water, impregnated in the interior with
some mineral, which makes a deep and indelible
dve.

It is stated to have been affirmed by Captain
Daniel Williams, a man of undoubted truth, that
several years ago, in a cave five or six miles above
Carthage, on Cumberland river, in which cave
workmen were collecting dirt for saltpetre, were
many human skelet<ms, one of which was a female
in a state of preservation, with yellow hair, and
the flesh shrivelled. Around the wrist was a silver
clasp, with letters resembling those of the Greek
alphabet. The body was replaced in the spot
whence they had taken it.

At a gap of the mountain, through which the
Indians pass, and near the head of Brasstown creek,
which is towards the head of the Hiw^assee, and
among the high lands, is a large horizontal rock,
on Avhich are engraved the tracks of deer, bears,
horses, woltes, turkeys, and barefooted human be-
ings of all sizes. Some of the horses' tracks appear
to have slipped forward. The direction of them is
westward. Near them are signs of graves. Star,
an intelligent white man, who has lived in the
Cherokee nation 30 or 40 years, says, there are on

161

this rock apparently marks or characters, made in
horizontal lines, which he believes to be letters of
«ome unknown alphabet. These impressions or
inscriptions have been ever since the Indians knew
the country. Star, hov/ever, only conjectured that
these are literal characters, having no evidence to
induce a settled belief that they are. A road is
now opened to Georgia, passing within 16 miles of
this rock, which is itself 60 or 80 miles from the
settlements of the whites. Here is higher land
than within the limits of North -Carolina, Virginia,
Tennessee or Georgia, or east of the Mississippi.
Here rise the large water courses that go in differ-
ent directions — the head springs of New" river,
which runs into the Ohio; of the Watauga and
Fronchbroad, which fall into Holston; of the Hi-
wassee; of the Tugalo, or head waters of the Sa-
vannah ; of the Apalachicola, or Chatahooehee, so
called towards the" head ; and the Coosa, which by
its junction with the Talapoosa, makes the Alaba-
ma. The parallel and small ridges supply the
head waters of the small streams. Every where
springs are abundant at the bases of these ridges,
and become less so as the distance towards the west
increases, and in proportion to the distance, unless
in instance of knobs or single hills, which furnish
springs in the neighbourhood. Near this engraved
rock are numerous heaps of stones, which are
doubtless monumental memorials of some great
event, which forced both men and animals, whether
wild or domesticated, to take refuge here from som^e
incommoding cause, which drove them from their
former abodes in the east. The horses' tracks
would seem to indicaie the time of this occurrence
to have been after European accession to the east-
ern shores of this continent. But the letters indi-
cate a time long prior to that event, and may signify
the deluge of which the North -Carolina Indians
had a tradition^ Vfhkli once happened;, they «aid^

1(^2

l»y the oveiflowiiig of the Atlantic ocean; a facb
which there are some circumstances besides the
tradition, to render probable as having taken place
in modern times, compared with the epoch of the
general flood. Coin in the bowels of the earthy,
coal also, trees in the bank of the Tennessee, a
piece of iron pot 100 feet belf^w the surface, the
trees found in digging for wells, the glass bottle
and old walls in North-Carolina covered over with,
soilf all at considerable depth* below, the surface,
together with the numerous cemetrial tumuli upoa»
the tops of the hills west of the Harpeth, .arc signs
which give a specious aspect to this hypothesis,,
and may hereafter lead to more satisfactory conclu-
sions than can be attained at present. Such suppo-
sition, however, well accounts for the disappearance
of population since the days in which those frag-
ments are left where wenow see them. — See noteB^-

Section 3. — Of their Sculptures,

In March, 1823, a rude piece of sculpture was*
<lug up on the farm of Mr. McGilliam. The farm?
lies on Fall creek, near Quarle's, in Wilson county.
The figure is cut out of a hard rock, of what kind
Mr. Rucker could not determine. It was designed
for a female statue. The legs were not drawn. It
only extends a little below the hips. It is fifteea
inches long, and thick in proportion. It has a flat
Lead, broad face, a disproportionately long aquiline
nose^ low forehead, thick lips, and short neck. The
chin and cheek bones are not prominent, but far
otherwise; On the back part of the head is a large
projection, so shaped as to show, perhaps, the
manner of tying and wearing the hair. The nipples
are well represented; though the breasts are notr
sufficiently elevated for a female of maturity. The
bands are resting on the hips, the fingers in front,,
and the arms akimbo. Around the back, and above
the hips; are two parallel liues cut; as is supposed^

163

fio represent a zone or belt. The ears project at
right angles from the head, with holes through them.
The head and face very much resemble the paintings
and images of the Mexicans, the engravings which
Mr. Rucker has seen in Humboldt's New Spain,
and also those of the Chinese, which he has seen
in several works. It was found a few inches be-
neath the surface of the earth. No mounds are
near, but an extensive burying ground of apparent-
ly great antiquity* Two miles farther east, on a
ridge, there i« another of large dimensions oceupy-
ing an area of three hundred yards in length, and
two hundred in width. The graves are in straight
Jines, close by the side of each other, and raised
above the surface a foot or upwards.

Under this head, too, may fall the following dis-
covery : In the bed of Kail creek is a large flat
Tock, on which are the tracks of various animals —
human tracks of all ages, those of the horse, and
the impressions of wheel- carriages on the rock,
lines and indentations equidistant from each other,
similar to those made by wheel carriages. They
were much more distinctly marked 12 years ago
'than at pres^ent, being now in some degree effaced
by the passage of animals, and possibly by the at-
trition of the waters since the white settlements,
and the consequent increase of cattle.

For the progress they had made in the sculptural
art, reference must be had also to the chapter on
images, and to the statues cut in stone, with bonnets
on their heads, and garments reaching to the ground*
'See S.

Section 4. — Of their Paintings.

For the paintings of the aborigines, see chapter
6, sec. i.—See T.

Section 5. — Of their Manufactures .
In the spring of the year 1811, was found in a cop«
•peras ca^ve in Warren county, in West Tennessecj^

164

about 15 miles southwest from Sparta, and 20 from
McMmuviile, the bodies of two human beings, which
had beeu coveied by the dirt or ore from which
copperas was made. One of these persons was a
male, the other a female. Tliey were interred in
baskets, wade of cane, curiously wrought, and evi-
dencing; i^reat niechaoic skill. They v/ere both
disloc4ited at the hip joint, and were placed erect ia
the baskets, with a covering made of cane to lit tht^
baskets in which they were placed. The flesli of
these persons was entire and undecayed, of a brown
dryishrcolour, produced by time, the flesh having
adhered closely to the bones and sinews. Around
the female, next her body, was placed a well dressed
deer skin. Next to this was placed a rug, very
curiously wrought, of the bark of a tree and feath-
ers. The bark seemed to have been formed of
small strands well twisted. Around each of these
strands, feathers were rolled, and the whole woven
into a cloth of firm texture, after the manner of our
common coarse fabrics. This rug was about three
leet wide, and between six and seven feet in length.
The whole of the ligaments thus framed of bark,
•were completely covered by the feathers, forming &
body of about one eighth of an inch in thickness,
the feathers extending about one quarter of an inch
in length from the strand to which they were con-
fined. The appearance was highly diversified by
green, blue, yellow and black, pr.^senting different
shades of colour when reflected upon by the light
in diflRerent positions. The next covering was an
undressed deer skin, around which was rolled, in
good order, a plain shroud manufactured after the
$B,mt order as the one ornamented with feathers.
Tliis article resembled very much in its texture the
bags generally used for the purpose of holding
coffee exported from the Havanna to the United
States. The female had in her hand a fan formed
of %Q tail feathers of a turkey. The points of

165

these feathers were curiously bonnd by a l.uckskia
string well dressed, and were thus closely bound
for about one inch from the points. About three
inches from the point they were again bound, by
another deer skin string, in such a manner that the
fan might be closed and expanded at pleasure.
Between the feathers and this last binding by tlie
string, were placed around each feather, hairs which
seem to have been taken from the tail of a deer.
This hair was dyed of a deep scarlet red, and was
one third at least longer than the hairs of deer's tail
in this climate generally are.

The male was interred sitting in a basket, after
the same manner as the former, with this exception,
that he had no feathered rug, neither had he a fan
in his hand. The hair which still remained on
their heads was entire. That of the female was of a
yellow cast, and of a very fine texture. Both male
and female, by their hair, aiforded incontrovertible
evidence, as some of those who saw them supposed,
of European or Asiatic extraction. The female was,
when she deceased, of about the age of 14. The
male was somewhat younger. The cave in which
they were found, abounded in nitre, copperas, alum
and salts. The whole of this covering, with the
baskets, was perfectly sound, without any marks of
decay. The eyes of those persons seemed perfectly
sound, only somewhat sunk below the ordinary
position in the socket, caused by their dry state.
De Soto, in his march in 1539, 1540, saw great
numbers of these mantles. See, in chapter 5, where
his march is described. After crossing the Mis-
sissippi, and arriving at the Indian towns on the
west side of it, which the inhabitants abandoned
at his approcach, he found there great numbers of
mantles. See also ch. 4, sec. 4, where it is stated
that the Mexicans made such feathered mantles.

In the island of 0-vvhy-hee, in the Pacific ocean,
iu the year 1777., when Captain Cook visited them^

166

the king and his chiefs were dressed in red feather-
ed cloaks, which in point of beauty and magnifi-
cence were nearly equal to that of any nation in the
world. 39 Fans were made there also, of the fibres
of the cocoa nut, the tail feathers of the cock and of
the tropic bird, and also feathered caps. In l730,
the Indians of JS^orth-Carolinaused feathered match.
€oats, exceedingly pretty, says Dr. Brickell; some
of which, he also remarks, are beautifully wrought
with a variety of colours and figures, which seem
at a distance like a fine flowered silk shag. When
new and fresh, he continues, they serve for a bed,
instead of a quilt. Some match-coats, he says, were
made of hair, or racoon, beaver or squirrel skins ;
others again were made of the green part of the
skin of the mallard's head, or otlier fowls, which
they stitch or sew perfectly well together; their
thread being the sinews of a deer divided very
small, or silk grass. When these were finished
they looked very beantiful. Did not these skele*
tons belong to persons of the same race with those
white people, who were extirpated in part, and in
part driven from Kentucky, and probably also from
West Tennessee, as Indian tradition reports?

At the place where old John Curry formerly"
lived, in the county of Williamson, on the banks of
Mill creek, not far below the head, is a cave, in
length 20 or 30 feet from the mouth to the back, and
six or eight feet wide. The cave forked. In the
right fork, which was the largest, was a well or
shaft gunk 14 feet deep and four feet wide, from tlie
bottom of which the digging bad been extended in
one direction more than 20 or 30 feet, to which it
bad been followed. Here it is supposed ore was
once dug. One piece of ore was found near the
mouth of the cave, containing lead and silver. The
cave was at the foot of a hill. Upon the hill had
been a large town and burying pkce. On the top

59 3 Cook's Vojagei, 17.

i6l

of the hill, too, were several piles of rocks, whicli
being opened, discovered human hones of the com-
mon size, &nd with them was found an ivory button ,
an inch wide and perfectly round, well executed,
with a hole in the middle, and about the eighth of
an inch thick, very smoothly polished, and cut with
some iron tool. The bones are very ancient, and
the trees near them as large as any in the forest.
Ivory, it is well known, is m^de of the tooth of the
elephant, which lives in the southern part of Asia
and in Africa. It has been sometimes made ia
Russia, of the tooth of the mammoth. — F.

Section 6. — Of their Fortifications.

In the time of Sesostris, 1650 before Christ, when?
be invaded and overran India, there were no cities
or fortresses in that country. They had before his
time no enemies to overrun and plunder them. Ths
earth was an? unpeopled wilderness, with a few
patches of population upon the face of it. Fortifi-
cations, and particularly intrench men4;s, are the ef-
fects of dense population, of iron tools and of ar-
chitecture.40 The fortifications of Troy were walls
and towers, but no ditch. They had no machines
nor circumvallation. The seige of Thebes, in Boeotian
was the first inGrecian history; and at that time the
besiegers did not know how to draw lines of cir-
cumvallation, nor were they acquainted with escal-
ades. They intrenched only before the city, and
formed a blockade. The first fortifications in Greece
were only 1390 before Christ. The art of besieging
and defending places came into use only a short
time before the days of Pericles and Alcibeades,
the former of whom died 439, and the latter 404,-
before Christ.4i After that period, walls and towers,
and ditches, came to be in general and com mom

40 3 O.L. 329, 336; Joshua, ch. 8, v. 13, ch. 20, v. 29;:
Numb. ch. 1, v. 45. 46.

41 3 O.L. 181.

iisc,.42 Nincvah was taken 601 before Christ. It
is described by Dioderes Siculiis. It had high walls
and towers around it, but no ditch. Babylon was
'taken 538 before Christ. The fate of Ninevah
possibly had made the inhabitants of Babylon sur-
round it with a ditch. Jerusalem was rebuilt 467
before Christ 5 it was then surrounded by a wall,
but no ditch. Somewhere about the beginning of
the sixth century before Christ we may date the
api)Ucation of intrench ments to the defence of for-
tified places. It was probably after this art came
into general practice, that the knowledge and use
of it was imported into America, together with the
year of 36j days and 6 hours, and perhaps together
with the Roman coin uttered in the time of Antoninus
Pius, and of Commodus, the latter of whose reign
ended about 190 after Christ, and probably after
the time of the three emperors, in the year of our
Lord 387, la whose time, it may be rationally con-
jectured, was issued the copper coin, having on it
the representation of an eagle with three heads,
which will be presently stated. The time when
intrench ments first came into general use, may fur-
nish adatum to be compared with others in searching
for the time when this art first came into America.
AVe shall soon see that it was in very general use
with the aborigines of Tennessee and the adjacent
countries.

Near the bead of AVells's creek, in Stuart coun-
ty, and near the bank of the creek, and within one
hundred yards of the fortification, there is a lasting
spring, the branch from which runs within five feet
of what appears to have been the entrance or gate
into the fort. The fort is about 80 or 100 feet
square, exclusive of the bastions at the corners ;
which bastions are about twelve feet square. The
walls, which are of dirt, and must have sunk con-
siderably, are now about twelve feet high. Large

42 3 0. L. 165.

169

white oaks and hickories grow on them. And
there is still a flight of steps visihle, which were
once used to ascend the walls and bastions, which
are near the corners where the bastions and walls
join. A great number of flint spikes, or spears for
arrows, are to be found in or about the fortification.
It is near to a fertile tract of land, bearing evident
marks of having been in cultivation.

Twelve miles below Carthage, on the Cumber-
land river, is a cave in which are human bones, of
all sizes, about a mile from the river. There is a
burying ground near to the fortification. In this
burying ground, 15 years ago, were many skeletons,
and with many of them were found pipes and water
vessels of earthen ware. Near to the burying ground
is a deep creek running into the river, forming an
acute angle. At some distance from the junction, is
a ditch from the creek to the river, and the remains
of a parapet. Opposite to the entraiice way and
about six feet from it, is the appearance of a wall
in the inside, so formed as to turn those who enter-
ed to the right or left. In the interior were several
mounds.

The Stone Fort lies in Bedford county, in the
two most northern of the three forks of Duck river,
in the state of Tennessee. The walls of this are
composed of stone, whence the name of Stone Fort^
Its antiquity is indubitable. At the first settlement
of this country, the oldest Indians had heard t^eir
V

1^0

iuthers speak of it. At its northern extremity, om^
the front of the wall, are two mounds of ston^
about six feet in height, and circular. Directly in
the rear is the north wall, which extends from the
river, and is situated exactly at the foot of falls of
about 15 feet. This wall has one gateway, and is
about 10 feet in height on the inner side. In the
rear of the gate is a stone building of about sixteea
ftet square, with a smaller one by its side. Run-
ning south with the wall, it still maintains the same
height, until you arrive again at the foot of falls or
about 20 feet, where this part of the wall terminates,..
and is discontinued for some distance, in conse-
quence of a bold rising bluff of solid limestone rock,
at about midway of which there has been excavatei
a footh path to the river. The like also occurs at
the foot of the falls on the opposite sidfe of the fort,-
On passing this bluff, the stone wall is again con-
tinued to its most southern angles. On the south
fiidc the wall is again continued from river to river^
having but one gateway. On the west side the wall
is continued, with the same interposition of falls>
bluff and foot path, as on the east, until it joins the
"Western extremity of the north wall. On the south
wall there appears to have been an excavation of
the earth from 80 to iOOff^et in breadth, and about
40 feet in depth, at the bottom of which, and next
to the stone wall, is a ditch of about 20 feet in width.
Both the excavation and the ditch extend from river
to river. The form of the fort is nearly triangular,
the north wall being but a few yards in lengths
The whole ground contained within the wall of the
fort, is from 30 to 3^ acres. It appears probable,
that the earth taken from the cavity on the south,,
has been spread over the face of the fort, and over
the narrow strip of land which is south and next
to the river, as both the fort and this piece of land
are higher than the neighbourhood. These walla
9rc about 16 or 30 feet in thickness at the baseband.

mn top from four to five. The present aiipearance
^^f the walls is, as might be expected, quite rough;
the whole area, as well as the excavation, being
covered with heavy forest trees, as large any in tho
neighbouring country. On the north of the fort,
and near the public road leading from Nashville
to Georgia, there is a mound of considerable mag-
nitude, being Of an oval form from 29 to 35 feet ia
height, 100 in length, 40 in width, and covered
nvitii very heavy timber. About half a mile west
<§f this, is another of similar form. Captain East-
land attempted to ciiltivate a part of the ground
within the fort, and on the first time in running a
deep furrow, he ploughed up a piece of flint glass,
about one inch thick, and remarkably transparent:
it appeared to ba a piece of a bowl, very neatly
fluted on its sides. There was also found, a stone
very beautifully carved and ornamented, much su-
perior to any known art of the Indians. On the
©utward appearance of the fort are the strongest
evidences of the hammer. On the 7th of August,
1819, Col. Andrew Erwin, on whose land the Stone
Fort is, caused to be cut down, a white oak tree
which grew on the top of the v> all. Major Murray
and himself counted 357 annulare. He observes,
that he could not say how long after the building
of the wall the tree commenced glowing ; it may,
said he, have been within 100, or not within 1000
years thereafter. The wall, said he, is mouldered
clown so as to be at present about 16 feet wide on
the surface of the earth, about six feet high. The
uocks are covered with earth, and appear like a
hedge along an old ditch. One half or more of the
rock, he says, is a slate copperas ore, taken out of the
bottom of the creek on each side of the fort. The
fort contains 33 acres of land within its walls. The
age of the tree was 78 years when De Soto landed
in Florida, and 30 years when Columbus discovered
America. J8y some, this description of tlie fort is

172

fiaid to be inaccurate, and that tbere is no sign of
the hammer upon the stone, and that indeed there
is no wall of stone at all, the rocks beinj; only heap-
ed up together with the dirt and intermixed Avith
it. Be this as it may, it is not disputed, as 1 un-
derstand, but that the large excavation and deep
ditch are there, which is before described. And
that is enough for my present purpose. The writer
is not convinced, however, that any part of the pre-
ceding description is inaccurate.

On the south side of Forkeddeer river, 60 miles
above its mouth, is a dirt wall parallel to the river,
and distant three or four rods from it, where is iu
the river a deep and steep precipice or bluiF, at least
50 feet from the surface to the water. The wall
itself is a mile long, and is at present 18 inches or
2 feet high, and 10 in width, with poplars growing
upon it five feet through. Opposite to this is an-
other wall of the same size and length, distant one
quarter of a mile, and in some places 59 poles from
the other. At the lower end they approach each
other till they come within four poles. Between
the walls ai-e 75 acres of exceedingly rich lands.
At the interval where the walls approach within
four poles of each other, and between the walls,
there is, in the inside of the passage, a mound 8 or
10 feet high, which commands the passage, so that
all who came in must on the inside turn to the left
or right, between the mound and the wall. On the
outside of the entrance is a steep bluff of a swamp,
winding round the southern wall, and passing in a
northwardly direction, near the entrance to the river,
with a wide swamp on the eastern side of the bluff.
On the inside of the walls are square ones, 40 or 50
feet in diameter, at different places, which probably
were once covered, when the ancient inhabitants
lived there. There are square mounds on the in-
side, which are not hollow, 14 or 15 feet high.
Poplar trees are upou them; 5 feet through at least

173

The wall next to the river, at a point equidistant
fioni its eiidj turns to the river ; and from the river,
by another short parallel wall, runs to a point iu
the direction of the wall prior to the diversion, and
thence is continued in that direction. The two short
walls to the river, leave an opening from it into the
interior of the enclosure, and doubtless was once a
covered way for the protection of those who went to
the river for water.

At the distance of about four miles southwest of
Sparta, on the waters of the Cany Fork, are the
remains of an ancient fortification, containing about
five acres, perfectly square. Tiie walls being com-
posed entirely of dirt, as appears from the present
state of its ruins. Here is a great burying place.
The human skeletons discovered here, are remark-
able for their gigantic stature. From all that caa
now be discovered, this must have been a race of
men averaging at least 7 feet in height. Such men,
it is probable, never grew in the tropical climates.
No instance is recollected, of giants between the
tropit;s. Some were planted by the Scythians in
Palestine, when in a very distant age they penetra-
ted as far as to the confines of Egypt, and built the
city of Scythopolis. But such men never came from
between the tropics. The skeletons now under
consideration, were some of the ancient Scythians,
who, down to the Christian era, terrified the nations
which they invaded, by their enormous bulk. — W.

Section 7. — Of their Coins and other Metals,

About the year 1819, in digging a cellar at Mr.
Norris's, in FayettevJlle, on Klk river, which falls
into Tennessee, and about two hundred yards from
a creek which empties into Elk, and not far from
the ruins of a very ancient fortification on the creek,
was found a small piece of silver coin of the size
of a ninepenny piece. On the one side of this coin,
is the image of an old man, projected considerably

174

from the superficies, with a large Roman nose, hk
head covered apparently with a cap of curled hair;
and on this side, on the edge, in old Roman ktters,
not so neat by far as on our modern coins, are the
words Antoninus Aug: Pius. PP. Rl. Ill cos. Oa
the other side, the projected image of a young man,
ap|)arenty 18 or 20 years of age ; and on the edge,
Jlureiius Cmsar. AL/GP, 111. cos. The U is made
"V. PP. perhaps are the initials of princeps pon-
tifar : Rl. Romanorum Imperator. It was coined
in the third year of the reign of Antoninus, which
was in the year oT our Lord 137, and must in a few
years afterwards hav^e been deposited where it was
lately found. I'he prominent images are not in the
least impaired, nor in any way defaced, nor made
dim or dull by rubbing with other money ; neither
are the letters on the edges. It must have lain in
the place where lately found, 1500 or 1600 years.
For had it first circulated a century, before it was
laid up, the vvorn-off parts of the letters and images
would be observable. It was found five feet below
the surface. The people living upon Elk river
when it was brought into the country, had some
production of art, or of agriculture, for which this
coin was brought to the place, to be exchanged. It
could not have been brought by De Soto, for long
before his time it would have been defaced and
Eiade smooth by circulation ; and, besides, the crust
of the earth would not have been increased to the
depth of five feet in 1^77 years, the time elapsed
since De Soto passed between the Alabama and
the Tenuessee, to the Mississippi. This coin fur-
nishes irrefragable proof of one very important fact;
namely, that there was an intercourse, either by sea
«T land, between the ancient inhabitants of Klk
river, and the Roman empire, in the time of Anto-
ninus, or soon afterwards ; or between the ancient
Elkites, and some other nation, who had such in-
tercourse with it. Had a Roman fleet been driven

175

by a storm, m the time of Antoninns, on the Amerf-
cau shores, the crews, even if they came to land all
at the same place, would not have been able ta
penetrate to Elk river, nor would any discoverable
motive have engaged them to do so. And again :
Koman vessels, the very largest in the Roman fleet
of that day, were not of structure and strength suf-
ficient to have lived in a storm of such violence and
long continuance in the Atlantic ocean, as was ne-
cessary to have driven them from Europe to Ameri-
ca. Nor are storms in such directions and of such
continuance at all usual. Indeed, there is na in-
stance of any such, which has occurred since the
European settlements in America. The people of
Elk, in ancient times, did probably extend their
commerce down the rivers which Elk communicatea
with ; or if directly over land to the ocean, they
were not impeded by small independent tribes be-
tween them and the ocean, but were part of an em-
pire extended to it. A^thick forest of trees, not:
more than 6 or 8^ years ago, grew upon the surface
where the coin was found, many of which could not
be of more recent commencement than 300 or 4tO
years; a plain proof that the coin was not of
Spanish or French importation.

Besides this coin impressed with the figures of
Antoninus and Aurelius, another was also found iia
a gully washed by torrents, about two and a half
miles from Fayetteville, where the other coin was
found. It was about four feet below the surface..
The silver very pure, as was also the silver of the
©ther piece ; evidently much more so than the sil-
ver coins of the present day. The letters are rough.
Some of them seem worn. On the one side is the
image of a man, in high relief, apparently of the
age of 25 or 30. And on the coin, near the edge^
were these words and letters : Commodus. The
C is defaced, and hardly visible. AVG. HEREL,
On the other sule, f E. IMP. III. cos. H. PP. Oa

rx^.

176

this latter side also, is the figure of a woman, witk
a hopu iu her right hand. She is seated in a square
box ; on the inside of which, touching each side,
and resting on the ground, is a wheel. Her left
arm, from the slioulder to the elbow, lies on her
side, but from the elbow is raised a little above the
top: and across a small distaif, proceeding from the
hand, is a liaudle, to which is added a trident, with
the teeth or prongs parallel to each other. It is
su{)posed, that Faustina, the mother of Commodus,
who was deiSed after her death, by her husband
Marcus Aurelius, with the attributes of Venus,
Juno and Ceres, is represented by this figure. 'I'he
nfick of Coramo^lus is bare, with the upper part of
his robes flowing in gatherings from the lower part
of the neck. His head seemed to be covered with
a cap of hair curled into many small knots, Avith a
white fillet around it, near its edges, and the tem-
ples aiid forehead, Avith two ends falling some dis-
tance from the knot. Commodus reigned with his
fatiier, Marcus Aurelius, from the time he Avas 14
or I J years of age, till the latter died, in the year
of oui Lord 180. From that time he reigned alone,
till the 3 1st of i)ecember, 192, Avhen he was put to
death. , Counting from his final elevation, he was
a second time emperor in the year of our Lord 181,
and the third time in the year of our Lord l86, and
a fourth time in the year of our Lord 191. But
computing from the time he began to reign alone,
lie was a second time emperor iu the year of our
Lord 190. And he Avas a second time consul under
the last emperorship, in the beginning of the year
of our Lord 191. He at one time assumed the
title of the lioman Hercules; and at another, of
Paulus, a celebrated gladiator. Perhaps the letters
HEREL. PV. may be the initials of these titles.
This piece of money was probably coined in the
year of our Lord 191. That these coins were not
brought hither since the discoA'ery of America by

177

Columbus, is proved by the several large trees
standing in the ground below the surface of which
the coins were found, the greater part of which,
were of an age commencing before that period. A
French settlement was made about ViO years ago,
or somewhat later, in the present state of Alabama;
but, for the reasons before given, these coins could
not have been brought into the country by those
who made that settlement. If the coins with the
figure of Antoninus upon them were used by the
Komans in the provinces, as talismans and holy
relics, and for that reason have been renewed in
later times, did the Christians continue the same
usage? and did either pagans or Christians enter-
tain any reverence for the odious Commodus, so as
to be induced by it to renew his image in remem-
brance of the qualities he possessed ? There seems
to be no just grounds for referring the date of these
coins to any other period than that which they pur-
port to bear. Being in the vicinity where burnt
bricks and the short sword, and also of the Stone
Fort, and of the silver buttons having the represen-
tation of a deer in front of a dog which is in pursuit
of him, it is but reasonable to conclude that a civi«
lized race of men once lived on Elk and Duck rivers,
who carried on commerce, used coined money, and
forged iron into tools. And, moreover, had inter-
course with nations who had at least commercial
connexions, mediately or immediately, with the Ro-
man empire. If, for instance, these coins were paid
to the Chinese, who in the time of Antoninus sup
plied the people of Rome with silks, which werti
carried down the Oxus,into the Caspian sea, through
which and the Euxine, and the Egean sea, they
were carried into the Mediterranean and to Rome^
how easy was then the passage from China to Ja-
pan, thence to Mexico, and up the Mississippi, to
Elk and Duck rivers? where the makers of bricks,
swords and intreuchments lived, and coulci not fail
W

178

to have some surplus commodities to exchange for
those foreign coins which navigation had brought
from distant countries, as the most precious articles
for which they could be exchanged. If we caa
once believe in the early navigation of the Hindoos,
Malayese and Chinese, precedent to the completiou
of that science in Europe, the whole difficulty is
removed, and the practicability of its arrival ia
America stnterior to the time of Columbus ceases to
l)e any longer problematical. That the Hindoos^
fts earl^ as the days of Moses, were extensive na-
vigators of the ocean, and the Chinese in early
times, may be collected from chapter 7, sec. 9, and
the passages there referred to, which treat of conchs,
and of the uses which the Hindoos made of them.
That these coins came hither long before the age of
Columbus, is almost certain : and to say that they
came in the course of navigation, is as probable as
to say that they came in a shipwrecked vessel.
Savages who had neither agriculture or commerce,
or the mechanic arts, would not have traded them
as curiosities worth preserving, much less would
they have removed them carfulTy from the ocean to
their places of residertce on Elk river. W hy should
a savage be at this trouble, when amongst his coun-
trymen he could not have purchased, with it, a pipe
of tobacco. These reflections go far to induce the
fcelief, that the coins in question were not the im-
portations of European navigation. When to these
are added the considerations inseparable from other
iike instances, in the neighbourhood of Tennessee,
where strange coins have been found, some with
superscriptions in unknown characters, and others
"with dates anterior to the discovery of America, if
such dates relate to the Christian era, then we are
ciriven as it were with force and arms, from the be-
loved prejudices of youthful days. We have be-
lieved, that our ancestors, the Europeans, were thft
inventors; and first practisers of transmarine navi-

179

gation — ^liow unacceptal)le is tlie information, tha^
this is a mistake ! We profess devoted submission
to trutb; but we are really unwilling to iind it and
to recognize it as it is. This is prejudice, an ob-
stinate heretic, which is seldom completely vau-
qui«hed.

Between the years 1803 and 1809, in the state of
Kentucky, Jefferson county, on Big Grass creek,
which runs into the Ohio at Louisville, at the upper
end of the falls, about 10 miles above the mouth,
near Middletown, Mr. Spear found under the roots
of a beech tree which had been blown up, two pieces
of copper coin, of the size of our old copper pence.
On one side was represented an eagle, with thre©
heads united to one neck. The sovereign princes
of Grreece wore on their sceptres the figure of a
bird, anil often that of an eagle. The monarchs of
Asia had that custom.42 But possibly this may
have been a coin uttered in the time of the three
Roman emperors. It cannot be a Hindoo or Chi-
nese coin, because they did not make coined money
till modern tim«s.

Lately a Cherokee Indian delivered to Mr,
Dwyer, in the year 182J3^, who delivered to Mr.
Earl, a copper medal, nearly or quite of the size of
a dollar. All aronnd it, on both sides, was a raised
rim. On the one side is the robust figure of a maa
apparently of the age of 40, with a crown upon hi»
head ; buttons upon his coat, and a garment flowing
from a knot on his shoulder, towards and over the
lower part of his breast ; his hair short and curled ;
his face full ; his nose acquiHne, very prominent
and long, the tip descending very considerably be«
low the nostril ; his mouth wide ; the chin long,
and the lower part very much curved, and projected
outwards. Within the rim which is on the margin,
and just below it, in Roman letters, are the words
and figures Richardus IIL J)Q. ANG. FR. et

42 1 Herodotus, 245, notes.

180

HIB. Rex. The letters are none of them at all
worn. Both the letters and figures protuberated
from the surface. On the other side is a monument,
with a female figure reclined on it, her knees a little
raised, with a crown upon them, and in her left
hand a sharp pointed sAvord. Underneath the mon-
ument are the words " Coronat 6h Jul, 1483." And
under that line this other, "Mort, 22 Aug. i485.''
From 1785, when this medal was made, to 16 16,
■when the English first settled on this continent,
were 131 years. It must have been the greater
part of that time, and ever since, in a quiescent state.
All the letters and figures upon it, are in perfect
preservation.

A singular silver button was lately ploughed up,
in a field on Elk river, in Lincoln county, in West
Tennessee, eleven miles from Fayetteville, where
the Roman coin above mentioned was found, and
near to the mouth of Cold water creek, and about
600 yards distant from the river. The button is
about the size of a half dollar in circumference, and
is of the intrinsic value of little more than 37 1 cents.
The silver is very pure. The button is convex,
with the representation of a deer engraved on it,
and a hound in pursuit. The eye of the button
appears to be as well soldered as though it had
been effected by some of our modern silversmiths.
It was in the spring of 1819, when the first discovery
of this button was made. On the opposite side of
the river is an intrenchment, including a number of
mounds. Mr. Oliver Williams lives within three
miles of this place; and says, that during the year
1819, one dozen of the like buttons were ploughed
up ; and that for every year since, more or fewer of
them have been found; the whole amounting to
about three dozen. Upon all of them the device is
that above stated. These buttons have been found
promiscuously, at the depth to which the plough
generally penetrates into the earth, or from 9 to 12

181

iiiclieg. The field in which the buttons were found
contains from 60 to 70 acres of land. Trees lately
grew upon it, before the laud was cleared, from 4
to 5 feet in diameter. The country around is rather
hilly than otherwise.

As to other metals found in Tennessee, there is
this fact : In the month of June, in the year 1794,
in the county of Davidson, on Manscoe's creek, at
Manscoe's Uck, on the creek which runs through
the lick, a hole or well was dug by jMr. Cafftey,
who, at the distance of 5 or 6 feet through black
mud and lo«e rocks, found the end of a bar of iron,
which had been cut off by a cleaving iron, and had
also been split lengthwise. A small distance from
that, in yellow clay, 18 inches under the surface,
was a furnace full of coals and ashes.

Another fact evinces most clearly, the residence
of man in West Tennessee in very ancient times,
who knew how to forge metals, make axes and
Other metallic tools and implements, and probably
also the art of fusing ore and of making iron or
hardened copper, such as have been long used in
Chili by the natives. It also fixes such residence
to a period long preceding that at which Oolumbus
discovered America. In tlie county of Bedford, in
West Tennessee, northeast from Shelbyville, and
seventeen miles from it, on the waters of the Garri-
son fork, one of the three forks of Duck river, on
McBride's branch, in the year 1812, was cut down
a poplar tree five feet some inches in diameter. It
was felled by Samuel Pearse, Andrew Jones, and
David Dobbs, who found within two or three inches
of the heart, in the curve made by the axe Avhicli
cut into the tree, the old chop of an axe, which of
course must have been made when the tree was a
sapling not more than three inches in diameter. If
400 years of age when cut down, it must have been
70 when Columbus discovered America, and ll8
WheaDe Soto marcl^ed througbi Alabama. If the

chop was made by an axe which the natives obtain-
ed from him, it must have been made since the
commencement of 282 years from this time ; and a
poplar sapling of three inches in diameter could
not be more than 8 or 10 years of age ; making the
whole age of the tree, to the time it was cut down,
about 300 years : in which time a tree of that size
could not probably have grown.

Two pieces of brass coin were found in the first
part of the year 1823, two miles and a half from
Murfreesborough, in an easterly direction from
thence. Each of them had a hole near the edge.
Their size was about that of a ninepenny silver
piece of the present time. The rim projected be-
yond the circle, as if it had been intended to clip it.
On the obverse, was the figure in relief of a female,
full faced, steady countenance, rather stern than
other\^ ise ; with a cap or helmet on the head, upon
the top of which was a crescent extending from the
forehead backwards. In the legend was the word
Minerva ; on the reverse was a slim female figure,
with a ribbon in her left hand, which was tied to
the neck of a slim, neatly formed dog that goes be-
fore her, and in the other a bow. The legend i»
given below. Amongst the letters of the legend in-
the reverse, are SL. After the ground which cov-
ered this coin had been for some years cleared anci
ploughed, it was enclosed in a garden on the sum-
mit of a small hill ; and in digging there, these
pieces were found eighteen inches under the surface.
There are no Assyrian or Babylonean coins ; nof
is there any Phenician one till 400 before Christ.
Sydon and Tyre used weights. Coinage was un-
known in Egypt in early times. The Lydian coins
are the oldest. The Persian coins began 570 before
Christ. The darics were issued by Darius Hys-
taspes 518 or 521 before Christ. Roman coins have
been found in the Orkneys, and in the remotest parts
ef Europe; Asia amd Africa, ^ome of the ema}!

1S3

hvABS coins of tlic Romans have three heads upon
the side, as that of Valerian and his two sons, Galli-
ences and Valerian. On the Roman coins are figures
of deities and personifications, which are commonly
attended with tlieir names ; Minerva, for instance,
with her helmet and name inscribed in the legend,
sometimes a spear in her right hand, and shield,
with Medusa's head, in the other, and an owl stand-
ing by her, and sometimes a cock and sometimes
the olive. Diana is manifest by her crescent,
by her bow and quiver on one side, and often
by her hounds. The Roman brass coins have
SC. for senatus consultam, till the time of Grallien-
ces, about the year of our Lord 260. The small
brass coins ceased to be issued for a time in the
reign of Pertinax, A. D. 19^, and from thence to
the time of Valerian. Small brass coins continued
from the latter period till A. D. 640. Some coins
are found with holes pierced through them, and
sometimes with small bass strings fastened. Such
were worn as ornaments of the head, neck and
wrist, either by the ancients themselves, as bearing
images of favorite deities, or in modern times, when
the Greek girls thus decorated themselves. Fromi
these criteria it may be determined, that these me-
tals are not counters, but coins. Of all the Roman
coins that have been found in Tennessee and Ken-
tucky, the earliest bears date in the time of Antoni-
nus, the next in the time of Commodus, the nexfc
before the elevation of Pertinax, and the last in the
time of Valerian. Coins prior or subsequent to the
space embraced in these periods, are not found ;
and from hence the conclusion seems to be furnish-
ed, that they were brought into America within one
or two centuries at furthest, after the latter period,
which is about the year of our Lord 354, and thence
to 260 ; and by a people who had not afterwards
any intercourse with the countries in which the Ro-
maa coift circulated. Tii« jpediuj^ of difference

181

between 26^0 and 640, is 190, wliicli added to 260,
makes 450, for the period of their arrival in Ten-
nessee. One of these pieces was stained all over
with a dark colour resembling that of pale ink,
which possibly is the erugo peculiar to that metal,
which issued from it after lying in a dormant state
for a great length of time, and which thus preserved
it from decay. The legend on the reverse, on the
lower part, below a line across, are the letters EL.
SL. RECHP. a hole— ENN.

The author, since writing the above, has seen
another coin of the same metal precisely, which
seems to be a mixture of silver and brass. Upon
it, on one side, is the figure of a man's face ; and in
the legend, LEOPOL. DG. IMP. On the other,
under a mark or cross. El.. SL.; also, the sun at
the top ; and in thfe legend, only a contraction of
those in the larger piece, namely, RL. C. PERNN".
This, then, is a German coin of modern date. — X

Section 8. — Of their Ornaments.

About the month of April, 1823, on the Cany
Fork of Cumberland, 13 or 14 miles from Hparta,
in a southwestwardly direction, Mr. Tilford ob-
served a stone standing erect, the top being about a
foot above the ground, the width a foot, and extend-
ing to the depth of a foot in the ground. He moved
it from its position, and dug in, and discovered,
about twelve inches under the surface, some bones
of a human skeleton. He took up several. They
were larger than those of men of common stature,
intlicating that the whole skeleton would be six
feet three or four inches in length. They were
thicker than bones of the same denomination ordi-
narily are. The teeth were in a state of preserva-
tion as far as the enamel reached, but those parts
which entered the socket were in a state of decay.
The teeth were longer than those of ordinary men»
The scull was larger ia the same proportion; and

185

by the operations of time had become thinner than
sculls usually are. Hence was inferred the great
antiquity of the grave ; though, perhaps, as correct
an inference would be, the northern formation and
growth of the scull, far from the vertical rays of the
sun, which usually thicken the scull, when not de-
fended by hats or bonnets, or mitres. A vast number
of periwinkles lay near the grave and around it,
spread over two or three acres of ground. They are
supposed to have been brought from the Cany Fork,
which is about half a mile from the spot, but are of
much larger size than any which are found at this
time on that river. The thigh bone, when there
was an attempt made to move it, fell into dust.
These latter circumstances are taken as concurrent
evidences of great antiquity. The grave was upoa
the summit of a high bluff, rising from the river tp
the spot ; the trees near it were of as large size as
any in the adjacent forest, and at a small distance
were some mounds on which the timber was of
equal size. A part of the scull, when exposed to
the air, was quickly dissolved into dust. In this
grave, Mr. Tilford found, near where the neck of
the skeleton was, a great number of beads, some (jf
them adhering closely together in a circular shape,
which showed that they once encircled the neck.
Others Were separated. He took up 260 of them,
and left a considerable number more, which he did
not remove. One was larger than all the rest, in
the shape of a barrel, bored through the centre,
from one end to the other ; one half of an inch ifi
length, and about one half of that length in diameter;
supposed to have been placed in a string whicli
connected the whole, at the lower part, so as to di-
vide 0ns half of the beads above, from the other
half above. This bead, when cut on the surface,
is very smooth, of a whitish colour, inclining by a
small shade towards a pale yellow, and very much
resembles ivory. Fine longitudinal graiiis are visible
X

fS6

on tte surface, aud it is the opinion of good judges^,
fhat they are made of a species of ivory. The
other beads are circular, all of the like materials
■which compose the large bead. Some of them ar«
of greater diameter .than others, and of greater
width from the one side to the other. The diameter
of the larger ones is about one fourth of an inch :
the width on the exterior of the circle, about a third
of the length of the diameter. The side of the one
adjoining the side of its neighbour, when connected
by a string, appears to have been made smoother*
hy friction, than when first formed. It is as smooth
and ungranulated as an ivory comb ; in some in^
stances, however, showing the unevenness of the
cut made by the tool which originally separated the
bead from the mass it was taken fr^m* In some
instances, the bead, from the hole in the centre to
the exterior of t4ie circle, appears by friction to
have reduced the width of the exterior from one
side to the other, so as to make it unequal to the
opposite exterior of the circle ; whence is inferred
the long time it had been used before the death of
the wearer. From these appearances the inference-
is, that some of the strands encircled the neck,
tvhilst others hung from the neck upon the breast.
The sound which is made by handling or striking
the beads, is dull and heavy ; not the sharp and
tinkling sounds of metals or flint. The materials
of which they are composed, were probably not
the product of lennessee; though it is possible,
they may have been taken from the tooth of the
mammoth or of the alligator. The workmanship^
is rude. The holes were not made ])y a screw, but
by incisions made from the centre of each side, to-
wards the other. They were probably of Tarta-
rean fabrication ; or may have been made in Ame-
rica, by some of those who expelled the aborigines.
The principal deduction to be made from them is,
that the style of the dress and oruaments witU

wliicli the wearer was decoratcfl, was tbe -saiHe
which the ancients of Asia used, and which the
Hindoos to this day^ accustom themselves to wear.
The originals which this chain imitated was, in all
likelihood, the fashion when Joseph Avas decorated
with a chain of gold ;2 and Daniel, in the time of
Nebuchadnezzar; when in the time of Isaiah, about
700 years before Christ, the women of Jerusalem
had bells on their feet, aad, amongst othejt things,
chains, and bracelets, and mufflers.3 The writer,
after giving the jibove description, with the cordon
of beads before him, in order to avoid the possibility
of mistake, caused them to be submitted to the in-
spection and experiments of Doctor Throchraorlin,
of Sparta, whose literary acquirements, good expe-
rience, and uncommon intelligence, have made him
peculiarly well qualified to decide upon the question,
whether the materials be of stone or other substance.
His decision, that unquestionably they are of ivori/f
of the finest and best quality. The dingy coating
which obscured the beads, was cleared, by his ex-
periments, from one of them, and it then appeared to
he a beautiful white, with the degree of shade which
characterizes and softens the ivory colour. I'he
whole chftin thus brightened, must have formerly
exhibited a very superb appearance. Upon the
contemplation of this discovery, the inquisitive mind
is impelled irresistibly, to ask, whence came this
gigantic skeleton, the chain which he wore, and the
Ivory beads which compose it. His size and the
thinness of his scull prove that he was from the
north, and probably of tliat race of huge stature
ivhich, in the time of the Roman empire, so much
excited the wonder of tbeir writers ; and which, in
the decline of the empire, spread desolation, ruin
And darkness over its whole extent. He came

i" 1 Dubois, 295.

2 Gen. ch. 41, v. 42 ; Daniel, ch.'5, v, 7, 29,

'3 Isaiah, ch. 3, v. 17, 18, 19, 20, aj, 23, 23;

188

hither in quest of new adventures, and to act, in
presence of the aborigines of America, the sarao
scenes which had been so successfully acted in the
lioman theatre. His notions of dress he received
from his ancestors, who once lived in Ej^ypt, then
in Palestine, next on the heads of the Oxus and
the Indus, having intercourse with the Persians and
Hindoos ; thence they were transplanted to the Ir-
tish, thence to the Volga, and next into Siberia,
"whence in time they took a wider flight, and pass-
ing the Esquimaux, rested awhile in Canada, ^nd
within the western limits of New- York, where
leaving upon rocks the memorials of themselves,
tliey advanced to th^ plunder and the extermi-
nation of the nerveless ahoriglnes of Tennessee
and Kentucky. The beads were acquirec^ by a
commercial intercourse with traders, from India
who transplanted them by successive removals
into the wilds of Siberia. And all this was done
after the period when the latest coins were uttered,
that are found in Tennessee and Kentucky— which
see under coins. And it was done before the last
periods in which history speaks of the huge stature
of the northern inhabitants.

For more upon this article, reference must be had
to the dress of the idols, and to the cross found on
the heart of a skeleton, and to the clasps on the
arms of a female skeleton near Carthage, and to
those similar to the ivory ones from Indostan, and
to the marble ornament found on the beach near the
inouth of the Muskingum. — F.

Section 9. — Of their Mirrors.
For this article, reference must be had to the
plate of isinglass, found at the bottom of a mound
at Cirrleville, in the state of Ohio, which will be
descrilied in the appropriate note. — Z.

Section 10. — Of their Tanks, or Wells.
For this article, reference must be had to the one
in the enclosures ia the bend of JBig Harpetb^ near

189

Dog creek, and to one on the cave near to which
the ivory button was found. Chap. 8^ sec. 5. — ^44*

Section 11. — Of their Mechanic Arts,
It cannot be supposed, that the many deep and
wide intrenchments of which we have already spo-
ken, could be made without the aid of metallic
tools, such as the spade and the pickaxe; nor
could bricks be of any use to the ancient inhabi-
tants, without the trowel and the masonic art, not
to mention the building of stone walls. And this
presupposes a great number of other arts ; the fu-
sing of ore, the forging of metals, and smithing or
the forging of metallic utensils to the various ends
they are intended for. The mark of the axe near
the heart of a poplar 400 or 500 years old, and the
water pond in the enclosures in the bend of Big
Harpeth, which could not have been made without
hoes and spades, are evidences of the use of iron
or copper tools,

A few miles from the town of Columbia, in Mau-
ry county, in West Tennessee, and on Duck river,
are a number of fortifications, as they are called,
and mounds, into some of which some young men
dug a small distance ; and found several well burnt
bricks, about nine inches square, and three inches?
thick ; also, several fragments of earthen ware, and
a sword about two feet long, differing from any in
use since the white people visited the country, ap-
parently once highly polished, but now much eatea
with rust. Those who buried these articles there,
could fashion the sword, and could make bricks,
and use them by the masonic art. — BB.

Section i% — 0^ their Games and Pastimes.

The following articles are supposed to be used
in their games, for rolling on a level surface, and
perhaps through balls, as no other use for them can
be conceived of, and as they appear . to have beea
provided and prepared with great care, labour and
Cxpease,

190

In the possession of General Cocke, of Grainger
county, and in the town of Rutledge, is a circular
stone, found in the woods tliere, of three inches in
diameter, resembling in colour dark yellow barber's
fioap. In the centre, on each side, is a small circu-
lar excavation about an inch in diameter or a little
more, scooped out as far as to its circumference, ex-
tending not quite half way from the centre to th&
circumference of the stone itself. On both sides
there is a declivity from the centre to the edge, ma-
king tlie extremity not more than half as thick as
the stone is at the centre. It is very smoothly cut.
It seems as if on both sid«s it had filled some in-
sertion opposite to one on the other side. It must
have been cut by some very hard and sharp instru-
ment. It is of a polish extremely smooth. The
stone itself approaches in iineuess to marble. In
the museum of a lady at Nashville is one of a simi-
lar shape ; it is made of stone very white, like snow,
some transparent and glittering; very hard and
heavy. It is about three inches in diameter, or
perhaps a little less ; the excavation in the centre
on each side, seems adapted to the thumb and finger,
and at the extremity it is wider in proportion than
the one before described. And lately was taken
from a mound in Maury county, a stone perfectly
globular, very hard and heavy, of a variegated ex-
terior, and exceedingly well polished. It probably
belonged to some employment that the other circu-
lar stones did. They were all of them cut by some
iron or steel instrument. It was two or three, inch-
<?s in diameter. The variety of colours with which
its exterior is diversified, seems to have been paint-
ed. Dyes of very unfading quality must have been
employed in making the colours. The materials
of which it is made are different from any of the
natural productions of the country; and were pro-
l^ably brought from abroad.

191

Section 13. — OJ the Colour of the Ahovigims of
of Tennessee.

The section upon the literal inscriptions of Ten-
nessee, §ives one instance of a skeleton in a cave
near Carthage, the hair of which was yellow. The
hair of the female covered with the curions mantl&
of feathers, in the section of manufactures, which
was found in a cave in White county, was of a yel-
low cast, and very fine. It is evident, that these
did not belong to Indians of the same races with
those of the present day.

Near the confines of Smith and Wilson counties,
on the south side of Cumberland river, about %i
miles above Cairo, on the waters of Smith's Fork
of Cany Fork, is a cave, the aperture into which is
Tery small. The workmen in the cave enlarged
the entrance and went in ; and digging in the apart-
ment, next the entrance, after removing the dirt and
using it, they came, upon the same level with the
entrance, to another small aperture, which also they
entered, and went through, when they came into a
narrow room, 25 feet square. Every thing here
was neat and smooth. The room seemed to have
been carefully preserved for the reception and
keeping of the dead. In this room, near about the
centre, were found sitting in baskets made of cant;,
three human bodies ; the flesh entire, but a little
shrivelled, and not much so. The bodies were those
of a man, a female and a small child. The com-
plexion of all was very fair, and white, without
any interii^xture of the copper colour. Tlieir eyes
were blue ; their hair auburn, and fine. The teeth
were very white, their stature was delicate, about
the siz^e of the whites of the present day. The
man was wrapped in 14 dressed deer skins. The
14 deer skins were wrapped in what those present
called blankets. They were made of bark, like
those found in the cave in White county. The
form of the bi-skets which; enclosed them,- was

19,2

pyramidal, being larger at the bottom, and decli-
ning to tlie top. Tlie heads of the skeletons, from
the neck, wei-e above the summits of the blankets.
See CC,

Section 14. — Of their Mexican Coincidences.

On the side of the road leading from Nashville
to Charlottte, one mile east of Big Harpeth, near
the lower part of Mr. Lake's plantation, was a
grave, with rocks set up at the feet and head, and
containing the bones of a dog. The bones in another
grave near it, were human.

The Mexicans killed a little dog, around whose
neck they tied a string, for the purpose of guiding
the deceased master, and buried this animal witU
him, or burned it, if the master was burned. 43

43 McCuUougb, 16r.

193
CHAPTER Vra.

Though what is said in this chapter, is made t«
relate to the aborigines, as the precedius; chapters
have, yet one opinion, if not the better one, refers
the articles of this chapter to those northern con-
querors, who overran the old world, and who
seem also to have passed over to this continent, la
pursuit of their chief business, the trade of war
and desolation. But whether more appropriate to
the primitive, or these secondary aborigines, will
be submitted to the judgment of the learned reader.

We will examine first, into their size ; secondly,
into the history of their pigmies ; thirdly, into their
martial music.

First, then — Of their Size,

This is ascertained by the length and dimensions
of the skeletons which are found in East and West
Tennessee. These will prove demonstratively,
that the ancient inhabitants of this country, either
the primitive oi secondary settlers, were of gigantic
stature, compared with the present races of Lidians.

On the farm of Mr. John Miller, of White coun-
ty, are a number of small graves, and also many
large ones, the bones in which show that the bodies
to which they belonged, when alive, must have been,
seven feet high and upwards.

About the year I8l4, Mr. Lawrence found, ia
Scarborough's cave, which is on the Calf-killer
river, a branch of the Cany Fork, about 12 or 15
miles from Sparta, in a little room in the cave, ma-
ny human bones of a monstrous size. He took a
jaw bone and applied it to his own face, and when
his chin touched the. concave of the chin bone, the
hinder ends of the jaw bone did not touch the skin
of his face on either side. He took a thigh bone,
and applied the upper end of it to his own hip joint,
and the lower end reached four inches below the
Y

iM

knee joint. Mr. Andrew Bryan saw a grave open^
cd about 4 miles northwardly from Sparta, on the
Galf- killer fork. He took a thigh bone, and rais-
ing up his knee, he applied the knee joint of the
bone to the extreme length of his own knee,^ and
the upper end of the bone passed out behind hiiu
as far as the full width of his body. Mr. Law-
rence is about 5 feet, 10 inches, high, and Mr. Bry-
an about 5 feet, 9. Mr. Sharp Whitley was in a
cave near the place, where Mr. Bryan saw the graves
opened. In it were many of these bones. The
sculls lie plentifully in it, and all the other bones
of the human' body ; all in proportion, and of mon-
strous sizre. Human bones were takea out of a
mound on Tennessee river, below Kingston, whicH
Mr. Brown saw measured, by Mr. Simms. The
thigh bones of those skeletons, when applied to
Mr. Simms's thigli, were an inch and a half longer
than his, from the point of his hip to his knee :
supposing the whole frame to have been in the same
{Proportion, the body it belonged' to must have been
seven feet high or upwards. Many bones in the
mounds there, are of equal size. Suppose a man
seven or eight feet high, that is from IB inches to Z
feet taller than men of the common size ; suppose
the body broader in the same proportion, also his
arms and legs; would he not be entitled to the
uame of giant? Col. William Sheppard, late of"
North-Carolina, in the year 1807, dug up, on the
plantation of Col. Joel Lewis, 2 miles from Nash-
ville, the jaw bones of a man, which easily covered
the whole chin and jaw of Col. Lewis, a man of
large size. Some years afterwards, Mr. Cassady
dug up a skeleton from under a small mound near
the large one at Bledsoe's lick, in Sumner county,
which measured little short of seven feet in length.
Human bones have been dug up at the plantiatioa
where Judge Overton now lives, in Havidbon coun-
ty, four miles southwestwardly from Nashville, iii

i95

making a cellar. These bones were of extraordi=
oary size. The under jaw bone of one skeleton
very easily slipped over the jaw of Mr. Childress,
a stout man, full fleshed, very robust and consider-
ably over the common si:ze. These bones were dug
up within the traces of ancient walls, in the form of
a square of two or three hundred yards in length,
situated near an excellent, never failing spring of
pure and well tasted water. The spring was en-
closed within the walls. A great number of skele-
tons was found within the enclosure, a few feet be-
low the surface of the earth. On the outer side
were the traces of an old ditch and rampart, thrown
up on the inside. Some small mounds were also
within the enclosure.

At the plantation of Mr. William Sheppard, in
the county of Giles, «even and a half miles north of
Pulaski, on the east side of the creek, is a cave,
with several rooms. The first 45 feet wide, and
27 long; 4 feet deep ; the upper part of solid and
even rock. Into this cave was a passage, which
had been so artfully covered, that it escaped detec-
tion till lately. A flat stone, three feet wide and
four feet long, rested upon the ground, and inclining
against the cave, closed patt of the mouth. At
the end of this, and on the side of the mouth left
open, is another stone rolled, which filling this also,
closed the whole mouth. When these rocks were
removed, and the cave opened, on the inside of the
eave were found several bones — the jawHbone of a
child, the arm bone of a man, the sculls and thigh
bones of men. The whole bottom of the cave was
covered with flat stones of a bluish hue, being
closely joined together, and of different forms and
sizes. They formed the floor of the cave. Upon
the floor the bones were laid. The hat of Mr. Eg-
bert Sheppard, seven inches wide and eight inchea
long, but just covered and slipped over one of the
sculls.

196

At the mouth of Obed's river, on the point be-
tween It and the Cumberland river, which is high
ground, certain persons, in digging, struck, a little
below the surface, four stones standing upright, and
so placed in relation to each other, as to form a
square or box, which enclosed a skeletou, placed
on its feet in an erect posture. The scull was large
enough to go over the heail of a man of common size.
. The thigh bones applied to those of a man of or-
dinary stature, reached from the joint of his hip to
the calf of his leg.

AI)out ten miles from Sparta, in White county,
a conical mound was lately opened, and in the cen-
tre of it was ft)und a skeleton eight feet {See DD.)
in length. With it was found a stone dt the flint
kind, very hard, with two flat sides, having in the
centre circular hollows exactly accomaiodated to
the balls of the thumb and fore finger. This stone
was an inch and a half in diameter, the form exactly
circular. It was about one third of an inch thick,
and made smooth and flat, for rolling, like a grind-
stone, to the form of which, indeed, the whole stone
■was assimilated. When placed upon the floor, it
would roll for a considerable time without falling.
The whole surface was smooth and well polished,
and must have been cut and made smooth by some
hard metallic instrument. No doubt it was buried
with the deceased, because for some reason he had
set a great value on it in his life time, and had ex-
celled in some accomplishment to which it rel:vted.
The colour of the stone was a dingy white, inclining
to a darkish yellow. At the side of this skeletou
wel*e also found two flat stones, about six inches
long, two and a half wide at the lower part, and
about one and a half at the upper end, widening in
the shape of an axe or hatchet from the upper to thft
lower end. The thickness of the stone, about one
tenth of an inch. An inch below the upper end, ex-
actly equidistant from the lateral edges, a small hole

197

is neatly bored through each stone, so that by a
string run tiirough, the stone might be suspended ofi
the sides or from the neck as ornaments. One of
these stones is the common limestone. The other
is semitransparent, so as to be darkened by the hand
placed behind it; and resembles in texture those
stalactical formations, like white stoie, which
are made in the bottoms of caves by the dripping of
water. When broken, there appetirs a grain run-
ning from one flat side to the other, like the shoot-
ings of ice or saltpetre, of a whitish colour inclining
to yellow. The latter stones are too thin and slen-
der, for any operation upon other sui)slances, a'ld
must have been purely ornamental. The first de-
scribed stone must have been intended fo:- rollilig.
For why take so much pains to make it circular, if
to be used in flinging? or why, if for the, latter
purpose, so much pains taken to make excavations
adapted to the thumb and finger. The conjecture
seems to be a probable one, that it was used in some
game played upon the same principles as that called
ninepins ; and the little round ba.lls, like marbles,
but of a larger size, were so disposed as that the
rolling stone should pass through them. Such
globular stone, it is already stated, was found
in a mound in Maury county. With this large
skeleton were also found eight beads and a
human tooth. T!ie beads were circular, and of a
bulbous form. The largest abo'it one foiirth of an
inch in diameter ; the others smaller. The greater
part of them tumescent from the edge to the centre,
at which a hole was perforated for a strin^^ to pass
thro'igh and to connect them. The inner sides
were hard and white, like lime indurated by some
chemical process. The outside was a thin coal of
black crust, very much resembling japan. When
we reflect, that the Scythian nations bet wee i the
Danube and the Tin 'is, as late as within one cen-
tury of the Christiau era; were of a size which as-

198

ionlshed the southern inhabitants of Europe and
Asia; that they scalped their enemy; that they
buried their dead in heaps of earth thrown over
them, \>ith such articles as were deemed by the
deceased most valuable in his lifetime ; and that
their tumuli, or barrows, are yet to be seen in the
plains towards the upper part of the Irtish and
Jenesee, and from the banks of the Wolga to the
lake Baikal ; we cannot refrain from the conclusion,
that this skeleton belonged to a human body of the
same race, education and notions with those who
lived on the Yolga, Tonais and Obey. The same
unknown cause which, in the course of 2000 years^
has reduced the size of the ancient Scythians and
their tribes, the Gauls, and Germans, and Sarma-
tians, has produced the same effects here. The
descendants of these giants, both in the old and
new world, agree with each other in bulk, as their
ancestors did with each other, which proves a uni-
form cause operating equally both in the old and
new world. The decrease in bulk seems to have
kept pace everywhere with the increase of warm,
temperature, and with the abbreviation of longevity.
The giants of Hebron and Gath, and those of Laco-
nia and Italy, whose large skeletons to this day
attest that there they formerly dwelt, compared with
those now found in West Tennessee, demonstrate
that a change of climate, or of some other cause,
lias worked a remarkable change in the human
system; and with respect to the mammoth, the
wegalonix, and other animals, has either extin-
guished or driven them into other and far distant
latitudes. ^Nature, as it grows in age, is less vigo-
rous than at the beginning, and in its early age it
was ; its productions correspond with its debility,
and the time must come, when she, like all her
productions, will give up the ghost and work no
more. But the principal use we have to make of
the skeleton before us; is to discover; first; that he

199

came from a cold or northern climate, and not from^
the south, as the primitive aborigines did, for men
of large stature were never found within the tropics..
Secondly, that lie must have come from the north
of Europe or of Asia, because of the similarity of
customs already remarked : and thirdly, that be
probably belonged to those northern tribes, which
some centuries ago exterminated the nations which
had come from the south, and were settled upon the
Cumberland and its waters.

With this skeleton was found another nearly of
the same size, with the top of his head flat, and
his eyes placed apparently in the upper part of his
forehead. The Aztecs or Mexicans represent their
principal divinities, as their hieroglyphical manu-
scripts prove, with a head much more flattened than
any which have been seen amongst the Caribs, and
they never disfigured the heads of their children.
But many of the southern tribes have adopted the
barbarous custom of pressing the heads of their
children between two boards, in imitation, no doubt,
of the Mexican form, which, in their estimation^
was beautiful, or in some way advantageous. And
here it may not be amiss to mention, that the Chi-
lians, who lived as far to the south of the equator,
as formerly did the Scythians, Goths, Vandals,
Gauls and Germans, so remarkable in ancient
times for their stature, did on the other side of it,44
were men of large stature.

One remark may be of some use in the drawing
of inferences from the preceding facts. The skele-
tons, we find, are entire under conical mounds, or
in part consumed by fire, and under such mounds,
or entire in shallow graves, with flat rocks placed
on the edges, at the sides, and at the head and feet,
or are entire, above the common surface, and in the
conical mounds enclosed in rocks placed togetlier

44 1 Molina, 233, 234, 236, 23r J 2 Molina, 111,114,197,-

SOS. - - - -

200

in tlic form of a box, or stand erect in such boxes,
^vith the head some depth below the surface. To
burn and cover with a mound, is Hindooic, Grecian,
and belonging to the ancient countries of Asia Mi-
nor, and probably belonged to tne aborigines of
America, properly so called. To cover the entire
body, is Hcytidc. To bury in graves, or in boxes^
is Ethiopic, Egyptian, and in part Hebraic, the
Hebrews having learned it during their residence
in Egjipt, though they did not generally adopt it.^
It may be concluded,.that the mounds over entire
bodies, are Hcythic; graves and boxes, Hebraic;
rnd boxes in the mounds, Hebraic and bcythic;
and of course, that the unconsumed skeletons, we
see here, are either pure Scythians or Hebrew
Scythians, whilst all others are Hindooic, or in
other words al>original. The large men of the
world have always been found in the north, and
they have often invaded and broken up the people
of the south. 1 hey have never been found in the
south; nor have the people of the south ever bro-
ken up their settlements there, and marched upon
those of the north, to expel them from their posses-
sions, to make room for themselves. The men
who deposited the skeletons we are now contem-
plating, were of northern growth, and they came to
the south to drive away the inhabitants whom they
found there, and to seat themselves in their posses-
sions.

Section 2. — Of their Pigmies.

Certain small tombs, and skeletons in them, hav-
ing been discovered a few miles from Sparta, in
the county of White, and a publication having been
made concerning them, in the Nashville Whig, of
June, 1820, Mr. Lane, from whom the information
first came, was written to, all his feelings were

k Genesis, ch. 50, v. 56 f Luke, ch. 7, v. 14 ; Matt. ch. sr,
V. 60; Mark,cli. G.v.£9; John, ch. 11, v. 44 j SK.ch. 13, v.
21.

sot

alive, and all his exertions were roused. The re>.
suit was a comimmication, some time afterwards,
from him, carefully reduced to writing; which, witU
the materials referred to, AVere submitted to the ex-
amination of medical gentlemen at Nashville. Tha
written conunanication from Mr. Lane, was dated
on the 26th of July, lb20 ; and stated, that he had
undertaken to make some further discoveriej*
amongst the little tombs which seemed to be pecu-
liar to the settlement in which he lived, a few miles
from Sparta, He found in one of the small grave*
(the pacliage No. 1 ) the fractured part of a skeleton.
The grave, as usual, was about two feet in length,
and 14 inches broad, and 16 inches deep from thft
covering rock to the bottom, as nearly as could be
ascertained, for the bottom of these gi-aves is never
'covered with rock. The scull of this being, he said,
was much larger than any he had before seen ia
these graves ; but from the length of the thigh and
arm bones, may be conjectured the height. He
also sent the teeth, to the end that it might be
^decided whether they were canine, monkey or hu-
man. The scull, though fractured, in his opinion
retained enough of its original form to determine to
ivhat class of beings it cnce belonged. The body
to which this scull belonged, seemed not to have
been interred in the usual form, but to have been set
tip in the grave, witti his back against the head rock
of the tomb. The scull was found uppermost, and
<lirectly [)eneath it, the ribs ; but these were so de-
cayed, that they crumbled with the slightest touch,
mid could not be preserved. Next were the arm*
and thigh bones, lying beside each other, with tlieir
upper ends near the head rock, and the scull di-
rectly on the upper end of these bones ; hence it i«
Supposed the body was not pwstrate. With this
personage were found some other singularities;
three vessels and two conch shells, when one of
each sH is custiHnary in these siaall ^aves. Tk*
Z

S02

«ize and figure of the furniture is noticeable, name*
ly : A vessel that, from what of it remains, appears
to have holden a quantity between one and twa
quarts, whilst the other graves have a vessel hold-
ing about one pint. This large vessel also being
carved and laced, whilst the others have their ves-
sels entirely plain, is in this respect singular. The
basin, though otherwise plain, is laced round the
rim. The other vessel is so broken dow^n, that no
observations can be made on it : further than this^
that from the strength which seems attached to the
bottom, it must have been intended for drudgery.
These vessels were found in the following order :
the large carved pot on the right, and the strong
bottonietl vessel and two conehs on the left. These
things considered — the size of the head; the unu-
sual largeness of the grave ; the number, (quantity
and size of the vessels ; and the number of shells,
they being muscle instead of conch shells ; the ves-
sels being placed on the right and left, and the
body being set erect, — all indicated a differencs
between the person to whom this skeleton belonged
and ordinary ones. On Saturday the 29th of July,
4820, Mr. Lane went to Captain Simon Doyles's,
the place where Mr. Anderson formerly lived, to
search there for further discoveries.. He and those
"who were with him, opened two small graves. The
iirst 18 inches long ; about 12 inches broad. It
contained the little bones, pieces of part of one
tooth, and other things contained in package No. 3.
The second grave was 2 feet long, 1^ inches wide,
and 15 inches deep. It contained the bones, teeth,
vessel and shells enclosed in package No. 3, This
person was laid upon the right side, with his head
to the south, and his face to the east. The body
lay north and south, and the thigh bones east an4
west. The legs were then laid back, so as to form
an angle with the thighs, of about 30 degrees. All
this could be clearly ascertained by a cautious aiu)

S03

careful examiuation of the bones, wliicli, altliougli
plainly to be seen, yet nevertheless were so decayed,
that they would crumble at the slightest touch. Nor
could they possibly lift the bones, in any sounder
condition than as they were presented to view in
the package. The under side of the scull, as it
was in the grave, was sounder and stronger thaa
that which was uppermost. The scull which Avas
in the grave last opened, could not possibly be
raised, for the graves were all full of dirt, as close-
]y bound together as any other ground outside tha
grave ; and when the scull is discovered, the proba-
feility is, that a hole will break into it on the upper
part. The concave is perfectly hollow, but the
earth could not be removed from about; it, without
crumbling it down as fast as the earth was removed.
The concave diameter Mr. Lane measured. It
was about 5 inches. Some small scraps of it (No.3)
he sent. The socket of the eye wa« perceptible ;
the knettings of the head were visible. The chin,
the size and strength of the teeth, and the size and
curvature of the ribs, were all apparent. The
graves lie promiscuously through the farm of Mr.
Lane. But at Mr. Anderson's, where Captain
Doyle now lives, there is a large and closely con-
nected burying ground, all of the description al-
ready given ; and there are others of the same de-
scription four miles south of Sparta. Mr. Anderson
formerly opened many of them : Capt. Doyle, the
present owner, has opened several of them ; and
they both say, they believe hundreds might be
found there. There is no discernible rising on the
surface of the earth by reason of these graves ; but
they are found by striking an iron tool into the
ground so deep as to strike the covering rock. This
rock being then removed, the grave can be easily
discovered by the edges of the side and end rocks.
On Tuesday the first of August, 1820, Mr. Lane,
jb company with bis son, Jacob A. Lane, Esquire.

204

made fiuthev searches in the burying ground at
Capt. J)o;yles's, formerly Mr. Anderson's. They
opened another small ^rave, just 22 inches long,
made after the usual form, and took out of it the
bones and little trinkets in package No. 4. This
skeleton lav on its back, with its feet drawn up, so
as to raise tliu knees about 4 inches above the bot-
tom of the grave. The head was raised above the
bottom of the grave also, so as to cause the chin to
lie on the breast. They measured the skeleton
carefully, as it lay in the grave, and found it to be,»
from a little below tlie ankle joints to the top of the
srcull, 2 feet, 10 inches, taking care to measure the
iimbs as they meandered, and making sufficient al-
lowance for Jie reclining of the head ; at any rate,
it was not above three feet high. Its head was to
the east, the face to the west. This grave was 4
iaet from the one last mentioned. The little round
shell found in this grave, with two little holes, a
€ro8S mid two circles cut in it, is what was not seen
in any other grave they had opened, that is to say
the cross and circles were not. Three vessels were
ia the grave, but all broken down, so that they were
not worth preserving. Five feet from the grave just
opened, they opened another. It was large,j|Con-
structed after the manner of a coffin, the head 14
inches broad, the elbows 22 inches, and the foot 10
inches. The sides and ends were lined with flag
rock, after the manner of the small graves, but not
<(uite so deep, it being only 12 inches. In this grave
lay a person 5 feet, 5 inches, high ; the head to the
west, and the feet to the east. They uncovered the
bones of this skeleton from head to foot, without
moving any bone, until they had a full view of the
entire skeleton. It was not shrouded, for its mouth
was extended, wide open, and was full of teeth.
The arms lay along the sides ; the ril)s were broad
and flat, and more than double the size of those of
the pigmies. The head was longer, the eyes miicli

£05

wider asunder, the forehead much higher ahove the
eyebrows, and the under jaw measured just one
inch longer, at each side, than the little one sent to
Nashville. They laid them togetlier, and ascer-
tained the exact difference. The collar bone, the
arm, thigh and leg bones, of this bein^ij, appeared
strong, beyond what they expected from that size
of human bones. The elbows, knee and ankle
joints, were much larger than was expected. After
they had measured it, and satisfied themselves of
its true position, they raised many of the bones,
particularly the head, all the limbs, some few joints
of the back bone, some ribs, and the broad flat bones
at the bottom of the lower chest. The scull had
' not a fracture, except the top of the right cheek
bone, which they undesignedly struck off. The
limbs were all lying in their proper posture, with
joint to its joint, and bone to its socket. When
they raised the scull, a great number of hairs were
found sticking to it, which seemed to be the hairs
of the head of the person interred. They were
fine and straights and of a bright silver grey. These
bones they laid back in the grave, covered them
with the former covering, rocks, and then with
earth. No vessels or trinkets were found with this
skeleton ; and from the great dissimilarity in the
shapes of their heads, the size and make of their
ribs, the great disproportion between the size of the
joints and the bones of their limbs, they seemed to
belong to very different tribes of people. The
heads of the pigmies appeared larger upon inspec-
tion, than they had supposed them to be ; and upon
finding the bones in package No. 1, no person in
the neighbourhood, who had formerly seen the little
graves opened, could believe that this was of the
same kind, owing to its size ; but in that they must
have been mistaken, for the graves are the same in
every particular, though when measured they seem
^ be a few inches longer in length and breadth

208

tlian was at first imagined, for it liad been five or
six years since they had seen any of them. JSor
could they have yet believed otherwise, had they
not searched out new ones, and reduced them to
actual measurement They have attended to a cir-
cumstance now, w^hich before had not been thought
of, namely : that the body, as laid in the grave,
with its limbs, particularly the legs and thighs,
were laid crooked, so as to reduce the length ; and
being a person of two feet ten inches high, or per-
haps as high as three feet, into a grave of two feet
long. But, continues Mr. Lane, from the great
number of graves of this description and size,
vhich we found here, and amongst them all, but
©ne of a larger size, it seems to be intimated, that
there hath been a race of people here in ancient
times, whose height was from two feet, ten inches^
to three feet ; and that they have addicted them-
selves to strong superstitions, is indubitable. As
ancient as the hair of the large skeleton seemed to
be, there was not a tooth lost, or unsound, in tha
whole head. But the pigmy head in No. 4, has ia
the upper jaw a decayed tooth; whence it is con-
jectured, that the person to whom this skeleton be-
longed was elder than the other. Mr. Lane sent
also for examination, a small package No. 5. This
contained two dozen small conch shells, and two
other small shells, like a taper screw. In the small
package, are the small pieces of old pots, picked up
above ground at the old town at Mr. Wilson^s. It
remains sound, after lying above ground perhaps
for several hundred years. The small conchs in
this package, were found about 4 miles southwest-
wardly from Sparta, and about 8 miles west of Mr.
Lane's farm, near where the large skeletons weie
found, of seven feet in length or upwards, which
have been already mentioned. They were there
shown a little mound, oh the margin of one of their
old towus; which was literally covered with them^

207

They got a hoe, and dug into it, and found thafil
the shells lay mixed with the earth, ahout 4 feet
deep, but none that they could find deeper. Amongst
them were many of the taper shells, terebratula.
They also found, just below the surface, some old
decayed bones, which they believed to be human,
and some pieces of fire coal. A quantity of those
shells, to the amount of halt* a bushel, might be
gotten at this place. Package No. 6 was also sent
by Mr. Lane, in which is a small stone. This and
many others of the same shape are found about the
old towns. Some of them are of a bluish colour,
some green and some black. They are of different
sizes ; but all appear to be of the same species or
quality of rock, of which it is said there are none
such, which are the natural productions of the
country.

These packages and their contents were submit-
ted to the gentlemen of the medical faculty at Nash-
ville, and they examined them. Various opinions
Wpre entertained upon the maturity or infancy of
the small skeletons. The prevailing opinion seemed
to be, that these skeletons belonged to adult per-
sons. One gentleman agreed, that one of the small
sculls belonged to an adult, but thought that the
size of the body could not be judged of from the
cranium ; but that the cylindrical bones in No. 1,
and the tooth, belonged to some auimal of the ca-
nine species. Another believed, and so the fact
seems now to be taken, that the bones and tooth ia
No. 1, belonged to some carnivorous animal of the
canine genus ; but that the scull belonged to an
adult person of small size, not much exceeding 3
feet in length. Another has given the same opinion^
upon inspection of the bones.

The small conchs, two dozen in number, might
be accounted for by reference to the Hindoo customs,
were it not for the neighbourhood of the large skel-
etous; which fwbid to idea Qf Qmi^raUQii fcoiu the^

south. They m ere found hi a small mound, on the
margin of an old town, which mound was covered
with them, and they were intermixed with the clay-
to the depth of four feet below the surface. One
<)f them M as placed in the water vessel, of the ca-
pacity of a pint, which was placed at the head oi
each pi2;n)y skeleton. Had they not been deemed
very sacred, the inhabitants of the town would have
gradually removed them from the riiound ; for at
least tliey were curiosities, not being of the growth
of the country; and having been brought from th&
ocean, at least 500 or 600 miles, if they did not
come from the northeastern shores of America. Yet
they Mere left undisturbed, so long as the peopl©
remained who placed them in the crust of the
mound. Beneath them were human bones^ perhaps
of some distinguished priest of Vishnu. And per-
haps each grave in which was one of these skele-
tons, contained the bones of a worshipper of Vish-
nu. Ill ancient times, the worshippers of the sun
from the confines of China and Thibit, emigrated
to Sarmatia, and thence to Germany, and thence to
Finland, and the country of the Samoiedes, which
so much resemble the Esquimaux ; and these latter
also were worshippers of the sun, as well as the
Greenlanders.43 From the country of their primi-
tive emigration, the Esquimaux may have brought
with them to America, through many other ages
and people, this branch of the most ancient religion
of India and of the east. For an explanation upon,
the subject of the conchs, and bones of animals,
reference may be had to chapter 3, sec. S. With
respect to those small conch shells found buried
with the small skeletons, which conchs are about
the size of pullets' eggs, we may conjecture with
some degi'ee of certainty, that these are relics of
Hin<loo superstition, which came mediately or im-
laediately from India, where it originated. But m

4S Grotius de Rebus Ileligiocis, book 4, page 338.

909

it is admitted on all bands, that these skeletons b©«
longed to human beings, though some bones and
teeth of the canine species are intermixed, we shall
be at a loss to conjecture, where, in times of anti-
quity, lived this diminutive race of human beings.
That such a race of men once existed, is asserted
by Homer and Herodotus, the most ancient profane
writers that we know of; but the assertion has
never received credit. ^4 They were mentioned also
by Pliny, Strabo, and Mela, as existing in India,
as well as in Ethiopia, where Herodotus states them
to have been. But Jovius says, they are found in
the extremities of the northern regions ; referring,
no doubt, to the Samoiedes of Lapland, and thostt
to the north of them. The best opinion advanced
upon the subject, seems to be, that some of tha
northeastern inhabitants of xAni erica came in tha
train of the Scythians or Tartars, when the latter
migrated to this country. Of the stones found
about the old towns in V\'hite county, some of a
bluish colour, some greenish, and some black ; and
all, as it is supposed, foreign to the country where
found. It shall suffice to mention, that a stone,
about six inches long, half an inch thick, three
inches wide, and still widening to the edge, and
having an edge like an axe, was found in an old
fortification in White county, five or six miles from
Sparta. It seemed tinged on the edge and sides
with blood which had been petrified on a part of
the axe. The colour of green was intermixed with,
a few spots of lighter complexion. It is very hard
and smooth. Stone axes of exactly the same de-
scription are brought from the Fejee or Friendly
islands, in the Pacific, Jby navigators. The same
species of stone is found on the banks of the Ama-
zon. From the former of which places came also
the art of making the feathered mantles before spo-
ken of.— ^ee BD.

44 Herodptus Euterpe, sec. 3^.

SIO
Thirdly— 0/ their Martial Music.

About 18 miles east from Rogers ville, in tlii^
county of Hawkins, in East Tenuessee, was plough-
ed up a stone trumpet. It tapers on the outside, from
eitlier end to the middle, an^ is there surrounded by
two rings of raised stone. The inside, at each end,
is a hollow, of an inch and a quarter in diameter ;
but at one end the orifice is nut as large as at ^he
other. Probably the sound is sbrill and sharp
when blovTu from one end, and more full and sono-
rous when blown from the other. The hollow
continues throughout, from the one end to the other,
tut in the middle, under the rings, it is not as wide
as at the ends. It seems to have been made of hard
soapstone; and when blown through, makes a
sound which may be heard perhaps two miles. It
is very smooth on the outside, but rough within.
Probably it was used tor similar purposes to those
for which the trumpet of the Israelites was used,
namely — principally to convene assemblies, and t&
regulate the movements of the army.^-s On days of
rejoicing, to make a part of the musical sounds with
•which the people were entertained. From it, per-
haps, these deductions may be made. There were
no large hollow h»rns in the country, which could
Lave been used for the same purpose, and more ef-
fectually, too, as large steer horns are now used by*
hunters. Nor had they the use of metals ; for gold
or silver, or copper, might have been formed into
trumpets of the same size and shape, with much
less labour; and when made, would have been
lighter and more sightly, and might have been used
more effectually than the stone one. And the peo-
ple who made it, had no intercourse with the Mex-
icans, as the aborigines on the waters of the Ohia
had ; for otherwise they could have been supplied
with silver, or gold and copper, of which to make

45 Job, ch. 39, v. 24, 25 j Numb. ch. 10, ▼. 2, ch. 31, v. 6,

211

tljeir trimipets'. It is difficult to conjecture liow the
liollow was made : it is furrowed within, as well as
rough. But a more important question is, whence
could those who made the trumpet have known its
properties and use ? They could not have attained
that knowledge hy blowing through flie large horns
of animals ; there were none such here, or they
never would have made this stone trumpet. Most
evidently, it was conceived to be of great value ;
otherwise so much time, as must necessarily have
been consumed in fashioning and hollowing it,
would not have been spent for such purpose. The
makers must have learnt its use from some nation
that employed the trumpet in sounding charges, or
for giving directions to march, or to stop the pursuit
of an enemy. Prior to the departure of the Israel-
ites from Egypt, there is no scriptural or other ac-
count of trumpets.

In Egypt, Pharoah followed the army of the Is-
raelites with chariots and horsemen, but the trumpet
is not spolien of. It was sounded on Mount Sinai,
where God delivered the law to Moses ; and it is
intimated, that the people had never before heard
the sound of the trumpet. "The voice of the
trumpet was exceedingly loud, so that all the peo-
ple that was in the^fainp trembled. And all the
people saw the thunderiugs and the liglitnings, and
the noise of the trumpet, and the mountains smo-
king ; and when the people saw it, tliey removed
and stood afar off.^'^e Afterwards it was directed^,
that two trumpets should be made, for convening
the elders, and for giving signals for the marching
of the tribes. Some were to march at one signal,
and some at anotlier. A signal was appointed for
convening the whole congregation. Some time af-
terwards, the Israelites made use of trumpets for
various other p^*rposes; but being separated by
iUieir natural institutions and religion, in a §i»eat

46 Exodus, ch. 14, v. 6, 7, ch. 19, v. 13, 16, ch. 20, v. 18.

21S

measure, from all the other people of the world,
dil iiut soon communicate to them the use of this
instrument. When Bacchus overran India with an
army from the west, the use of the trumpet was not
knovvn.47 In the time of the Trojan war, neither
Greeks nor Trojans used the trumpet. The Iro-
jans had in their camp the sound of flutes and of
pipes.48 Stentor, a man of mighty voice, proclaimed
to the army the orders which were given hy tha
general. In the year .^14 before Christ, when Da-
rius the Mede crossed the Danube and invaded the
Scythians, on liis return, finding the bridge broken
clown, which he had left, he caused an Egyptian,
remarkable for the loudness of his voice, to pro-
nounce^ with ill his streni^th, the name of the ad-
miral of the fleet, who immediately answered and
came to him, and made a new bridge of boats, for
his transportation. A trumpet could have been
much more effectually used, and could have sent
the appointed signal to a much greater distance.
When Xerxes invaded Greece, 478 years before
Christ, no trumpet was then used ; the signal for
battle was given by torch -bearers. ^9 In aftertimes
it was given by drum or trumpet. Signals also
announcing any important occurrence, were givea
by holding up a torch of fire.^o Soon after the in-
vasion of Greece by the Persians, trumpets were
used in Greece for many purposes, as well as those
relative to the motions of their armies. The Greeks
probably learned it from the Phenicians. The
dispersed Israelites, either those carried into cap-
tivity by the Assyrians, or those of the Chaldean
captivity, have imparted the knowledge of the
trumpet and its uses, to the people from whom it
came, mediately or immediately, to the Americansj^

47 Diodorus Siculus, b. 2, ch. S. 48 IHad, b. 10, v. 15.

49 Herodotus Thalia, sec. 6.

50 Herodotus Calliope, section S; 1 Anachatbisi 191,28^;
2^9; 2 Aaacharsis, d>.

213 ^

who made the trumpet in question. The commu-
nication must have been made in or subsequent to
the 6th century before the Christian era, possibly
several centuries afterwards. But still it furnishes
an additional and strong evidence of the fact in-
ferred, namely : that the trumpet and its uses came
either mediately or immediately from the countries
of the east, where the trumpet was first used.
Thence they may have obtained the knowledge of
it through various nations ; or possibly were the
descendants of the very Israelites, who were re-
moved by the Assyrians to the east and north of
the Caspian sea and of the Euxine ; and who builfc
on the east of the former, the city of Charazen,
named after a city of the same name on the east of
the river Jordan, and the city of Samarsand, origi-
nally, before the name was corrupted, called Sa-
maria, after the city of that name from which the
ten tribes were carried into captivity.

S15
CHAPTER iX.

This chapter will speak of the Indians within
the limits of the United States generally; secondly,
of the Indians formerly within the limits of North-
Carolina ; thirdly, of Indian traditions.

First, then— 6}/ the Indians within the limits of
the United States generally.

The northern parts of the United States had ai
much more abundant population, when first known
to the Europeans, than had the southern. The
density seemed to increase as a traveller advanced
to the north, and to diminish as he progressed to
the soutli. North- Carolina contained but a few
tribes, and those not very numerous, whilst Virginia,
was covered all over with small nations, which had
been pressed from their more northern abodes by
tribes from the north and northwest Lenopes, a
powerful nation from the north or northwest, haiJ
crossed the Mississippi, and were travelling to the
eastward. Some settlements they made in their
progress on the east side of the Mississippi ; the
rest in great numbers pressed forward till they
came to the Delaware, then called the Lenope We-
hittiicJc, Then called themselves the Lenni-Lenopey
or the first people; "meaning, probably, that they
w^ere the stock from which their colonies had been
set out.4r Another part of the same Indians went
to the Hudson, and seated themselves in the coun-
try, having the Hudson to the east, and extending^
west\yard beyond the Susquehanna, north to the
heads of the Susquehanna and Delaware, south U%
the hills in New-Jersey and Pennsylvania. From
those settlements, some crossed the Hudson and
settled the eastern states. Others went south, and.
settled in Delaware and in Maryland. Thoir claim

4T Sand. 124.

^16

of territory extended beyond the Mississippi, to tlie
heads of the Hudson, south to the Potomac, and
north beyond the 8t. Lawrence. The Iroquois, or
Mangoacs, liad come by force to tlte lakes, and set-
tled in a part of the country w hich they now occupy.
'J heir own preservation declared to them the policy
and necessity of forming a confederacy against th©
overwhelming power of the Lenopes. And this
they effected. The Mohaw ks, Gunlocks, Oneidas,
Stone-pipe Alakers, the Onondagoes, the Cayugas,
and the Senacas, or Mountaineers. These w ere the
members which composed the confederacy formed
about the year 1650, or earlier, and were called the
five nations. Sometimes they are called the Iro-
quois, sometimes the Senacas, and sometimes the
Oneidas, or Mohawks. In 1730, some of the Iro-
quois were settled on the Allegheny mountains, be-,
tween this state and >iorth-Carolina. Of these
nations, came theManacons, who settled on James
river, above the falls ; a part of whom had gone
into North-Carolina, and settled on Ta river, Trent
and Meuse, and must have come originally from the
head waters of the Susquehanna. In the year 1713,
"when the Tuscaroras had concerted a plan to de-
stroy all the white settlers in North-C arolina, and
had actually proceeded to put to death a great pro-
portion of them. They expected assistance from
the five nations, but did not receive it. Being se-
Terely chastised for this insidious behaviour, a great
part of the Tuscaroras left the country, and joined
the five nations, in the year 1713; by whom they
were received and aided to the confederacy, because
Ihey sjjoke the same language. In 160^3, the five
nations were settled about tlie site of Montreal ;
and came, very probably, from the north and north-
west. Most certainly they came travelling to the
south, for they settled on James river, and on Ta
and Neuse rivers, in North- Carolina. They could
not have been long settled in North-Carolina,, when

S17

the white settlers first came into that country. Their
connexion with the parent stock was yet recent ;
they corresponded with it ; were probahly under its
protection and government, and returned again
when they could no longer live safely apart from
them. Even 50 years' separation in an indepen-
dent and unconnected state, would have effaced,
amongst unlettered savages, all sense of a common
origin, and in the third generation it would have
had no influence upon them. The Tuscaroras, it
would seem from this consideration, had come from
the north, and had not been long settled in North-
Carolina, in 171S. As they cannot be traced to
the west or the northwest of the Mississippi, from
whence the Lenopes came, it is probable they came
to the lakes in a direction more to the north or
northeast. There is nothing in the history of the
Lenopes or of the five nations, or of any of their
tribes, which can induce a belief, that they erected
mounds, worshipped the sun or moon, or built for-
tifications, enclosing them in intrenchments, or that
they sunk wells, which they walled up with stone,
or that they had the knowledge of metals. In tha
year 1766, another part of the Tuscaroras removed
to the Susquehanna, and leased out a part of their
lands on the Roanoke, in Bertie county, to enable
them to defray the expenses of removal. In the
year 1806, the Tuscarora nation was said to be ex-
tinct in North-Carolina ; and those who had old
grants for their lands, began to bring forward their
claims under tliem. The Potawatomies also came
from some place north of the lakes. They came
last, they say, from the country between lake Mich -
igan and the Missouri. ^s The Chippewyans seen
by Mr. McKenzie, in the countries northwest of
the lakes, were extending their settlements from tl^e
Horthwest to the east and northeast. 49 The era of

48 Sand. 154. 49 1 McKenzie, 141?.

218

Uie Lenope migrations is nearly ascertainable, by
the (late of the confederacy of tlie five nations, and
by the Indian traditions relative to the extirpation
of the ancient settlers of Kentncky, which the
Lenopes found there on their arrival, or which the
Iroquois found there after their confederacy was
formed. The tradition of the Indians northwest of
the Ohio, is, that Kentucky had been settled by
whites, and that they had been exterminated hy
war. They believe that the old fortifications now
seen in Kentucky, on the Ohio, were constructed by
those white inhabitants. An idea very much con-
firmed by tlie white skeletons, and the petrified
female found in a cave in Kentucky ; and by the
colour of their eyes and hair, all which are Avholly
dissimilar to the Indian complexion, hair, and
colour of the eyes. A very aged Shawanese chief
on the Auglaise river, concurred in the truth of this
tradition. He was ISO years of age, and must have
been born some time about tbe year 1680. An old
Indian informed Mr Moore, that the western couu-r
try, and particularly Kentucky, had been inhabited
fey white people, but that they were destroyed by
the Indians ; that the last battle was fought at the
falls of the Ohio, and that the Indians drove the
aborigines into a small island below the rapids.
He stated it to be an undoubted fact, handed down
by tradition. When the waters of the Ohio had
fallen, a multitude of human bones were discovered
on Sandy island, and the Indians told Gen. Clark;,
of Louisville, that the battle of l^andy island decided
iinally the fate of Kentucky with its ancient inhabi-
tants. General Clark says, that Kentuke, in the
language of the Indians, signifies river of blood.
And in addition to the proof of a great battle near
the falls, it is said by General Clark of Louisville,
that there was atClarksville a great burying ground,
two or three hundred yards in length. Some of the
8acs, in 1800, told Colonel Joseph Daveess, that

Si9

Kentucky had been the scene of much bloocl, and
was filled with the manes of its butchered inhabi-
tants. The ancient inhabitants, they said, were
"white, and possessed arts unknown to the Indians.
Cornstock told Col. McKee, that it was a current
and assured condition, that Kentucky and Ohio had
«nce been settled by white people, possessed of arts
not understood 'by the Indians : that after many
severe conflicts they were exterminated. He said,
the Great Sjjirit had once given the Indians a bark,
]jut that theylost it, and had never since regained
the knowledge of the arts. He did not know who
made the graves on the Ohio and at other places,
but that it was not his nation, nor any he had been
acquainted with : that it had been handed dowa
from a very long time ago, that there had been a
nation of white people inhabiting the country, who
made the graves and forts. He said, that some In-
dians, who had travelled very far west and north-
west, had found a nation of people who lived like
Indians, although of a different complexion. Wa
may judge of the antiquity or recency of the facts
preserved by tradition, from the particularity of its
details or its generality. After two centuries, it
assumes the appearance of fable; but a particularity
df detail bespeaks it to be a more recent occurrence.
Going back two centuries, we come to 16S0 or 1630,
the time when the Lenopes spread devastation and
the terror of their name through all the countries
between the Mississippi and tlie St. Lawrence, and
as far as to the head of Susquehanna. This, too,
i§ not far from the time of the confederacy of the
five nations, and not far from the period when the
Tuscaroras must have settled on Ta river, Content-
nea and Neuse, in North- Carolina. The Creeks
were not then the inhabitants of the country now
called East Florida and Alabama. In the year
1715, a war broke out between the Yamassee,
Creeks and Appalaches ou the one side; and the

people of Carolina on the other. At a place called
the oaii-catcheis, they were completely routed ancL
defeated hy a l)ody of 1^200 men, avIio opposed their
incursions. Fearing to reside where they had be-
fore done on the Savannah, they went southwardly
and made new settlements in East Florida, which
they afterwards extended to Alabama, and even as
far as to the Tennessee. In 1731, the Creeks ceded
to Governor Oglethorp, some of the Georgia lands,
which he intended for the residence of a new colony
then about to repair to that province. In 17 12, they
assisted Barnwell in his expedition against the
Tuscaroras. He was joined, at tlie same time, hy
theCherokees and Catawbas. We shall presently
see, that the Shawanese also once dwelt on the
Savannah, and probably came from the north ; as,
like the Tuscaroras, they returned to the northern
tribes, and, indeed, put themselves under the pro-
tection of the five nations ; when, like the Tuscaro-
ras, they met with difficulties which they deemed
themselves unable to overcome. The presumption
is, that they originally came from the countries to
which they finally retired, and where they remain
to this day. Savannah signifies south, or south
river. On removing northwardly, some seated
themselves on the Ohio, some in Lancaster, some at
the falls of Ohio, and some on the spot where Phi-
ladelphia now stands. AVhat remains of all the
tribe, is now united in a body on Stony creek, a
tributary of the Big Miami, and at Wapochonata,
on the Auglaise.50 The Shawanese who settled on
the Ohio, claimed the lands on the Cumberland,
which was formerly called Shawanoe river, and by
the French, Chauvanan, the name by which they
denominated the Shawanese. The Cherokees as-
serted their claim to the same lands. F'or many
years they maintained a most bloody contest ; till
at length both nations, fearing the consequence of

50 Sand. 151.

Bieciing each other, abstained from going upon it.
lliis became known to the French and Eiii^lish
Imnters ; and as they expected not to meet with
molestation from Indians, and as moreover the game
being not killed either by the Shawanese or Chero-
kees, had from that circumstance become plenteous
on the abandoned tract, these hunters came hither
as early as 1765 and 1769; and returning home,
reported to the frontier settlements the fertility and
natural advantages of the country, and soon roused
by their animated representations a new spirit of
emigration, which after some time broke out into
action. Immense numbers of the ancient inhabi-
tants are buried in all the caves, and at every last-
ing spring, on both sides of the Cumberland river,
from the mouth to the head. This proves an
ancient population far exceeding the numbers of
the Shawanese at any period of their history.
The mounds built by that ancient population
have trees standing upon them as large as any
in the forest, bearing invincible testimony that
their burials and mounds preceded the arrival of
the Shawanese, and that the people who made them
were no portion either of the Shawanese or Chero-
kees, or any other tribe of Indians east of the Mis-
sissippi. The ^avanners, or the Shawanese, or
Shawanoes, or Chauvapans, so called from living
on the Savannah or South river, must have received
the name from those who lived in the north, not
from those who lived in the east or west, for then it
would have been called west or east river This
is another indication, that it was settled by persons
from the north. General Robertson stated in his
lifetime, in relation to the Shawanese, what he had
learned of it from the Indians. They say, that
about a century and a half ago, the Shawanese were
settled in this country, and were scattered over it,
from the Tennessee to the spot where Nashville
now is, and even considerably nortli of the Cum-

S2S

l>€rlaiicl. A little more than a century ago, or about
the year 1700, they left this country, and went to
the northern tribes, and were received by the six
nations as a Avandering tribe, but were not allowed
to have any claim to the soil, further than to obtain
temporary subsistence at the discretion of the six
nations. In 1112, the Little Corn-planter, an in-
telligent Cherokee chief, who was then supposed to
be 90 years of age, stated, in giving a history of his
own nation, that the Savannechers, which was the
name universally given by the Indians to those
Avhom the English call Shawanese, remorved from.
8avanna!i river, between Georgia and South-Caro-
lina, by the permission of the Cherokees, to Cum-
berland ; they having been fallen upon, and almost
ruined, by a combination of several of the neigh-
bouring tribes of Indians. That many years after-
wards, a difference took place between the two na-
tions, and the Cherokees, unexpectedly to the
Shawanese, marched in a large body to the frontiers
of the latter. Tliere dividing into several small
parties, they treacherously, as he expressed him-
self, fell upon them, and put to death a great num-
ber. The Shawanese then forted themselves, and
maintained a long war, in defence of their posses-
sion of the country, even after the Chickasaws had
joined the Cherokees. He observed, that when he
was a small boy, Avhich must have been about 1699,
be remembered to have heard his father, who was
a great chief, say, that he once took a large party
against the Shawanese; and after taking several
scalps, was returning home with his party, through
a difiiailt pass in the mountain, where he met an-
other large party of his owi* nation going to war,
who took him for an enemy, and Jired on him be-
fore they discovered their mistake, and killed five
or six of his men. The Little Corn-planter dis-
tinctly recollected having seen Bhawanese scalps
brought into his nation;

^S3

In the year 1779, General Robertson was in the
Illinois country, and heard Mr. Charleville, a very-
respectable man of the age of 84 years, say, that
"vvhen he was about 15, which was about the year
1710, he had attended an old trader, who had long
carried on a tralSc with the Shawanese. His store
at the time was kept in a fort, which stood in the
mound, situated a short distance below the mouth of
the lick branch, on what is now the Nashville side
of the Cumberland river. The Shawanese thea
were, and for a long time had been, so much ha-
rassed by their enemies, that they had been goin^;
off in small parties for several years. Their num-
bers were then small, and they had come to a de-
termination to leave the country entirely. That he
(Charleville) was sent off by the trader, in JJ/arc/z,
with several loads of skins ; and that the trader
was to follow him in May or June, when the In-
dians should break up. The Chickasaws got no-
tice of the intended removal of the Shawanese ; and
resolved to strike a decisive blow, and, if possible,
to make themselves masters of the stores of the
Shawanese. A large hody of Chickasaws posted
themselves on both sides of the Cumberland river^
and just above the mouth of Harpcth river, pro-
vided with bark canoes to prevent escape by v/ater.
They attacked the Shawanese, killed all or the
greater part of them, and the trader, and took all
their property. Tliis affair htis been handed down^
like all their other traditions, from one generatiom
to another, and is yet repeated by many of the
Chickasaws. It is well known, he remarked, that
the Savannah river was called after the Shawanese^
when they were known by the name of Savanne-
hers ; where also are to be seen, the same sort of
artificial mounds that abound in this country.
About the year 1710, this removal took place. The
Shawanese had lived here as early as 1650, if not
earlier. And as the hostilities of these tribes did

2M

not cease by any formal treaty of peacc^ iliey con-
tinued to destroy earh other whenever an opportu-
nity ofiVrcd. And afraid of meeting each other,
wholly abstained from tliis country. French hunt-
ers came from Orleans and Illinois, to take game ;
the skins and furs of which they carried to Orleans
and sold advantageously. From them the French
lick received its name ; and so did Harpeth river.
After remaining unoccupied by any of the human
species for more than 60 years, the country which
thev had left, began again to be settled under the
auspices of General Kobertsou. The Cherokees
were settled on the Tennessee ; and claimed the
country, except as against the Iroquois, from thence
to the Cnuiberland river, as early as 1650. And
it was not without their permission, that the Shaw-
anese settled on the Cumberland river. There was
in 1730, as related by Dr. Brickell, in his work
published in Dublin in 1737, a nation of Indians
called the Iroquois, or Senegars ; which nation,
and that of the Cherokees, were in 1730, very pow-
erful. They then lived near the AUeghenies, on
the east side, which were then called the Cherahes
mountains ; and in 1730 had been a long time at
war with the Tuscaroras, and could not be per-
suaded by the whites to make peace with them.
For some years, however, before 1730, they had
not made any inroads upon the Tuscaroras, and for
that reason were supposed to be at war with some
nation west of the Cherahes mountains. The L*o-
quois then had the character of being an erratic
tribe, who travelled over all the countries between
the gulf of Mexico and the river St. Laivreiice. A
part of them were, in the year I7ii0, at the foot of
the mountains which divide this state from North-
Carolina, 15 days' journey from the then frontier
settlements of North-CaroUna.^i The Indian town
ill which the king lived, was in less than a day^s

51 Brickell, S8P.

«25

journey from the foot of the moiintams. The king's
houses were in the centre of the town. The rest of
the buildings were not arranged, like an ancient
town in the county of White, where the buildings
were in a cluster within the limits of a circle. Ha-
ving passed one ridge of mountains, Mr. Brick ell
came to another, higher than the former, with large
trees in several places, but little or no pasture.
From it there was a beautiful prospect, of large
trees and forests. The explorers returned from
thence to the east. The war that raged for many
years between the Cherokees and Hhawanese prior
to 1730, accounts for the reason why they had suf-
fered the Tuscaroras to remain undisturbed, from
1712, when they, with the Creeks and Catawbas,
aided Barnwell in the war which he waged with
the Tuscaroras. They were neutrals in the war
which the Tuscaroras commenced in 17 15, in which,
by an army commanded by Colonel Moore, their
fort on Contentnea was taken ; and after sustaining
immense loss, they were compelled to sue for peace,
and obtained it in 1717. The interval between
these periods, is that spoken of by Doctor Brickell,
in which no disturbance was given by the Chero-
kees to the Tuscaroras. The vigilant attention
which tlieir safety required to be employed in
watching the movements of the Shawanese, and in
penetrating and preventing their designs, left no
time for the indulgence of their inveterate animosity
against the humbled and dispirited Tuscaroras.

The Cherokees were firinly established on the
Tennessee river, or Hogohege, before the year 1650,
and had the dominion over all the country on the
east side of the Allegheny mountains, which in-
cludes the head w^aters of the Yadkin, Catawba,
Broad river, and the head waters of the Savannah.
From thence westwardly, they set up a claim as far
as the Ohio, and from thence to the head waters of
ihe Catahouche and Alabama. One tradition which
Cc

S26

they have amongst tliera, says, tliey came from the
"West, and exterminated the former inliabitants ; and
then says, they came from the upper parts of the
Ohio, where they erected the mounds on Grave
creek, and that they removed hither from the coun-
try where Monticello is situated. Ihey are not
noticed by Mr, Jefl'erson, in his table of original
tribes which inhabited any part of Virginia at or
subsequent to tlie year 16U6, and from thence up to
1669. They say themselves, that their nation did
not erect the mounds, nor paint the figures of the sun
arid moon upon the rocks where ihey are now seen.
And they say, that their nation never paid adora-
tion to those luminaries, nor to images of any sort.

Section 2. — Of the Indians of JSTortli- Carolina
in 17^0 and before.

As the Cherokees came from a country east of
the Alleghenies, and are supposed to be a distinct
race from those who extended their settlements from
Mexico to the Alleghenies, it will be proper, as far
as possible, to state tlie laws, manners and religion
of other nations, who were the neiglibours of the
Cherokees before their removal. Of this descrip-
tion were the Indians of North-Carolina in 1730
and before. These w ere, as Doctor Brickell in-
forms us, the Jroquois, Pasquotanks, Tuteloes, Mo-
henens, Clierokees, Catawbas, Tuscaroras, Macha-
pungoes, Caronines, Sapponies, Toleras, Keyaw ies>
Curratukes, Pamlicoes, Mattamuskeets, Chowan-
ches, Marattas,Mangoacs,Cores,Weapomeacs, and
Chesopians. They hold a great festival, at which
they give a traditional relation of what happened
amongst them for many ages past, to their young-
men ; having no other method of recording what
their ancestors have done ; and which are known
by traditions from father to son, and by their hiero-
glyphics. Some of them said, that they were de-
scended from an old man, who came hither in a
boat, which they called a canoe. They cannot de-

2S7

teriniiie whether this were after or before tlie great
deluge. In general, the memory is preserved
amongst them of a deluge ; but whether to be un-
derstood of the universal deluge, or of the inunda-
tion of some particular provinces, Doctor Brickell
will not determine. They deemed it yerj dis-
honourable to cut oft' their hair and sell it, which
they sometimes do, when drunk ; but when sober,
considered it the greatest aifront tliat could be offer-
ed, if a proposal were made to them to sell their
hair.52 The same sentiment prevailed amongst the
nations of Asia. 53 When a young Indian wishes to
have a certain girl for a wife, it is proposed to the
father or mother, or nearest relations, who reply,
that they will consider of it. An assembly is then
held, to consider of the proposed matcli. The girl
is spoken to, to know if she is willing; if she as-
sents, the husband pays the stipulated price. The
like custom is in Mexico, India, and amongst the
Assyrians.53 Or if he does not pay the price, he
keeps the girl at his house, without consummating
the marriage, till the price is paid. This custom
came to America from the old world, where in an-
cient times it almost universally prevailed. ^^i They
never marry so near as a first cousin ; but a man may
marry two sisters, or a brother^s wife.^^ They pre-
ferred marrying one of their own tribe: when that
cannot be done, they many strangers. An incestu-
ous connexion with one's own sister, if she prove
fruitful, is punished with burning the offender, and
throwing his aslies into the river.^^ They separate
when convenient; and whoever takes an abandoned

5^2 Rrickell, 293.

53 1 Dub. 352; SMeleiia, 10; lDufins,208; 1 Her. 247.

53 Isaiah, ch. 7, v. 20 ; 1 Chron. ch. 19, v. 4; S Roll. 3G ;
2 Herodotus, 294 ; 1 Sam. cli. 18, v. 25.

54 1 O.L.25; Gen. ch.24, v.l0,53.ch. 29.v.28,ch.34, v.22.

55 Genesis, ch. 2S ; Deut. ch. 25; Numb. ch. 56; Gene-
sis, ch.49, V. 10 ; Leviticus, ch. 18, ch. 20,

55 Deuteronomy, ch. 57, v. 22.

228

wife, must pay tlic price of her to her former bus-
band. If tunied aWay without cause, she keeps
the presents made to her before marriage. The
widow of au indebted husband is uot* l)ound to pay
his debts ; but if another man takes her, he is ; an<l
for the shortest connexion, he becomes liable for all
the dead husband's debts, but may indemnify him-
self by selling her to another for his own or less
price. Women, after childbirth, absent themselves
from the company of men for forty days.^e They
assume names, as fox, wolf, panther, &c. They
have no sabbath. The months they name from the
productions of the month, as honey month forMarch,
strawberry month for April, mulberry month for
May. Others name them by the trees that bud or
blossom at particular seasons of the year, such as
dogwood tree, &c. Others distinguish the time of
the year from the flight of birds, and the gobling of
turkey cocks. They shake hands and scratch the
shoulders of those they esteem, which are looked
upon as the greatest marks of sincerity and affection,
which can be shown amongst them, not only to
strangers, but to each other. When going to war,
their hair is combed, and anointed with bear's
2;rease and the red-root, and they adorn it with
feathers of various beautiful colours, besides copper
and iron rings, and sometimes wampum or peak in
the ears. And they paint their faces all over, as
red as vermilion, making a circle of black about
one eye, and another circle of white about the other.
When they go to war, they carry their idol with
them, and ask counsel of it as the ancients used to
do of the oracle of Apollo. They scalp their pri-
soners, and stick their bodies full of pitch pine, and
burn them like torches, making them dance around
the fire, buffeting and degrading them till they ex-,
pire. The weapons they kill or wound their ene-
mies with, are kept with the blood upon them as

5C Leviticus, cli. 12, v. 2, 4..

229

trophies of their victory. But after tlie English
colonists came into their neighbourliooil, they sold
their prisoners to them as slaves. To encourage
the young men to be industrious in planting their
maize and pulse, they place a kind of idol in the
field, dressed up exactly like an Indian, with a gieat
quantity of wampum or money, that is made of
conch shells hanging about his neck. This image
none of the young men dared approach, the old
ones not suifering it; but telling them that it is a
former warrior, who died many years ago, and is
now come to see if they work well, and to report
their good conduct to the good spirit, to send them
plenty of corn, and to make them good hunters and
warriors. The old men sit around the image, paying
it the most profound respect, and maintaining invi-
olable silence. They sit on benches or mats. The
infliction of punishment for offences, is often left by
their kings to the nearest relation of the deceased,^^
who prosecutes with great rage and fury ; but his
revenge may be commuted for wampum, beads or
tobacco. When they live in the neighbourhood of
a river, they wash frequently every day. This
custom prevailed in India,^^ as well as amongst the
Israelites.^9 They will not walk over a tree that
lies across across their path. They get their Are
by friction. 60 They niake an offering of tlieir flrst
fruits, and they throw the first bit or spoonful of
every meal they sit down to into the ashes near the
fire;6i and they say this ceremony is for the same
purpose with them, as what the Europeans do when
going to victuals they pull off their hats and talk
over it. They make fires and cast the powder of

57 2 Samuel, ch. 14, v. 7 ; Jos. Ant b. 7, ch. 8, sec. 4.

58 1 Dub.57, 95, 160, 210, 213, 218 ; 2 Dub. 12, l5, 16. 109.

59 Exodus, ch. 29, v. 4, ch. 30, v. 19, 20, 21, ch. 40, v. 12 ;
Leviticus, ch. 14, v. 8 ; D";ut. ch. 23. v. U ; Leviticus, ch. 14,
V. 9. 15, 16, ch. 16, V. 4, 24, ch. 22, v. 6, ch. 17, v. 16 ; 2 Kings,
ch. 5, V. 10, 12, 13 J 9 Chron. ch. 4. v. 65 Job, ch. 9, v. 30.

«.0 2 Dttb. 48. 61 1 Dub. 144.

230

tobacco into tliem, as a sacrifice to tlie gods ; and
^viieu overtaken by a storm upon the water, they
cast some of it into the air or water. This is per-
formed with strange ceremonies, stamping, leaping,
dancing, clapping of hands, and uttering of strange
words. Some of them, says Dr. Brickell, use the
Jewish custom of circumcision. He knew but two
families who were circumcised, and could never
induce them to give the reason why they did so.
Whenever lie urged them upon the subject, they
were silent,62 which according to the Indian cus-
tom, is a refusal to answer. When a person dies,
the nearest relation is the principal mourner, and
lie is clad in moss. He, with a stick in his hand,
keeps up a mournful ditty three or four days, his
face being made black with tlie smoke and soot of
the pitch pine, mingled with bear's grease. To all
who pass, he tells the name of the deceased, and
the feats he has done in his lifetime. On the death
of a king or great man, they place the nearest rela-
tions near the corpse, who mourn and weep with
dishevelled hair.^^ They sit upon mats at the fu-
neral of a great man. They consider many wives
and children as a great blessing. In India, no
number of children is too great. It is a misfortune
and disgrace not to liave them. One cannot there
be happy, and not have tliem.64 The same senti-
ments had the Hebrews. ^j Tiie bones of their dead
are carefully preserved, and removed with them in
their migrations. 6(3

G2 The Hebrews were always r.ilant as to the above nam?,
onU ns to matters of relij2;ion, when interrogated hy strangers,
.los. An, b, 1 , ch. 1 3, b. S/ch. 5, sec. 4. The same silence was
observed by the Greeks on similar occasions as may be seen
by several pass;ige$ of Herodotus,

63 2Chron. ch. 25. v. 25; Amos, ch. 9, v. 16; Jeremiah,
th. 9, V. IT; .lob. ch. 3, v. 8.

64 1 Dub. 301, 311 ; 2 Dub. 93, 119, ITO, 172, 173,174.
Q5 Genesis, ch. SO, v. 1, ch. 15, v, 2, ch. SO, v. 23 ; Leviti-
cus, ch. 20, V. 20; Jeremiah, ch. 22, v. SO.

66 Genesis, ch. 50, v, 25 ; Exodus, ch. 15, v. 19; 1 Sam.
ch. 13, v. 13 ; 1 Chron. ch. 10; 2 Samuel, ch. 21, v. 12, 13, 14.

231

CHAPTER X.

The history of the Cherokees will now receive
an undivided attention, not only because in all theiL'
principal customs, religious notions, and political
institutions, they differ in all respects from tha
aborigines of Tennessee and Kentucky, but also,
because they in the subsequent parts of this narra-
tive, are the principal actors in the transactions
which are to be detailed.

We will consider, first, of the countries from
whence they came; secondly, of their • military
character; thirdly, of their traditions ; fourthly, of
their computation of time ; fifthly, of their Hebraic
rites ; and sixthly, of their political government,
laws, and civil customs.

First — Of the Countries from whence they came.

The truth is, that although they set up a claim
for the country upon the Cumberland, and from,
thence to the Tennessee, they did not found it upon
the expulsion of the aborigines ; but on driving the
Shawanese from the river Cumberland. Tiieii*
claim to the country, was not a perfect one. I(;
was only better in their own estimation, than that
which the Shawanese had. This fact became very
apparent in the year 1766, when a treaty was made
at fort Stanwix, under the authority of the king of
Great-Britain, by Sir William Johnson, the king's
agent for Indian affairs, with the Iroquois, in the
month of November in the same year. The latter
there claimed all the lands south of the Ohio, as far
as the Tennessee river. An incident which took
place at the treaty, affords conclusive evidence of
the sense entertained by the Cherokees, of the claim
which the Iroquois w^ere then about to surrender.
Some of the visiting Cherokees on their route had
killed game for their support ; and on their arrival

23S

at fort Stanwix, tentlcred the skins to the Six Na-
tions^ sajing, «« They are yours, we killed them
after passing the big river," the name by which
they had always designated the Tennessee. By
the treaty of fort Stanwix, the Six Nations ceded
all their right southeast uf the Ohio, down to the
Cherokee river, which they stated to be their pist
right, and vested the soil and sovereignty thereof
in the king of Great- Britain. By the treaty of 1783,
lie resigned his sovereignty and dominion, leaving
the land to those states in whose limits they were.
The Six Nations have a traditionary history which
states them not to be the aborigines of the country;
but conquerors of the first possessors. The aban-
donment of the conquered tribes, they relied on as
the evidence necessary to perfect their title, the only
one to be relied on in unlettered and savage negoti-
ations. The right is that of conquest, acknowledged
perfect amongst nations, w hen either a treaty at the
end of the war confirmed it, or the conquered nation
is w holly extinct, or fiies to foreign countries, leav-
ing theirs in the possession of their enemies. In
the year 1781, Col. Croghan, who had lived thirty
years amongst the Indians as deputy superintendent,
deposed, that the Six Nations claim, by right of
conquest, all the lands on the southeast side of the
river Ohio, down to the Cherokee river, and on
the west side down to the Big Miami, otherwise
called Stony river ; but that the lands on the west
side of the Ohio, belov/ Stony river, were ahvays
supposed to belong to the Indians of the western
confederacy. That he has for thirty years been
intimately acquainted with the above country, and
the Indians, and their dijBferent claims to territory,
and never heard the Six Nations claim, and knows
they never did claim, beyond the above description ;
nor did they ever dispute the claims of the western
<;onfederacy. The aborigines then having been
expelled by the western coufedwacy; and the Six

g33

Nations, anti the Cherokees being enj;itlecl to no
part of those lands, it follows that the Cherokees
did not belong to either of these confederacies. The
settlement of the Cherokees on the south side of
Holston and Big Tennessee, is an admission of the
correctness of the claim set up by the Iroquois at
fort Stanwix in 1766. If it be true, that the Natch-
ez once possessed all the country between the
Iberville and the Wabash, and from the Mississippi
to the AUeghenies, the conquest must have been
made of them by the Iroquois and Chickasaws ; for
the latter have claimed the land on the Mississippi,
and as far as to the Tennessee, ever since they were
known to us. The historical fact seems to be es-
tablished, that the people from the north overraa
and exterminated the aborigines. Before the year
1690, the Cherokees, who were once settled on the
Appomattox river, and in the neighbourhood of
Monticello, left their former abodes and came to the
west. ThePowhatans are said by their descendants
to have been once a part of this nation. The pro-
bability is, that migration took place about or soon
after the year 1623, when the Virginians suddenly
and unexpectedly fell upon the Indians, killing all
they could find, cutting up and destroying their
crops, and causing vast numbers to perish by famine.
They came to New river and made a temporary
settlement, and also on the head of Holston. But
owing to the enmity of the northern IndianSf they
removed in a short time to tlie Little Tennessee, to
a place now called the middle settlements. Cor-
nelius Dogherty, a refugee of James the second's
p^'ty, came to those settlements shortly after the
accession of King William, probably about the year
1690. He died in 1788, at a very advanced age.
He said that he was 120 years of age. He was a
trader, and sent peltry, by the Indians packed to
Charleston, who returned also packed with mer-
chandise, which they received in exchange. He
Dd

§34

afterwards taught the Indians to steal horses from
Virginia, which were the first horses the Cherokees-
ever had. Another tribe of Indians came from thd
neighbourhood of Charleston, in South-Carolina,,
and settled themselves Tower down the Tennessee.
The Carolina tribe called themselves Ketawaugas,
and came last into the country. The Cherokeesr
found white people near the Iiead of Little Tennes-
see, who had forts from thence down the Tennessee
river to the mouth of Chicamauga. They had a
fort at Pivmpkintown, one at Fox Taylor's reserve
near Hamilton courthouse, and one on Big Chica-
mauga, about twenty miles above its mouth. The
Cherokees waged war against them, and drove them
to the mouth of Big Chicamauga, where they enter-
ed into a treaty, by which they agreed to depart
the country, if the Cherokees would permit them
to do so ill peace ; which they did. Mr. Brown, a
Scotchman, came into the Cherokee nation in the
year 1761, and settled on the Hiwassee river, or
near it^ He saw on the Hiwassee and Tennessee,
remains of old forts, about which were hoes, axes^
guns, and other metallic utensils. The Indians of
that time told him, that the French had formerly
been there, and built those forts. When the
Cherokees first came to the country, they found
no Indians, but great appearance of the country^
having been once inhabited. The mounds, which
are perhaps more numerous in the country they set-
tled than in any other portion of the United States,
exhibited the same appearances at the arrival of
the Cherokees, as they now do. The former in-
habitants appeared to liave lived in houses, which
on the outside seemed to be of the colour of a black-
smith's coal-pit. The houses were made by setting
up poles, and then digging out the dirt, and cover-
ing the poles with it. They were round, and gen-
erally about ten feet in diameter. At the time the
Cherokees came to this country, the Creeks were

235

living on, and claimed all the soutliern waters ; "but
did not occupy any place on the waters of the Ten-
nessee. When the Cherokees settled on the waters
of the Savannah, and on those of Coosa, a general
"war ensued between them and the Creeks, which
ended by the Cherokees keeping the country of
"which they had taken possession. The war be-
tween them ended about the year 1710. The far-
thest extent of the Cherokee settlements was about
the town of Seneca, in what is now called Pendle-
ton district, in South-Carolina. From thence, at
late periods, they carried on war against the whites
to Long-cane, Ninety-six, and Saluda. When
they first settled on the Little Tennessee they were
numerous; but owing to the hostility of all the
neighbouring nations, they were soon obliged to
live all together in fortified tovvns. They were
generally engaged in war, sometimes with the
Creeks, sometimes with the Shawanese, and some-
times with the Indians west of the Mississippi.
About the year 1730 or 1735, on an expedition
against the western Indians, n party of Cherokees
took, on the Mississippi, the crew of a French boat
prisoners, iimong'st whom was Francis Budwine.
He lived amongst them, and in the family into
"i^'hich Star married. Star has lived amongst tliera
nearly forty years. He married a Harlin, a half
breed, whose grandmother, Mrs, Ward, i^ now
said to be 115 years of age. Star has always en-
joyed the confidence of the Cherokee nation, and
for some time officiated as priest amongst them, or
as the white people call it, conjurer. He is a man
of good natural sense, and a man of veracity ; and
from him has been received the foregoing statement.
The Cherokees have in their language, names
for whales and sea serpents, and fi*om thence it
might reasonably he conjectured once lived on the
»bores of an ocean in the northern regions ot
America,

The names of places given by the Cherokee?,
and others of the northern tribes within the limits
of the United States, east of the Mississippi, may
be of some weight in the scale of evidence to show
the countries from whence they originally came.
Colonists and emigrants everywhere give to the
countries in which they establish themselves, the
names of places which they left in their own coun-
try. In the state of New-York, is a mountain in
sight of Cohoe, which the Indians call Ararat.
Oonolaskky is the Cherokee word for near to.

In New-England is a nation called Pequods, so
much like the Pekoos of Ezekiel.67 There are In-
dian towns on the south side of the Susquehanna
called Konoa. The Jennessee, so like to the river
Yenesee, which runs into the Frozen ocean in Eu-
rope. The river Taa after the river Taz, and
sometimes Ta in the same country with the Yene-
see. Niagara after the western point of the Euxine,
which is called Nagara. The Ten are, as formerly
"written, but now corrupted into Tennessee, after
the river Tanais. The White mountains towards
Japan, one of the Tartarean boundaries, is the
name applied to the Unaca near the Cherokee set-
tlements, which in their language signifies white.

The Cherokees had an oration in which was
contained the history of their migrations, which
"was lengthy, but now nearly lost. It says, towns
of people in many nights' encampment removed.
It is very certain, says Mr. Hicks, that the Chero-
kees came from the seacoast, where whales and
sea snakes abounded. The names of monsters of
the deep are still retained amongst them. Their
traditions say, that they came from the rising sun,
and were placed upon this land by the divine or-
ders of the four councils sent from above. The
memorial of their migrations had been kept up in
the former part of his mothei^s time, by orations

67 £zekiel, ch. 23« v. £S ; Bondinot, 141.

237

ilelivered at the national festival of the green corn
dance every year. The only settlements noticed
by the Cherokees were near Nolichucky ; but
having been long settled there, they could not go
iarther back to others. But they have farther and^
more recent accounts of numerous settlements on
the heads of Hiwassee, upwards of ITU years age,
that is, prior to the year i&o'Z, or as early as the
period when Cornelius Dogherty came to the nation,
Mr. Uicks says about the year i697. His children
by the first wife are all dead, and the eldest of his
second wife's children are more than 70 years of
age. Their grandmother died in 1774 or i775.
She was a girl 12 years of age when the first gun
was introduced amongst the Cherokees. Supposing,
forty years between the birth of the grandmother,
and the birth of these grandchildren, we shall be
carried back 1 10 years, to the year 1665, for her
birth, and to the year 1677 for the first introduction
of fire-arms amongst the Cherokees. The country
around Fortville and the Little Tennessee up to its
head, he thinks has been settled very long ; because
Chola had claimed to be the eldest brother in the
nation, and was acknowledged by all the red people
to be such. They had no certain accounts of any
nation of red people found living on the Tennessee,
except the Creeks near the mouth of Hiwassee
river, and some Shawanese on the Cumberland,

Section 2.— Of their Military Character.

When the white people in North-Carolina first
became acquainted with the Cherokees in the year
1712, they placed their chief happiness in military
glory. In the hazardous enterprises of war, they
were animated by a restless spirit, which goaded
them into new exploits, and to the acquisition of
fresh stocks of martial renown. The white people
for some years previous to 1730, interposed their
good offices to bring about a pacification between

§38

the Tuscaroras, with "whom they had long waged
incessant war. Their reply was, "We cannot live
without war. Should we make peace with the
Tuscaroras with Whom we are at war, we must im-
mediately look out for some other, witli Avhom we
can be engaged in our beloved occupation." We
must not be surprised at this statement; for what
but the same sentiment impels the most enlightened
members of civilized society, to leave the arms of a
beloved wife, and the circle of endearing friends, to
seek the onsets and the blasts of war in countries
beyond the ocean, where not one being on either
feide in the hosts of combatants is known to him.
There he takes side with one or the other, and
rushes on the first opportunity that offers, with des-
perate determination into the thickest crowd of the
embattled legions, which he has chosen for his foe.
It is that he may enjoy the ravishing delight of
mounting on the admiration of the world to military
glory, in which is contained the kpenest sensation
of pleasure that is known to human sensibility.
Man does not kill and tear in pieces like the eagle
or the vulture, for the purpose of satisfying a hun-
gered appetite ; but for the acquisition of a fancied
good, one which vanishes awny for ever so soon as
it comes within the reach of the eager wooer, to
whom the delusive goddess has promised her fa-
vours. The tliii-st for military glory in individuals,
is supposed to be of less utility than when it be-
longs to nations; for in the latter instance, it is
oftentimes the parent of great national advantages.
It is a defence against foreign invasion, or the in-
terference of foreigners with our national rights.
In this point of view it is of the highest utility. But
whenever it leads a nation to disregard and trespass
upon the rights of others, and to estimate physical
power more than the natural duties it owes to other
men, then immediately the country of its residence
is tpansferred into a den of tigers, who take for the

g39

law of tlieir coiuluct tbe cupidity of bloodless dc-
' sire. Actuated by tbe restless activity of tbis sen-
timent, tbere bave been bat few intervals in the his-
tory of tbe CIterokees, wben tbey have permitted
themselves to sink into the inglorious arms of peace,
and be employed only in the less perilous slau»-btcr
of the wild beasts of the wilderness. They have
hardly ever ceased to sigh for danger, and to aspire
to tbe rank which is attained by acts of heroic valor.
7'hey could not abstain from acting a part in the
war of the whites, against the Tuscaroras, in 1713.
Soon afterwards they warred themselves against
the white people, and made peace with them ia
1719. And from those days to the present, their
history is intimately connected and blended with
that of North -Carolina and Tennessee. In 1730
they were at war with the French. In 1756 they
were at war with the people of North-Carolina,
In 1755 they made a treaty with Governor Dobbs,
and were united in war with the colonists till iloH
or 1759. In the latter of these years they invested
fort Dobbs, situated on a creek of the Yadkin, above
Salisbury, in what is now the county of Iredell, and
made peace in the year 1760. Hmall incidents
sometimes show the genuine character of a people,
more clearly than it can be perceived through any
other medium. When in the last mentioned war
the Cherokees had pushed their inroads almost to
Salisbury in North-Carolina, in various dispersed
detachments, destined to fall upon the frontiers at
different points, as nearly as possible at the same
moment of time, one of those parties consisting of
six or eight men were discovered, watched, and
pursued till they entered into a deserted cabin to
sleep there for tiie night. Early in the morning^
the whites were posted around the house, and so
placed behind a fodder stack, and some small out-
houses, as to be ready to shoot both at the top of
the chimney; and tlie door 5 and they had begun to

g40

throw fire upon the roof of the house. One of the
Indians within observed to his comrades, that it
was better for one to die than that all should ; and
that if they would follow his directions, he would
save all of the company but himself. He ordered
them to stand ready, and to issue through the door
as soon as he should have extracted the fire of the
assailants, and then to go off as fast as they could.
They agreed to obey his commands. He issued
through the door, and skipped hither and thither,
from one place to another, till all the whites had
fired upon him. He feel and expired. His com-
panions in arms, before the guns of the whites could
be again charged, rushed through the space betweea
them, and escaped unhurt. How greatly is it to be
regretted that the name of this hero is not known
to the writer, that it might be recorded with this
specimen of Cherokee bravery and patriotism, firm-
ness and presence of mind in the hour of danger !
The Cherokees, by the year 1761, had lost sight
of their old enemies, the Tuscaroras, who by par-
tial removals, in 1713, 1733, and 1766, had been
reduced in Nortli- Carolina to insignificance. They
still kept at war with the Shawanese ; and being
unable to endure the unchequered scenes of peace-
ful indolence, they took umbrage at some alleged
conduct of the unoffensive Chickasaws — that peo-
ple who had formerly assisted them in driving the
Shawanese from the Cumberland river. But they
had not in the event the same cause for sclf-gratu-
lation as the wolf had, who rejected all the argu-
ments of the defenceless lamb. The Chickasaws,
like the chafed rattlesnakes of their country, when
forced into hostilities, are capable of dreadful re-
sistance. They met the thunderbolts of war at the
Chickasaw old fields, shortly before the year 1769,
and gave them a most signal overthrow, compelling
them to retreat by the way of Cumberland river and
the Cany Fork, where as they marched they enclosed

^41

liliemselves in forts, as a safeguard against the assaultd^
of their incensed enemy, by practising upon whom
they expected to keep alive their own military spirit.
After they first came to the Little Tennessee,
their traditions say, that there were some Creeks
near the mouth of Hiwassee river. These were
their nearest neighbours, and in the war which the
Cherokees waged with the Shawanese on Cumber-
land river, pretended to be in friendship with the
former ; but at the same time secretly abetted the
Shawanese. The Cherokees, at one of their na-
tional festivals at Chota, for their duplicity and
treachery, fell upon them and cut them nearly all
oft*. The consequence of this act was an immediate
war between the Cherokees and Creeks, which after
being sometime prosecuted, caused the Creeks to
abandon their settlements, and the waters of the
Tennessee. A large body of them went as low as
the Creek path, and there went across over on the
Coosa river, from which circumstance it has ever
since retained the name. It is further stated in
the traditionary history, that a large body of the
Creeks once made settlements at the island on the
Creek path, and that the Cherokees went thither,
and by stratagem drew the Creeks from the island,
with numbers of canoes, to the place where they
formerly lay in ambush, who rose and had a severe
battle with them, took their canoes, went into the
island, and destroyed whatsoever they could find
there. A chief of the name of Bullhead, had a
command in this war. His bravery is greatly' ex-
tolled by tradition, and he is supposed to have been
the person who planned and conducted the measures
put in practice against the Creeks.

Section 3. — Of the Biblical Traditions of the
Cherokees and other Indians on and east of the
Mississippi, and of their Hebraic Customs.

It is a tradition amongst the southern Indians of
the United States^ that their ancestors once had a
Er

242

book, anil that wlulst they had it they prospevecl
exceedingly ; but that the white people bought it of
them and learned many things, whilst the Indians
lost their credit, offended the Great Spirit, and suf-
fered greatly from the neighbouring nations. That
the Great Spirit took pity on them, and directed
them to this country. 1 hat on their way they came
to a great river which they could not pass, whea
God dried up the waters and they passed dry shod.
They say their forefathers had a divine spirit, by
which they could foretel future events, and control
the common course of nature; and this they trans-
mitted to their children on condition of obeying the
sacred laws. That they did by these means bring
down showers of plenty on the beloved people.
But that this power had for a long time ceased.

In 1764 an Indian from the west of the Missis-
sippi, who had never before seen a m hite man, re-
lated to an intelligent clergyman as one of their
traditions, that a great while ago they had a com-
mon father, who lived towards the rising sun, and
governed. That all the white people's heads were
under his feet. That he had twelve sons by whom
he administered the government. That his autho-
rity was derived from the Great Spirit by some
special gift from him. That the twelve sons tyran-
nized over the people, and greatly abused their
power, and offended the Great Spirit, who suffered
the white people to introduce spirituous liquors
amongst them, which was followed by various con-
sequences, and by their subjection to the white
people. But that they had a tradition, that the
time would come, when the Indians would regain
the gift of the Great Spirit and their ancient power,
when the white people would be in subjection to
them,68

An old Indian on the Ohio, more than fifty years
ago related to a clergyman, that an uncle of his,

68 Isaiab, ch. 11, V. 11,15.

MB

^'lio died in 17S8, bad stated to liim several iradi-
tions and customs of former times, and amon^^st
others, that circumcision was practised amoni^st the
Indians in old times ; but bad been disused because
of the mockery the young men made of it. He also
mentioned the deluge, and that all mankind perish-
ed, except a few, who had been saved in a canoe.
He also mentioned the building of a liigh place,
and the loss of language that happened there, and
tlie great confusion and misunderstanding which
took place in consequence of it.

The Hurons and the Iroquois say, that the first
"white man came from heaven, and had twins,
and that the elder lulled the younger. The
Mohawks also had the mutilitated story of Cain
and Abel. The Conewauches say, that angels
in old times frequently visited the people, iu'
structed them how to pray, and to appease the
Great Spirit when he was offended. They were
to offer sacrifice, burn tobaccO;69 and buffalo and
deer's bones.

On the way from the lakes of Canada by the
lakes of the Woods, between that and the South
sea, the Indians have a tradition, that they original-
ly came from another country inhabited by wicked
people, and bad traversed a great lake, where they
had suffered great hardships and much misery ; it
being always winter, with ice and deep snows. At
a place they called Coppermine river, where they
made the first land, the ground was covered with
copper, over which a body of earth had since been
collected of a man's height. They believe that in
ancient times their ancestors had lived till their feet
were worn out with walking, and their throats with
eating. They described a deluge when the waters
overspread the whole earth except the highest
mountain, on the top of which they were preserved.
They believe in a future judgment.''o

69 Exodus, ch. 30, v. 7, 8. 70 McKenzie, 1 13.

244

The Indians to the east of New- Jersey say, that
their ancestors once used circumcision ; but not be-
ing al)le to assign any good reason for its continue
aiice, they abolished the practice. Mr. McKenzie
says, that the appearance of circumcision was gen-
eral among the Stone and Dogrib Indians, far to the
northwest of the lakes of Canada. They live about
200 or 300 miles east of Kamschatka.

One of the ancient traditions of the Cherokees is^
that once a whale swallowed a little boy, and after
some time spewed him upon the land.^'i

Some of the Indian nations stoned to death for
adultery.'72 Some of them employed hired mourn-
ers.7'3 Some buried in caves.74 Some assign semi-
circular positions for their chiefs in the congrega-
tional assemblies. Some do not eat of the hollow
of the thigh. Some grieve by putting the hand to
the mouth, and the mouth to the ground. Some
collect and remove with them the bones of the dead.
Some retained the observance of a jubilee. Some
anointed their beloved men, when inducted into
high offices. 75 They observed the purification and
separation of women, on the occurrence of lunar
impurity. They have clean and unclean animals^
fastings and ablutions. Some worship towards the
east, puffing the smoke of tobacco towards the sun,
and towards the cardinal points. Some consecrate
the conch shell to sacred uses. Some have a tra-
dition of a good and evil spirit, the latter of whom
was bound, and that the Great Spirit is •^ifta, father.
One extraordinary feature of this people, which be-
longs to no other upon the earth but the Israelites,
is the incapability to suffer commixture or consoli-
dation with other nations, which makes them prefer
in all instances extinction to it. Another peculiarity^"

71 Jonah, ch. 1, v. 17, ch. 2. v. 1, 10—626 before Christ

72 Leviticus, ch. 20, v. 10*

73 Amo8,ch.9,v. 16; Jeremiah, ch. 9, V. 17; Job,ch. 8,v,

74 Genesis, ch. 33, v. 19, ch. 49, v. 29 ; John, ch. 11, y. 38.

75 i Samuel. cU. JO, v. l, ch, 16, v. 13.

si^

M5

couimon to the Iiuliaiis and the Israelites, is their
aversion to strange women, with whom the Israel-
ites thought it the greatest disgrace to have any
connexion. These Indians were never known to
violate, or even attempt the chastity of female cap-
tives.76

Section 4. — Of their computation of Time.

It is to be noticed as a singular mark of distinc-
tion between the northern and southern Indians,
that the Mexicans, like the Chaldeans, Syrians,
Persians, and Egyptians, begin their day from sun-
rising ; because, being worshippers of the sun, that
was the moment when they paid their adoration to
him. The Hebrews counted in the same way till
after the exodus ; and then, Moses, to le^d the Is-
raelites as far as possible from any conformity or
intercourse with the idolatrous nations which sur-
rounded them, instituted a new year, to be counted
by lunar revolutions, or mooneths, or months, and
to begin at the first new moon in March, because
in that month the Iraelites came from Egypt. la
this month also, their festivals commenced, and their
day began in the evening. This institution imme-
diately removed the Israelites from all the festivals
held by the sun's worshippers, from all computatioa
of time made by his motion, from all want of the
knowledge connected with his progress, and from
all connexion or agreement with those who adored
him. And it banished, as far as possible, the idea of
dependence upon him, and precluded as far as pos-
sible, a relapse into the idolatrous worship of him.

The northern Indians also counted by moons and
nights, and the year by moons, beginning the year
at the first appearance of the new moon in March.
Here is established a clear difference between the
northern and southern tribes, and proves that they
are not of the same extraction.

76 Josephus's Antiquities, book 12, ch. 4, sec. 6.

§46

Section 5. — Of their Hebraic Rites. First, up
to the year 1775; secondly, up to the year 1810;
thirdly, since that period.

About the year 1730 or 1735, Mr. Adair came to
the Cherokee nation as a trader, and continued to
live amongst them and trade with them forty years,
or till the year 1775. Whilst there, being a man
of learning and observation, he carefully noted and
reduced to writing all the circumstances which were
calculated to give exact ideas of the countries they
liad formerly dwelt in, and of the nations with which
in former times they had maintained an intercourse.
"What he has stated has heen confirmed by a gen-
tleman of the highest veracity, who resided amongst
them soon after Mr. Adair left them. Mr. Adair s
descendants are still in the Cherokee nation, in
the most respectable stations which can be possessed
amongst them. The practice of their ceremonies is
far less perfect at this day than in the time of Mr.
Adair ; but enough of them still remains to show,
that in ancient times the customs were generally
such precisely as Mr. Adair represents. Their in-
tercourse with the whites has filled their country
>vith vicious habits, new diseases, and passions to
"which they were before strangers, and has made
them less observant of the precepts, and mystical
rites, which they received from their forefathers.
From what he has written, are extracted the Indian
peculiarities during the time of his residence
amongst them. Many of their words are partly
Hebraic. Their language is guttural, with strong
aspirations. Their discourses abound in allegory
and metaphors. They express themselves in their
public orations with great vehemence, and in short
pauses. They have long and many religious em-
blems of the divine name Je/iowJi. Rowah, which
M'ith them signifies the rumbling of thunder, seem«
to have been derived from the Hebrew word JSaa^
or rushing wind.

a4T

Before they go to war, they have many prepara-
tory ceremonies of purification and fasting. Wiieu
the leader begins to beat up for volunteers, he goes
three times around his dark winter house contrary
to the course of the sun, sounding the war whoop,
singing the war song, and beating a drum, which is
a skin drawn over a large gourd, or frame of wood.
When the people come around, he whoops again,
and calls upon them to join him, and to sanctify
themselves. A number soon joins him in his win-
ter house, when they live separate from all others,
and purify for three days and three nights, exclu-
sive of the first broken day. On each day they
fast until sunset. They watch the youug men, and
drink plentifully of their purifying beloved physic.
During that time, they will not allow the best be-
loved trader to be amongst them on the ground ap-
propriated to the duty of being sanctified for war,
much less to associate with the camp in the woods
at such a time, though united with them in tlie same
war design. He must walk and encamp separately
by himself, till the leader has purified him with the
consecrated things of the ark, which is made of
pieces of wood securely fastened together in the
form of a square. The middle of three of the sides
extends a little out, but the fourth is flat, for the
convenience of the person's back who wears it, and
is half the size of the Jewish ark, which was three
feet nine inches long, two feet three inches broad,
and two feet three inches deep. The Indian ark
has a cover, and the whole is made close with
hickory splinters. The leader and beloved waiter
carry it by turns It contains several consecrated
vessels made by beloved superannuated old women,
and of various antique forms. The two carriers
are purified longer than the rest, that the first man.
may be fit to act in the religious office of a priest of
war, and the other carry the awful sacred ark, all
the while they are engaged in the act of fig'^^^^S*

The beloved waiter feeds each of the warriors hy
an exact stated rate, giving them even the water
they drink out of his own hands, lest by intempe-
rance they should spoil the supposed communica-
tive power of their lioly things, and occasion disas-
ters to the war camp. They never place the arh
upon the ground, nor sit it upon the bare earth
whilst they are carrying it against the enemy. On
hilly ground, where stones are plenty, they place it
on them ; but on land where stones are not to be
had, they use short logs, always resting themselves
in like manner. They have a strong faith in the
power and holiness of their ark, ascribing the suc-
cess of a party to their stricter adherence to the
law than the other. The ark is deemed so sacred,
and dangerous to be touched, either by their owu
sanctified warriors, or the spoiling enemy, that they
will not touch it on any account. It is not to be
meddled with by any but the war chieftain and his
waiter, who are consecrated for the purpose, under
the penalty of incurring great evil. Nor would
the most inveterate enemy amongst the nations
touch it in the woods, for the same reason. On the
Ohio, in the year 1756, was a stranger very impor-
tunate to view the inside of the Cherokee ark,
w hich was covered with a dressed deer skin, and
placed on a couple of short blocks of wood. An
Indian sentinel watched it, armed with a hickory
bow, and a brass barbed arrow. Finding the
stranger obtruding with apparent determination to
pollute the supposed sacred vehicle, he drew his
arrow to the head, and would have shot him through
the body, had he not suddenly withdrawn. They
religiously abstain from all kind of intercourse,
even with their own wives, for the space of three
days and nights before they go to war, and so after
they return honae; because they are to sanctify
themselves. When they return home victorious
over an enemy; they sing the triumphant song Yo-

S49

He Wall, or Jehovab, or the Great Good Spirit,
ascribing the victory to him. When an application
for peace is made, and the applicants arrive near
the town, they send a messenger ahead to inform
the enemy of their amicable intentions. He carries
a swan's wing in his hand, painted with specs of
white clay, as an emblem of his peaceful embassy.
The next day, when they have made their peaceable
parade, by firing off their guns, and whooping, they
enter the beloved square. The chief, who is ahead
of the rest, is met by one of the beloved men of the
town. They approach each other in a bowing pos-
ture. The former says, "Are you come a friend
in the name of the Great Spirit?'' The other re-
plies, " The Great Spirit is with me. I am come
a friend in his name." The beloved man then,
grasps the stranger with both hands .around tb©
wrist of his right hand, which holds some green
branches, then again about the elbows, then about
the arm close to the shoulder, as a near approach tp
the heart. Then he waves an eagle's tail, whicU
is the strongest pledge of good faith. When they
greet each other, the host says, "Are you a friend?'^
The guest replies, " I ain come in the name o£
O E A, or Yohewah. The southern Indians, whea
any of their people die at home, wash and anoint
the corpse, and soon bring it out of doors for fear
of pollution. They place it before the door in a.
sitting posture. They then carry it three times
around the house in which he is to be interred; for
sometimes they bury him in his dwelling house, a«d
under his bed. The religious man of the family
of the deceased, in this procession, goes before the
corpse, saying each time in a solemn tone, Fah, then
Hof which is sung by all tlie procession. Agaia
he strikes up Jie, which is also sun^ by the rest.
Then all of them suddenly strike off the solemn,
chorus, by saying Wahf — which constitutes the
divine name Yohohewah. In the Choctaw uatjoi)

250

they often say Hallelujah, intermixed witt tbefr
lamentations. They put the corpse in the tomb m
a sitting posture, with his face towards the east, and
Ills head anointed with bear's oil. He is dressed
in his finest apparel, having his gun, pouch, and
hickory bow, with a young panther's skin full of
arrows, along side of him, and every other useful
thing he had been possessed of. The tomb is made
firm and clean inside. They cover it with thick
logs so as to bear several tiers of cypress bark, and
then a quantity of clay over it. They call their
prophets Loache, men resembling the holy fire, or
£lohim. Their traditions say, that their forefathers
were possessed of an extraordinary divine spirit, by
which they foretold things future ; and this they
transmitted to their offspring, provided they obeyed
the sacred laws annexed to it. They believe, that
by the commnnication of the same divine fire, work-
ing in the Loache, they can yet effect the like. Bufe
they say it is out of the reach of bad people either
to comprehend or perform such things; because the
holy spirit of fire will not cooperate or actuate the
accursed people. They never mention the name
T O He Wah altogether in common speech, as nei-
ther did the Hebrews. 1 he Indian prophets in-
voke Yo He Wah, and mediate with the supreme
holy fire, that he may give seasonable rains. They
have a transparent stone of supposed great power in
assisting to bring down the rain, when it is put into
a basin of water, agreeably to a reputed divine virtue
impressed on one of the like sort in times of oldy
which communicate \i circularly. This stone would
suffer gi'eat injury, as they assert, were it even seen
by their own laity ; but if by foreigners, it would
be utterly despoiled of its divine commnnicative
power. All the Indian nations, and particularly
the Muskogees, have a sanctum sanctorum, or most
holy place, in their tabernacle and temple. It is
partitioned off by a mud wall about breast bigh^

25i

Ifetween the white seat at which it always standSy
and the left hand of the red painted war seat.
There they deposite their consecrated vessels and
supposed holy utensils, none of the laity daring to
approach the sacred place, for fear of a particular
dama^ to themselves, and a general hurt to the
people, from the supposed divinity of the place.
Among the Indians, as soon as their first spring
produce comes in, on a day appointed, while the
sauctified new fruits are dressing, six old beloved
"women come to the temple or sacred wigwam of
worship, and dance the beloved dance with joyful
hearts. They observe a solemn procession as they
enter the holy ground or beloved square, carrying
in one hand a bundle of small branches of various
green trees, when they are joined by the same
number of beloved old men, who cairy a cane in
one hand, adorned with white feathers, having
gi-een boughs in the other hand.''?' Their heads
are dressed with white plumes, and the women in
their finest clothes, and anointed with bear's grease
«r oil, having also tortoise shells, and white pebbles
fastened to a piece of white dressed deer s^in,
which is tied to each of their legs.78 The eldest
of their beloved men leads the sacred dance,79 at
the head of the innermost row, which of course is
next to the holy fire. He begins the dance. After
going once around the holy fire in solemn and reli-
gious silence, he then in the next circle invokes
Yah, after their usual manner, in a bass key, and
with a short accent. In another cirr^le he sings Ho
Ho, which is repeated by all the religious proces-
sion, till they finish that circle. Then in another
round they repeat He He in like manner, in regu-
lar notes, and keeping time in the dance. Another

77 Leviticus, ch. 23, v. 40.

78 Exodus, ch. £3, v. 32, 36 j Isaiah, ch. S, v. 16, 18.

79 Dancing was a religious ceremony with the Hebrews,
4>f great solemnity. Psalms, ch. 149, v. 3, ch. 150, v. 4 ; 2
Samuel, ah. 6, v. 14.

25S

circle is continued in like manner, repeating the
words Wah Wah — makins; in the whole the divine
and holy name Yah- Ho- He- Wah. A little after
tliis is finished, which takes considerable time, they
begin again, going fresh rounds, singing Hal Hal,
Le Le, Lu Lu, Yah Yali. In like manner, and
frequently the whole train, strike up Hallelu Hal-
leht, Hallelujah Hallelujah, with great earnestness,
fervor and joy, while each strikes the ground with
the right and left foot alternately, very quick, but
well timed. Then a hollow sounding drum joins
the sacred choir, which excites the old female sing-
ers to chaunt forth their grateful hymns and praises
to the divine spirit, and to redouble their quick
joyful steps in imitation of the beloved man at their
head. On other occasions, and at their feast of
love, they sing Meyo Aleyo, which is the divine
iiarae by the attribute of omnipotence. They al«9
sing He Wah, He Wah, which is the immortal soul
drawn from the divine essential name, as deriving
its faculties from To He Wah, These words of
their religious dances, they never repeat at any
other time. It i^ believed that they do not now
understand either the spiritual or literal meaning
of what they sing, any further than by allusion to
the name of the Great Spirit. In these circuitous
dances, they also frequently sing in a bass key
Ahihe Muhe, Alwwafi Muwah, also Shiloyo Shiloyo,
Shihihe Shiluhe, Shiluwah Shiluwah, and Shiluhah
ShiiuhaJi. They transpose them several ways also>
but with the very same notes. Three terminations
make up the four-lettered divine name Jehovah, or
the Gt^eat Good Spirit; and the word Shilu pre-
ceding each syllable, means Shiloah sent, or he
tvho is to be sent, making all together the Great
Good Spirit, who is to be sent, or the Messiah, the
redeemer of the world. They continue their grate-
fttl divine hymns for about fifteen minutes, and then
break up. As they degenerate they lengthen their

253

dances, and shorten the times of tlielr fasts and pu-
riilcatioiis. They have so exceedingly corrupted
their primitive rites and customs, within the space
of ninety years, that at the same rate of declension,
there will not lon^ be a possibility of tracing their
origin, but by their dialects and war customs. At
the end of this notable religious dance, the old bC"
loved women return home to hasten the feast of the
new sanctified fruits. In the mean time, every one
at the temple drinks plentifully of the cassima, and
other bitter liquids,^^ to cleanse their sinful bodies,
as they suppose. After which they go to some
convenient deep water, and there they wash away
their sins with water. They t.ien return with great
joy in solemn procession, singing their notes of
praise till they again enter the holy ground, to eat
of the new delicious fruits, which are brought to the
outside of the square by the old beloved women.
They all behave so modestly, and are possessed of
such an extraordinary constancy and equanimity in
pursuit of their religious mysteries, that they do
not show the least outward emotion of pleasure at
the first sight of the sanctified new fruits. If any
of them should act in a contrary manner, they
would say to him, chehaskel Kenoha, you resemble
such as were beaten at Kenoha. Formerly, on the
north side of the Susquehanna, in Pennsylvania,
were some old Indian towns called Kanaa; and
about ninety years ago, there was a remnant of a
nation, or a subdivided tribe of Indians, called Ke-
naai. On the evening of the same day they have
another public feast, when a great quantity of veni-
son is provided, with other things dressed in the
usual way, and distributed to all the guests, of
which they eat freely that evening ; hut that which
18 left is thrown into the tire and burned, as none
of it must remain until sunrise on the next day;^

80 Numbers, ch. 9, V. II.

SI Leyiticus, ch. 22j v. 30 ; Numbers, ch. 9, v. 12.

S54

nor must a botic of the venison be brokeii.^2 1^,^
southern Indians offer a sacrifice of gratitude, if
they have been successful, and have all returned
safe home ; but if they have lost any in war, they
generally decline it ; because they imagine, that by
some neglect of duty, they are impure ; and then
they only mourn their vicious conduct, which defiled
the ark, and thereby occasioned the loss. They
believe that their sins are the procuring cause of all
their evils, and ihat the divinity in the ark will al-
^'ays bless the more religious party with the best
success. This is their invariable sentiment, and is
the sole reason for mortifying themselves in so se-
vere a manner whilst they are ont at war, living
Very scantily, even in a buffalo range, under a strict
rule, lest by luxury their hearts should grow evil,
and give them occasion to mourn. The Muskogee
Indians sacrifice a piece of every deer they kill, at
hunting camps, or near home. If the latter, they
dip the middle finger in the broth, and sprinkle over
the domestic tombs of their dead, to keep them out
of the power of evil spirits, according to their my-
thology.

They have one other most solemn feast and fast,
similar to the Jewish feast of harvest, and day of
expiation of sin.

The Indians formerly observed this great festival
of the annual expiation of sin, and the offering of
tbe first fniits of the harvest, at the beginning of the.
first new moon in which their corn became full
eared ; but for many years past, they are regulated
by the season of their harvest. Yet they are skilful
in observing the revolutions of the moon, as ever
the Israelites were, at least till the end of the first
temple. For during that period, instead of mea*
suring time by astronomical calculations, they knew
it only by the phases of the moon. In like manner
the Indians annually observe their festivals, aud

82 Exodus, ch. 12, v. 46 j Numbers, cli. 9, v. \ 2. ^

llays of afflicting themselves before the Great Spirit,
at a prefixed time of a certain moon. The great
chief fixes the day for the beginning of the festival
of the harvest, which lasts three days, spent in
sports and feasting. Each private person contri-
butes something of his own hunting, his fishing, and
his other provisions, as maize, beans, and melans.
The great chief presides at the feast. All the sa-
chems are around him in a respectful posture. The
last day the cliief makes a speech to the assembly.
He exhorts every one to be exact in the perform-
ance of his duties, especially to have a great vene-
ration for tlie spirit which resides in the temple^
and ta be careful in i^nstructing their children. The
fathers of families never fail to bring to the temple
the first produce of the harvest, and of every thing
they gather, and they do the same by all the pre-
sents made to their nation. They expose them at
the door of the temple, the keeper of which, after
presenting them to the spirit, carries them to the
king, who distributes them to whom he pleases.
T'he seeds are in like manner offered before the
temple with great ceremony. But the offerings
which are made of bread and flour every new moon^
are for the use of the keepers of the temple. As
the offering of the fruits of the harvest precede it
long strict fast of two nights and a day, they gor-
mandize such a prodigious quantity of strong food,
as to enable them to keep inviolate the succeeding
fast. The feast lasts only from morning until sun-
set. The fea&t being over, some of their people
are carefully employed in putting their temple in
proper order for the annual expiation, whilst other*
are painting the white cabin and the supposed ho-
liest with white clay ; for it is a sacred and peace-
able place, and white is its emblem. Others, of an
inferior order, are covering all the seats of the be-
loved square with new mattresses, made out of fine
spliftters of long; cana tied together with flags. >Se-

256

Ycral are busy in sweeping the temple, cleaving it
of every supposed polluted thing, and carrying out
the ashes from the hearth, which has not perhaps
been cleared but a few times since the last year's
annual ottering Every thing being thus prepared,
the cJiief beloved man or high priest orders some
of his religious attendants to dig up the old hearth
or altar, and to sweep out the remains that by
chance might either be left, or dropped down. He
then puts a few roots of the button snake root, with
some green leaves of an uncommon small kind of
tobacco, and a little of the new fruits at the bottom
of the fire-place, which he orders to be covered up
with a w hite marly clay, and wetted over with clear
water. Immediately the magi or priests order a
thick arbor to be made over the altar, with green
branches of the vari()us young trees, which the
warriors had designedly chosen, and laid down on
the outside of the supposed holy ground. 83 The
women in the interim, are busy at home, cleaning
out their houses, putting out all the old fire, renew-
ing the old hearths, and cleaning all their culinary
vessels, that they may be lit to receive the pretended
holy fire, and the sanctified new fruits, according
to the purity of the law ; lest by an improper con-
duct they should incur damage in life, health, or
future crops, and the like. Formerly none of the
Indians wonld eat or even handle any part of the
new harvest, till some of it bad been offered up at
the yearly festival of the beloved man or high priest,
or those of his appointment, at their plantations,
although the light harvest of the past year should
almost have forced them to give their Avomen and
children of the ripening fruits to sustain life. Hav-
ing everything in order for the sacred solemnity,
the religious waiters carry off the remains of the
feast, and lay them on the outside of the square.
Others, of an inferior order, sweep out the smallest

83 Leviticus, ch. 23, v. 40.

257

(a-unibs, for fear of polluting the first fruit offering;
anil before sunset the temple must be cleared, even
of every kind of vessel or utensil that had contained
any thing, or had been used for any kind of provi-
sion, during the past year. Now one of the waiters
pro( laims with a loud voice for all the warriors and
beloved men, whom the purity of the law admits to
come and enter the beloved square, and observe the
fast. He also exhorts the women and children with
those who have not been initiated in war, to keep
apart according to the law. Four sentinels are now
placed, one at each corner of the holy square, to
keep out every living creature as impure, except the
religious order and the warriors, who are not knowa
to have violated tlie law of the first fruit offering,
and that of marriage, since the last year's expiation.
They observe the fast till the rising of the second
sun ; and be they ever so hungry in that sacred in-
terval, the healthy warriors deem the duty so awful,
and disobedience so inexpressibly vicious, that no
temptation could induce them to violate it. They
at the same time drink plentifully of the decoctioa
of the button snake root, in order to vomit, and
cleanse their sinful bodies. In the general fast, the
children and men of weak constitutions are allowed
to eat, as soon as they are certain that the sun has
begun to decline from his meridian altitude. At
the end of this solemn fast, the women, by the voice
q{ a crier, bring to the outside of the holy square,
a plentiful variety of the old year's food newly
dressed, which they lay down and immediately
return home. The waiters then go, and reaching
their hands over tlie holy ground, they bring the
provisions, and set them down before the famished
multitude. They think it wholly out of order to
show any joy or gladness, for the end of their re-
ligious duties. They are strict observers of their
set forms. As soon as the sun is visibly declining
horn the meridian the third day of the fast; the

258

chief l)cloved man orders a reli2;ious attendant to
cry aloud to tlic crowded town, that the holy fire is
to he broui^ht out for the sacred altar, commanding;
every one to stay within the house, as becomes the
beloved people, without doinj^ the least bad thing,
and to be sure to extin^iish every spark of the old
fire, otherwise the divine fire would bite them se-
verely. Now every thing is hushed. Nothing but
silence all around. The great beloved man and
his beloved waiter rising up, with a reverend car-
riage, steady countenance, and composed behaviour,
go into the beloved place, or holiest, to bring them
out the beloved fire. The former takes a piece of
dry poplar, willow, or white oak, and having cut a.
hole, but not so deep as to reach through it, he
then sharpens another piece, and placing that on
the hole, and both between his knees, he drills it
busily for some moments, till it begins to smoke ; or
by rubbing two pieces together for a quarter of an
hour, he collects, by friction, the hidden fire, which
they all consider as proceeding from iheholy spirit
of fire. They then cherish it with fine chips till it
glows to a flame, by using a fan of the unsullied
whig of a swan. On this the beloved man brings
out the fire in an old earthen vessel and lays it on
the altar, which is under the arbor, thick woven at
the top with green boughs. They rejoice exceed-
ingly at this appearance of the holy fire, and it is
supposed to atone for all their past crimes, except
murder. Although the people without may well
tnow what is doing within, yet by order a crier
informs them of the glad tidings, and orders a be-
loved old woman to pull a basket full of the new
ripened fruits, and bring them to the beloved square.
As she is prepared for the occasion, she readily
obej's, and soon lays it down at the corner thereof.
Then the fire-maker rises from his white seat, and
walks northward three times around the holy fire^
with a slow pace^ and in a sedate and grave man-

259

iier, stopping now and tlien, and speaking some old
ceremonial words with a low voice ind rapidity of
expression, which none know bat a few of the be-
loved old men, who equally secrete their religious
mysteries, that they may not be performed. He
then takes a little of each sort of the new fruits, rubs
some bear's oil over them, and offers them up, to-
gether with some flesh, to the bountiful spirit of
fire, as a fruit offering, and an annual oblation for
sin. He likewise pours a little of a strong decoc-
tion of the button snake root and of the cassana,
into the pretended holy fire. He then purifies the
red and white seats with these bitter liquids, and
sets down. All culprits may now come forth from
their hiding places, dressed in their finest clothes,
to pay their thanks, at an awful distance, to the for-
giving divine fire. Orders are now given to call the
women to come for the sacred fire. They gladly
obey. The great beloved man, or high priest, ad-
dresses the warriors and women, giving all the
particular and positive injunctions, and negative
precepts they yet retain of the ancient law. He
uses very sharp language to the women. He then
addresses the whole multitude. He enumerates
the crimes they have committed, great and small,
and bids them look at the holy fire, which has for-
given them. He presses on his audience by the
great motives of temporal good, and the fear of
temporal evil, the necessity of a careful observance
of the ancient law, assuring them that the holy
fire will enable their prophets, the rain-makers, to
procure them plentiful harvests, and give their war
leaders victory over their enemies. He then orders
some of the fire to be laid dow n outside of the holy
ground, for all the houses of the various associated
towns, which sometimes lie several miles apart. If
any are sick at home, and unable to come out, they
are allowed one of the old consecrated conch shells
full pf their sanctifying bitter cassana, carried to

260

(hem by a beloved old man. At the conclusion,
the oeioved uiaii orders one of bis religious waiters
to proclaim to all the people, that the sacred annual
solemnity is now ended, and every kind of evil
averted from the beloved people, according to the
old straight beloved speech. They are then ordered
to paint themselves, and go along with him, accord-
ing to ancient custom, niey imraedijvtely fly about
to grapple up a kind of chalky clay, to paint them-
selves white. They soon appear all over as white
as the clay can make them. The beloved man, or
high priest, heads the holy train, his waiter next,
the beloved men according to their seniority, and
the warriors according to their reputed merit. The
-women follow in the same orderly manner, with all
the children who can walk, ranged according to
their height. The very little ones are carried ia
their mothers' arms. In this manner they move
along, singing Hallelujah to Y O He Wah, till they
get to the water, when the high priest jumps into it,
and all the train follow him. Having thus purified
themselves and washed away their sins, they con-
sider themselves out of the reach of temporal evil.
They now return to the centre of the holy ground,
•where having made a few circles dancing around
the altar, they finish their annual great festival, and
depart in joy and peace.

They have also a daily sacrifice. The women
always throw a small piece of the fattest of the
meat into the fire, before they begin to eat. At
times they view it with pleasing attention, and pre-
tend to draw omens from it. The Indian men ob-
serve the daily sacrifice, both at home and in the
woods, with new^ killed venison. They also draw
the new killed venison, before they dress it, several
times through the smoke and flame of fire, both by
way of offering as a sacrifice, and to consume the
blood, which with them as with the Hebrews, would
ho a most horrid abomination to eatj Their annueSi

£61

iacrifice cannot be oifered anywhere but in their
temples, otherwise they would not atone for the
people, but bring down the anger of the Cxieat Spi-
rit, and utterly spoil the power of their holy place
and holy things. They who sacrificed in the woois
do it only on important occasions, allowed by ti»eu*
laws and customs. Mr. Adair says, that in his time
the Cherokees still observed the laws of refu;^e so
inviolably, that they allowed the beloved lowu the
privilege of protecting a wilful murderer, but they
seldom allowed him to returu home from it iu safe-
ty. The towu of refuge called Choota, or 0 i )ta,
is situated on a large stream of the Mississippi, sojne
miles above where fort Louden stood. Here, some
time ago, a brave Englishman was protected aficr
killing an Indian warrior in defence of his property.
He told Adair, that after some months' stay theie,
he intended returning to his house in the neighbour-
hood, but the chiefs told him it would prove fatal
to him; so he was obliged to continue there till he
satisfied the friends of the deceased by presents to
their full satisfaction. In the upper country of the
Muskogees, there was an old beloved town called
Koosah, now reduced to a small ruinous village,
which is still a place of safety for those who kill
undesignedly. They pay their religious worship
to the great, beneficial, supreme, holy spirit of fire ,
who resides above the clouds, and on earth with
unpolluted holy people. They were never known
to pay the least perceivable adoration to images, or
dead persons, or to celestial luminaries, or evil spi-
rits, or to any created being whatever. None of
the various nations from Hudson's Bay to the Mis-
sissippi, have ever been known to attempt the for-
mation of any image of the Great Spirit, \ horn they
devoutly worship. The Cherokees and Choctaws,
in the time of Adair, had some representation of the
cherubimical figures in their places of worship or
beloved squaye, where^ through a strong religious

S6S

principle, they dance almost every winter's ni^ht,
always in a bowing posture, and frequently singing
Hallelujah, Yobewah. They have in their places
of worship which Mr. Adair has seen, two white
painted eagles, carved out of poplar wood, with
their w ings stretched out, and raised five feet from
the ground, standing in the corner close to the red
and white seats; and on the inner side of each of the
notched pieces of vt^ood where the eagles stand, the
Indians frequently paint, with a white chalky clay,
the figure of a man witli buflalo's horns, and that of
a panther (the nearest in America to that of a lion)
in the same colour. The emblems of the congrega-
tional standards of the Hebrews were the bull, the
lion, the man and the eagle. Their figures they
paint afresh at the first fruit offering in the annual
expiation of sin. JS one of these emblems, how ever,
are the objects of divine adoration. They kill the
eagle and panther wherever they find them. They
believe in a future state, where the spirit exists,
ivhich they call the world of spirits, where they
enjoy different degrees of tranquillity and comforts,
agreeably to the life they have spent here. They
liold their beloved man or priest in great respect,
and pay a strict obedience to all he directs. These
beloved men are supposed to be in great favor with
the Deity, and able to procure rain when they please.
The northern Indians of Canada, in the time of
Charlevoix, would not, at their feasts, eat of the
part under the lower joint of the thigh. 84 The
Cherokees inflict punishment upon the members of
that nation whose people have slain some of theirs;
and when about to be put to death, are greatly com-
forted if inspired with a belief that revenge will be
taken for them by their surviving friends. The
tribes claim preeminence by seniority. They are
exceedingly cruel to their prisoners of war. All
these are traits of the Hebraic character. Liberty

84 Genesis, ch. 22, v. 25, 32.

263

is the ruling passion of these Indians, as it was of
the Hchrews, who in all agps have been conspicn-
ously impatient of foreign doiniuion and domestic
tyranny.

Secondly. From 1775 to 1810, the religious no-
tions and practises had considerably faded. In tiie
latter part of this period, they say, the Great Spirit
created the heavens and the earth, and all that is
therein. That then he made a white and a red man,
and set them upon the earth. To the red man the
Great Spirit gave a book, who took and looked into
it, but could not understand it. The Great Spirit
then gave it to the white man, who read and under-
stood it. To the red man the Great Spirit gave a
tomahawk, and a bow and arrows, and taught him
to subdue his enemies, love his friends, hate riches,
and bear hunger and abstinence; hunt the buffalo
and bear for skins to make him warm, and the deer
and turkey for food. He taught him to love truth,
to hate a lie, never to steal from his neighbour, nor
kill any but his enemies. He taught him not to he
afraid, though the winds blew, the lightning flashed,
and the thunders rolled. The Great Spirit then
gave him a wampum belt, which he fastened around
lus waist, that he might recollect all that he had
taught him. From the book the white man learned
a great many things — architecture, agriculture, for-
tification, and machinery of various sorts. From
the wampum the Indian learned patience, abste-
miousness, to sulier privation, hunger, thirst, and
fatigue; to endure heat and cold, poverty, and mis-
ery, to bear pain without murmuring, to reverence
the Great Spirit, love his friends, hate his enemies,
and to seek revenge. The white man hath found out
many inventions — society, metallurgy, commerce,
politics. The Indian hath only one God, or Great
Spirit. If we reverence him, love our friends, hate
our enemies, and do justice to all, he will cause the
txjrn to groW; the fruits to ripen, the game to be

^64

plontiful, fliKi cany us to a good huiiling place when
we (lie. But it* we are false to our frieuds, coward-
ly to our entries, cheat, lie, or steal, the corn is
blasted, tlie fruit withers and drops ('ff, and the
gamp hides wliere we cannot find it. They do not
believe in a plurality of Gods, or spirits, but they
believe that the Good Spirit will punish them when
tliey do wrong. The Great Spirit they believe
made the Indians, and gave them their hunting
ground. But whenever they off'end him he causes
the game to be scarce, and their enemies to make
war upon tliem, and to take away tlieir hunting
ground.'^G \^, hen the Great Spirit is oifended, they
try to appease him by good deeds. The chiefs as-
semble all the nation together, who build great fires,
around which they all gather to sing and dance, to
hear the wise men and doctors repeat the tradition-
ary history of their wars, and great chiefs to talk of
their courage and virtues, and to exhort the young
men to be brave and good like their forefathers.

The green corn dance is an annual feast of
thanksgiving. It is most splendid, and full of de-
votion. Here it is they sacrifice to tlie Great Spirit
for giving them a good crop of corn and tobacco.
Here it is that all injuries are forgiven, which have
been done to one another. Vengeance and cruelty
are forgotten in the sacrifice made to friendship:
]S'o one who has been guilty of unpardonable offen-
ces, can be partaker of this feast; and all who are
permitted to partake of it, must be forgiven, no
matter what may l)e the nature of the offence. This
feast consigns to oblivion, and extinguishes all ven-
geance, and for ever banishes from the mind all
the sentiments of displeasure, which before separa-
ted them from a close and friendly intercourse witli
each other.87

86 Leviticus, ch. 5, v. 1. cli. 26, v. 14, 39.

87 Leviticus, ch. 7, v. 12, 15, ch. 22, v.29 j Nthemiah,ch<
11, V. 17.

Thirdly. From 1810 to the present time. The
statements next following have been collected in
part from one of the native Cherokees, who has all
his lifetime resided among them, and is a man of
excellent understanding, and of considerable learn-
i«g; and in part from a white man of good charac-
ter and understanding, who has lived for forty years
in the Cherokee country. The Cherokees believe
in a good and bad spirit, and that they are hostile
to each other. They believe that after death the
spirits of all mankind go on one road some distance,
to a point where the road forks. When the spirit
of the deceased comes to the point where the road
forks, he is met by the messenger of the Great Spirit,
ivho conducts those who have lead good lives, along
the right-hand path,88 into a pleasant country,
which hath an eternal spring, where game and
every thing else they want is plenteous; whilst
those who have lived wicked lives are forced by
the messenger of the Great Spirit to take the left-
hand road, which leads to a cold, barren country
where there is no game, where they endure constant
hunger, and where they are exposed to perpetual
danger and frights of bad spirits, and the farther
they travel the more their difficulties and torments
increase. It is the opinion of a half breed of the
i^herokees, resident amongst them, and who is sen-
sible, observing, and well educated, that the Chero-
iiees, by their intermixture with the whites, have
greatly descended from the high rank of their an-
cestors. The practice yet prevails, he says, of
preparing new fire every spring, for sacrifices of the
new growth of corn and beans.89 These fires they

88 1 Kings, ch. 2. v. 19; Psalms, ch. 16, v. ll,ch.45 v Q
ch. 110, V. 1, ch. 12. *J»cn.45,v.y,

89 Gen ch. 15, v. 7; Leviticus, ch. 2, v, 14, ch. 9 v 24-
J^^^ngs ch. 18, V 38 ; 2 Chron. ch. 7. v. 1 ; Lev ch 2W
10 21 ; Exo. ch. 22, V. 29, ch. 23. v. 19 ; N^^b ch. it* v. 20 .*
1^1'XT^''' '^'^' P»«tarch. 79. 165, 166; QpJtlo'
1 Dubois, 14, 143, 154, 344; 2 Dubois, 55,34,44.48, 125

me

consider as tlie agents of the great fire above, llie
sun tbey call the day moon, or female, and the
night moon, tlie male. A custom once prevailed,
that vf\,ei\ the moon changed, they held the palm*
of their hands forward and stroked them over the
face.9o They had no idols, or images, or names for
them. They would deem it as hideous and laugh-
able, says Mr. Hicks, to see a man paying his ado-
ration to an image, as it would impress them with
awe and reverence to see one paying his devotions
to an invisible creator, whom they acknowledge to
be the master of breath. 9i The Cherokees are ad-
dicted to conjuration^ to ascertain v/hether a sick
person will recover. This custom arose after the
destruction of their priests. Tradition states, that
such persons lived amongst their ancestors, and
were deemed superior to others ; and were extirpa-
ted long ago, in consequence of the misconduct of
one of the priests, who attempted to take the wife
of a man who was the brother of the leading chief
of (he nation. An ancient custom is still in use ia
some parts of the nation, of making sacrifices when
the green beans become eatable, and when the green
corn becomes fully eared. At the former festival,
the dance lasted foul* days ; at the latter, one night,
and in the mprning sacrifices were offered.92 There
still is a festival called the green corn dance, which,
comes on some time in September. The strict ob-
servance of these customs is now fast wearing away,
says Mr. Hicks. They have not, since bis time»
who was a half-breed, born in the nation, and now
one of their judges, used the words Jehovah, Hal-
lelujah, Shiloh.

Mr. Love, who was raised near that part of the
Cherokees, wiiich is nearest the white settlement*

90 Job. ch. 31, V. 27.

91 Psalms, ch. 146, v. 4, ch. 33, v. 6 ; Isaiah, ch. 11, v. 4,
ch. 30, V. 28, 33.

92 Leviticus, ch. 23, v. 10; Exodus, ch. 22, V. 29, ch.2S^
V. 19; Num. ch. 15, v. 19, 20.

•S6T

ill Noi'tL- Carolina, has heard a woman, in mourn-
ing for the death of a near relation, pronounce, ia
lier lamentations, the name Jehovah very distinctly.
He has also heard them at the green corn dance in
Nod'th-Carolia, pronounce the different syllables
YHe Ho Wall, one after another. He has seen the
whole congregation set in a circle,93 with a priest
in the centre, speaking, and frequently casting his
eyes up to heaven, whilst the assembly sat in the,
most solemn silence. And when the ceremonies
were ended, he has seen them all rise, and proceed,
with the priest at their head, to a river, and all
plunge into it and bathe themselves ; after which
they returned to their respective homes. These
ceremonies are a part of those belonging to the
green corn dance ; and he was assured, that the
whole was a religious thanksgiving to God, for the
incoming of the fruits of the earth. And he says^
that what is before stated respecting the syllables
of different words pronounced in the solemn dances^
is strictly correct, even at this day. This testimo-
3iy is of indubitable veracity.

In ancient times, the Cherokees had no concep-
tion of any one's dying a natural death. They
universally ascribed the death of those who perish^
ed by disease, to the intervention or agency of evil
spirits, and witches, and conjurers, who had con-
nexion with the Shina, or evil spirits.^^ They
ascribe to their witches and conjurers, the power to
put on any shape they please, either of bird or beast,
hut they are supposed generally to prefer the form

93 1 Josephus, 261, £98 ; 1 Samuel, ch. 26, v. 7.

94 Gen. ch.41, v. 1, 24, ch.44, v. 6 ; Exodus, ch. 7, v. 11,
ch. 8, V. 19, ch. 9, V. 11; Leviticus, ch. 20, v. 27 ; Num. ch.
S2, V. 5, 9, 14, 25, 31, 35, ch. 23, v. 4, 30, ch. 24, v. 2, 3, 25, ch.
31, V. 8, 16; Deut. ch. 18, v. 9, 10, 11, 15; Numb. ch. 22, v.
27, ch. 23, V. 23 ; 1 Samuel, ch. 15, v. 23 ; 1 Kings, ch. 15, v.
40; 1 Kings, ch. 10, v. 19; Jeremiah, ch. 14, v. 14; Ezekiel,
ch . 12, V. 24, ch. 13, v. 6, 7, ch. 21, v. 21, 22, 23 ; Hosea, ch.
4, V. 12 J 1 Dubois, ii7'Z j 2 Dubois, 81, 91, 125, J26.

§68

«f a cat or of an owl. They ascribe to them the
power of passing from one place to another in as
short a time as they please. To another set of
priests, who are supposed to derive their power
from the Good Spirit, they assign the knowledge of
the divine will, the procurement of rain by suppli-
cntion,95 the giving of victory in a ball play, and
the power to avert misfortune by conciliating the
favour of Gotl. Their witches and conjurers are
supposed to receive their faculties from evil spirits,
and are punished to this day with death. 96 Sus-
picion affixes to them the imputation of this crime.
A person dying by disease, and charging his death
to have been procured by means of witchcraft, or
spirits, by any other person, consigns that person to
inevitable death. They profess to believe that their
conjurations have no eff ct upon white men. la
ancient times they had a town called Toquo^ which
"was a place of refuge for those who had committed
capital offences, in which, if they took shelter, they
could not be molested.^T"

In their hierarchal history, are some circumstan-
ces extremely attractive of attention. Sacrifices
were as universally prevalent in America as in the
old world, where they had spread over all countries.
It must have sprung there from an origin of positive
institution. There is nothing in nature that points
it out or enjoins it ; and no doubt it last came from
the sacrifice made by Noah, on his disembarkation
from the ark, on the subsidence of the grand cata-
clysma, or deluge.98 When we find it in America,
are we to imagine it commenced spontaneously,
without an original, and extended itself universally

95 lSamueI,ch.l2, V.17, 18; 1 Kings, ch. 8, v. 36, ch. 18,
T. 1 ; 2 Chron. ch. 6, v. 27.

96 Exodus, ch. 22, v. 18 ; Deut ch. 18, v. 10.

97 Numb. ch. 35, v. 6,11,12, 13. 14. 15, 16, 17,25,26.27,
28 ; Dftut. ch. 19, v. 11,12; Joshua, ch, 20.

98 Genesis, ch. 8, v. 26.

§69

over the whole continent? Its conformity here to
the same model which is in the old world, proves
it to have come from thence^ and the people of
America with it.

Spiritualism, in the time of Moses, abstracted
completely from the worship of the sun, or other
created being, was at open war with the long estab-
lished opinions of the world. It was restored by
the pentateuch, founded upon it, and coniined to
the Israelites. Even among them it was preserved
with the greatest difficulty. The golden calves built
by the people at Sinai, the building of high places
by Solomon, for Baal and Ashteroth, and the gene-
ral idolatry to which the ten tribes afterwards ad-
dicted themselves, are full proofs of this remark.
Spiritual theism made no proselytes in the adjacent
countries ; but always acted upon the defensive. It
travelled only with the Israelites ; and wherever
we see it, whether in the old or in the new world,
we may take it as a sure evidence, that those who
possess it, have drawn their creeds mediately at
least from the Mosaic writings. The aborigines of
Tennessee spread from the south and southwest,
towards the north and northeast : but the present
race of Indians came from the north and northeast.
The former had been long settled : the latter came
recently into the country. These had no higli
places, or mounds, idols, liuman sacrifices, three-
faced images, no fortifications or intrenchments,
wells walled up from the bottom, bricks for building,
nor any metallic tools or domestic utensils, no prin-
ces with despotic power, nor any political institu-
tions which bear the least resemblance to those of
the aborigines of Tennessee. In their manners,
laws and customs, the new comers were in a few
instances Hindoric; in a few others, Scythic; in all
the rest, Hebraic These and the ancient aborigines
must have come from difii'rent sections of the old
world: the aborigines from the south of Asia 5 th©

270

present race from tlic central parts of Asia, and br
some passage near to the northeastern coast of A-
merica, over some isthmus wliich joins the two con-
tinents together, which by ice far protruded from
its shores, prevents the access of navigation. The
same istlimus which formerly afforded a passage to
the mammoth of the north, whose body is found in
the Frozen ocean and on the shores of Siberia, and
^vhose bones are found in Tennessee. The same
also which afforded a passage to the raindeer, the
buffalo, the elk, the panther, the wolf, the fox, the
racoon, the martin, the squirrel, and other animals
of Hiberia, which are precisely of the same species
with the like animals in the northern and north-
western parts of America; and the same from
whence iiew" the geese and ducks, in their south-
wardly migrations, over the ice which stopped
Capt. Cook in his further progress in 1778, but in
his view so as to inform him that, though he could
go no farther, the country of their nativity was still
more to the north, and could not be discovered but
by pedestrian explorers. The arrival of the last emi-
grants had not been long enough to people the coun-
tries from California to the bay of Hudson, thence
to the Northern ocean, and south southeastwardly
through the present southeastern parts of the United
8tates, as far as to James river, and afterwards to
send to North and South Carolina as thick a popu-
lation as was to the north of these countries, on the
Susquehanna and the lakes. The tribes which
were found in North- Carolina, had been lately
from the mother stock. The Tuscaroras spake
without any variation of dialect, the same language
with the mother stock to the north ; acknowledged
their connexion with it; in times of distress, called
upon them for assistance, and when sorely pressed
by their enemies, took shelter under tlieir wing, and
made one of the six nations. They chieiJy came
into Nortli- Carolina and Tennessee, from the uortfe

anil northeast, plainly designating the conrse of
theii- original, and migration. When, in the lapse
of ages, progressive population and the increased
number of animals had come through the Iheriaa
gates, as far as to the gateway into this continent,
the Scythians or Tartars, and perhaps the greatly
multiplied Isroelites, anciently removed to the nortU
by the Assyrians, chose for their future residence^
the newly discovered regions of North-America.
They, with the northern animals of the old world-^
whose augmented numbers called for new habita-
tions, all entered with one accord into this passage^
and planted themselves in the land which Provi-
dence, in his goodness, had reserved for them,
Charlevoix, in his history of Canada, has stated
what father Grillan often informed him of, namely,,
that after having laboured some time in the missions
of Canada, he returned to France, and went to
China. As he was travelling through Tartary, he
met a Huron woman whom he had formerly knowa
in Canada. She told him, that having been takea
in war, she had been conducted fro n nation to na-
tion, until she arrived at the place where she thea
was. There was another missionary, said Charle-
voix, passing by the way of Nantz, on his return
from China, who related the like story, of a woman
he had seen, from Florida in America. She in-
formed him, that she had been taken and given to
those of a distant country, and by them again to
another nation, till she had been thus successively
passed from country to country, had travelled re-
gions excessively cold, and at length found herself
in Tartary, and had there married a Tartar, who
had passed with the conquerors into China, and
liad there settled.

S73

Section 6. — Of tli eir Political Government, LaifSf,
Civil Customs, Civil Traditions and Scientific Ac-
quirements, Lingual Affinities and Games.

Their darling passion is liberty.'^ To it tliey
sacrifice every thing, and in the most unbonnded
liberty they indulge themselves through life. They
are rarely chided even in infancy, and never chas-
tised with blows. Reason, they say, will guide
their children, when they are come to the use of it,
and before that time they cannot commit faults. To
chastise them, would be to debase the mind, and
blunt the sense of honour, by the habit of a slavish
motive to action. In manhood, command, subordi-
nation, dependence, were equally unknown: and
by those who wish to possess their confidence, per-
suasion is avoided, lest their influence should seem
a sort of violence offered to the will. They have
no punishments but death. They have no fines,
for they have no way of exacting them from free-
men. When death is inflicted, it is rather on an
individual or public enemy, than an act of judicial
power on a subject or citizen. They have a su-
preme head, Avhom they call king ; but his power is
rather recommendatory, than coercive. He is re-
vered as a father, more than feared as a monarch.
The qualification for their head men is age, with
experience, ability in the affairs of the nation, and
fidelity in the discharge of the duties which devolve
upon them. Yet there are in almost every tribe,
some families respected as hereditttry chiefs, uuless
they forfeit their title by misconduct. Ho of the
tribes themselves, there are some which, on account
of their numbers, and bravery, have a preeminence
over the others. It is not exacted by pride, nor
maintained by tyranny; and is never disputed
Wi.ere it is due. The great council is composed of
their hereditary chiefs, with such whose capacity,

h A characteristical trait of the Hebrews. 1 Jos. 95, 180.

273

Cdurage and virtue have elevated them to the same
degree of consideration. The king is hereditary
amongst the other southern nations, but not amongst
the Cherokees, for with them he is elective. A part
of the council is hereditary. The king has neither
guards, power, or revenue. The council is no
otherwise respected, than as their merit entitles
them to it ; and both may forfeit their rank and
dignity by meanness and cow ardice. None of the
dignitaries, whether hereditary, or raised to office
by merit, must have any power contrary to the will
of the nation. 1 n every village there is a chief, or
head, wiiose authority extends to his ow^n tribe or
family. Amongst the Cherokees, not only the king,
but the council is elective to supply deficiencies ;
though it is common to elevate the sons of auy of
the dignitaries to the rank of iheir fathers. The,
councils are attended by the whole nation, men,
women and children. The progress of deliberatioa
is frequently impeded, in order to consult the as-
sembled nation. A few dissenting voices ¥/ill often
destroy the most salutary measures. The councils
are public. The meeting is in a house privileged
in every town for the purpose, in which to receive
embassadors, deliver aosvi^ers to them, to sing tra-
ditionary war songs, and to commemorate the dead.
All things which concern the state are here perform-
ed, the same having been already digested in the
great council. Here the orators display the talents
"which distinguish them for eloqueiice, and a know-
ledge of public affairs, in both of which some of
them are admirable. None others arc permitted to
speak in the public councils. Out of them are se-
lected the embassadors of the nation, and those who
are appointed to treat of war and peace, or to foria
alliances with other nations. Precision of senti-
ment, metaphoric boldness of expression, vehe-
mence of gesture, and propriety of manner, are ex-
hibited. These are remembered witk the gr^atei^t

274

accuracy for a long time. All the speeches deliver-
ed at treaties with forei2;n nations, are first repeated
by a head cliief in a council at home, and sent iti
the memory of another chief, or minister appointed
for the purpose, to be delivered at the negotiation.
These speeches are always repeated verbatim aa
delivered. They use suiall shells or beads of dif-
ferent colours, which have diiferent meanings, ac-
cording to their colours or arrangerment. Tlieso
are fixed on belts, which the orator wears around
the middle, and which are badges of his profession:
of oratory, and credentials of his office of minister
or negotiator. A chief newly elected, and solemnly
invested into his office, is loved and respected by
his people, w ho safely confide in his measures. If
he is intelligent and skilful enough to gain the af
fections of his captains and people, the former sup-
port his authority, and the latter execute his mea-
sures. A captain is the chief^s right hand. He
must undertake every thing committed to him by
the chief, even at the hazard of his life. In thiff
consists his glory. If he is killed by the enemy^
the whole nation unites in avenging his death. A
chief is above all things to secure the confidence of
his counsellors. Without their assistance he is a
mere cipher. He therefore submits the subject of
deliberation to them without giving his own opinion.
When they have given theirs, he either approves of
it, or states his objections against it, with his rea-
sons ; but unless he covinces them that he is rights
and they are wrong, his opposition is never suc-
cessful. But the confidence placed in their judg-
ment, by giving them a choice of opinion, keeps
alive their zeal and activity, and procures him re-
spect. A chief rules over his people only by calm
reason and friendly exhortation. In this he often
fails with the best intentions, and is compelled t»
have recourse to artifice. He must be courteous,
friendly, hospitable, affable and kind to all; and

275

kis house must be open to every ImHan. Even
strangers, who come upon business, put up at the
chief's house, and are accommodated with the best
tlie house affords. The embassadors of other na-
tions must be lodged with the chief. It is the duty
of the chief to keep the people from dispersing ;
but this he cannot do unless he is respected. In
that case the Indians appear to be a flock without
a shepherd.

Ail affkirs of importance are laid before the
grand council ; and without its consent, no propo-
sal can be put into execution. The council is con-
vened on usual occasions by a runner ; and when
met, they sit down upon the ground, around a fire,
and smoke a pipe. Cool deliberation always pre-
cedes a speech in the council. The principal chief
opens the debate by a speech, setting forth the sub-
jects upon which he desires the advice and opinion
of the council, in a dignified manner, but shortly
expressed, in plain and explicit terms. The speech-
es are in figurative language, picturing to the life
the subjects under consideration. Is war to be
declared? The orator represents the veins of his
country's enemies as opened ; the Aictims of war
are at the stake ; the fagots are collected, and the
fire kindled ; the tomahawk and scalping-knife are^
invoked, and called into action, till the picture of
fancy seems to be realized. And in the same ner-
vous strain is peace dressed off in beautiful apparel.
The country is blessed with plenty; the tree of
friendship is in blossom ; the paths are cleared of
thorns and briers ; the knife and tomahawk are
buried deep in the bowels of the earth, and the
stains of blood are washed from the view of the
beholder. Their speeches are solemn, animated,
and fluent. The behaviour of the chiefs, and of
the audience, consists with the dignity of the as-
sembly, and the importance of the subject. No
one interrupts the speaker. All sit silent and at-

§76

tentive, as in an act of devotion. Sometimes the
subject IS secret, and its source kept so, from tlie
subordinate chiefs. The principal chief pretends
that he has been inspired, that a spirit has come to
liim and delivered a bit of wampum, whispered in
his ear, and as^ain returned to his invisible abodes.
Trie fiction is not discountenanced, because the
good of the nation requires secrecy ; and the chief
is responsible only, for the truth and importance of
the subject, which a supernatural communication
often gives to the most trivial affair. Amongst the
Cherokees are eight clans, or tribes — Wo-te-a, the
paint; Ne-lus-te, the hollow leaf ; Nank-a-lo-hee,
a clan with the hair hanging loose; Neho-lo-hawee,
the blind Savanna ; Cheesqua, the bird : Howee,
the deer; Nesonee, the clan with the rings of the
ears cut off.92

On the death of a chief, the wampum is carefully
preserved by the council, till a successor is elected.
The sons of the chief cannot inherit the father's
dignity, as they ^re not the royal blood, or next of .
kin to the father. The son of the chief's eldest
sister, is generally the heir apparent. For it is a
maxim with the Indians, that the children are rela-
ted only to the mother. In general, some person
who lived in intimacy with the deceased chief, and
who hath the confidence of the nation, and is ac-
quainted w ith public affairs, is chosen his successor.

Secondly — Of their Laws,

By the law and custom of the Cherokees, they
are forbidden to intermarry, not only with their
blood relations,^3 but even with the members of the
same clan. The breach of this custom was formerly
punished with death. But as they become more
connected with the whites, by trade and intermix-
ture, this severity is observed to wear off. But they

92 Numb. ch. 2, v. 2, 3, ch. 10, v. 5, 6, 14.

93 Leviticas, ch. 18, v. ^<

^77

still whip for this offence. They count kin on the
mother's side only j and are ranked in the clan of
their mothers. In ancient times they allowed a
man to have as many wives as he could clothe and
feed; and they were all obliged, whilst he fulfilled
these obligations, to he true and constant to him.
But a feu years ago, the nation resolved, in conned,
that in future a man should he allowed to have but
one wife. If the wife was guilty of any infidelity,
the husband was at liberty to take every article
of property from her, and to turn her out to the
world. This, and whipping at the pleasure of the
husband, was the only punishment for adultery,
though in their traditions there are traces of having
stoned to death for this offence.94 For they have a
tradition, that the stone hillocks, which are at all
the gaps in the mountains, and in other parts of the
country, were originally erected by the casting of
stones upon women who had been guilty of adultery,
and that their bodies were under them. The same
practice anciently prevailed in the Crimea, amongst
the Tartars, whose law it was, to make a hole in the
ground of depth enough to cover the adulteress up
to her chin ; then to stone her to death, and to cover
her with stones, thrown by hand upon the body.
This severity they too have relaxed in modern
times, deeming the punishment disproportioned to
the offence. In all other cases of parting, except
for adultery, the wife is entitled to take away all
her property. And in all cases of parting, the
woman has a right to take with her all the children
of the marriage. The husband has in all cases
the right to correct the wife, by stripes, at his plea-
sure. In ancient times, the mother had a right to
punish her own children, for any offence, with death:
but if the father happened to kill his child by acci-
dent, he was punished with death, by the clan of the
mother.*' They in all cases punished accidental

94 Lev. ch, 20, v. 10 j Deut. ch.22, v. 22, 27. i 1 Jos. 33&

278

homicide, as well as murder, Tvitli death. But the
infliction of this punishment, is left to the clan of
the party who was slain, and satisfaction is some-
times made by presents.95 if the guilty person
could not be reached, his nearest relations some-
times became the victims in his stead. The shaking
of hands is a token of friendship, and the concur-
rence of two minds upon one and the same object. 96
The Cherokees had the law, or custom, of assign-
ing to a certain woman the office of declaring what
punishment should be inflicted on great offenders ;
"whether, for instance, burning or other death, or
"whether they should be pardoned. This woman
they called the pretty woman. Mrs. Ward exer-
cised this office, when Mrs. Bean, about the year
1776, was taken from the white settlements on the
upper parts of Holston. Being bound, and about to
he burned on one of the mounds, the pretty woman
interfered, and pronounced her pardon.

Civil Customs,
The war songs amongst the Cherokees are sung
by the men, in their dances ; but have no meaning
at all, and are accommodated to a tune. The scalp
dances belong to the women, who applaud the
warriors for their bravery in destroying their enemy.
In singing, they say how brave he was to destroy
liis enemies, and left them mourning.^o The prac-
tice of scalping perhaps was planted in Scythia by
the Hebrews, as well as the unlawfulness to eat
Bwine,60 after their removal thither by the Assyrians.
So also, it is believed, was the doctrine of the souFs
immortality, before it was known to the Greeks ;6i

95 Tacitus de Moribus Germanorum, sec. 21; Jos. Ant.
b. 7, eh. 8, sec. 4 ; 2 Samuel, ch. 14, v. 7.

9b Tacitus de Moribus Germanorum, 12 ; Proverbs, ch. 17,
V. 18, ch. 22, V.26.

50 1 Sam. ch. 18, v. 6, 7, 60, ch. 18, v. 25, 27, ch, 29, v. 4 ;
Jos. b. 1, ch. 10, sec. 2.

60 1 Sara. ch. 18, v. 27, ch. 29, v. 4.

61 Herod. Melpomene, sec. 94.

a79

and hence also they learned the unity of the God-
head, or pure theism, when no other nation upon
earth possessed it but the Hebrews; and it is
strongly suspected, that the name Scythia originated
from Cuthai, the river and district in Media, to
which the captive Hebrews were removed by the
Assyrians. For it is said by Herodotus^^ to have
been originally peopled from Media ; and if by
emigrants from Cuthai, which the Greeks would
call Cythai, it is very probable that tliey were
called Cythians, and their con a try Cythia.63

When one chief intends to pay a visit to anotherj^
he sends him a piece of tobacco, with this message:
^* Partake of this tobacco, and look towards my
dwelling, and thou shalt see me coming towards
thee." Formerly their visits were conducted with
great ceremony on both sides. The exchange of
wampum is a test of friendship, as is the giving and
receiving of presents, and smoking the calmet or
pipe of friendship.

The Cherokee women are elegantly formed, have
sprightly eyes, accompanied with modesty and
chastity, which render them very far from uninter-
esting objects. They love their husbands ; are
attached tt) domestic duties and devotion to their
children. With them the marriage contract is
purchase.97' The suiter either devotes his services
for a time, to the parents of the maid whom he
courts,9s hunts for them, assists in making canoes,
or offers them presents. The wonian has not the
power of refusing. The price w hich he pays gen-
erally consists of wearing apparel, with wliich the
bride is dressed out. On the appearance of the

62 Herod. Terp. 9.

63 Jos. Ant. b. 9, ch. 14, sec. 3, b. 10, ch. 9, sec. 7} He-
rodotus, 307.

97 Gen. ch. 24, v. 59, ch. 29, ch. 35, v, 11, 12; 1 Sam.'
ch. 18 ; Hosea, ch. 3, v. 2.

98 Genesis, ch. 29, v. 18, 29.

^80

bridegroom, sbe is stripped of it, by her relations^
wiio claim it, and in that state she is presented to
him as his wile. He receives her with cold indif-
ference, whilst she, A^ith modesty and humility,
retires to the hut which he has prepared for her
reception. The culture of the farm, the preparin<j
and dressing of food, and the bearing of burthens
in their travels, are all imposed upon her. Th©
husband stalks about, with his gun and pipe, re-
gardless of the fatigue and pain which she endures.
After she has served him as a slave, contributed to
his pleasures as a mistress, borne him children, and
taken care of his hut, he often takes another w ife,
and parts wit}« her, as unfeelingly as if she had
never existed. Such is the barbarous treatment
which women experience, that they not unfrequently
destroy their female offspring, that they may escape
the hardships which have fallen on the mother.
They use for the cure of disorders, what is called
the Indian sweat, by pouring water on heated stones
in a confined place, from whence the fumes arising,
soon produces a copious perspiration. The same
practice precisely has prevailed in Scythia, from
the earliest times. ^i In the year 1781, when the
small pox prevailed over all North- Carolina, the
Catawbas applied this remedy for the cure of the
disease, and jumping immediately afterwards into
the river, destroyed a great part of the nation.

Civil Traditions.
They liave a fabulous tradition respecting the
mounds, which proves that they are beyond the
events of their history. The mounds, they say,
were caused by the quaking of the earth, and great
noise with it. A ceremony used for the adoption

61 2 Herodotus, 375.

60 These foreskins were not prepuces,, but the hair and
skin which covered the forehead as explained. 1 Samuel, ch.
18, V. 25, 27, ch. 29, v. 4; Herod. Melpomene., secuon 635
Jos. book 6, chapter 11> section 2.

of tlieir people into the family of Tuli-cuTa, who
was an invisible person, and had taken a w.fe of
one of their town's people. And at the time when
Ms first son was born, this quaking of the earth and
Boise had commenced ; but had ceased at the alarm
whoop, which had l)een raised by two imprudent
young men of the town. In consequence of w hich,
the mounds had been raised by the quaking noise.
Whereupon the father took the child and moth* r,
and removed to near Brass -town, and had raada
the tracks in the rocks which are to be seen there.

Their Scientific Acquirements may be embraced
by a brief enumeration.

The seven pointers^ says Mr. Hicks, they call
the bears. The morning star they call the torch-
bearer. These stars served by night to guide them
in their war expeditions. They have no divisioa
of time into seven days ; nor any names for the
days of the week. But they have 12 names for the
i% months of the year, and are ignorant of the num-
ber of days of which a month consisted. They
have no names which the rivers bore, before they
settled upon them. They have no peculiar vene-
ration, says Mr. Hicks, for the number three ; but
their' physicians have for the number 4 and 7, who
say that after man was placed upon the earth, four
and seven nights were instituted for the cure of
diseases in the human body, and the seventh night
as the limit for female impurity.

Their Lingual Affinities and Hebraisms.

The language of the Cheroliees and of the south-
ern tribes of the United States, are sometimes as-
similated to those of their neighbours; whilst others
are so widely diverged, as to have few or no traces
of having ever been identified with a common ori-
ginal. Betvveen the Chickasaw and Choctaw Ian-
guages, and that of the Mexicans^ there is in tertain

28S

instances a strong analogy ; whilst in those of the
Cherokees and Creeks there is none. The langua-
ges of the Chickasaws and Choctaws differ from
each other only in a few idioms, and pronunciation.
The former has more guttural, the latter more nasal
sounds. Both are easily recognized, even by a
stranger, as speaking the same language. The
same analogy exists between the Cherokees and
Creeks, though in a less degree. Amongst the
Mexicans, inca signified father ; and the word has
the same signification amongst the Chickasaws.
The name of the Creeks for man, is ishto, and so it
is in Hebrew. If they were never acquainted with
the Romans, how comes it, that they have a nam»
for them in their language ? The same remark
might be made with respect to the word Kenaai, for
Canaan. Jehovah they call Y-he-ho-wah. The
roof of the house they call toubanora ; in the He-
brew it is debonaour. The nose they call nichiri ;
in Hebrew, neheri. The great first cause, Yo-he-
wah ; in Hebrew, Jehovah. Praise the first cause,
in their language, halleluwah ; in Hebrew, hallelu-
jah. Father they call abba ; the same in Hebrew.
Now they call na ; in Hebrew, na. To pray they
call pliale ; in Hebrew, phalae. In their language,
abel is manslaughter; the same in Hebrew. Wife,
awah ; in Hebrew, eve, or eweh. Winter, kora ;
in Hebrew, cora. God, Ale ; in Hebrew, Ale, or
Alohini. A high mountain, ararat ; the same by
the Indians of Penobscot.

The following is a vocabulary of Cherokee names.-

MEMBERS OF THE HUMAN BODY.

Cherokee, English.

Geely, Hair.

Eh-shoe, Head;

Auh-can-to-lee, Eye,

Cauh-yuneeh, Chin.

Auho-lee, Mouth.

Auh-ko-qua-leth^ Cheek-

^133

CfieroJc&e,

English:

Ho-ya-so-lee,

Nose.

Auh-ge-tau-canie,

Foreheado

Aii-yale-ek,

Body.

Canna-che-ek,

Breast.

Oas-quo-le-eh,

Belly.

Canno-kee-nie,

Arm.

Oo-wo-ya-nie,

Hand.

Taykaw ya-sut-eli,

Fingers-

Can-cut-to-eh,

Thigh.

Canne-kanie,

Knee.

<3remnesh-kee-nie,

l€g.

Oo-law-se-la-nie,

Footo

Tay-can-nan-tulle-eh,

Toes.

Au-ya-cha-nie,

Neck.

Au-kelle-ca-uie,

Back of the neck

Au-squa-ca-nie,

Side.

Au-a-kas-ca-nie,

Hip.

Cliu-clau-mo-kee;,

Loins.

Can-qua-le-eh,

Buttock.

Oo-ge-sai-nie,

Fundament.

Wau-to-lee,

Penis.

Chu-le-ne-eh,

Testicles.

Oo-la-stuUe-eh,

Ladies.

NAMES OF ANIMALS.

Keelee,

Dog.

Wauh-yaub,

Wolf.

Yonali,

Bear.

Chestee,

Habbit.

Kayla,

Kacoon.

Auh-wee,

Deer.

Wassauh,

Cat.

Yannasaw,

Buffalou

Wau-cauh,

Cattle.

Su-quah,

Hog.

Yogah,

Beaver.

Chu-yaiih,

Otter.

Chu-lar,

Fox.

finolee,

JBlackfox,

9H

Cherokee,

JEnglkl,

Simkee,

Mink.

8ale-to-kis-qua,

Muskrat

Sullolee,

Squirrel.

Chesla-chce,

Mouse.

Oh- way-lee,

Rat.

Oli-culnee,

Badger.

Su-qua-oo-chas-tie^

Opossum.

Au-way-qaaj

Elk.

So-quille,

Horse.

A u- wee-oo-ta-nank,

Sheep.

Auh-ne-soo-kee, >
Auh-wee, 3

Goat.

NUMERALS.

SotqTiOj

One.

Tuller,

Two.

Cboeh,

Tbree.

>Jaiikee,

Four.

His-kee,

Five.

So-tullee,

Six.

Calle-quo-kcej

Seven.

Chu-na-lar,

Eight.

Sad-na-lar,

Nine.

Aua-sco-keC;

Ten.

Sut-too,

Eleven.

Tulle-too,

Twelve.

Cho-cut-too,

Thirteen,

Ne-cut-too,

Fourteen.

His-kee-cut-too,

Fifteen.

TuUar-too,

Sixteen.

Culle-qua-toQ,

Seventeen.

Nalar-too,

Eighteen.

So-and-lar-too,

Nineteen.

Tulle- sco-kee,

Twenty.

So-eh-cha-na,

Twenty-one.

Tulle-cho-na,

Twenty- two.

Cho-eh-cbo-na,

Twenty-tbree.

Nankee-clio-na,

Twenty-four.

liiS'kee-cbo-Bft^

Twenty-five*

CheroJcee, English,

So-tulle-cho-na, Twenty- six.

CuUe-quo-cho-na, Twenty-seven.

Kalar-cho-na, Twenty-eight.

So-a-nalar-cha-na^ 1 wenty-niue.

€ho-auh-sco-kee, Thirty.

So-ah-cauh-lee, Thirty-one.

Tulle-cauh-lee, Thirty-two.

Cho -eh-cauhlee, Thirty-three,

So continue cauhlee at the end of every number
till you come to one hundred, which is,

Auh-sco-be-chu-que, One hundred.

Of their Games.

The Cherokees have many games for their-
amusement, which are common to other tribes of
the south. Amongst them is the game called the
hall flay. It is generally played at the time of the
fall season. The moon presides over it as a tutelary
spirit. In the time of Te-shy-ah-Natcbee, two
chiefs made a ball-play, at which all the red pt ople
attended, men, w^omen and children. The contest
between the parties was very severe for a long time,
when one of them got the advantage by the superior
skill of a young man. His adversary on the other
side, seeing no chance of success in fair play, at-
tempted to cheat, when, in throwing the ball, it
stuck in the sky, and turned into the appearance
which the moon hath, to remind the Indians, that
cheating and dishonesty are crimes. When the
moon becomes small and pale, it is because the ball
has been handled by unfair play. They therefore
for a long time never played at this game but on the
full moon. Many of their customs are now disre-
garded, and the tradition of them is totally lost.
The ball is now played, for the most part, without
any regard to custom.

The. mode of playing it is this : Two chiefs meet,
and make up the game, each taktng his choice of
young no^eu; against the other*. An open plain is

286

selected, at wliicli ilie cliiefs meet, and lay off the
ground, about 400 yards in circumference, tbrougli
%vliicli the ball passes. Equidistant from the ex*
tremes of the alley, the grappling sticks to catch the
l)all are placed. Each chief then retires to his
party, consisting of equal numbers, from 11 to 30,
on each «ide, who march up to the centre, whooping
and yelling as if going to war. The first thing is
to make up all the stakes, which are deposited in
one pile. Each chief then addresses his party. He
animates them with the glory of beating their ad-
versaries, and the advantage of winnhig the stakes,
which are all to be equally divided amongst the
warriors. They are admonished to play fair, that
the Great Spirit may not be offended with them.
The chiefs then take their station, as judges of the
game. Hie parties arrange themselves in the
centre, and the ball is thrown up, each grappling
it with his sticks, having a bow at the end to catch
the ball. Another seizes it with his grappling
stick, and runs away with it, to the post of his
party, till at length some one, more active and
swift, gets the ball too far ahead to be overtaken,
till he arrives at the goal, which counts for his
party one in the game. ThOs the game is continued,
sometimes one party carrying out the ball, some-
times the other, till the game is finished, which
sometimes takes two or three hours ; during which
they display as much zeal and animation as if they
■were contending for prizes of the highest value,
yelling, and giving each other the most dreadful
falls, in order to stop their progress. The dress
"worn by the players, is a belt or wampum around
the waist, with a flap of blue cloth. When the
game is ended, the stakes are equally divided by
the chiefs of the winning party. The one who
carries out the most balls is dubbed a hero, and is
huzzaed as if he had conquered an enemy. ¥or
to excel in this game, is a great mark af prowess
in the chase or field of battle*

S87

CHAPTER XI.

Of the Chickasaivs.

At the time of the Spanish invasion of Mexicoj,
about the year* of our Lord 1530, the Chickasaws^
whom the Spaniards called Chiccemecas, are repre-
sented to havelived at the north and west of Mexico,
with other tribes of hunters, and had not recognized
the Mexican monarch as their superiors. loo They
hold it as a certain fact, that their forefathers, in
very remote ages, came from a far distant country^
by the way of the west, where all the people were
of one colour, And that in process of time, they
moved eastvvardly to their present settlements. The
old Chickasaw Indians related to our traders, that
now about 110 years ago, some of the old Chicka-
saws, or as the Spaniards call them, Chiccemecas,
came from Mexico in quest of their brethren, as far
north as the Aquapali nation, more than 130 mile&j
above the Natchez, on the southeast side of the
Mississippi river; but through French policy, they
were either killed or sent back, so as to prevent
their opening an intercourse with their brethren.

The Chickasaws and Choctaws have this tradi-
tion : That their forefathers came from the west,
many years ago, in the time of No-hoo-la pah,.
Tuskah-Hamah, or the beloved red chief A great
nation, say they, made war upon our tribes, who
resided upon the great rivers, which run from the
western mountains into the great w aters of the south.
With this nation v/e had long been connected in
amity and friendship. We had associated with
them in war, and in the chase, and often smoked
together the pipe of peace. Their chiefs claimed
kindred with the sun, and were more absolute than
ours. We were permitted to eat w^ith them, hunt

100 3 Rob, America, 312.

with them, go to war with them, but not to inter-
niany with them. The mingo, or head man, was
the brother of the sztw. oi No-hoo-to-ta-pah had a
sou, who had distinguished himself as a great war-
rior in several battles against the nations of the west.
He had eclipsed all the children of the sun with
whom he fought, in annoying the enemy. After a
long and bloody war, carried on jointly with our
ally against the enemy, we returned victorious.
No-hoo-to-ta-pah had been the first in command,
but the victory had been achieved by his son. who,
in imitation of our allies, had been styled the
Morning Sta7\ On our return through the country
of our allies, the brother of the sun entertained our
warriors, for several days ; during which, our hero,
the Mor"ning Star, was permitted to partake of the
feast of the sun, which was celebrated in honour of
the conquerors. Mora, the daughter of the king,
officiated as priestess. The Morning Star was the
first who v/as presented to receive consecration.
The ceremony ended in the captivation of the hero
and of the priestess. The moment was auspicious.
He could withstand the honours which were to
be administered to him, but must fall a victim to
the hand which had administered them. Mora
felt what she had communicated, and sympathized
with the heart which she subdued. The hero re-
solved to conquer for Mora; she wished no longer
to be a vestal, and to live only for the hero. But
she was the descendant of the sun, and her lover
tlie son of a subordinate chief. A connexion be-
tween them was impossible. She was sensible of
her divine origin. Hhe knew that she could not
be obtained by the consent of her father. She de-
termined to elope with her lover to his own tribe.
She professed herself willing to be the wife of the

101 The sovereigns of the Hindoos were of the race of
the sun and moon, those also of the Chinese, Ceylonese, Pe-
ruvians, Mexicans and Natchez. Cuvier, 115.

289

Morning Star, He was to take her from the tempk
of the sun. The old king, and No-hoo-to-ta-pah,
"were taking leave of each other in the long smoke ;
but Mora and the Morning Star were already on
the wing. The brother of Mora had been jealous
of the Morning Star. His courage and sidll had
entitled him to the first honours among the warriors.
The brother of Mora could not bear the comparison.
He concealed himself in an ambush to destroy the
other as he returned home. And whilst Mora and
the Morning Star conceived themselves safe, the
wretch let fly an arrow, and the hero fell at the
feet of Mora. She escaped whilst her brother
scalped her lover. She wandered off, and was
never more heard of. No-hooto-ta-pah immedi-
ately demanded the murderer. The demand was
refused: and both sides resorted to war; by tha
brother of the sun for the loss of his daughter, and
by No-hoo-to-ta-pah for the death of his son. And
a bloody war ensued. They place their origin a
long distance to the west of the Mississippi ; and
they have a tradition amongst them, that there wera
some of their conjurers, who dreaming of whita
people towards the sun-rising, in a fine country,
they started, and were travelling for some years.
Their leader, or magician, had a pole, along which
he set up every night ; and whichever way the pole
leaned in the morning,i02 they kept their course all
€lay. The pole constantly leaned towards the east,
till they came to the east of Old-town. It then
leaned towards the west, and they came back to
Old-town and camped till the pole stood straight;
and there they made the first settlement.

In the time of He Soto, in the year 1540, on the
17th of December of that year, he arrived at Chic-
ca^a from Tuscalu^a and Mavilia ; and on the 8tli
of March, 1541, he was attacked by the Chiccacas.
Marching to Mimaiim, on the Soth the Intlianifc

102 Ezekiel, ch, £1, v. 21 ; Hosca; eh. 4, v. !2.
Kk

290

were seeu walking upon the top of a strong forf»
ready to meet him. In the battle at the fort they
came in front by sevens and eights, each rank dis-
charging its arrows and giving place to another,
manifested a considerable acquaintance with tactics
and evolutions. These circumstances serve to
show, that they had been there a considerable time,
and had built their towns and forts. A part of the
Chickasaws, long after they had established them-
selves on the southeastern side of the Mississippi,
advanced as far as the river Savannah, and settled
upon it, on the side opposite Augusta. Chenubbee
said, in his lifetime, that the Chickasaws were for-
merly settled opposite Augusta, on the Savannah
river. Misunderstandings arising between them
aud the Creeks, a part of them removed towards
the west, and settled where they now are. Another
part of them, called the Lightwood-knots, went to
war with the Creeks, and were reduced by them,
and have lived with them ever since. Chenubbee
was the principal chief of that tribe when he died,
which was lately. The Chickasaws claimed the
land opposite Augusta, in the year 1795, and pre-
sented a memorial on the subject to the government
of the United States. The Chickasaws have not
changed their religious character, by their inter-
course with the whites. They have no religious
ceremonies. They believe there is a great good
spirit, or first cause, to whom they pay no kind of
adoration. There is no form of worship amongst
them. They are very credulous and superstitious.
They believe in invisible genii, ghosts and appari-
tions. Their population in May, 1813, was about
^600, and they increased in the proportion of five
births to one death. They have no coercive law*.
If one man is indebted to another, he pays the debt
as soon as he can. If, on the other hand, he does
not pay it, nor make any exertion to pay it, he is
never credited again. They have no accidents.

mi

lexccpt in playing ball. If in that a man kills an-
other, he is not hurt for it. But if he accidentally
kills any other way than in playing ball, he must
die for it. They have departed, in a great measure,
from the custom they had, of killing an innocent
person by way of retaliation, if he was one of the
family of the guilty. Now they kill the guilty.
Their government is hereditary : and it is also a
democratic republic. They have a king and coun-
cil, who do all the business, public and private.
The title of king is hereditary, and he has the
name without any authority, or any salary to sup-
port his kingly rank ; and he has no distinction of
rank shown him, more than a common man : the
beggar and the king are equal. They have no
laws, except retaliatory ones, and those of nature.
The females are modest, and generally very virtu-
ous. There is no instance of a young woman having
a child before marriage. When they have the
menses, they have a little house convenient to the
dwelling house, in which they stay during their
continuance. At the expiration of the time, they
>vasb, and comb their hair, and put on clean clothes.
They are much more easily delivered in childbirths
than white women, having very little pain. Fre-
quently they have their children in the woods by
themselves, hardly ever keeping their beds mcn-e
than three or four hours after having a child. They
are from a month to six weeks in their purification
after childbirth.4 Their marriage ceremonies are
these : The man takes a bundle of some kind of
clothing to the nearest relations of the woman, as a
present for her and her relations. If the girl and
lier friends keep the presents, and wear the clotlies,
the contract is made; and the man may go, and
-claim and bed with her as his wife. But if the
bundle or presents be returned, it is no match.
J?olygamy is sometimes practised amongst them.

3 Exodus, th. 1, V. 19. 4 Leviticus, ch. 1 2, v. 2.

»9S

Some men Lave three or four wives ; but the prac-
tice is now going into desuetude. A man or woman
is at liberty, if either find fault with the other, to
divorce themselves. Each party takes a share of
the property they have, and the woman takes the
children. In all cases, the children belong exclu-
sively to the woman's famity. The king's sister'e
son is heir apparent to the title, his mother being
of the royal blood. The king's children have no
claim to the soverignty, their mother not being of
the blood royal. When they die, they are w ashed
and tliessed in the best apparel, wrapped up in a
blanket, and then a grave is dug in a house, and
the deceased put into it, with some of his most
valuable effects, w hich he most prized in his life-
time. The relations mourn for twelve months.
Females let their hair go loose^os during the time
of mourning, never tie, and scarcely ever comb.
The Chickasaw and Creek languages have no
similarity. They have not the same national origiu.
They cannot understand each other, except some
few wiio have learned the language of the other.
There is a great similarity between the languages
of the Cboctaws and Chickasaws. It is almost
certain they were originally one and the same na-
tion. There is so little difference between the two
languages, that a Choctaw and Chickasaw can

105 The Hebrews, at the death of their friends or relations,
wept, tore their clothes, smote their breasts, fasted and lay
upon the ground, and went barefoot. The time of mourning
was commonly seven days, but sometimes continued thirty.
The v;ho!e time of mourning, the near relations of the de-
ceased continued sitting in the houses, and ate upon the
ground. The food they took was thought unclean, and even
themselves were judged impure. Their faces were covered,
and for all the time they could not apply themselves to any
labour. They did not dress themselves, nor make their beds,
nor uncovered tliei;? heads, nor shaved themselves, nor cut
their nails, nor saluted any body. 1 Samuel, ch. 12, v. 16, 17,
20, ch. 13. V. 18. 19, ch. 14, v. 31, 36; 2 Samuel, ch. 18. v,S8,
ch. 3, V. 31 ; Genesis, ch. 50, v. 11 j Esther, ch. 4, v. S.

^oftvcfse together, and each in his own tongue, and
be perfectly understood. The Choctaws have been
much longer from the original nation, than the
Chickasaws ; and have an idea, that the first Choc-
taws came out of a hill in the Choctaw country,
called Nanny- Wia. Some of the best iniformed
of them believe, that they and the Chickasaws came
originally from one and the same nation.

The immense depopulation of the countries which
the Indians inhabited, at the arrival of the Europe-
ans, ivS to be ascribed to several causes. The first
and principal one, is the want of political power in
the tribes, to regulate the conduct of the members
who compose them. Each tribe is answerable to
other tribes and nations, for the conduct of all its
members, who must either be surrendered, to atone
for the injuries he does, or the whole tribe must be
subjected to retaliation for his offences. And so
little is it consonant to their practice, to call for the
surrender of the guilty individual, though some-
times it is done, that their custom is to fall at once
upon some part of the offender's tribe, without
making any previous demand of him, and to take
satisfaction at once for the wrong that has been
done. Thus war is begun on both sides, without
any decision of the national council, and without
any consideration had by them of the policy or
impolicy of the measure, having regard to existing
circumstances. By such means they are frequently
engaged in wars which are followed by very dis-
astrous consequences. The same want of coercive
power in the body politic- disables the tribe to con-
centre its force when war exists. Whoever chooses
either to withhold or withdraw his military services,
is at liberty to do so. One part of the nation retires
from the contest, while the other is exposed to all
the horrors and devastations of war. If peace be
made, and one part of the nation dislike it, that
part i&««<)des fr«m the rest and forms a new coaxma-

iiity, which pei'scvcres in hostilities till it is nearly
ruined. After some time, the discordant parts of
the new community separate for the like causes,
and again subdivide, forming other and less popu-
lous communities. For want of this controlling
power in one common political head, eternal dis-
cords, wars, divisions and subdivisions, waste away
each tribe, and reduce them, by incessant action, to
insignificance. The want of coercive power in one
common head, leaves every tribe free to quarrel
with its neighbour; causes of variance continually
arise ; war follows, and all who are engaged in it
suffer impairment. The causes of difference multi-
ply in proportion to the number of tribes, affect all
t)f them in rotation, and constantly hold over them
the shadow of destruction. We are men like them,
governed by the same passions, and are similarly
affected by similar causes. We should learn from
iheir examples, the danger there is in having a head
too weak for the compression of all parts of the
t>ody politic.

Another cause which has operated with incalcu-
lable effect in modern times, is the use of gunpowder
as subservient to the trade for peltry. The game
taken by snares, and by bows and arrows, was no
more than sufficed for the sustenance of the inhabi-
tants ; and under all the drawbacks which these
imposed on natural increase, the game multiplied,
and had become very abundant. Mansco, in 1769,
saw in one view at the French lick alone, thousands
of buffaloes, though at this time there is not one in
the whole state of Tennessee. That Indian popu-
lation depends upon the game, is proved by the fact,
that they both disappear nearly at the same time;
and that their numbers decrease nearly in the same
i'atio. When the European trader offered a reward
for skins and peltry, the great quantities which the
natives could supply, and the profitable returns
made for them; induced tke Indiaus to abandoa

theiv own manufactures for those of European fabric-
cation ; and in a little time they could no longer
make those fabrics, which once they produced in
large quantities. They killed the game for the
skins, and left the carcases in the woods to spoil;
and to do this with greater despatch and effect, guns
with powder and ball wers put into their hands 5
and with these they involved the animal creation
in almost universal destruction. To these were
added the steel-trap, which was hardly less de-
structive amongst the amphibious race. The scarcity
of game was soon perceptible, and the scarcity of
food was the inevitable consequence. Those who
were nearest to the place where it reigned, wese
obliged either to remove into the interior, or to
perish for want of those necessaries which are es-
sential to the preservation of human existence.
Whatever country they left, European population
at once occupied, and practised agriculture, which
supported a population more than fifty times greater
than the country could sustain before, and a much
greater number of animals, of a new species, whicb
had never been seen in it in ancient times. The face
of the western world was entirely changed. In
place of forests of large trees, and impenetrable
thickets of canes and briers, beautiful plantations
were opened to view, agriculture and its concomi-
tant vocations took place of the spontaneous pro-
ductions of the wilderness, and instead of the acorn
and beach seed, has substituted the cereatia, wheat ,^
yye, oats, barley, and the Indian corn. It has
placed here the civilized man, instead of the wild
©ne, and domestic animals, of all sorts, in place of
the bear, the buffalo and the panther. Gunpowder
is the prime agent in preparing the country for all
these changes ; and it may be said to have planted
populous cities in the bosom of the wilderness. To
ii may attributed at once the destruction and the
seproductioa of th» humaa species m tke westera

d96

WovUl. It annthilated the Mexicans and the Pe-
ruvians, with the people of Hayti, and others within
the limits of the Spanish conquests : but their num-
bers were replaced from the old world, and those
who were extracted from them. In the northerly
and eastern parts of America, its effects have not
been so instantaneous; but certainly not less eflBca-
cious. The navigator's needle opened the country
to view ; and brought to it the European, who with
his firelock and gunpowder, astonished and expelled
the dismayed inliabitants, and prepared the way
for new settlers, who brought with them the art of
printing, tlie nurse of every science and invention,
and with it, t!iat pure system of ethics, of which it
has been foretold, that it shall penetrate into all
the recesses of the globe. The invention of gun-
powder, of the navigator's needle, and of printing,
in the 13th and l4th centuries, of almost simultane-
ous bi tb, without the conjunction of whose powers
these great changes could never have been effected,
suggests the idea, that some invisible hand may
have brought them to light for these ends, which
they have actually accomplished ; and that these
simple agents may have been the preordained in-
struments for the stupendous alterations which they
have produced. One thing, however, may be per-
ceived, namely : That intellectual improvement,
progressing for a century to come, with the same
velocity and effusion that it has for a century past,
will make the inhabitants, both of the old world
and the new, compared with those of the patriarchal
ages, seem to be the creatures of a new origin.

A third cause of Indian extinction is, the variolous
diseases which they received from the ELuropeans,
which, for want of knowing the treatment proper to
be given, have been attended with the most frightful
mortality, whenever they have prevailed amongst
the Indians. A fourth cause is, the excessive use
of ardent spirits; many have perished by this

S97

means, but not enough to have made a mainfest
change in the general population of the continent.
Nor indeed is there any good reason to believe,
that as many of them perish from this cause, ia
proportion to their numbers, as the whites. For
there is no instance, perhaps, to be adduced, of an
Indian becoming a sot, and of sitting by his bottle
till he is bloated to death : nor is there any red face
amongst them, made by the sc<uching fumes of
ardent liquors ; nor of one covered all over with
blotches from the same cause. 8uch, however, is
the rapid decrease of the Indians, that in a few
years we shall have no idea of the Indian figure,
colour or countenance, unless from some paintings
of the present day, wnich may happen to preserves
the resemblance.

Lh

Mr. Childress, of "Williamson county, saw ibi
Philadelphia, a petrified woman in complete pre-
servation. The stone was taken from a cave in
Kentucky. The hair upoa the head appeared
coarse : the whole seemed to be covered with moss.
The eyes were full ; and the nails very plain, both
on the hands and feet. The hair seemed, however,
to be much finer than the black hair of an Indian.

A general officer of eminent merit and distinction
in the American army, died in the early part of the
year 1795, and was buried in the neighbourhood of
lake Erie. Twelve or fifteen years afterwards his
body was disinterred, for removal to his native state.
It was found to be in part petrified, and would have
been wholly so in a few years more.

When the foundations of Q^iiebec were dug, a
petrified savage was found. His quiver and arrows
were undecayed and unpetrified.

Doctor Brown, late of Wilson country, saw in
the museum at Philadelphia, a completely petrified
bull. He was found about the year 1806, in the
neighbourhood of the Ohio. All his parts are per-
fect, and all petrified. One of his hinder legs is
bent as if in the act of making an effort to get out of
the sink hole in which he was found, and into which
lie had been precipitated. He was of the English
form and size, and probably had been received by
the Indians from the English colonists. 1 his phe^

300

fiomenon proves, that flesh may be converted into
stone in a few years. If this bull belonged to the
white settlers of Kentucky, where he was found,
petrifaction must have taken place, and must have
been completed, in less than thirty years. On the
waters of the Ohio, every thing is subjected to the
la)vs of petrifaction — men, quadrupeds, fish, shells,
reptiles, insects, vegetables, wood, clay.

A nest of yellowjackets with the young ones in
it, all petrifie<I, was taken from the Ohio river, and
was seen by Mr. Hays, counsellor at law, in 1807.

In Europe, also, are many instances of petrified
men, quadrupeds and trees. It may perhaps be a
correct remark, that the greater part of them are
north of the 45th degree of north latitude ; but it is
one suggested with great diffidence, for examination.
Leaves of trees in rocks, and frogs and lizards in
them, and fish adhering to rocks, with petrified
tracks of animals, all seem to indicate a very sud-
den induration.

Mr. Molina saw pieces of hewn timber dug out
of a little hill near Valparaiso, some of which were
eight feet long, and have the visible marks of the
European axe.

B.

On the bed of the Kio Brasses de Dies, which
discharges itself into the gulf of Mexico, in the
province of Texas, between the Colorado and 'Iri-
nity rivers, was taken a small round ball, of a dark
iron colour, of the size of two thirds of a billiard
ball, or a little under the size of a grape shot. It
is not quite as heavy as iron. The interior of some
others which have been broken, contain materials
of metallic brilliancy, tinged with sulphur, and very
much resembling zinc. It was taken from a great
number <»f similar balls lying on the bed of the river.
Doubtless it received its form whilst in a state of
fusion^ and was rolled upwards by the steam of

§01

tolcanic heat, till it came in contact with flie water
in rhe river, and instantly condensed, and cooled
before its globular form was altered. The exterior
surface was nearly smooth.

In the county of Tuscaloosa, in the state of A.la-
bama, a large rock was lately broken up, and in its
interior was found a tooth with two rough prongs.
The too!h was about two inches long, and oae inch
thick, and declines in width to the end, where it is
about half as wide as at the commencement of the
enamel above. On the lateral edges it is serrated.
The enamel is of the colour of grey limestone,
smooth and hard, and about the tenth of an inch
thick. The materials within the coatini
fectly petrified.

Just below the summit of the Allegheny moun-
tains, near the road that leads from Pittsburgh to
Philadelphia, are large beds of oyster shells ad-
hering to the sides of the mountains.

Dezcabezado, a mountain ol' Chili, equal to
Cliimborazo of Quito, which was supposed to be
the highest in the world, has upon it oyster shells,
conchs, periwinkles, &c. in a calcined or petrified
state. The mountains on both sides of the Andes,
and parallel to them, at the distance of 25 or 30
miles, have strata which abound in marine produc-
tions, and often exhibit the impressions of animals
and vegetables.

D.

On Qiiankey creek, near Halifax town in North-
Carolina, 150 miles west of the seashore, at the
depth of twenty-five feet below tiie surface, are
beds of oyster shells, and a great collection of fish
bones.

E.

In dis;ging a well ou the Sunfisb, in Adam?
county, Obio, a gentleman found an earthen pot
below the surface a considerable depth.

Mr. Neville, in Pickaway county, in digging for
water, met with blacksmith's cinders six or eight
feet below the surface of the plane.

In removing the walls of Circleville, blacksmith^s
cinders were found.

In the state of Ohio, near Chillicothe, was found
a stump, witli the marks of the axe upon it, 90 feet
below the surface.

On the Washita river, in the prairie Mar Rouge,
Mr. Lattiug sunk a well, and at the depth of i9
feet, where the country is perfectly level, he found
chumps of wood, with the ends put together, and
coal^ on the chumps where the fire had acted.

In South-Carolina, Sumpterville district, Salem
county, one mile below Cambden, in sinking a well,
the diggers came to fire coals at the depth of 23
feet.

Mr. Burnett, of Cincinnati, in digging a well on
his lol, within the wall of the old fort at Cincinnati,
struck upon two stumps, a larger and a smaller one,
at the depth of 93 feet below^ the surface. The
largest was so injured by time, tliat it was doubtful
to what family it belonged. The smaller one was
in a state of better preservation, and is a sugar ma-
ple. Just before rea<:hing the stumps, the workmen
passed tlirough a layer of black mud, which was
very offensive. Lower down, pigments of a fine
blue colour were thrown up in detached pieces.
This was 20 or 30 feet below the level of the first
bottom.

In the summer of 1819, not far from Franklinton
on the Scioto, in digging a well, after the workman
had descended sixty feet, he found a piece of brass,
the remains of a boiler, and part of a tree, which
had been partly burnt. In digging a well near

B03

Williamsbui"g, on the east fork of the Little Miami,
at the depth of thirty-six feet the workmen came to
a fire place, charcoal, and fire brands, carefully laid
together, and designed to be burnt or kindled.

In the countries near to Tennessee, are appear-
ances of things covered deep in the bowels of the
earth, which once grew upon the surface. They
all point to a general cause, which at some time
heretofore changed tlie face of nature in this part
of the globe. The state of Illinois, on its eastera
"boundary, bordering on the river Ohio, is formed
by a chain of small ridges, extending fmm ten to
twelve miles west of the Ohio, gradually termina-
ting in ground generally sloping, covered princi-
pally with beautiful oak timber, variegated with
flat ground, maple swamps, and marshy branches.
The creeks are principally confined in high banks
nearly perpendicular, and without bluffs of rock on
either side, the waters of which remain nearly still,
flowing gently without any apparent current. At
the distance of about thirty miles from the United
States saline, the eye of tiie traveller is suddenly
caught by the appearance of those extensive prairies
for which Illinois and Missouri are so eminently
and peculiarly identified. These prairies are dif-
ferent in extent, from one to twenty miles. The
prairies are almost universally the highest lands to
be found. They are skirted by oak and hickory
timber, generally low and scrubby. Some of these
prairies are very poor, having little or no vegetable
mould, are flat, and much inclined to be wet during
the spring and summer seasons. So soon as they
receive the full force of the sun, the surface becomes
hard, and large cracks are found in it. There are^^
however, but few of these poor prairies in Illinois,
compared to the many that are rich and fertile, af-
fording the means of making, by a little labour, the
most extensive farms that can he made in any
section of country uj^-qu the continent. The rich

S04

prairies have a ve2;etable raoiild on tlie surface, of
irrei^ular depths, trv^m one to three feet, without
visible change in appearance. The rich prairies
seemed lo he foimt d alter the same order as these
tliat are poor, which have been already described.
The traveller seems to rise a little hill of consider-
able elevation above the woodland ; but on arriving
at the summit, he sees in prospect a widely ex-
tended plane. His view is only interrupted occa-
sionally i>y a gently sloping ridge, or an irregular
grove of timber. Some of the prairies are consider-
ably rolling, others ffi(n*e gentle, exhibiting in their
ap[)earance an irregular or amp litheatrical form.
It h universally and invariably found to be a fact,
so far as experience goes, that the highest prairies
are the bt st adapted to agricultural purposes. There
are but few springs in Illinois affording pure water,
they principally flowing from muddy ground and
stagnant pools of water, in which Illinois, as well
as Missouri, plentifully abounds. It is proved by-
all experience there, that the best water is found by
di:^ging icells. In the prairies, water is much more
easily procured than in the timbered land. In the
former, the farmer chooses an elegant site for his
dwelling, and there sinks his well, it not being ma-
terial where ; for success almost invariably accom-
panies the attempt, when it often happens attempts
to procure water in the timbered lands wholly fail.
Hence it would seem that some material difference
exists in the construction or in the composition of
the prairie and timbered lands. In digging for
Avater, generally, it is necessary to descend from
twenty to thirty feet before it is procured. Some
of the water, when found, is of excellent cpiality,
but by far the greatest proportion is extremely in-
different and unhealthy. A great deal of the water
of Illinois is very considerably impregnated Avith
salts, which, when analyzed, are found to contain
a considerable proportion of pure glauber salts. la

305

digging for water, it is found necessary in many
places to place in timber as the diggers descend, foV
the purpose of preventing the sand from falling in
and covering the diggers. After passing through the
stratum of vegetable mould, or top of the ground,
there is frequently found a stratum of clay, which
is of dift'erent colouis in different places, being prin-
cipally regulated by the fertility of the surface. In
some places the cl.ay is yellow, in others between
a red and a yellow, verging towards a mulatto col-
our, and in places where the soil is sterile, the clay
beneath is of a white colour. Wherever the clay
is found, almost iuviiriably beneath it is a stratum
of sand, of yellowish tinge, composed of shining
materials lilie flint. Beneath the sand is a stratum
of tough clay, or rather mud, of a bluish cast, vari-
egated with white or grey, and beneath this is found
a clay of black mud, in which, after passing a few
feei, water is found. The stratum covering the
black mud is composed of very line materials, re-
markably tough in texture and appearance. And
what is marvellously strange, in the black mud is
found timber at the distance, in Illinois, of from
twenty to thirty feet from the surface, some pieces
of wiiich are completely petrified, and others in a
state verging to petrifaction. Hence it is inferred,
that this. black mud was at some period the surface
of the common country, or iht bottom of a lake or
ocean. How this superabundance of ground is
collected or formed above t.he stratum of mud in
which the wood is found, is' difficult to conjecture,
except by reference to the general deluge, or some
other of late date. The stratum of black mud- is
found in every part £>f the country where attempts
have been made, to produie water at nearly the same
depth from the surface. Examples and proofs in.
abundance exist, of timber having been found in
this mud, in different parts of the country. Having
sustained a complete decomposition. A well U in
■ ' Mm

306

St. Clair county, about ten miles eaa^vardly of a
srudll village tailed Lebanon, where a gentleman,
digging for water, came on timber completely petri-
fied, at the distance of twenty-nine or thirty feet
from the surface. The timber was taken from the
stratum of black mud above described. The in-
crease above the black mud is too deep to admit of
the supposition, that it was produced by the decay
and rotting of timber and vegetables through a long
succession of ages ; nor would the rotting of timber
have produced a stratum ot* tough clay and a stra-
tum of almost pure sand, a stratum of clay varying
inr colour in different places, and finally a covering
of vegetable mould of various thickness; and above
all, by that process the timber would have been
intermixed from the surface to where the timber is
now found. The quality of the clay may be gen-
erally determined by the character of the surface,
for where the land is poor the same 'quality is in-
variably infused into the clay beneath, and is dis^
Coverable by its being much finer in its texture, and
Whiter. It is known to the slightest observer, thixt
timber, when rotten, tends to increase the vegetable
mould, but never forms an entire stratum of sand,
unmixed with alluvial, or more gross particles of
dirt. At a place where Mr. Smith lives, in Loufre
prairie, on the north side of the Mississippi, on
the road leading from St. Charles to Frankliir,
about forty-five miles from the former, Mr. Smith
"Was engaged in digging a- well for water in the
prairie, which is a high, fine tract of. land, and at
the distance of about seventy-five feet came upon
the black mud. After having passed through the
stratum of vegetable mould jibout three feet*, he
came to the clay, which was found about twenty-
five or thirty feet. He passes next through sand,
and a stratum of the same description of fine blue
and white clay that is fcuind in Illinois, and lastly
the black mud. At the depth of seventy-nine feet

S07

from the surface, he drew up wood completely pe!-
rifled, and in the mud were fire coals. Twenty -five
miles northeast of St Charles, in digging a well,
a grape vine was found completely petrifietf, thirty
feet below the surface. The pores of the grape
vine were clearly perceivable, though converted
into stone.

In Halifax county, North- Carolina, eight miles
southwest from the town of Halifax, a well was
sunk on the plantation of Judge Haywood, in the
year 1787. At the depth of fifty feet below the
surface, in a bed or stratum of strong-scented black
mud, the diggers came to the boughs of an oak, and
it was some considerable distance before they could
get through it. Sixteen miles southwest of that
plantation, another well was dug at an earlier pe-
riod, arid at the depth of sixteen or eighteen feet,
the workmen came to a poplar log lying horizon-
tally. Sometimes fish and plants are found to-
gether. If plants of another climate, they must
have come with the fish from that climate. Sub-
terranean intumescence might have raised the fish
above water, but there would have been no plant
with the fish. Water then must have been the
cause of their removal and association, and 'that
"water bereft by tepidity of its vivifying principle.
Why else did the fish die, but for want of cooRng
air in respiration ? The coals so abundantly found
in the earth support this idea.

Shell fiish of the present races, found in limestone
all over America and Europe, and marl composed
of shells in the bays and rivers, and in the interior,
show that the sea has once held dominion over
these countries.

The remains of land and sea animals are oftea
found together in the bowels of the earth. They
did not grow where found ; water must have brought
them together, especially when accompanied hy
^segetable jreiaains.

•308

Fish and petrified plants have been found to-
gether : they must have been brought together by
natation.

AmpTiibions and land, animals have been found
together, and raust*have met in the same way.

Marine shells and vegetable substances have
been found together, and must have been united in
the same way. Petrified wood and fossij bones
were preserved in water, at first from puti-efaction,
and were overlaid by strata, by its violence and
subsequent subsidence. The remains of large land
and sea animals are found in very deep chalk beds,
sometimes five hundred feet and mor^ below the
surface; and sometimes vegetable remains with
them, demonstrative of the extreme turbidness of
of the waters which involved them, of the vast
depths and heights to which they plunged and as-
cended, and of the cavities which were filled with
their deposites on their retrogradation. All the
superincumbent crust at least has been raised by
alluvial additions, taken perhaps from other coun-
tries now covered by the ocean, and from the beds
and sides of the ocean itself. It is no doubt true,
that the crust of the earth is incessantly increased,
butlhe growth is too gradual and slow, to have su-
perinduced that deep covering which we see above
the*black mud or former bed of the ocean. Coals
bm-nt by the locaters of land thirty years ago, are
now eighteen inches under ground. It was a matter
of controversy in West Tennessee some time since,
whether a certain tree had been marked as a cwner
in 1784. The marks of the axe were doubtful,
llie surveyor, when he laid off the tract in that
year, had encamr^d, as he said, near to the corner
the nigiit before he made it, and on a certain eleVa-
tion, and at a certain distance from it. There was
no sign of fire at this spot. It was concluded to dig
into the earth, and at the distance of eighteen inches
they came to the coals aud chumps, such as he de-

309

scribed. Coals are frequently dug up at the dis-
tance of five feet under ground in Tennessee, and
from thence to one hundred feet. At various dis-
tances are found the bones of animals, such as we
have in modern times, and other articles which,
were once upon the surface. The earth increases :
the oceanic waters decrease. But these phenomena
cannot account for the deposites upon the bed of
the ocean, now so deeply covered under the surface.
Fern and capillary plants have been found in
Shale, in Rhode- Island. Impressions out of it, of
the palm tree bark, at Wilkesbarre, .and various
species of palm in the sandy desert west of Grand
Cairo, in thirty degrees of north latitude, evince
plainly an accession from the south, for they are at
least twenty or thirty, and in some instances fptijjf
or fifty degrees north of the tlimate of their nativity.
So were the elephants in Europe, in the fiftieth de-
gree of north latitude, and the crocodiles at Blen-
heim and 8canea. Elephant bones have been found
in South-Carolina, Virginia and Maryland. Were
they not floated from the south, as well as the trop-
ical plants found at Zanesville? Fish have been
found in larg^ quantities, with their tails wreathed
to one side, as if in pain for want of cool air. Why
are not the like appearances in Chili or Patagonia?
It is submitted, whether all these evidences do not
establish a deluge from 'south to north, with many
combustibles on fire, when it reached and involved
them, an atmosphere extremely rarified, exceed-
ingly high winds rushing into the vacuum, and the
waters furiously agitated. The great comet, whose
revolutionary period is 575 years, appeared, says
Mr. Cavallo,99 in the year S349 before Christ, of
course in the year of the world 1655. Turn into
Mosaic years of thirty days to the month, the 575
solar years, and add them to the time of its ap-
pearance in 1766 or 1767 before Christ, at which

9#V.^,p. 241.

810

])eriocl it also appeared, making 58o years, 3S days,
and it will reach to tlie year 1655 of the world.
Supposing it to have appeared between the first
and thirteenth of September, as it did in the year
of our Lord 531,ioo and to have continued visible
for several months, as did a comet in the time of
Nero, 64 before Christ ; another in 603, another ia
1240, and a fourth in 1279; then the flood com-
Biencing in the second month of the next year, or
1656 of the world, answerable to November, this
comet, was in view at the very time when the flood
commenced. • This exact concurrence at the precise
period stated by the Mosaic history, not only evin-
ces that the flood occurred at the point of time as-
signed for it, but also that the number of years from
the creation Avas correct. Had he stated any other
number, for instance 1^55 or I6.'i4, there would
have been a chasm between that and the year 3349,
in which the great comet appeared. But being 1656
of the world, or 2648 before Christ, there is no
intervening chasm. Supposing the earth to have
occupied a place in her orbit near where the track
of the comet cut it in his passage towards or from
the sun, thence may have been derived all the phe-
nomena before described — the ignition of all the
combustible materials in the southern regions of the
gjlobc more immediately exposed to its influence,
extensive rarefaction of tlie atmosphere, and the
loss of respiring vitality by its extreme tenuity and
excalescense, a great rush of wind into the vacuum,
and the pressure of the waters by the proximity of
the comet from their place in the ocean. If a com-
mon conflagration will raise tiie winds, and if the
heat of long continued fair weather in the hottest
part of summer will set on Are the woods and
thatched buildings of a- country, as happened in
Germany a few years ago, why not similar effects
fk'om similar; but infinitely more efficieat causes ^

too 7 Gibbon, 4l2»

311

With respect to marine shells on the tops of hills
and mountains, there is a precise description of the
cause in the first chapter of Genesis, if we would
not he too fastidious to use so common a hook. At
first the earth was under the water, and afterwards
rose up out of it. Darkness was upon the face of
the deep, and the spirit of God moved upon the
face of the waters, loi And God said, let the waters
under the heavens he gathered together in one place,
and let the dryland appear; and it was so.102 Then
it arose from the v/ater, the highest parts of the
earth appearing first ; for itistance, the high moun-
tains of Asia. Upon these were the deposites of
' sea animals, and upon the land were found land
animals. The lands have gradually increased hy
the wise providence of God, as the animal creation
wanted more room, whilst the seas have receded in
the same ratio, those parts everywhere nearest to
the ocean exhibiting the most numerous and the
most recent signs of the former dominion of the
ocean. When we see afterwards in layers the or-
ganic remains of land and sea animals embodied
together, these are evidences of the deluge, for by
no other means £ould they have been together.

The body of a tree has been found in Indiana
fiinety feet below the surface.

In digging the canal at Zanesville, in the state of
Ohio, about the tenth of June, 18S0, which was
intended to connect the waters of the lakes with
those *of the Ohio, Mr. Atwater caused sixteen
drawings to be made of tropical plants found there.
Amongst tliem were, the leaf of the cocoa nut, the
hearing palm leaf of twenty inches in length, the
roots, trunk, limbs and leaves of the bamboo, th©
trunk, limbs, leaves, roots and even the blossoms
«f the cassia. The leaves and even the blossoms
are fresh, upinjured and entire, showing very con-
elusivcly, as Mr. iVtwater supposes, that they grew
near the spot whejre they are now found.

101 Genesis, ch. I, v. 2. 102 Genesis, ch. 1, v. 9i

312

The fossil bones of elephants are spread over
the equatorial regions of America, where the "ele-
phant does not exist, and not at the foot of the
palm trees in the burning planes of the Oronoko,
but in the coldest aud most elevated regions of the
Cordilleras.

In September, 1817, near Antrim, in Rockland
jcounty, a man in digging a drain through a miry
swamp, discovered, about three feet from the surface
of the earth, several pteces of teeth of enormous
size. From the appearance, shape, and manner in
•which. they are worn away, the animal must have
lived to great age, and it is supposed belonged to the
granivorous species. The largest piece appears to
have belonged to the extreme back tooth of the uri-
der jaw, and is eight inches in length, four inches
in breadth, and three in height from where it rested
in the jaw bone to the head or top of the tooth.
Though it, evidently appears that one half has
been worn away by mastication, yet it weighs three
pounds, six ounces. The enamel is the principal
part of the tooth that is preserved. Tlje root is
chiefly decayed, and upon being exposed to the air
mouldered away. The teetl\ were full of marrow^
There were found several larejfe bones on Big Bone
creek, in Kentucky, below the mouth of Big Miami.
The horns were fifteen feet long, and weighed one
hundred pounds, and the teeth and grinders from
twelve to fifteen pouuds.io^ Mr. Bell saw at the
Blue licks in Kentucky, a rib of some huge animal,
which reached from the ground to' the roof of the
house; also, a tooth as lai*ge as his head, and a big
bone four feet longj and as large in circumference
as his body. Many such bones are found near all
the salines in that country.

103 Schoetz, 185«

313

G,

Medals representing the sun with rays of ligbt,
have been found in the mounds. They are made
of very fine clay, and coloured in the composition
before they were hardened by heat, originally mora
than three inches in diameter.

A stone of large size was found in Mexico, in
1790, containing a representation of the calendar.
The sculpture is in relievo, and well polished.
The concentric circles, with the numerous divisioi.s
and subdivisions, are traced with mathematical ex-
actness. In the centre of tlie stone, is sculptured
the hieroglyphic of the sun, surrounded by eight
triangular radii, l^he god of the country is figured
opening his large mouth armed with teeth, which
reminds us of a figure of a divinity in Indostan, the
image of Kala, or time. In the Hindoo sytem of
religion, are gods called Ashta-dik-pala-guru, who
presided over the eight principal divisions of the
world. ^04

In the city of Cusco in Peru, in South America,
was a temple standing in the time of the Spanish
invasion, in one of the apartments of which, towards
the east, was placed the image of the sun, consisting
of one gold plate which covered the whole breadth
of the chapel. This image was of a circular form,
representing the sun with his rays darting from him.
And in another part of the temple was the image of
the moon, of a round form, with a woman's face ia
the middle of it.

W hen we come to the teocalll of Mexico, or high
mounds, which some call temples, one of them is
called the house of the sun, the other the house of
the moon. They are built like those of Tennessee
and the neighbouring countries, wherever they are
square and precisely to the cardinal points. Like
them, they have a flat top. Images and altars were
npoa them, and they have upon them the stone

104 2D'bois>2l4,

314

Snives with which the chests of human Tictims weyr
opened. They leave us no doubt of tne deities to*
whom they » ere dedicated, nor of the human sacri-
fices made upon them, nor of the perfect conformity
to the models in India, Chaldea and Egypt, where
also buildings of the like stupendous altitude have
been erected to the cardinal points, with flattened
tops, ascended like those of Mexico and Peru, by
stairs on the outside. The time has- been, when
from the confines of Chili to the All^henies, and
from the Stone mountains to the Savannah, the
worship of the sun prevailed, and as we shall pre-
sently see, with all the peculiarities, emblems and
rites which his worshippers in Asia observed and
practised, and that it was maintained by a popula-
tion Avhich spread like the mounds, and with them:
from Mexico and Peru to the AUeghenics.

Other representations prove the worship of the
moon also. Semicircles represent her. Copperplates
perfectly round, thin, flat and smooth, without any
thing to represent the rays of light, have been often
foun^l. Semicircular woi^ks^ sometimes three or
more joined together, always facing the east, are to
be seen entirely unconnected with any other work.
They are of earth, and only a few feet high.

Kear the centre of the round fort at Circleville,
which is described in the American Archaiologia,
was a tumulus of earth about two feet in height, and
several rods in diameter at the base. On its eastern
side, and extending six rods from it, was a semi-
circular pavement, composed of pebbles, such as
are now found in the bed of the Scioto river. The
summit was nearly thirty feet in diameter, and thv re
was a raised way to it, leading from the east, like
a modern turnpike. The summit was level. The
outline of the semicircular pavement, and the walk,
is still discernible. In it, amongst other things, was
the handle of a small sword, or large knife. V round-
the end where the blade had been inserted, was a

315

ferule of silver. JSTo iron was found, but the oxy<a«
remained.

On the north side of the Ohio river, near the
Scioto, and near three circular tumuli, is a higii
semicircular work, at this time not more than twenty
feet of perpendicular height, and containing nearly
an acre. This elevated circular work, with raised
walks to ascend and descend to and fiH)m the ele-
vated area, was not usual as a cemetery.

On the main branch of Paint creek, on the Ohio»
where are very ancient and remarkable walls, gate-
ways, wells, and stone elevations full of human
bones and eliptical works, like those on the Mis-
sissippi and in Mexico, — is a work in the form of a
half moon, set around the edges with stone, such as
are now found one mile from the spot. Near the
semicircular w^ork is a very singular mound, five
feet high, and thirty feet in diameter, composed
chiefly of red ochre, an abundance of which is iound
in a hill at no great distance Irom the place. Henc^
the name of Pairtt creefc«

Near the junction of Hargiss's creek with the
'Scioto, In the state of Ohio, — where are square and
circular fortifications, walls and intrenchments of
considerable extent, and g;iteways at proper inter-
vals, with mounds in front of tlie gateways, — about
the centre of the circular walls is the site of a once
very remarkable mound of earth, with a semicircu-
lar pavement on its eastern side, nearly fronting the
only gateway leading into the fort. This mound
is now entirely removed, but the outline of the
semicircular pavement may still be seen in many
places.

The Indians of North- Carolina, in the year 1730,
had much veneration for the number three. The
conjurers, in performing their exorcisms, after being
blindfolded; went around the fire three times 5 thea

dig

into the woods ; and returning, went aroimcl again
tliree times ; then to the woods again a second time,
where they remained half an hour, and performed
the same exorcisms a third time. When a conjurer
there was to discover stolen goods, he caused taree
fires to he made in regular form. He is hoodwinked
with a deer skin, and stands in the centre of the
three fires, and goes directly out of one of the three
gaps, with a stick in his hand, with which he strikes
the ground, and announces the thief. When one
of them dies, they fastios three days successively
around his grave. The mourners cut off more thaa
one lialf of their hair, the women as well as the
men ; aad there are women appointed and hired,
who, during'six months, lament the death of a king,
crying with aloud voice three times a day, morning,
noon and evening. Cutting off the hair in mourning
was practised by the Persians, Jews, Thebans and
Egyptians. ^06 Xhe custom of procuring hired
mourners was kept up by the Hebrews particularly,
as well as by other nations. *o/ On Peace river,
northwest of the lakes of Canada, near the moun-
tains, a native of the country, about to embark on.
board of a boat with Mr. McKenzie, previous to
his departure cut off a lock of his hair and divided
it into three parts. He fixed one part to the hair
and upper part of his wife's head, blowing upon it
with all the violence in his power, and uttering cer-
tain cabalistical words. The other two he fixed
with the same formality on the head of his two
children. 108 Mr. Omstead, counsellor at law, of
Franklin, in the county of Williamson in West
Tennessee, saw a nation of Indians to the northwestjf

105 2 Samuel, cli 12. v. 16; Joel, ch. 2, v. 16.

106 I Herodotus, 204, 356 ; 2 Herodotus, 294 j 5 Plutarch,
84; 3 Wollin, 86.

107 J >b, cli. 3, V. 8 ; Jeremiah, ch. 9, v. 17.

108 1 '^^muei, ch. 20, v,41 ; 1 Kings, eh. 9, V. 25; Daniel,
ch. 6, V. 10, 13.

(perhaps the Pawnees,) who, like the Hindoos,
celebrate the beginning of the year for tkree days,
and sacrifice three white dogs. He was present at
the festival and the sacrifice.

In digging into a mound at Chillicothe, in the
state of Ohio, the^ remains of a man were found.
Over the place where his breast was supposed to
have been, was a cross, and string of beads. The
cross was completely converted into verdigrease.
The trees which grew on the mound were of the
same size as those of the surrounding woods.

When the Spaniards arrived in America, they
found stones cut in the figure of the cross, which
were reverenced by the Mexicans. The cross was a
symbol of matter venerated amongst the Egyptians
from the remotest antiquity, in India tlie temples
are sometimes built in this form. It was amongst
the Irish, who descended from the Hindoos, the
symbol of knowledge. io9 The cross on the breast
©f the skeleton near Chillicothe, and that in the
pottery in the small graves near Sparta, shows
their Hindoo origin.

The mounds are generally from five to ten and
twelve feet high; and sometimes to the south, eighty
or ninety ; generally in the form of a cone. Those
in the northern parts of the state of Ohio, are of
inferior size, and fewer in number, than those along
the river. They exist from the Rocky mountains
in the west, to the Alleghenies on the east, and
from the southern shore of lake Erie to the Mexi-
can gulf. They are numerous and lofty in the
south, and exhibit proofs of a common origin. no

On the Ohio, going downwards, the m9utids ap-
pear on both sides erected uniformly on the highest

109 McCullough, 137. 110 Archailogia Americana, 167"*

alluvians along the stream, at Marella, Portsmonffe
and Cincinnati. They are found at the junctioa
of all the rivers along the Mississippi, in the most
eligible positions for towns, and on the most exten-
sive Ijodies of fertile land. Their number exceeds
perhaps three thousand ; the smallest not less than
twenty feet iii height, and one hundred in diameter
at the base. They are found in that part of the
country where the traces of numerous population
might be looked for ; from the mouth of the Ohio,
on the east side of the river, to the Illinois river,
and on the west side from the St. Francis to the
Missouri. Nearly opposite St. Louis are traces of
two large cities in the distance of five miles, on the
Cahokia, which crosses the American bottom oppo-
site St. Louis. There is a mound at Mew-Madrid
three hundred and fifty feet in diameter at the base.
There are large ones at St Louis, one with two
stages; another with three at the mouth of the
Missouri. At the mouth of Cahokia are also
mounds, in two groups. Twenty miles below are
two groups likewise ; but the mounds are of smaller
size. There is one near Washington, in the state
of Mississippi, one hundred and forty- six feet high;
also at Baton-Rouge, and the bayou Manshac. The
mound on Black river has two stages and a group
around. On the plane between the Arkansas and
the St, Francis, are several large mounds. The
mounds are small on the northern lakes, and be-
come more numerous as we go southwest, until we
come to the Mississippi, where they are lofty and
magnificent. These works, similar to the teocalli
of Mexico, are not found north of the mound at
Circleville, on the Scioto. They are very common
and lofty in the Mississippi, thence to the gulf of
Mexico, and around it, through Texas, into New
Mexico and South America. They are in Alaba-
ma, and as far as the Savannah river. The size
and number of these mounds; it is presumed, show

319

tlie degree of population which existed at the tim«
of their desertion, and from what heart or centre
that population extended towards the extremities.
And they show, what is now the principal object
©f inquiry, that the same religious creed and cere-
monies extended over all the countries in which the
mounds are seen, and possibly the same political
institutions, perhaps the same empire.

In the county of St. Clair, in an extensive prairie
called the Looking-glass prairie, about twenty-five
miles from St. Louis, in Missouri, is a mound about
thirty-five feet high above the common plane. It
is perfectly circular, containing on the surface of
its sii'i-mit about three quarters of an acre. It rises
from its base almost perpendicularly in some places^
and the most gradual slope is difficult of ascent.
The summit is almost level, being somewhat de-
pressed in the centre, and covered with small sas-
safras bushes. The soil on the top is remarkably^
Mack and rich. Around' this mound stand six
others, being small, and similar to those we see in
Tennessee, of the second order of those found in.
the country. A ditch near it is yet visible, of con-
siderable length and breadth, from which the ma-
terials for the mound must have been taken. There
are many small mounds in Illinois and Missourio

It seems to be a well established fact, that the
bodies of nearly all those buried in mounds were
partially, if not entirely, consumed by fire before
the mounds were built, says one writer.

This, says he, is made to appear by quantities
©f charcoal being found at the centre and base of
the mounds, stones burnt and blackened, and marks
of fire on the metallic substances buried with them.''

In a mound at Marella was found a human body,
in 1819, with his face upw^ards, and his feet point-
ing to the northeast, and his head to the southwest,
Fsom the appearance of several pieces of charcoal

r Archailogia Americana, 11S«

380

find bits of partially burnt fossil coal, and the black
colour of the earth, it would seem that the funeral
obsequies had been celebrated by fire ; and whilst
the ashes were yet hot and smoking, a circle of flat
stones had been laid around and over the body.
The circular covering is about eight feet in diame-
ter, and the stones yet look black as if stained l»y
fire and smoke. This circle of stones seems to havs
been the nucleus on which the mound was formed,
as immediately over them is heaped the common
earth of the adjacent plane, composed of clayey and
coarse gravel. The mound was originally about
ten feet high, and thirty feet in diameter at the base.
From the length of some of his bones, the person is
supposed to have been six feet in height. Those
of the scull were uncommonly thick. Trees were
upon the work, whose ages the annulars proved to
have been four hundred or five hundred years ; and
on the ground were other trees, which appeared to
have fallen from old age. Thick sculls are the
effects of long exposure to a hot sun. But what
is more material, the Hindoos burnt, the Hebrews
buried, and the Scythians buried. Those who
erected this mound over a burnt corpse, were not
of the same nation with those who buried the great
skeleton, eight feet in height, in White county.
There are some mounds on Jonathan's creek of
Muskingum, the bases of which are formed of well
burnt brick, between four and five inches square;
and in the bricks are charcoal cinders and pieces
of calcined human bones. Above them the mound
was composed of earth, showing that the dead had
been burnt in the manner of several eastern nations,
and the mound raised afterwards. 'J'he mounds
over dead bodies, or their ashes^ are generally
conical to the top.

L.

On the two high mounds in the Mexican valley,
dedicated to the sua and mooo; ftud standing to the

3^1

north of lake Cuscuco, were tops led to on the sides
by II stair of large hewn stones 5 on which tops, the
first travellers say, were statues covered with thin
lamina of gold.

M.

The people wiio built the mounds used human
sacrifices. The Wolf tribe of the Pawnee Indians
yet follow the custom. Mr. Manuel Lea, during
the summer of 1818, purchased a Spanish prisoner,
a boy about ten years old, whom they intended to
ofler as a sacrifice to the great star. And they did
put to death, by transfixing on a sharp pole, as an
ofi'ering to the object of their adoration, the child
of a Paddo woman, who, being a captive herself,
and devoted to that sanguinary death, made her
escape on horseback, leaving her new-born offspring
behind.

JV.

Tlic worship of the lingham, or phallus, once
prevailed over Egypt, Phenicia, Greece, Jlome,
and amongst the Moabites and Midianites, as well
as in India. Being found in America, it allbrds an
incontrovertible and prostrating evidence of the
connexion which once existed between the old and
the new world. Amongst the Egyptians, Greeks,
and Hebrews, the representation of the phallus was
of a large size, and was made sometimes of gold
and sil\ er, and sometimes of stone. Captain Cook
saw traces of it in the Sandwich islands, where w as
left the custom of erecting mounds and the art of
making feathered mantles, which emii;ratlon hft
there in the course of its progress to America. Wo
can go upon the trace of tlie j)hallus from Tennessee.
to the Pacific islands, to India and to Egypt. In
speaking of the Sandwich islands, the author of
Cook's Voyages says, there are many idols, one of
them the black figure of a man resting upon his
toes and fingers, and that the islanders give place
0«>

in their houses to many ludicrous and obscene idols,
likethepriapusoftheancients.il- Bacchus seems
to have been the generative god of the Greeks, and
Venus the generative goddess. The rites of both
"were celebrated with sorts of obscenity. us The
like ceremonies were practised in the temple of
Baol Peor.

There is a Mexican temple dedicated to the gen-
erative goddess, like the ( eres of the Greeks and
Homans, the Isis of the Kgytians, and the produc-
tive power of India.

A phallus, or priapus, was found in or near Chil-
lic(^the, not tong since, and was presented to Mr.
jVlcCullough, who deposited it in the hall of tlie
American Philosophical Society.

O.

Nine murix shells, the same as described by Sir
William Jones, in the Asiatic Researches, have
been found within twenty miles of Lexington, in
Kentucky, in an ancient work.^i Their component
parts remained unchanged, and they were every
way in an excellent state of preservation. These
shells, so rare in India, are highly esteemed and
consecrated to their god Meliadava, whose charac-
ter is the same with the Neptune of Greece and
Koine. This shell, amongst the Hindoos, is the
musical instrument of the Tritons. The foot of the
Siamese god Gaudme, or Budh, is represented by
a sculpture in Ava, to be six feet in length, and the
toes carved each to represent a shell of the inurix.
These shells have been found in many mounds
which have been opened in every part of Ohio.
And this proves that a considerable value was put
upon them by their owners. n^

112 1 Herodotus, 335, 336, 337, 338, 341; 1 Diodorus Si-
culus, 29 ; 2 Dubois, 200, 208, 282.

113 1 Rollin, 48. 114 Arcbailogia Americana, 241.
115 Archailogia Americana, 241.

^S3

One of the mounds near the lake, formerly tlie
feed of the river, at the mouth of the Merimac, near
St. Grenevieve, is composed chiefly of shells. 1 he
inhabitants have taken away a great part of them
for lime.

p.

In the county of Bourhon, in Kentucky, on the
north side of Stone's fork, about five miles northeast
of Paris, are seven piles of rocks placed in a direct
line : they are from ei^^ht to ten feet in height, and
from tvventy-iive to thirty feet in diameter ; the base
of a circular form, and terminating in a cone at the
top. These piles are situated on a high and com-
manding eminence, formed by the bluff of the creek,
and at the distance of from three hundred to four
hundred yards from it. The piles are composed
of broad flat stones, presenting evident marks of
rock over which water had once run, and seemed to
be of the same species of stone as that which is yet
seen in the bottom of the creek. Some of the rock
are large masses, and must have required the united
exertions and patience of a number of persons to
convey a single one to its place in the pile : and to
have completed the whole of these monuments, at
least one thousand men must have been employed
twelve months. The piles are thrown up in loose
array, indicating no specimens of art or of mechanic
skill. All tlie rocks retain their native appearance,
so far as any observation made enabled the beholder
to discover.

Such were the monuments used in ancient times,
•by the people of Asia, to commemorate important
events. Such monuments were used as well by the
lettered Israelites when they passed the Jordan, and
on other similar occasions, as by unlettered nations,*
But what is far more striking, the number seven
was with the people who set up these monuments

s Heut. ch. 27, V. 2, 4 j Joshua, ch. 4, v. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,D,
10: 1, 22.

SM

a luimbcr of pei-fectioii, as it was with the people
of India, Arabia, Egypt, and the Hebrews, and as
it is with the Arabians and Hindoos to this day.
There is no obvious cause in nature, or in natural
history, for determining mankind to seven, as the
number of perfection, more than to any other num-
ber. The seven days of the week is a cycle of
positive institution, and so is the worship of the
seven planets This idea in America is a derivative
one, emanating from a common source with others
of the same family and connexions. That common
sourse is India, where it has been from the earliest
ages of the world. From thence it was carried by
emigrant tribes to Gothland and Scandinavia, where
the days were classed into sevens, and called by the
names of tlieir deities ; the first of which being the
sun, they called Sunday; the second being the moon,
they called Moonday, or Monday; the next, Tuisto,
the most ancient deity of the Germans tind Scandi-
navians, gave name toTuishday, or Tuesday. They
had a god called Woden, hence Woden's-day, or
Wednesday ; another called Thor, hence Thor's-
day, or 1 hursday. They had one called Frica,
];ence Frica's-day, or Friday; another called Seater,
lience 8eater's-day,or Saturday. Their neighbours,
if not descendants, the Esquimaux, and the people
seen by Capt. Wharriug, about the 6th of August,
1830, in north latitude 73, to the south of Lancaster
sound, paid adoration to the sun. If this be taken,
as it ce'tainly is, as an evidence that the Goths were
of Hindo* ex<ractio!i, it may perhaps be equally so,
that (hose who built these piles were of Hindoo
extraction also.

Q-

Near the junction of Hargess's creek with the
Scioto, in the state of Ohio, where arc very ancient
works, the walls vary only a few degrees from north
and south, east and west, but not more than the
needle varies. Many surveyors from this circum-

325^

^ance, believe that tbe authors of these v»?orks were
acquainted with astrononjy. The circle and square
exactly laid down, and no error could be detected
in their measurement.!'" On the American pyramids
there is a variation of 5z seconds. In 1794, the
pyramids of Egypt were examined, and there was
no varlfitson from the north, 'f'ycho llrahe, in lii76
and 1586, made observations in the island of Iluen,
in the straits of the Baltic; and in 1671, another
skilful mathematician did the same. He found the
meridian then different in longitude by 18 minutes,
from the position Tycho Bralie bad ascertained only
95 years before. Eighteen minutes for every 100
years, would have amounted to 7 degrees and i'2
minutes, in MOO years, tlie supposed time elapsed
since the erection of the Egyptian ])yramifls. It
follows then, from both these observations, that
there is a cyclar variation not perpetually progres-
sive, and that tbe American mounds, when viewed,
had returned by the twentieth part of a century, to
that part of the cycle in which they were built;
though that at Bledsoe's lick is precisely at the
time in that point of the cycle in which it was built.
If this idea were pursued, and a cycle of time formed
which embraced the cold seasons and also the warm
ones, it might perhaps be found that there is a
regular alternation, and that the warm ones do not
incessantly advance without any retrogradation.
There are spaces of time in history, in which the
intensity of the weather is not complained of, and
others again in which, for a long course of time, its
severity is continually spoken of. There, are peri-
ods in certain countries, when the vine and tim
olive would grow, where in after times they refused
to grow, and vice versa. Tliere were times when
part of certain northern seas were navigable for
centuries, and in after times the ice made them in-
navigable. In certain centuries the Baltic and

17 Archailogia Americana, 145.

Mediterranean have been covered with ice,' which
in former and latter ages were not so. In thesB
cold ceaturies, whether alternate or progressive,
may have come hither those large animals whose-
bones we now find; and that too, not at a very great
distance of time since their deposition, as they are
yet upon the surface, uncovered, or only lightly
covered, and undecayed by exposure to the' sun,
t'ain and air. In presence of the advancing warm
seasons, they may have retired, like the raindeer
and the auroch, from the wilds of Germany, which
they inhabited in the times of Julius Caesar. An.
advancement of the warm seasons incessantly, is
irreconcilable with the tropical plants found below
the surface at Zanesville, supposing them to have
grown there; for on that supposition, the warm
seasons must have retired. But assuming that,
there is an alteration makes their growth there re-
concilable with the operations of nature and the
motions of the heavens ; otherwise, these plants
must have been removed in waters flowing from the
south, which protected the blossoms from tlie rays
of the sun. In the time of Tacitus, the Koman
emperor, A. D. 276, the vine flourished in England;
and from the year 1087 to 1154, and from 1377 to
1399, and thenceforward, v/ould not grow there.
In the time of Julius Caesar, the vine would not
grow there. Again, 300 years after it flourished
there, and afterwards, in 1399, it would not, nor
thenceforward. Snows were abundant at Rhegium,
in the southern extremity of Italy, in the times of
Spartacus and Crassus, 63 years before Christ.
Snows were common in the Tarentine gulf in the
*irac of Herodotus, 413 before Christ. The rebels
taken and imprisoned at Capua iu the time of Han-
nibal, about 320 before Christ, died there with cold.
The olive and citron have grown there since since,
with the utmost luxuriance Supposing the warm
reasons to be unceasingly progressive^ it is not af-

3S7

fected by any motion of the eartli to the south, for
the parallels would be changed ; and if by some
other cause, is not an alternation more agreeable to
the course of nature, and in concert with the varia-
tions of the needle, and the inequality of seasons,
which in some portions of time are more severe or
raore temperate than in others?

In Belmont county, in the state of Ohio, opposite
tlie mouth of Little Grave creek in the state of
Yirginia, and nearly half a mile from the Ohio river,
in the vicinity of several small mounds, was one
about 15 or 16 feet high. Its top was flat, and its
base about 40 feet in diameter. The timber in the
"vicinity was remarkably large. On it w^ere the re-
mains of three or four large trees, supposed to liavo
been white oaks, from the relics of the bark which
had fallen down ami decayed. There were stilt
growing upon it, several large popliu's, some of them
four or five feet in diameter within a foot of the
gi'ound, with several white oaks three or four feet
hi diameter, and other timber, such as beech, wal-
nut, &c. An incision was made into the mound:
on the summit, descending perpendicularly. The
iirst layer was a vegetable mould, about two feet
through ; the next was of dark clay, three fQct
through, resembling the clay of the river near that
place, and below^ this was a layer of small stones
-•f the size of walnuts, goose eggs, &c. rounded and
smoothed by the water, having been brought, as
was supposed, from the bed of the river a few miles
distant, as there are none immediately contiguous.
The layer of stcmes was three or four feet in thick-
laess. Next was ii stratum of earth resembling
black marl, believed to be vegetable mould, about
afoot deep; and next to thisNvere several layers
of human bones, laid transversely, in a great mass
of decayed matter five or six feet thick. These
bones, when exposed to the air, would moulder
away, although they ecem^tl, jgolid wheu taken up;

$28^

The toe and finger nails were nearly entire ; the
hair, long, fine, and of a dark brown colour, and
almost rotten, bat by letting the dirt dry and brush-
ing it off, it would bear to be combed and straight-
ened out. Under the bones were liint stone, and
spear or lance iieads, four or five inches long, level-
led from the middle to the edge, the edges conver-
ging to a point, in the form of the two longest sides
of an isosceles triangle, the shortest side of the tri-
angle being about two inches wide, at which com-
menced a flat prominence, or handle, to be inserted
in the end of a pole. There were also found pieces
of iron, from two to four feet long, straight and un-
-curved, the back of the blade flat, and one half or
three qu irters of an inch wide near the handle,
regularly levelled on both sides to the edge, and
tapering from the handle to the point, calculated
both for thrusting and striking transversely. The
iron was considerably oxidated, and when exposed
to the air, dissolved and fell into small particles of
rust, leaving only the handle, which was thick, and
central parts adhering together. There were four
or five of these swords, if we may so call them.
The handle was round and cylindrical, and encir-
cled with ferules or rings of silver. On the ferules
were the representations of taropins or terobins,
scored or carved in lines ; and also birds with bushy
tails, long necks, long le§s, and feet like those of
the turkey or flamingo. The bill vras short and
\vide like that of a duck, only shorter, and tapering
to a point from the sides. Upon them were also
carved the following figures : First, a rectilinear
isosceles triangle; secondly, a scalene triangle, some
of these triangles approximating towards the equi-
lateral, and others towards the right angled triangle;
thirdly, a rectangular equilateral square, and a
rectangular parallelogram, with each side equal to
that laterally opposite it ; fourthly, a perfect circle ;
and fifthly, an elipsis, perfectly and regularly pro-
portioned.

8S9

The mould seemed to be of different shades and
variegations; and near the bottom, and amongst
the bones and mould, were found a great number
oi' pieces of charcoal in a perfect state. Tbis mound
was opened in the spring of 18^0.

V* ith respect to the facing of the mounds to the
cardinal points, the religion of the Hindoos enjoins,
that the four sides of a pagoda should face the four
cardinal points. n^

B.

A stone tablet, fixed on a sculptured pillar, had ou
it some strokes taken for a Tartarean inscription.
It was found in the savannas of Canada in 1746.

Letters of an unknown alphabet are inscribed
upon a rock in (he western parts of New- York.

1 here is a rock, called the Dighton rock, on
Taunton river, near Dighton, in Massachusetts.
It is a large rock in the margin of the sea, and up-
on it are inscriptions in strange characters, partly
alphabetical and partly hieroglyphic. The letters
are oriental, partaking of the characteristic forms of
the Sanscrit and Talick, and written from right to
left. It signifies whence the authors of the inscrip-
tion came, their numbers and intercourse with the
natives, and their intention to return whence ther
came. On landing, they paid their devotion to
Budh, the genius of fecundity. Also, there is a
symbol of Isis and Minerva. The head of a ha^.^ k
indicates infinite wisdom ; and there is represented
the north wind, which conducted them to the spot.
In another scene, there is a vessel, with its masts,
flags, and long rudder, as in the oriental vessels at
this day. There is the figure of a horse, which is
the well known symbol of Carthage. There is a
bust, upon the breast of which is a trident, emble-
matical of Neptune, or Vishnu, and als'O of the
oriental trinity , of the good and evil^ and of th^

117 Robertson's India, 348.

Pp

mediating powers — the same as Rama, Vishnu and^
Siva, which, under one or another name, have beett
found in the religions of all nations. The subject
generally seems intended to commemorate the arri-
Tal of a people there from the ocean and the east,
and who, having had intercourse with tha natives,
had resolved to return, and written this on the rock.
to perpetuate the event; but whether from Phenicia,
Carthage, or elsewhere, is not ascertained. Tha
inscriptions are of great antiquity. That it is a
record of some fact, cannot be doubted, though the
hieroglyphics are many and crowded. There is
a method in it, which puts it beyond doubt, that it
"was intended to perpetuate the remembrance of
facts. The oriental characters are to be found la
nearly all the alphabets.

Near Wheeling, in Yirginia, on Grave creek, oa
the lands of Mr. Tomlins, is one mound of a conical
form, 75 feet high. In the interior of this mound,
human bones were found, of uncommonly large size.
The mounds are a mile and a half from the Ohio.
Here also were found, mixed with bones, two or
three plates of brass, with characters inscribed upon
them resembling letters, but of what alphabet no
one could tell.

Inscriptions are engraven on a large stratum of
rocks on the southeast side of the river Ohio, about'
two miles beJow the mouth of Indian or King's
creek, which empties into the Ohio fifty miles below
Pittsburgh. 'I he greater part of the rocks lie nearly
in horizontal directions, and so close to the edge of
the river that at times the water entirely covers them.
A few yards, however, from the bank of the river,
there are several large masses of the same species
of rock, on which also are inscriptions. The in-
scriptions upon both are of the same kind, and ap-
parently were made at the same time. In one o£
ihe tumuli, near the place of inscription, was found,
amongst other things; a hard stone^ signet, of aa

831

oval sliape, two inches in lengtb, with a figure in
relievo resembling a note of admiration, surroundedl
by two raised rims. It is exactly the figure of the
brand with which the Mexican horses were marked.

About the year 1806, in a field on Enoe river, in.
Orange county. North- Carolina, five or six miles
above Hillsborough, part of a stone was ploughed
up, which had been broken off from another part
of it. It was perfectly transparent, of an octagonal
shape, and the sides very smooth. It terminated ia
a cone. Between the commencement of the taper^
which was towards the upper part of the stone,
characters were cut resembling letters. One resem-
bling the Roman L, but with a curved stroke [1^]
at the top, instead of a straight one across. The
other characters were of different formation, but
Were not placed in a line either ascending or hori-
zontal, but stood apart from each other. Afterwards
the other, or lower part, was ploughed up, of the
same form and thickness as the body above de-
scribed wus below the conical part of it. The
whole seemed to be several feet in length, and was
near an old Indian townhouse. Near the same
place was found a circular piece of brass, of the
size of the palm of the hand of a man of middle
size. Characters were on it of the same form as
ihose upon the ston^.

An inscription, supposed by some to be Pheni-
^ian, is said to have been found on a large block of
granite in the middle of a cave in Guyana, And
if the copy exhibited to the Baron de Humboldt
were a faithful one, the inscription seems to have
«ome resemblance to Phenician letters.

In the mounds near Natchez, on the earthenware
there found are characters or letters. is

Malvenda, a Spanish writer, says, that the na-
tions of St. Michael had tombstones with several
ancient Hebrew characters upon them, as " Why is
God gone away?" and ''He is dead, God knows.'^^^

18..fiiiiiUia5a. 19 Boudinot, 25D.

33S

There are said to be inscriptions, in unknowa
characters, on a rock in tlie middle nf a river, which
is apparent only in time of low water. The rock
is in New river, and a few miles from Ashville.
Tlie fact is now put into a state of inquiry. The
iutormation '^ as given to the writer by Robert Nail,
Ksquire, of the county of Hawkins, who lives on
the main road 12 miles west of Kogersville. j e
says, that in the county of Ashe, in North- Carolina,
on the north side of New river, four or five miles
from the courthouse, just above the mouth of a creek
which falls into the river on the east side, is a rock
in the water, near the middle of the river, which in
the time of low water is above the surface of the
water. It is in the direction of southeast from the
courthouse. On this rock are letters inscribed in a
horizontal line, the letters being about an inch in
length, and the line about eighteen inches in length.
At the end of the line are Arabic numerals, or the
figures which Ave now commonly use. On the rock
is the impression of a man's hand and of a man's
foot, of the track of a bear and of the track of a wolf,
all very plain. The rock is hard blue river rock.
To some who saw the figures, the idea was sug-
gested, that the impressions were made at a time
when the rock was in a plastic state. Many persons
went to see the impressions, and all agreed that the
characters were literal ones, and no one doubted of
the fact; but none were acquainted with the letters,
nor knew to what alphabet they belonged.

S.

In the county of Kenhaway, about four miles
below the Burning spring, and near the mouth of
Cnrnphell's creek^ in the'state of Virginia, is a rock
of great size, on which, in ancient times, the natives
engraved many representations. There is the
figure of almost every indigenous animal — the buf-
falo, the bear, the deer, the fox, the hare, and

S33

ether qnadrupetls of various kinds, iisli of tlie va-
rious productions of the western waters, fowls of
different descriptions, infants scalped, scalps alone,
and men as large as life. The rock is in the river
Kenhaway, near its northern shore, accessible only
at low water, unless by the aid of wafer craft. WlieU
this was done the scu*.ptors had not seen the horse,
the cow, the hog, tiie sheep, or goat. It was done
before their acquaintance with the Europeans, and
tends strongly to support tlie supposition, that the
ancient inhabitants had the use of metallic iiisple-
ments, which leads to an intercourse between them
and those parts of the globe where metallurgy was
understood and practised. The Indians known to
us, have never possessed the sculptural art in as
much perfection as was possessed by these ancient
aborigines.

In the mouth of a cavern opposite or not very far
from Hurricane, on the Ohio, on the northwest side,
are engraved on the rock, S5 feet higlf, the figures
of several animals, as of the bear and buffalo ; and
what is more remarkable, of the lion and lioness.
These figures are done in a masterly style. You
enter the cavern first through a small cavity nine
feet wide and twelve feet high, then ascend a bench
of a few feet and enter the aperture about the size of
a door, into a most spacious cavern. The engraver
must have seen the lion and lioness in Asia or Af-
rica, or had seen at least the picture of them. If
the latter, the painting itself must have come from
the southern parts of Asia, or from Africa, or must
have been there seen by him.

The facings of the stones in the pyramids near
Cuernovaca, are adorned with hieroglyphic figures,
among which are crocodiles spouting up water, and
men sitting cross-legged, in the Asiatic manne^.

On the pyramids of Papontla, the facings of the
stones are adorned with hieroglyphics, in which
serpents and crocodiles, carved in relievo, are dis-
cernible.

SS4

An owl carved in stone was round at Coliinibus,
and sometimes are found stone axes; also are found,
tools, with a very little silver and brass.

T.

In the ruins of the walls of the palace of Milla,
in New Spain, curious paintings have been found,
representing warlike trophies and sacrifices. When
Cortes, in the year 1519, landed his troops at St
Juan de Ulloa, and was visited by some Mexican
chiefs, with their trains, in a mission from Monte-
Euma, duriug the interview some parties in the train
of the Mexican chiefs had been diligently employed
in delineating, upon white cotton cloths, figures of
the ships, the horses, the artillery, the soldiers, a-nd
whatever else attracted their eyes as singular/ In
the ruins of an ancient city within three miles of
the Rio Gela, which is in the S7th degree of north
latitude, near the gulf of California, the plane is
covered with broken earthen pitchers and pots,
prettily painted in red, white and blue. And from
time immemorial, the people of Chili have used
indigenous plants in dying, which communicate the
liveliest and most durable colours to cloths, without
any foreign production. Thirty years' use of a
piece of blue cloth dyed there, made it lose nothing
of the original lustre of its colours, which are red,
yellow, green and black. They cannot be aifected
by exposure to the air or by the use of soap. There
are plants and herbs in Chili which furnish all these
colours. The paints in West Tennessee, on the
rocks, must have come from thence; so also the
silver ornaments and utensils found on the waters
of the Ohio ; and from Mexico and from the former
came the black marble beads. The people have
agrqed with those of the south in their religion,
sciences, manufactures, mechanic arts, fortifications,
and in most of the articles which have passed ia

t £ Rob, Higt. Am, 263*

review befoFe us. They were branches of the same
stock : not so of the present race of Indians.

In the possession of Mr. Mowbray, in the state of
Louisiana, in the parish of St. Tammany, 20 miles
from Madison ville, and in a northwardly direction
from it, is a vessel of about the capacity of half a
pint, and of the shape of an ordinary glass tumbler.
The materials of which it is composed are of a dull
transparency, of a grade between the most translu-
cent and opaque china. The form of the hand
which holds it on one side is visible on the other„
One half of the vessel is stained with red, irregular
blotches, like specks made by spattering from a
brush, very ornamental to the cup. The vessel it-
self is of a milk white cast: the specks are of a
bright red colour. No decorations are on the other
side of the vessel. It was found in a mound withiii
one or two miles of St. Louis, in the state of Mis-
souri, which mound was covered with timber of an
enormous size. There were in the mound two of
these cups, together with about a peck of glazed
beads, small, and of a white and brown colour. The
mound was opened three or four years ago, about;
the year 1819 or 1820. The clay or sand was of
a very fine texture, and the vessel highly polished.

An urn was found in a mound a few miles from
Chillicothe. It very much resembled one found
in a similar work in Scotland, which is thirteen
inches high, and of a black appearance, as if it had
been filled with oil. It was found in a tumulus^
which contained arrow heads, ashes and calcined
bones. The urns generally contain human bones
which have been burnt in a hot fire. And from the
appearance of the vessels, oil of some kind has
been put into them with the bones. Some of these
urns appear to have been made of a composition
sesembling that of which wortare for physicians

336

arc now uiaiinfactuved by Europeans. There iB
one now in existetu e, and in possession of a gentle-
man residing on the Little Scioto, in Hcioto county,
Ohio It contains about three (quarts, and is brought
to a perfect point at tlie bottom. About half way
from the top to the bottom is a groove around its
inside, and two ears. Through a hole a chain may
be passed, on which to suspend it. It was found
12 feet below the surface, and is not injured by
exposure to considerable heat. 9 The pottery found
near the surface is rude, and such as the present
Indians make ; but at the bottom of mounds, or
near the head of some distinguished personage,
Vessels are found in some instances equal to any
now manufaciured in any part of the world. Two
covers of vessels were found in a mound in Ross
county, in Ohio, very ingeniously wrought b.y the
artist, and highly polished. They resemble almost
exactly, and v;ere quite equal to vessels of the same
material^ manufactured in Italy at the present time.
A number of pieces of gl ss, of singular work-
manship, were lately found at Hamburgh, in the
state of New- York. They were taken from aa
ancient barrow iu the town of Hamburgh, where
they were found deposited in an earthen pot. Con-
tiguous to this spot, were also found a scull, and
some other bones of the human frame, of unusual
size. This mound, or supposed repository of the
dead, is situated in an uncultivated part of the town,
and several trees were growing upon it when tha
excavation was made, some of which were judged
to be upwards of two feet in diameter. One of the
pieces examined, (and they are all alike) is in the
form of a large barrel-shaped bead, consisting of a
tube, of transparent green glass, covered with an
opaque course red enamel. Its length nine tenths
of an inch, its greatest width six and a half tenths,
and the bore of the tube tv,o tenths of an inch.

19 Archailogia Americana, 228.

3sr

Neai? the circle of the bord of this tube, is an aper-
ture, of the size of a large needle, perforatiniz; th®
tube from one end to the other. The enamel which
covers the tube of transparent glass, appears to have
been ornamented with paintings or figures resem-
bling a spindle, or two inverted sections of a circle.
But they are now hardly perceptible, as the head
appears to have been considerably worn. But the
circumstance most indicative of art, in the making
of this bead, is a species of enamelling, which has
been performed both on the external and internal
surfaces of the tube previous to its being covered
by the coarse red enamel. 1 his second enamel is
white; and as the external surface of the tube was
not smooth, but in parallel veins, exhibits the ap-
pearance of a white vine between the green tub©
and red enamel. This enamelling seems to have
been done, not by melting in any vitrious composi-
tion, as is practised at the present day, but by th&
effect of calcination for some time in a slow red heat.
This will deprive glass, especially green glass, of
its transparency, and render the surface white to a
certain depth. The composition of the tube of glass
seems to be simply a silicious sand, and an alkali,
probably with a small addition of lime and vegeta-
ble ashes. It is hard, and will not receive scratches,
like the lead glasses, whence it is concluded that
there is no lead in the composition. Its colour
seems also owing to the impurity of the materialsr
employed, like the common window and bottle glass.
And it is probably caused by a minute portion of
iron in the state of an oxyde combined with the sand
and alkali. The next enamel covering the tuhe^
and the part in which these glasses were found,
seem to have been constructed of similar materials,
as they differ very little in colour, texture, or othei*
external character. Possibly a very fusible brick
clay, highly impregnated witli oxyde of iron and
pulverized fragments of gre©a glass, are tho pria*

338

cipal iugretlients of both. The earthen pot is mani-
festly constructed of different materials from those
employed for brown pottery at the present periods
It is a more imperishable substance, and of a viirious
appearance.

On Big river, in the state of Missouri, a similar
discovery lias been made. On opening, an Indian?
grave on the river, several beads of glass of a similar
nature were found. I hey were accompanied by
many bones of the human frame, of a moat p.vtraor-
dinaril size, and which indicated a stature right feet
in height. This excavation was made near the
bank of the rivei-, where the soil is a rich alluvia],
and covered by a heavy growth of fruit trees, sucli
as are peculiar to the richest Ohio and Mississippi
bottoms. A human body was found, in the year
1815, in one of the limestone caverns of Kentucky.
It is a perfect exsiccation. All the fluids are dried
up. 1 he skin^ bones, and other iirm parts, are in
a state of entire preservation. The outer envelope
of the body was a deer skin, dressed in the usual
Avay, and perbaps softened before its application
by rubbing. The next covering was a deer skin^
whose hair had been cut away by a sharp instru-
ment resembling a hatter s knife. The remnant iu^
the hair, and the gashes in the skin, nearly resemble
the sheared felt of beaver. The next wrapping was
of cloth made of ticine doubled and twisted. But
the thread does not appear to have been formed by
the wheel, nor the web by the loom ; the warp and
filling seemed to have been crossed and netted by
an operation like that of the fabrics of the northwest
coast and the Sandwich islands. The innermost
tegument is a mantle of cloth, like the preceding^
but finished with large brown feathers, arrayed and
fastened with great art, so as to be capable of guard-
ing the livuig wearer from wet and cold. The plu-
mage is distinct and entire, and the whole bears a
near similitude to the feathered cloaks now wora

839

%y the nations of the northwestern waters of Ameri-
tca. T!ie body is in a squatting posture, with the
right arm reclining forward, and its hand encircling
the right leg. The left arm hangs down, with its
Irand inclined partly under the seat. The individ-
ual, who was a male, did not probably exceed the
age of 14 at his death. There is a deep and ex-
tensive fracture of the scuUnear the occiput, which
prob.ibly killed him. The skin has sustained little
injury. It is of a dusky colour ; but the natural
hue cannot be decided with exactness, from its pre-
sent appearance. The scalp, with small exceptions,
is covered witli sorrel and foxy hair. The teeth
are Vvhite and sound. The hands and feet, in their
shrivelled state, are slender and delicate. Some
are inclined to the opinion, that this subject belonged
to the Peruvian race.

In one of the mounds near Chillicothe, was dis-
covered at the bottom, in a cavity, the remains of
some chieftain. A string of ivory beads was around
his neck, and on fiis breast a stone about three
inches long, with a hole near each end, in order to
fasten to the wearers neck ; rather thicker in the
centre than at the extremities ; flat on the side next
the breast; the remainder of it round, and made of
a species of black marble. Ever since the Mogul
conquest of China, the emperor and the highest
grades of his officers have worn such stones about
their necks.

W.

Circlevilk is in Pickaway county, in the state of
Ohio. It includes the whole of a circular fort and
one half of a square one. The former had but one
gateway on the inside of the fort, and a few yards
from it was a small mound of earth, on which per-
haps once stood a watch tower for the defence of the
gate. In other mounds are human bones ; in these
mmiG, The isquare fort is surrounded by only one

S40

Wall ; the circular one by two, having a deep ditcli
between them. The wall around the square fort
is about twenty feet hi2;h ; those of the latter are
several feet higher. The forts are connected ; and
from appearances, tlie square fort was intended for
the men and cattle, the circular fort for the women
and children, and whatever was most valuable and
sacred. On the outside of the inner wall of the
circular fort, and half way up it, was a place around
"walled, where once stood a row of pickets. On the
southwest of the circular fort, and adjoining it, is a
mound nearly 100 feet higher than the surrounding
plane, containing human bones of all sizes, from
those of the largest man, to those of the smallest
infant. The heads of these skeletons all lie towards
the centre, and in a horizontal position. Near the
centre of the circular fort was a small mound, near
the bottom of which was a plate of isinglass above
half an inch thick, eighteen or twenty inches wide,
and from two and a half to three feet long; perfectly
smooth on one side ; and to appearance, had been
used as a mirror. To it was attached an iron plate^
an inch in thickness as was conjectured, because a
substance resembling ore, exactly of its size, lay
on it. In tliis mound was a large quantity of flint
for arrows lying in heaps, together with a large
knife. The handle of the knife was manufactured
of the elk's horn, around which was a ferule of
silver, uninjured, or nearly so. I'he blade had
returned again to iron ore, but the shape and size
%vas plainly discernible. Similar fortifications are
found all over the regions west of the Alleghenies.
The more fertile the soil, and the greater the natural
advantages in their vicinity, the more numerous are
the mounds and fortifications. In the front of each
avenue leading to the square fort, were mounds
ivhere watch towers had been erected There was a
trench on the south side of the great mound. These
erections are found on high grouad^ in commanding

341

«tuatious, ami at the confluence of navigable Avaters.
Very remarkable ones are found at the junctions of
several streams of Licking creek, near Newark. On
the high grounds in and about Columbus, near the
junction of the Colchester branch of the Scioto river,
the place where Hargis's creek enters the same river
at Circleville. They are frequently found where one
side is inaccessible, as the larger one on the Little
Miami, where one side of the fort is a very high,
perpendicular bank of rock. There are places of
amusement near the fort at Circleville, and one very
remarkable on tlie road from the place last men-
tioned to ChilUcothe, 25 or 80 yards in length, and
about 40 wide, with a ridge about two feet high all
around, is perfectly smooth, and gently ascends to-
wards the south. The walls of the fort at tliis place
are as high, and the ditches as deep, as those of
fort Osw^ego, on the south road of lake Ontario,
which were in use in 1755. Indeed, the walls are
as high, and the ditches as deep, as those of fort
Stanwyx, at Rome, in New- York, in use 40 years
ago.

The writers of antiquity, and particularly Jose-
phus, whose history relates to the most ancient
transactions of mankind, mentions fortifications
made by walls^ till about 136 years before Christ,
when he mentions intrenchments also, and thence-
forward very frequently.*^ This was about the time
when such intrenchments came into general use iii
Asia, whence no doubt they came into use here.

X

First we wdll speak of the c-oins of the aborigines
$)und in the neighbouring countries, and then of
metallic instruments and utensils also found there.

a 1 Josephus, 149,166, 167,202,207,992.318. 319.

b Josephus Ant, b. 13, ch. 8, sec. 2, ch. 10, sec. 2, b. 14, ck.
4, sec. 1 ; Strabo, b, 1 6, p. 763 — a ditch in the time of Pompey
encompassed Jerusalem, 60 deep, 250 broad— -b. 15, ch. 15,
«ec. h

34^

First. On the farm of Mr. Edward Payne, near
Lexin!:];ton, were found two ancient coins ; one was
of gold, and sold for id dollars : the other was of
brass. Each luid a head reversed, and both were
inscribed with characters not understood, but said
to resemble Hebrew. The date of the gold coin
%vas probably 1214, and the date of the brass piece
1009. A few miles below Mr. Payne, a gold piece
"Was found, on the plantation of Mr. Chambers, who
says it was sold at Lexington for 13 dollars. It
was inscribed in unknown cliaracters ; and, as Mr.
Chambers thinks, was unlike any coin he had ever
seen. He says, that a small piece of copper was
found on his farm at the same time. The date 1214
could not relate to the hegira. If it related to th6
Christian era, it must have come from some of the
modern kingdoms of Europe, which bad adopted
the use of the Arabic numerals. It is not known
that tlie Persians ever used them. The most that
can be made of the fact, is, a probability that these
coins came to the country befoj'e the discovery of
America by Columbus; for between lSl4and 1493,
the time of his discovery, were 178 years, and before
the Spaniards could have circulated it, many more
years intervened prior to their intercourse with the
nations on tlie continent. So that it must have cir-
culated nearly 300 years, before it could have come
hither from them, and by that time would have been
worn out.

At Circleville a copper coin was taken from the
central mound, from beneath the i*oots of a hickory
gTowing on the mound, seven or eight inclies in cir-
cumference. It has no resemblance in its devices
to any British or other coins to which it hath been
compared. A hickory six oi* eight inches in cir-
cumference, might have grown up long since the
Frencli settlements were on the Ohio and its waters.

On the plantation of Colonel William Sheppard,
in the county of Orange, ou the river Euoe; 6 miles

S43

above Hillsborougli in North- Carolina, ami near
the remains of a town which had been deserted in
very remote times, was picked up, about the year
180^5 or 1804, a round piece of copper about the
size of an American eagle. On both sides was a
short line of letters, with parallel lines increasing
in length till past the centie, whence they decreased
in length to the bottom, accommodating themselves
to the rounded sliape of the copper. It was neatly
executed. The letters were of some unknown al-
phabet. This copper was dropped again on tlie
same plantation, where probably it now is. It was
about the thickness of the coins called coppers*
Similar pieces were sometimes given by the Spanish
friars to their proselyted Indians.

Gold and silver ornaments have been found iji
many of the tumuli in Ohicr. Silver very well pla-
ted, has been found in several of the mounds : cop-
per in many: pipe bowls of copper, hammered, and
not welded together, but lapped over, have been
found in them. A bracelet of copper was found in
a stone mound at Chillicothe. It resembles the
links of a common chain, the ends passed by each
other, but were not welded together. Ornaments
of silver and copper have not been found north of
Newark. Below that place, vast numbers have
been found. North of that place are no wells perr
forated in the rocks. Arrow heads of copper, some
of them five or six inches in length, circular medals
of copper, several inches in diameter, very thin, and
much injured by time, have been found in the tu-
muli of Ohio. Iron has been found in some in-
stances oxydized.

Out of a mound near t:he circle of the lirge fort
at Circleville, was found the elk- horn handle of a
small sword or long knife. Around i\\G end \vher«
the blade had been inserted, was a ferule of silver;
no iron was found, but an oxyde remained. Also,
charcoal and wood ashes^ in which those articles

844

lay, wliicli were surrounded by several briefer, ret^
-well burnt. A skeleton appeared to have been
burnt in a large and very hot lire, which had almost
consumed the bones of the deceased. The skeleton
was deposited a little to the south of the centre of
the tumulus. And ^0 feet to the north of it, was
another. There was also a large minor, three feet
in length, one and a half in breadth, aad one inch
and a half thick. It was of isinglass. Alsa a plate
of iron, which had become an oxyde ; but before
it was disturbed by the spade, resembled a plate of
iron. This skeleton had been burned like the for-
mer, and lay in charcoal and a considerable quan-
tity of wood ashes.

An ornament of very pure gold was discovered,
a few years since, in Ross county, near Chillicothe,
lying in the palm of a skeleton's hand, in a small
mound.^z

Not long since, a silver cup was taken from a
mound at Marietta, on the Ohio. It is in the pos-
session of Mr. Hill, of St. Clair county, Illinois.
It is in the form of an inverted cone, measuring
three and a half inches across at top, two andla
half at bottom, and four inches in height. It is of
pure silver, and so skilfully wrought, that no traces
of the plating hammer are discernible. The bottom,
which is circular, has been separately forged, accu-
rately fitted to the sides, or barrel, and soldered on.
The line of attachment is plainly discernible. Its
interior surface has been gilt, or washed, with a
bright, yellow, untarnishable metal, which is un-
doubtedly gold ; but that gilding is impaired in
some places. It was found in a mound at Marietta,
half a mile east of those remarkable fortifications
on the Muskingum. TKe mound is situated in s
woody plane, with a gentle declivity towards the
river, and a small stream washes its base. During
the autumnal rains, or the melting of the snow ia

ii Arch. Aw. 17f»

849

the spving, it puns with the velocity ef It mtrtnt
Thus it lias gradually washed away ihe eartli, and
laid open the mound Tor a considerable space, and
in this situation the cup was discovered. It was
then' in a bruised or shapeless mass, and foul from
adhering clay ; but being taken to a silversmith,
was put into the shape it now presents, which was
probably the shape it originally had. Its value by
•weight is about fifteen dollars. It bears no device
or ornamental work of any kind, being a perfectly
plain and heavy piece of workmanship. It it be
not of Furopean fabrication, the inference is inevi-
table, that some nation preceding the savages was
formerly here, of far greater advancement in the
arts of civilization than they ever possessed. But
for fear of mistake, let us bear in mind that the
French settled in Canada as early as the year 1608,
and soon afterwards carried on trade extensively
with all the Indians who lived on the waters of tho
Ohio.

Copper instruments and ornaments have also beett
found. In 181.:^ was found in a mound a piece of
copper incrusted with erugo, half an inch thick It
consists of thin plates of copper rolled up, encircling
each other. It was about three inches in length,
and one fourth of an inch in thickness. The plales
were remarkably pure and fine. In the same mound
a beautiful piece of marble was taken up in the yeai*
1814. It was undoubtedly made and used for an
ornament, being perforated with loop holes for fast-
ening, which must have been bored by some hard
instrument. The marble piece is about five or six
inches in length, fiat on one side, oval on the otlier,
having an increasing width in tlie middle, the ends
are apparently cut, and with some hard implement
used for the purpose. The marble is of a dark dun
colour, but the veins of the rstones are very distinct.
The magicians of India are provided v^'ith many
articles tigaiust witchcraft, which they (liet'iibute

346

amongst those who consult them. There are certain
enchanted beads, rer?/ thin plates of copper, ou which
extraordinary figures are engraved, with inexplica-
ble words and unknown characters. Amulets also,
of various kinds, all which are worn by the Hin-
doos to serve as talismans, and to preserve them
from every species of incantation. No other circum-
stance at present recollected, can account in the least
degree for the plates of copper above mentioned.

In one of the tumuli on Grave creek, below
Wheeling, near to the Ohio, were found, about 20
years since, sixty copper beads, made of a coarse
"wire, hammered out, and not drawn and cut off at
unequal lengths. They were soldered together ia
an awkward manner, the centre of some of them
uniting with the edges of others. They were in-
erusted with verdigrease, but the inside of them
was pure copper.

Some copper pieces have been found in a mound
near the Little Muskingum, four miles from Mari-
etta, which appear to have been the front of a hel-
met, was orignally eight inches long and four broad,
and has marks of having been attached to leather.
It is much decayed and is now a thin plate, and ap-
pears to have been attached to the centre of it by a
rivet, the hole for which appears both in the plate
and ornament. At this place the remains of a skel-
eton were found. No part retained its form but a
portion of the forehead or scull, which lay under
the plate of copper. These bones are deeply tinged
with green, and appear to have been preserved by
the salts in the copper.

In an ancient mound of the streets of Marietta,
in the margin of the plane near tlie fortifications,
amongst other things, in i819 were discovered three
large circular bosses, or ornaments, for sword belts,
or a buckler composed of copjier, oval, and with a
thick plate of silver. The front is slightly convex^
^ ith a depression like a cap in the centre. The

ineasure, two inches and a quarter across the face
of each. On the back side, opposite the depressed
portion, is a copper rivet or nail, around which are
two separate plates, by which they were fastened to
the leather. Two small pieces of the leather were
found lying between the holes of one of the bosses.
They resem!)le the skin of an old mummy. The
plates of copjser are nearly reduced to rust. Around
the rivet of one of them is a quantity of flax or hemp
in a tolerable state of preservation. Kear the side
of the human body was a plate of silver, the upper
part of a sword scabbard, six inches loug, two wide,
weighing one ounce. Three longitudinal ridges
were on it, which perhaps corresponded with the
edges or ridges of the sword. It had been fastened
to the scabbard by three or four rivets, the holes of
■^vhicli yet remain in the silver. Two or three pieces
of a copper tube were also found, filled with rust.
These compose the lower end of the scabbard, near
the point of the sword. There is no sign of the
sword itself, except this appearance of rust. Near
the feet was a piece of copper weighing three ounces.
It seemed by the shape to have been used for a
plumb or for ornament. Near one of the ends is a
circular crease or groove for lying a thread It is
round, two inches and a half in length, one in diam-
eter at the centre, and lialf an inch at each end. It
is composed of small pieces of native copper pound-
ed together; and in the cracks between tlie pieces,
are several pieces of silver, one nearly of the size
of a fourpenny piece or half a disme. This copper
ornament w^as covered with a coat of green rust, and
is considerably corroded. A piece of red ochre or
paint, and a piece of iron ore, which has the ap-
pearance of having been partly vitrified or melted,
were also found. The trees upon the mound, as
evidenced by the annulars, were between 400 and
500 years of age, and on the ground beside them
were other trees, in a state of decay^ that appearxjd
Ife have falleii from dotage.

84*

From tlie ftncient works wliere CirclevilV now
atands, and from the mouDd there, were taken a few
scattered human bones, a branch of a deer's hnrn^
and a piece of earthenware containing muscle shells.
At the distance of 500 feet from this pyramid, in the
direction of north eight east, there is another. nin«
feet high, of a circular figure, nearly flat on the top.
In it were found some human skeletons, andahand-
fill of copjjer beads, which had been strung on a
cravat of lint. There is another mound at the in-
tersection of Third and Vlain strei-ts ; whatever it
contained was deposited a small distance below a
stratum of loam which is common to the town. The
first artificial layer was gravel, considerably raised
in the middle ; the next, composed of large pebbles,
was convex and of a uniform thickness ; the last
consisted of loam and soil. The strata were entire,
and must have been formed after the deposites m
the tumulus were completed. Amongst other articles
were these : A bone ornam* nted with several carved
lines ; the sculpture representation of the head or
ieak of a rapacious bird, perhaps an eai^le ; a quan-
tity of isinglass ; a small oval piece of sheet copper
with two perforations ; a large oval piece of some
metal with longitudinal grooves or ridges ; a num-
ber of beads of bone or shell ; the teeth of a car-
nivorous animal, probably those of a bear; seve%
large marine shelh, belonging perhaps to the genue
buccinum, cut in such a manner as to serve for do-
mestic utensils, and nearly converted into a state of
chalk ; several copper articles, each consisting of
two sets of circular concave and convex plates. The.
interior one of each sort connected with the other
by a hollo N axis, around which had been wound
some lint. Other articles have been found there,
consisting of pure copper, human bones of difterenfc
sizes, sometimes enclosed in rude stone coffins, but
qftener lying blended with the earth, surrounded by
fl ][)ortioa of ashes and charcoaL<^ Iroa aad eteel

< Arab. Am. 162.

949

Utensils and ornaments have also been found. Tlierei
was dug up from the central mound at Circleville,
% fragment of some culinary vessel. It was evident-
ly of cast iron, and sliowed the marks of the mould.
It was covered on the lower side with the black,
smut contracted over the lire. It was found among
ashes, and large pieces of charcoal.

In the large cemetery of Augusta were found four
iron bracelets on the left arm of a female skeleton.
They are formed with a loop at one extremity, and
extend in an oval shape to a knob at the other end,
"which hitches into the loop, 'i'he elongated central
part of the oval is the thickest, from which it gradu-^
ally tapers to the clasp. These bracelets are much
eorroded, and the loops destroyed ; but even their
present state of preservation can only be accounted
for by the fortunate ciraimstance, that the alluvial
soil of the burying ground was free from mineral
acids. There are in this state some ancient ivory
bracelets from Indostan, w hich exactly resemble m,
ihape those iron ones. It is a well known fact, that
the dress and ornaments of the Hindoos have conti-
nued unchanged from the earliest periods of history.
The aborigines had some very well manufactured
swords and knives of iron, and possibly of steel.*
A few years ago, near Blacksburg in Virginia, 8(5
miles from Marietta, was found about the half of a
steel bow, which when entire would have measured
five or six feet.

On the main branch of Paint creek in Ohio, near
s^ome very ancient works, and on the inside of a
Wall on the side of an elevated liill 300 feet high,
which wall is of stone, around the brow of the hill
there appears to have been a row of furnaces or
smiths' shops, where the cinders now lie many feet
in depth. The remains are four or five feet in depth
^eu now in many places.

a Arch. Am,

'250

Y.

Gn the bcacli nefir the mouth of Muskingum, was
discovered a curious oruameut. It is made of white
marble, iti form a circle, about three inches in diam-
eter. The outer edge is about one inch in thick-
ness, witli a narrow rim. The sides are deeply-
concave, and in the centre is a h(de about half au
inch in diameter, beautifully finished very smooth.

Z,

See letter X, upon which it is sufficient to remark,
that the Mexicans buried with the dead the emblem
ivhich distinguished the god whom the deceased
Worshipped, and that they had a divinity called the
god of the shining mirror. Mirrors of isinglass
were common to the aborigines, and have been met
with in many places. More or fewer of them have
been found in Ohio. Tliey were thick, otherwise
they would not have reflected the light. Glass was
not anywhere found in Ohio.

AA.

Belonging to the works at Cincinnati was an ex-
cavation, or well, of the depth of twelve feet. The
diameter from the top of the circular bank formed
by throw^iug out the earth, is nearly fifty feet. It
has the appearance of a half-filled well.

The principal wall at Marietta, amongst the
works there, is sixty feet in diameter at the surface,
and when the settlements were first made was at
least twenty feet deep, but has been in part filled
up from the washings of the sides by frequent rains.
It was originally of the kind formed in the most
early days, when the water was brought up by hand
in pitchers and other vessels, by steps made on the
side of the well.« The pond, or reservoir, near the

ce 1 Jos. b. 7, ch. 12. sec. 4 ; Gsn. ch. l6, v. 21, ch. 21, v.
26, ch. 24. V. 45, ch. 46, v. 45 ; Exodus, ch. 15, v. 27 ; Numb,
ch. 21. V. 16, 17. 18 ; Judges, ch. 25. v. 19 ; 1 Chron. ch. 11.
V. 17, 18; 2 Chron. ch. 26, v. 10; Samuel, ch. 17, v. 19; .1
Kings, ch. 1, v. 9, 38 j Psalms, ch. 84.

351

northwest eeriier of the large fort was about Sa feet
in diameter, and the sides raised above the level of
the adjoining surface by an embankment of eartk
three or four feet high. This was nearly full of
water, at the first settlement of tlie town, and re-
mained so until lately. When the ground was
cleared near the well, a great many logs which lay
near, were rolled into it, to save the trouble of piling
and burning them. These with the annual deposite
of leaves and other trash for ages, had filled the
"well nearly full, but still the waters rose to the
surface, and had the appearance of a stagnant pool.
In early times poles and rails have been pushed
down into the water, and deposites of rotten vegeta-
bles to the depth of 30 feet. An attempt was lately
made to drain it by cutting a ditch from the well
into the small covert way. The diggers went to
the depth of twelve feet, and let off the water to
that distance. The sides of the reservoir wera
found not to be perpendicular, but projecting gradu-
ally towards the centre of the well in the form of
an inverted cone. The bottom and sides are lined
with a sfrafum of very fine , ash coloured clay, about
eight or ten inches in thickness, below whicii is the
common soil of the place, and above it, this vast
body of vegetation. On the outside of the parapet,
near the oblong square, is a considerable number of
fragments of aocient potter's ware, which are orna*
mented with lines, some of them quite curious and
ingenious, on the outside. They are composed of
clay and fine gravel, and have a partial glazing on
the inside, '^fhey seem to have been burnt, and
to have been capable of holding liquids. The
fragments, on breaking them, look quite black, with
brilliant particles appearing as they are held up to
the light. The ware near the river is composed of
shells and clay, and is not near so hard as this found
on the plane. Of twenty or thirty pieces picked up,
nearly all of them were found on the outside of the

%5i

parapet, as if they had been thrown ever the wall
purposely. This is an evidence that the parapet
was crowned with a palisade, 'i he chance of find-
ing them on the inside of tlie parapet, was equally
good, as the earth had been recently ploughed and
planted with corn.

Several pieces of copper have been found in and
near the ancient works at various times. One piece
was in the form of a cup with low sides, the bottor»
very thick and strong. '1 he avenues, or places of as-
cent, on the sides of the elevated squares, are ten feet
wide, and at V^ aterford, not far from the banks of the
Muskingum, was lately found a magazine of spear
and arrow heads. They lay in a body occupying
a space of eight inches in width and eighteen in
length, aad at one end about a foot from the surface
of the earth, and eighteen inches at the other, as
though they had been buried in a box, and one end
'iiad sunk deeper into the earth tlian the other. They
appear never to have been used, and are of various
lengths, from six to two inches; and have no shanks,
but are in the shape of a triangle with two lonj
sides. The walls and mounds were thrown up bj
dirt taken from the surface, and not from any oth(
place. To make a tank was one of the most merij
torious performances with the Hindoos, which con|
tributed more readily than any thing else to re mo vf
the defilement of the soul,« and hence it is to
expected that they excelled in making them. li
Persia and in India were vast numbers of tanks, or
puidic reservoirs of water, uuder the care of public
officers. They were made with great art. No less
than 42.000 were in the single province of Chora-
zan.i They were of the like formation in Meso-
potamia in ancient times, and also in J odea. The
Scythians, or any otiier people north of the Persiaa
empire, had no knowledge of them. The people

a 1 Dubois. 169. 184, 187; Gibbon, 502; Rob, Ind. C56.
h 1 Dubois, 18.1 i Jos. Ant, b. 7, ch. 12, gee. 4.

353

wlio came hither and made them, learned the art
from those countries or from Arabia. We do not
find them anywhere but with the mounds in the
shape of truncated pyramids, a sure proof that the
man of large stature did not make them. The
tanks are found where mounds for worship, cir-
cumvallatory enclosures, images, and the doctrines
of transmigration are found ; but not where these
are undiscoverable.

Wells of the common form have been found un-
der circumstances preclusive of the idea, that they
were sunk by uncivilized men.

In Logan county, in Kentucky, on Muddy creek,
whicli discharge*! itself into Green river on the south
side, where old Philip Ashton formerly lived, in
sinking a well for salt water, the workmen, after
digging a few feet, came to a place where the rock
was cut in the form of a well's mouth, iiy that
they continued to dig out the dirt that liad filled up
the well, till at length they came to a dead terebin
in a state of preservation ; also gourds and corn
cobs, and green persiraons, in the mud just above
the salt water.

On the Little Miami, four miles above Waynes-
ville, in the neighbourhood of Mr. J. Yance, some
moss and mud was removed to open a spring, and
in doing this the workmen struck upon a regular
wall. The ground here may have become alluvial
in half a century; but the fact that there is such a
W'"all, and its nature, it is said, indicates antiquity,
and the existence of a people diflering materially
in knowledge from the present Indians. We ought
still, however, to attend to the circumstance, that
French settlements were in spots upon the Ohio
from 1717 to 1758.

Mr. feinks had a Avell sunk in the village of Wil-
liamsburg, on the east fork of the Little Miami. In
passing down, the workmen went through different
strata of clay; sand, gravel and stoacs; which had
' ■ Ss

334

the appearance of having been prepared and upeil.
They continued to the depth of tliiity-live or torty
feet, to the exUeinity of a regular stone pavement,
extending nearly across the diameter of the well,
the stones of which hore evident impressions of
having l)een subject to 1 hour. I w^o or three feet
IjcIow this pavement, they came to a poplar log, and
so >n after to a quantity of water, which r«»se so un-
ex[)ectedly as to bury the workmen's tools.

Mr. McKihbon, at the head of the east fork of
the I.ittle Miami, thirty miles above Williamsburg,
"wishing to obtain water at a place which had been
the resort of deer at a lick, selected a spot w here he
saw the best vein for vvater, and commenced dig-
ging. After passing two feet and a half he came
to some logs of wood, and breaking through, fell
into the water to his neck. Having, regained his
standing, he cautiously removed the timber, and
found the cavity to be an old well, three or four
feet in diameter. The w alls of the well were smooth,
and appeared to have been filled with beautiful fine
sand and gravel to within four or five feet of the
top, which had been covered with logs. Having
removed the gravel and sand, he immersed a syca-
more and filled up the excavation around it, leaving
three feet. The water is impregnated with iron and
fixv'd air. In > the same neighbourhood has been
discovered another ancient well, three feet in diam-
eter, walled up icith stone. Either from design or
accident, it had been filled up with dirt near to its
top. This well is yet to be opened and examined.

In Kentucky, a few years since, a man in plough-
ing, set his plough so as to make a furrow near a
foot deep. lie struck and ploughed up a smooth
rock, which covered a well walled up with rock,
and having within a fine stream of water.

General Walker, in digging for salt water, on
Long creek of Salt river, fell upon an ancient welly
carried down a solid liinestoue rock twelve oc fifteea

655

jfeet. "Petrified buck born, and eartbcn ware, vrevm
found at the bottom. Earthen pans or dishes whicU
wotfld have held three or four gallons, were found.
Soaie were ^ying about the old well's mouth, and
«ome With the dirt thrown out.

The Mexican?!, when tlie Spaniards first arrive^
amongst them^ had carpenters, masons, weavers,
and founders. The pyramids of Cliolula are con*
structed of alternate strata of brick and clay.« Bricks
of peculiar fabrication have been found in a cave in
Maury county, in this state, and on the Missids}ppi,
as well a-s on the waters of the Ohto. The making
of brick presupposes the use 4)f the trowel, the
plumb, the making of lime, and of ihe,?aasonic art.
The trowel presupposes metallurgy, fudon, forges,
41 nd smithery.

In the valley of Tenochtillon m Mexico, was a
isalt pit, in the time of Montezuma, about the year
of our Lord 1519, where earthi*n vessels were used
similar to those seen at the United states saline.

Mr. Bell saw at the United States saline, the
fragments of large vessels, which had been composed
of muscle shells and clay, the capacity of which
must have been seventy or eighty gallons.

A copper mine was found some years ago on the
Mississippi, below the fails of St. Anthony, where
a large collectiiju of mining tools were found several
feet below the surface. Hence, probably, the an-
cient inhabitants on the waters of the Ohio were
furnished with copper utensils and ornaments^ as
well as from the mines of Chili or Pern.

In Virginia, ten or fifteen years ago. General
Mason had from the diggers of a grave there, a
discovery which they made. It is stated to have
teen represented by them, that about four feet be-
lew the surface^ on the side of elevated ground iii

fi S Humboldt, 120.

«56

an acclivity of about ten degrees from the horizou,
they struck a wall of stone from eight to nine feet
thick. Thry followed it one hundred and sixty feet,
and came to a corner; thence one hundred and forty
feet at right angles, and came to another corner.
1 hey then pursued it no further, having found the
ground that it enclosed. They dug into the interior,
and three or four feet below the surface found great
numbers of human bones in difl'sreut apartments,
both small and full grown, in regular rows, of the
same stature as men of the present race. The wall
was computed to be of the depth of at least nine
feet, for so far they had gone. The cement was
distinguishable, and was of a bluish cast. The
stones were large, and also of a blue colour. The
marks of the hammer upon the stone were also ap-
parent.

In the year 1794, was discovered, in North-Ca-
rolina, a subterranean wall, about twelve miles
above Salisbury, in Rowan county. It was parallel
to a small branch, which ran into a creek about 3u0
yards below the wall. It is ten or twelve yards
distant from the stream, and runs into a hill on the
eide of a branch, and upon the upper part of it. Oa
this side of the rivulet and extending to it, was a
cleared field. The rain w ater running from the hill
to the branch, carried away in a gully, the soil above
the wall, and exposed it to view. The inner side
was then uncovered, as well as the outer, by dig-
ging. It is somewhat less than two feet thick. It
is said, that as the hill rises, the wall rises, still
keeping its upper part at the same distance below
the surface as it was in the bottom. The wall is
perfectly straight, except a small circular offset of
ai)out six feet, after which it is continued in its
former direction. Some persons have dug ten or
twelve feet by the side of the wall, without finding
its bcjttom, or any alteration in its form. The stones
of which it is composed, are all of a dark blue

B57

eolour, containing iron, of the size and shape of
small bricks, and exactly similar to others on the
opposite hill, about the distance of g50 or 300 yards,
where an abundance of the same sort of stones was
to be seen in 1794. These stones, seven or eight
inches long, are placed across the wall, and in the
middle are stones of all sorts and shapes. There
is between the stones a mortar, or cement, the outer
side of which is of a ferruginous or dark colour ;
the inside, of the thickness of one sixth or eighth of
an inch, was a pure white substance, of the precise
colour of lime, made of burnt limestone, or oyster
shells, and rendered adhesive by the addition of
water ; in which state being laid away, it had af-
terwards become dry and hard. When the outer
stones do not exactly fit, there seems to be a sniall
fragment of stone wedged in so as to fill the space.
The mortar in some places is said to be an inch
thick, where the stones do not exactly fit to one an-
other. The wall seems to have been plastered on
both sides with the same kind of mortar. He who
has not seen it may think it a work of nature ; but
not him who has — one of whom is the writer. T<i
look at it, and the hill above, and adjoining to it,
■will not fail to force the idea, of soil heaped in a
diluted state, against, upon, and over the wall, with-
out throwing it down. 1 would rather say, of set-
tling against and reposing upon it, till it acquired a
more solid consistence by exposure to the sun and
wind. A lesser wall has since been discovered at
the distance of five or six miles from this. It has
been traced fifty or sixty feet. Jt is only seven inch-
es thick, and all the stones reach quite across the
wall. These walls are probably of the same age.
In 1783, in the county of Craven, in North -Ca-
rolina, at the plantation of Greneral William Bryant,
was a stream on which he had a mill. A point of
land projected into the stream, against which the
dam was made to abut. Into the bluff lie cut twenty

^5S

feet Gt move, for a site for the millbouse. At tlie
"bottom of this cavity, in red clay, the dig2:ers foiiiid
a hard glass bottle, of uncommo'a thickuess, with a
short neck, and the lower part j9^at, with bulges j)ro-
jecting on the sides, as if protruded by the pressure
of the bottle to the ground when in a plastic state.
Near the spot where the bottle was found, wen a
number of fire coals and some chumps. The !)ottle
'was fifteen or twenty feet at least below the surface
of the blufi^, and more than thirty feet from the mar-
gin of the stream.

Along the Ohio, where the river in many places
swells over its banks, hearths and fire-j)laces are
seen, two, four and six feet below the suri'ace It
is supposed by some to be a long time since the dirt
was deposited over them. Around them are im-
mense quantities of muscle shells, bones of animals,
&c. Upon the surface above these chimneys and
fire-places, there grew, at the first settlement of the
country by the whites, as large trees as any in the
forest. The conclusion made by some, is, that a
large space, probably lOQO years, has elapsed since
these hearths were deserted. Muscle shells used
in all the pottery of the ancient inhabitants, and
found at all their dwellings, shows a much greater
abundance of them produced in our waters in those
days, than at the present; a much more agreeable
taste in the muscle than at the present day, and of
course a change in the waters themselves, to much
more freshness now than then.

CC,

In Peru, the men liave beards, and lighter com-
plexions than the native inhaljitants who reside on
the elevated plane of Cusco. They came, as Haron
Humboldt thinks, from eastern Asia, and fro;U
those nations which htave been in contact with tlie
inhabitants of Thibit and Tartary. Consider, that
part of the ten tribes of Israel were carried inta

Medea 735 before Christ, atid the remnaut in 677
before Christ ; that part of them weie settled on the
north of the Euxine and on the east of the Caspian
sea, and we shall not be at a loss to account for the
traditions which prevailed in eastern Asia. When
we find in the most northern, and northeastern parts
of America a great number of Biblical traditions
coming down as late as to the time of the prophet
Jonah, ill the sixth century before Christ, mixed
also with customs decidedly Seythic, we can be at
no loss also in deciding upon the more recent emi-
grations of those nations, and of the countries from
whence they have swarmed. And differing in all
things from those in Mexico, and on the Mississippi^
and on the waters of the Ohio, we shall find as little
difficulty in pronouncing that they are not of the
same races, and that they never had any intercourse
with each other. That all came from Asia, indeed
is true; and that their ancestors in Asia came from
Medea, or its vicinity, is demonstrable; and fur-
nishes a most signal proof of the correctness of the
Mosaic history. See note F, last section but one.

BB.

See letter V, where the glass beads of New- York
and Missouri are described, and instances given of
skeletons of eight feet in length.

In Mason county, Virginia, in the year 1831,
four skeletons were dug up, and three others found.
The bones were remarkably large, and particularly
the sculls, which can easily be slipped over the
largest man's head. The upper jaw bone has two
rows of teeth all aronnd ; the under but two. on the
left side, and no sockets provided by nature in the
bone for mnre. The scull>^, with considerable quan-
tities of broken ware, buck horns, and muscle shells^
"Were all buried in lime two feet deep.

At fort Chartres was found a human srull of as-
tonishing magnitude. A jaw bone was takeu froia

360

tJie mound neav Natchez, which the gentleman who
saw it could with ease put over his face ; also a leg
bone which from the ground reached three inches
above t!ie knee.« Many other instances might be
enumerated, to establish the position, that a race of
men of much larger bulk than any in America at
this day, formerly resided upon the Cumberland
river and its waters, and upon the Tennessee and
its waters, and below them, upon the Mississippi, as
well as upon the rivers north of Cumberland and
in some parts of Virginia.

Eut in some parts of the western country, there
are evidences presented of the astonishing fact, that
there has also l>een a race of men here, whose ordi-
nary size did not in general exceed three feet. In
1818, Mr. Long, the proprietor of a farm on the
south side of the Merimac river, fifteen miles from
St. Louis, in the state of Missouri, discovered, on
the site on which lie had fixed his dw( lling, a num-
ber of graves, the size of which appeared uncom-
monly small. Be made a minute examination, which
convinced him they were the remains of human be-
ings much smaller than those of the present day.
He seemed warranted in this conclusion, as well
from the uniform appearance of the skeletons, the
length of which in no case exceeded four feet, as
from the teeth, which bore the evident marks of
those belonging to adult persons. He communica-
ted thi'se facts to a gentleman of the place, who soon
afterwards, with two other gentlemen, accompanied
by Doctors Walker and Grayson, proceeded to the
place of interment. They found in a wood adjacent
to the house, a great number of graves, all situated
in small tumuli or hilhicks, raised about three feet
above the surface. Ihey examined several; the
first of which, by actual measurement, was discov-
ered to be only twenty-three inches in length. The
grave was carefully covered up on both sides; as

a Schultz, 155j Brackenridge, 2r9.

361

well as at the head and feet, with flat stones. On
the bottom also a stone was fixed, on which the body
was lying, placed on the right side, with the head
to the east. Time had completely destroyed all
parts of the body, as well as decomposed the bones,
which, however, still preserved their relative situ-
ation. The teeth, which were expected to furnish
the best and perhaps only data to judge upon, were
found in a state almost perfect, being defended by
the enamel, which seems only to yield to chemical
decomposition. To the astonishment of all, they
proved to be the teeth of a being who, if it had nofc
attained the age of puberty, had unquestionably
arrived at that period of life when the milk teeth,
yield to the permanent or second set. The molares
and incisors were of the ordinary size of second
teeth. The jaw bone seemed to have. its full com-
plement, unless it was the dentis sapientiae, better
understood by the term wisdom teeth, which make
their appearance from the age of 18 to 22 or S3.
The next grave examined, was an adjacent mound^
and measured S7 inches. It resembled, in every
respect, the first, except that the top of it was cov-
ered with flat stones placed horizontally. Several
others were opened, all of which presented a uniform
appearance ; and none, although many were mea-
sured, proved to be in length more than four feet^
two or three inches. From these facts, it is said,
the mind is brought to the irresistible conclusion,
that these are the remains of beings, differing alto-
gether from, and inferior in general size to our-
selves. There is a large growth of timber on these
mounds.

In certain ancient works near laka Erie, are
skeletons of people of small stature.

Tt

MISCELLAJCEOVS COJ^CLVSIOJ^,

The moon, or generative power, supposed to be
the supplier of all the juices essential to animal ex-
istence and nourishment, was worshipped in ancieufc
times all over the world, and was represented with
a crescent, or horns, upon her head, to denote the
liorns of the moon. 'Fhe greatest obscenities wero
practised at all her temples ; at Babylon, at Aphek,
at Alarbech, and other places. In Rgypt, she wa^
worshipped under the name of I-is. By the Greeks
and Homans, she was called Ceres. In India, the
productive power. By the Ephisians, Diana: and
sometimes she was called Hecate, Trivia, Hebe,
liuna. By the Carthagenians she was called Coe-
lestes, Urania. By the Jews, the Queen of Heaven.
By the Scythians, Artemposa ; and by the Egyp-
tians, sometimes, Atar. In Mexico was a temple
dedicated to the generative goddess ; a lively in-
dication that the principles and objects of the Mex-
ican worship were the same as in the ancient coun-
tries just mentioned.

Between Nootka sound and Cook's river, in th©
57th degiee of north latitude, m the hieroglyphic
puntings on Cook's river, a harp is represented.
They did not represent an imaginary figure, which
accidentally turned out to be exactly similar to the
harp of the Hindoos. They must have learned it from,
tltep'^ople of Asia. Theviua.Qr harp,of the Hindoos,
was a musical instrument, greatly in fashion in In-
dia in ancient times, as it was also in Palestine in
the times of David, Solomon, Isaiah aud Ezekiel.«

a Dubois, 240 : Job. ch. 21, v. 1-2. rh. 30. v. 31 ; Psalms,
clw 33, v.g, c^,43 V.4, ch. 49, V. 4, di. 57, V. 8, ch. n, V. 22,
eh, 81, V 2; D ti!Pl, ch. 3, V, 5; 1 Samui-I, ch. 11, v. 5, ch,
36, V. 16.3 isaiah, clu 5, v. 12 j E?.skiel, ch. 27, v. 18.

364

The Vina of the Hindoos, and tbe harp of the scrip-
tures, are the same.

The game of chess was invented in India, by the
Brah mans, 601 years before Christ, with the design
of admonishing kings, that they are strong only in
the strength of their subjects. It was introduced
into Persia in the time of Chosroes, the great enemy
of the Roman power and of Justinian, between the
years of our Lord 483 and 565. The Araucanians
in the south of Cliili, had this amongst other games,-
and called it comicen. It has been known to them
from time immemorial, and they must have brought
it from India or Persia.^

Mr. Cliiford, late of Kentucky, had, in his life-
time, a pipe which was found in digging a trench
on Sandusky river, in alluvial earth, six feet below
the surface. The rim of the bowl is in high relief,
and the front represents a handsome female face.
The stone of which it is made is the real talcgraph-
jfjue, exactly resembling the stone of which the
Chinese make their idols. No talc of this species
is known to exist on this side the Alleghenies, This
article of course must have been brought from a
distance, ])rol)ably fromCliina,or its neighbourhood.

When Sir Hugh Paliser was governor of New-
foundland, the Moravian missionaries who were
sent to the Esquimaux and Hudson's bay, were
understood by the people there when speaking in
the Moravian language. The Moravians were a
Sclavonic race, which came from Silesia and Po-
land, and settled upon the 2)anube, and to the north
of it, and probably also upon the Baltic and the
north of it. The Esquimaux, Labradors, and the
jieople of Hudson's bay, and those also of Nootka
sound, Oonalashky and Prince William's sound,
on the waters of the western coast of America,
spake dialects of the same language. The Sclavo-
nians are of the Tartar race, which came from the

a 7 Gibbon, QS)7 j 2 Moliftsc, SOT,

^65

ancient Scythians. They have emigrated to America
en the eastern side, and have planted a language on
the northeast and northwest of America, so evident-
ly identified in its origin with that of the Moravi-
ans, spoken to this day in the northern parts of
Burope, as to leave no doubt, that all those, both in
America and Europe, who speak it, were people
whose original parentage was one and the same,
namely, tribes of Scythians, from the confines of
China to the shores of Lapland, and from the Dan-
ube to Kamschatka. But not the same with the-
Hindoos, Persians, Chinese, Thibetans and Japan-
ese, who came to the equatorial parts of America,
and from thence extended their settlements towards
the lakes of Canada and the river Savannah, till met
by emigrants from the north, who passed through
the country of the Esquimaux long since the original
settlement of those people in their present abodes,
and long since the climate had caused their degen-
eracy from the size of the ancient stock. They
came perhaps through the same passage that the
Esquimaux formerly did, taking with them some
of the latter, either willingly or by compulsion, and
made them compose a part of tlieir retinue, and
buried them in White county, on the lakes of Cana-
da, and in the state of Missouri.

Men of the large stature of those whose skele-
tons are found in Tennessee and the adjoining
countries, are not produced at this day in any
of those countries, nor in any part of the United
States. Nor are they to be found as far to the
north as Hudson's bay or beyond it. Nor in the
countries northwest of the lakes, which wer«
passed through by Mr. McKenzie. Nor were any
fiuch seen by Clark and Lewis ; nor are they pro-
duced in any part of America north of the southera.
frontiers of Chili. That they came hither from
countries south of Cliili, is barely possible. The
distance is between 5000 and 6000 miles. Whence

S6B

then liave they come, aud at what period? All th^
earliest writings of the world have spoken of mea
of monstrous stature existing in the times they treat
of. The Mosaic writings, those who wrote the acts
of Jo«hua and David, Homer, Herodotus, Diodorus
Siculus, Plutarch, all mention them. All the *^cy-
thian tribes, including the ("elte, Grermans, Goths,
Oauls, Vandals, Franks, are treated of by subse-
quent historians, as well as those more ancient ones,
as men of gigantic stature." And they continue to
he mentioned as men of great stature, till about the
sixth ceutry of the Christian era, when that mark
of distinction seems to be dropped,^ except as to the
Huns. The European tribes of gigantic men were
of tall stature, blue eyes, long flaxen hair, oSensive
smell, and hairy. The Huns came into Europe ia
the ninth century of the Christian era. They spake
a dialect of the Sclavonian language, as did the
Fins of Finland, who once occupied the north of
Asia and Europe. The Igors, who had the use
and knowledge of letters, were once settled on the
banks of the Irtish, where their inscriptions are yet
to be found.

A similar name and language are found in the
southern parts of Siberia. And the remains of the
Finnic tribes are scattered from the fens of the Oby
to the shores of Lapland. Extreme cold has di-
minished the size of the Laplanders from what it
anciently was, when they lived in more temperate
climates. The <h>squimaux, it would seem, are de-
scended from the ancient Huns. The large s-Lele-
tons we are speaking of, came from Scythia, the
ancient country of giants ; not from the northern
nations of Europe, between the Daniibe and the
Baltic, the Rhine and the ocean ; but from some

o TIerod. Clio, 68; D. Siculus, S14; 4 Plutarch. 208; 1
Tocitus' Annals, sec. 64 ; Homer's Ilia<!.

h 1 Gibbon, 404; 7 Git>bon. 9.53 j 1 Gibbon, 380, 290 j 5
Gibboo, £00, 528 : 6 Gibbon, 99.

36f

^art of Asiatic Tartary, where the climate is t«m.
per ate, and congenial to the growth of human be-
ings ; from some climate between the 36th and 50th
of north latitude; where the people have imt the
flaxen hair and blue eyes of the Gauls, Germans,
Goths, Vandals and Franks. Not being able to
"bear the heat of a southern sun, they have stopped
their conquests at the Mississippi and Natchez, and
the countries adjacent to them, on the w^est. 'I'his
was done before the influence of climate, and change
of seasons all over the world, had reduced the h'u»
man stature from its ancient gigantic bulk, to the
©rdinary stature of the men of this day.

The Huns were once settled in tlie countries on
the north of the great wall of China; and before
the Christian era, had extended their sway to the
eastward as far as the ocean, westwardly as far as to
the heads of the Irtish, and northwardly as far as to
the ocean also. They were of dark complexion,
having broad shoulders, flat noses, small black eyes,
little or no beard, and were of tall stature. They
ivere beaten in a general, decisive battle, by the
Alans, about the year of our Lord 48, and were
scattered in diflerent directions to different parts
of the world. One division settled on the east
of the Caspian sea, where the ten tribes had
been settled before their arrival, in the planes of
Sogdiona, near to the Persians. They afterwards
became civilized and luxurious. They extended
their empire from tlie Caspian sea to the heart of
India, about the year of our Lord 488. About the
year of our Lord 958, they, as well as the Igors, oa
a branch of the Selinga, were subdued by the Turks.
These nations were distinguished from all the other
nations of Scythia, by the knowledge and use of
letters in the Scythian character and language.
"Whether the Sogdoites learned these from the Is-
raelites, will presently be examined. Another di-
vision of the JtLans lived for some time on the Volga j

368

and in fVje year 403, tbey removed to the north, ta
escape from tiie Georgen, M'ho had then conquered
all the coiuitrie? from the Corea to those on the west
of the h'tish. The Huns were great archers ; adoptedi
their captives taken in war; each trihe had its mursa
or chief, and they had no despotic ruler. They paid
a tiihute of one tenth for the support of government,
and they scalped their enemies. Were not these th&
nations which came into America, bringing with them
from the Iitish and from the planes of Sogdiona,
their knowledge of letters and historical writings,
both of which have been lost by time in the northera
wilds of America, but at so late a period as to leave
circumstantial traditions with their descendants of
the facts related in their ancient writings? The-
climate inviting them, they came by degrees to th©
lakes, accompanied by some of the Esquimaux; and
from thence to the countries on the Ohio and on the
Cumberland, where the industry, arts and civiliza-
tion of the inhabitants had heaped together th&
conveniences of life, which offered a rich spoil to
their rapacity. The tuft of hair upon the heads of
Indians of the present day,'must have been derived
from those Huns who settled in India, and probably
adopted the custom of the Hindoos, to leave a tuft
of hair upon the head, which they have done from
time immemorial to this day.^ The effect of which
is, that the head shaved all around the tuft, and
constantly exposed to the sun and weather, and to
the water in swimming, has produced the thick
sculls which are found with the large skeletons ia
Tennessee; an effect known to be produced by
similar causes in ancient times.*

The letters which are found in America inscribed
on rocks, may be traced by reference to the history
of the Hebrews. After the removal of the ten' trihes
into Medea and Mesopotamia, a part of them thence
removed to a place on the Oxus, now called Haztt-

ft 2 Dubois, 95, 178. b Herod. Thalia, sec. 12,

S!A9 ; and Hazereth, no doubt, tlie Arsareth of Es«
dra?. Thence they extended into Trausoxlana, by
corruption called Sogdiana. They gave name to
Chorazon, after a city of that name on the east of
the^Dead sea, the country from whence they had
been removed by the Assyrians ; also Cashgar, for
Ashur ; Samarcand, by corruption, for Samaria ;
and Eigliur, by corruption, for Igor. They settled
tipon the mountains between India and Persia, and
upon the heads of tlie Indus, as far as to Kholen,
in the ksser Bucharia. The descendants of Dan,
Asher, Zebulon and Napthali, are there plainly
distinguishable at this day. The Affghans, on the
Leads of the Indus, are descended of the Hebrews.
Their language is evidently a dialect of the scrip-
tural Chaldaic. The people in all these countries
have been distinguished, by the earliest profane
historians, by their knowledge and use of letters.
These the Hebrews, the first settlers of the country,
planted there at least from the time of their arrival.
The neighbouring mountains of Imaus, before with^
«ut a name, received one from them, after a city
near the lake of Genezerth. Those who belonged
io the tribe of Issachar, were called in their own
country by the popular name of Ischars, Isars,^
Izors,« and by another corruption, Eughars, and
afterwards Igors. From the above-mentioned ter-
ritory of this name, it is probable, those emigrated
who lived on the Irtish, and were distinguished by
their letters, from all the tribes of Scythia, and
were called Igors.^ They were there settled long
before the subjection of their country by the Huns,
which was 2)1 years before the Christian era.
With a part of the Huns, they removed to the Yolgi.
about the year of our Lord 48, to avoid the Alans ;
and from thence, about the year of our Lord 405,
into the northern parts of Jaiberia, for fear of th©

<c Josephus' Antiquities, b. 8, ch. 13, sec. 6, sec. 8,
k i ^ibboB, 360,

«70

©eougpn.tf The remnant wliicli the Huns left,
afterwards became numerous Uy propagation, and
spread to the mountain^ of Altai, in the centre of
Scythia; and l)y successive changes, were called
Igours, Ogors, Orgurs, '1 ochars, Tartars. Thafc
part of them which removed to the northern parts
of Siberia, after lingering for some time t'^ere, it is
supposed, came into America, and made, in the
latter country, inscriptions similar to tho^e whicli
they left on the Irtish, and in those parts of Siberia
where they were once settled. When they came
to America, for want of settled habitations, and of
the materials to write with, the culture of literature
was inevitably lost. The great extent of the country
and its various regions, as they were progressively
discovered, incessantly invited them, as they now
do us, to new migrations ; and they had no time to
preserve, by learning, the use of the letters whic h
they had. But those letters, and the greater fre-
quency of their inscription in the northern parts of
America, point out the direction and course of their
i^iigrations ; which lead to the like inscriptions ia
Siberia and Tartary, where once lived, as may be
fairly presumed, that people who came into America
and made tiie inscriptions which we now see. V\ e
can trace them to the Igors, and to ^ogdiona, and
to Samaria. The Cherokees and Creeks, as well
as ihe Chickasnws, who are suppo«*ed to be the
descendants of the Igors and the Huns, are of tlie
common size of white men of the present day;
having no beards; long, jet black hair, and black
eyes, thick and blunt noses, short and blunt toes,
the under part of the feet remarkably hollow, their
fingers thin and long, white teeth ; tapering, well
formed !eij;s and thighs, small ankles, their foreheadg
of the same form and size with those of the white
people, their colour a reddish brown, or bright cop-^

a 1 Herofl. 3^0; 2 Heroc'. 326; 1 Gib. 352 i 4 Gib. 860;
7 Gib. 204, i,85, 293', n Gib. 406.

671

per, and tliey wear a tuft of hair upon the head.
They brought with them both the Mosaic and pro-
phetic writings, as well as those of the psalmist 5
for their traditions are taken for both, and Hal-le-
iu-jah froai the latter. If it be correct, as learned
men have alleged, that tradition is adulterated after
the lapse of two hundr^ d years, and assumes the
character of fable, then it is deducible from the
fulness and particularity of their traditions when
first made known to us, between 1606 and 1690,
that they were within two hundred years from the
period when the original was lost, from whence the
traditions were taken.

When, about the year of our Lord 48, the Huns
were broken up, and fled in different divisions to
differeut quarters of the world, that part of them
which came to Sogdiona, and there settled under
the name of Nepthalites,'^ were no other, it is be-
lieved, than a part of those tribes of lettered men
which the Huns had subdued on the Irtish two or
three centuries before, and who again, upon this
occasion, returned tt) their old country and friends,
assuming the name by which those friends would
the more ri^adily recognize and receive them. The
country was inhabited; yet they were received into
it, without opposition, as a part of the people which
belonged to the ancient tribe of Napthali, and who
were called Nepthalites, by corruption, for Nap-
thalites. Hy this name they \Aere distinguished
from the great hody of the Huns, and gained ad-
mittance amongst tiie inhabitants of Sogdiona. The
Chinese invaded and ruined them, after the middle
of the tisird century of tLe Christian era; and at
this period of ad\ersity and distress, it lias been
suggested, that a pvrt of thewe I^epthalites may
have joined their brethren who had gone into Si-
beria b The Nepthalites who lived on the north of
tiie Oxus, and on the borders of the Caspian sea,

« 4 Gibbon, 56B. h 4 Gibbon, Sro, 373,

30 late as the period of the Chinese conquest, whicli
was about the year of our Lord 367, must have
heard of the Christian religion which had been
established in Armenia ever since the year of our
Lord 3 IS, and has ever since continued there.
These Ncpthalites also must have learned some of
its rites; yet in all the remains throughout the whole
continent of America, there is not a single trait, or
token, of the Christian religion. Tliis circumstance
strongly intimates, that the removal of those lettered
men into America preceded the epoch of the Chinese
conquests. There are not found in America any
burials of bodies with their lieads to the west ; nor
sign of the cross, for the infliction of punishment ;
no emblem of any baptismal initiation, except the
immersion of prisoners, incorporated by adoption
into the family of the captm*, which was an emblem
to signify that his old blood was washed f way, and
that he now had the blood of the adopting father.^
The Huns practised adoption; so did the Hebrews
and the Hindoos. There is not among our Indians
any emblem of the resurrection ; nor the tradition
of any miraculous performance ; nor, in short, any
of those striking facts which are recorded in the
New Testament, nor even of the destruction of the
temple by the Romans, an event which dispersed
the Jews into all parts of the world, and particularly
into Mesopotamia and Medea, then under the power
of the Parthians.* Numbers of these Jews had
been converted to the Christian faith ; and no doubt,
maintained a correspondence with their brethren in
Medea and on the Oxus. Nor is there to be found
in America the vestige of any art or science, or im-
provement in either, which originated subsequently
to the third century of the Christian era. The Ro-
man coins are the latest. The Huns, when they
fled from tlie Volga, in the year of our Lord 40^

a Fxo. oil. 2, V. 10; Esther, cli. 2, v, 7,15; 1 Dub. 340.
b Jos. War. b. 2, ch. 16, sec. 4.

icing tlieft identified with the Tgoyg, &f at leasi
iiaving the latter politically incorporated with them,
•were obliged to proceed to the ley ocean, the coun-
tries to the west being all then settled ; and there
they did not remain long enough to lose -their huge
stature, by the intense cold of those climates ; buf
before the occurrence of any diminution, they
inarched directly into some climate of America,
which preserved their size as long as the rest of
mankind retained theirs. The vast number of for-
tifications in all parts of Tennessee, Ohio and Ken-
tucky, which are capable of being fortified, show
that their wars with the aborigines were not imme-
diately terminated, but were of long continuance*
When these were finally ended, and these countries
•wholly abandoned to them, can only be inferred
from the ages of the trees which have grown upoa
these fortifications since their desertion; and by
these we are carried back to periods nearly 1000
years precedent to the commencement of this centu-
ry; though the last aboriginal struggle for existence
may have been several centuries later. Upon the
whole, since every alphabet which ever has been in
the world, beginning with the letters alpha and beta,
contains within itself demonstration of a derivation
with all others, from one common original; and
since we can trace this art into Egypt prior to the
time of the exodus, 1491 before Christ, and into
India at a still earlier period,^ there seems to be
incontrovertible evidence, that the inscriptions in
America were made by people from the old world ;
and very probably by Siberian descendants, from
the Issachors and ^'apthalites. True, they have
left in America but few tokens of a Sabbath day.
But this may well be accounted for, by their loss of
the use of letters ; their want of written kalendars ;
their separation from the Levites, or regularly con-
stituted priests of the nation, and their perpetual

tt Exodus, ch. \7i V. 14; 1 Dubois, 350, 379, 387, 38^.

374

Biigrations for a long space of time, as tlipy advan-
ced slowly towards the southern and eastern regiq^ns
of this continent. Nor is it left to reasoniui^, found-
ed upon the existing circumstances of the world, to
show us, that the Igours, when they removed from
the Volga, in the year of our Lord 105, vvent to the
Ic3' ocean and the north of Siberia; for we hav©
express information of the fact from authentic his-
tory.« About the year 454, "t!ie Igours of the
north, issuing from the cold Siberian regions of tlie
north, which produce the most valuable furs, spread
themselves over the desert as far as the Borysthenes
and Caspian gates, and finally extinguished the
empire of the Huns." Another part of them, it ig
now hardly to be doubted, issuing from the same
hive, came through the gates which opened into
this continent, and over the peninsula which joins
the two continents together; and through the coun-
try of the Esquimaux, a part of whom came with
them, to lake Erie, the Calf-killer afid the Missouri.
The coins found in Tennessee or Kentucky may
h'i thus traced : From some place contiguous to the
borders both of the Roman and Persian empires,
where they contended for supremacy, and paid
these coins to the soldiers who served in their ar-
mies, by whom they were circulated amongst the
nations of Scythia, which deposited them, in their
migrations, at the places where they are now found.
Such wars were waged for a long time in the coun-
tries near to the heads of the Euphrates and the
Tigris, and one of them after the division of the
Koman empire into three parts, between 310 and
360 of the Christian era. The Persians were forced
to conclude it by an invasion of the Massagetse from
the north and northeast. In these countries circu-
lated both the Roman and the Persian coins, of the
same dates with those which we now find in Tennes-
see a»id Kentucky; but none of a date subsequent te
the middle of the third century of the Christian er*.

« 6*Gil)bon, i37.

375

The Mexicans did not descend from the people
in the north of Kurope, either the ancient Germans
or Scandinavians, but from people who worshipped
the sun. Like them, they had the zodiac for
the mystical representation of their deities ; and
like the Egyptians, and the most ancient settlers of
India, raised pyramids for his worship, decorated
with representations of days, months, years, and the
sun's path like the windings of a serpent, which they
signified by the image of one. They had the arts
of fortification and intrenchment, metallic tools and
utensils; the science of astronomy and geometry in
considerable perfection ; and the mechanic arts ; of
all which the northern Indians were completely ig-
norant. They are glaring circumstances of differ-
ence, as well as their modes of warfare and political
government. The Mexicans came to America at a
much earlier period ; but after the invention in Asia
of the arts which they had practised here, and of
the sciences which they had learned; after the
invention of post roads and couriers, the game of
chess, and intrenchment ; after the ascertainment of
the true length of the solar year; after the coins
littered in the time of Antoninus and Commodus ;
and after the time of the three simultaneous empe-
rors of the Romans, if those coins were brought
hither by the Mexicans. Or otherwise they must
have become acquainted with these arts and sciences
by an intercourse, kept up through the ocean, with
those countries of the old world, which they had
left. For the dates of which several arts and sci-
ences, see the several kcads m thi§ volttiae, whem
they are mentioned.

ADDENDA,

Page 24,

Introductory to a description of tlie salt works,
it will be proper to take a view, in the first place^
of the water courses near to which they are found.

The Cany Fork rises in the Cumberland moun-
tain, near the Walton road^ its head branches in-
tersecting with the waters of Obed's river and the
Calf-killer, in about an easterly direction from the
town of Sparta, in the county of White, and flows
in a southeast ward ly direction for about fifteen or
twenty miles, and thence gradually shapes its course
to the south and southwest, until it receives into its
bosom Cane creek, a small tributary stream, at the
mouth of the Hickory valley, at which place it runs
west, gradually inclining towards the north until it
is discharged into the Cunibeiland river, near Car-
thage. This river from its source is rapid in its
descent, passing over a rocky or pebbly bottom, af-
fording numerous sites for mills and water machi-
nery of every description. There are many places
upon this stream w here the water falls perpendicu-
larly, or nearly so, 4 or 5 feet. The most consid-
erable fall upon this stream, above the great falls,
is near the mouth of the Hickory valley, and above
the mouth of Cave creek. Here the bed of the river
is composed of flat limestone rock, vising above the
surface of the stream in rude disorder to the height
©f ten or fifteen feet. In viewing this point on the
river, the observer is surprised and pleased with
the grand and romantic scenery which surrounds
him. On the western bank of the river rises iu
Vv

3T5

p'Ospect, a mountain about two hundred feet in
height above the bed of the river, covered on its
side aud summit with beautiful small cedar, which
in autumn contrasted Avith the yellow leaf of the
oak and poplar, and the beautiful white foam meet-
ing the eye for the distance of half a mile in a right
line on the river, the impetuoua rush of waters over
the rocks at three or four points all in view, each
falling ff o;n ten to fifteen feet, jiresent a scene grand
and sublime. The tributary streams of the Cany
Fork, on the east si(!e, are the Big Laurel and hear
Greek, composed of large springs. These creeks, in
their passage through tlie mountain, run with great
rapidity, passing over pebbly bottoms and numerou&
round sand rocks, some of whicli are as large as a
barrel, and others gradually diminishing in size to
a pound weight or smaller, having thereon consid-
erable falls of from five to twenty and thirty feet.
Gane creek is also a tributary stream of the Cany
Fork ; it rises in the Cumberland mountain, within
a few miles of Pikeville, in Bledsoe county, and
i*uns a northeastwardly course, to its confluence with
the Cany Fork, at the mouth of the Hickory valley,
1 his stream, like all others of the mountain, in this
vsection of the country, runs with great rapidity,
falling in its passage down the mountain frequently
twenty and thirty feet. This creek, shortly after
it descends the mountain, passes over a large bed
of stone coal, of considerable breadth and of excel-
lent quality. The Cany Fork receives on its west-
ern bank, above the mouth of the Calf-killer river^
White-oak creek, West's Fork, Polk-patth crerk,
Two-mile creek, Clifty aud Lost creek. Nothing
i*emarkable distinguishes these streams from the
other tributary streams of the Cany Fork, all of
them being rapid in their descent. Upon Lost creek
are extensive falls, some of them thirty feet in per-
pendicular height. It affords water sufficient in
quaotity to propel water machinery about half of

3Td

the year. This stream is about ten er twelve miles
ia length. It runs the whole extent with great ra-
pidity. And nature, after exhibiting much variely
in the romantic appearance of its falls, and the im-
petuosity of its current, has, as if weary of its pas-
sage, directed its course to the foot of a stupendous
mountain, where the stream is ingulfed and lost in
the silent grandeur of the surrounding objects. But
few bottoms or low grounds are found on the Cany
Fork, from its source to a considerable distance be-
low the great falls. From its source to the great
falls, meandering the stream, is a distance of fifty
or sixty miles ; and from thence to Carthage, about
10(5 miles, by the river. A phenomenon, strange in
its nature, attends two or three points in the bed of
the Catiy Fork. In passing over large globular
rocks, the water in the channel entirely disappears
for the distance of a mile,rising in equal force below,
with the channel above. At the mouth of Cave
creek, in dry weather, in the fall season, the chan-
nel of the river dries up, and the waters above run
up the mouth the mouth of Cave creek about 100
ynrds, and disembogues itself under tlie western
bank, and again rises in the river at the distance of
half a mile below. At a point on the Cany Fork,
about six miles above the Hickory valley, is a bot-
tom of level land, called the Big bottom. This on.
one side is limited by a mountain of considerable
lieigb.t, exhibiting immense cliffs, opposite to which^
on the low grounds, are lying huge masses of rocks,
ejected from the top of the pinnacle to the distance of
80 yards. The surface between the foot of the moun-
tain and the point on which the rocks are, is too
level for them to have rolled on, after having been
precipitated from the mountain, showing conclu-
sively that it has been the effect of some great con-
vulsion of nature. ' ^

1 he Calf-kiiler river, on the northeast side of the
Cany Fork, has its source in the Cumberland monn-

380

iain, a little northeast of Sparta, and near the "Wal-
ton road. It interlocks with the head streams of
the Cany Fork, is rapid in its descent, shaping its
course generally to the sonth and southwest, and is
ahout thirty or forty miles in length. The point of
confluence with the Cany Fork is on the north side,
and ahout eight miles south of Sparta. Its principal
trihutary streams on the east side, are Bridge creek,
Doe creek, Brush creek, Blue-spring creek, and
Wildcat creek. On the west side. Plum creek,
Cherry creek and Town creek. The latter forms a
junction w ith the Calf-killer about half a mile below
Sparta. About a mile below the town of Sparta,
on the Calf-killer, is a fall of about fifteen feet,
nearly perpendicular, where Captain Thomas B.
Kice has in operation a grist and saw mills, and
iron works. This is one of the most eligible sites
in the western country for a national armory, or for
any other description of water machinery in use ia
this country. In the neighbourhood of these falls are
found inexhaustible mines of iron ore of good quality.
Upon the Calf-killer, above Sparta, are in opera-
tion six or seven salt works, at which considerable
quantities of salt are made. It is about six miles
al)ove Sparta, upon the west side of the river, where
the spot is nearest to the source of the river at which
salt has been made. Also, about two miles above
Sparta, is a salt establishment on the west side of
the river. The other establishments on the rivep
for the manufactory of salt, are between the former
and latter points. Some of these are on the west,
and some on the south side of the river. Two of
the wells are situated from fifteen to twenty yards
on the river ; others are bored on the edge of the
river. The salt water w^iich is found by boring
is from 50 to 180 feet under the surface of the earth,
is of a darkish colour, and is generally pretty-
strongly impregnated with sulphur, it not being
Uncommon in descending to the salt water to pass

ihrongli streams and reservoirs of sulphur watei'.
It is, however, clearly ascert ined, that the deeper
the salt water is foand from the surface of the earth,
the less it is impregnated with sulphur. Several
of these wells, which from first appearances afforded
a plentiful supply of salt water, and held forth
flatteriug prospects of wealth to the owners by the
manufactory of salt, have partially failed to furnish
a supply of salt water, when on descending deeper
it has been found more abundant and strong, and
less impregnated with sulphur. Hence the conclu-
sion eventually drawn is, that the deeper the descent
in quest of salt water, the better is its quulity when
found, and the more plenteous the water. At the
establishment mentioned before as being six miles
from Sparta, large quantities of Fpsoiu salts have
been manufactured, from the same water out of
which the common salt is made, equal in qualily to
any in the world. The proprietor, who is a gen-
tleman of sterling integrity, and whose veracity can
not for a moment be doubled, states that twenty or
thirty thousand pounds of salt per annum could
easily be made at his well.

The prerequisites necessary for the commence-
ment of boring in the rock, are to sink a large pit,
by removing the earth from over the rock where the
boring is to be performed, making a vacuity about
eight feet square, which is secured by erecting a
pen of logs or fraaie extending from the rock to the
surface of the earth. A sweep or spring pole is
then prepared, the large end being fastened to the
ground, the small end extending over the well, 'I o
the latter end a rope is fastened, one end of which
is fastened to a pole a little smaller in diameter
than the diameter of the hole intended to be bored
in the rock. On the I jwer end of this pole is fixed
an iron socket, with a cavity in the lower end, in
which cavity a screw is cut f(U' the reception of the
auger. Tiie auger is always made of steel; tjie end

S8S

applied to the rock having an edge in the centre,
and the other end having a screw to attach it to tiio
socket in which the screw is cut, attached to the
pole. As the hole descends into the rock, the rope
attached to the sweep or spring pole is lengthened,
until a suflBcient distance is bored in the rock to re-
quire another pole, when one is attached by screw*,
as the auger and pole lirst mentioned were. 1 hns
those who perforin the boring descend to the requi-
site depth. Three persons are generally employed
iu the act of Coring, two remain at the sweep or
spring pole, and put it in motion by moving it in a
vertical position, which puts the pole and auger at-
tached to the sweep as above, in motion, while one
person in the pit below^ turns the pole to which the
anger is attached, hall' round at each vertical motion
of the spring pole above. In the mean time, water
Is applied to the liole pierced by the auger. Thus
the boring is performed, 'i he water is applied to
the hole for the purpose of keeping the auger cool,
and of reducing the dust made by boring to a con-
sistence, that the same may be drawn out by a small *
pump, which is occasionally let down into tlie hole.
If any of the poles break, which frequently occurs
at the distance of a hundred feet and upwards in
the rock, a socket is let dov/n, and is driven around
the part broken off, and is then screwed up and re-
paired. In descending to the salt water, it frequently
happens that the streams of fresh and sulphur water
are passed through. These are prevented from
communicating with the salt water, by means of a
tube made of copper, tin or wood, long enough to
reach below those streams, the lower end of which
being wrapped with some material that will close
out the wateis above; the salt wa-er then rises in
some wells to the top of the rock, in others it does
not come nearer than fifty or sixty feet, whence it is
drawn from them by the force of a pump It re-
quires generally from one to two hutidred gallons

383^

of water to make a bushel of salt, tliougb as to the
quantity, it h somewliat uncertain, much depending
on iliQ success in pre\enting the fresh water frona
mixinj^ with the salt by the tube above mentioned.
In descending through the rock, the strata or layers
are generally next the surface composed of lime-
stone rock from five to ten htt in thickness. At
sixty feet in some, layers of sand rock mixed with
limestone are passed. At about sevetity-five or
eighty feet, there is passed a stratum of materials^
supposed to be lead, or some other mineral sub-
stance, it being of a soft consistence, frcipiently re-
requiring a day to pass an inch. This stratum is
generally found to be from one to three or four
inches in thickness. Owing, however, to the inat-
tention of those engaged m boring for salt, no
clieraical experiment has has been made, to ascer-
tain the quality of the mineral thus discovered. It
is not unfrequent in boring for salt, to reach a cavity
filled with gas, which produces an immense dis-
charge of water, ejecting it to the lieight of seventy
feet. Instances have happened after the explosion
has subsided, that the pit sunk to the rock becomes
filled with air so dense in its character and un-
Iiealthy in its nature, that it could not be inhaled
without producing instant insensibility to every ob-
ject around, depriving every person coming within,
its influence of motion, and threatening in its con-
sequences t!ie occurrence of instant death. The
perforated hole by vvhich th?^ salt water is descend-
ed to, is of the width of three inches generally, but
some are three and a half and four inches, and oth-
ers only two and a half. Halt water rises at differ-
ent points on the bed of the Calf-killer and of the
Cany Fork, and is discovered by the resort of cattle
to the spot to drink it. Several new discoveries have
1 teiy been made of water on the Cany Fork very
strongly impregnatf d, and salt works are forming:
there which promise to a^ord very plentiful supplies.

384

Page 51.

About sixty miles west of the Cumberland moun-
tain is a space three or four miles iu width, and iu
some places more, extending from the Cumberland
river nearly to the sontiiern boundary of the state.
Its direction is p trallel to the Cumberland mountain
and the riverMississippi. It is covered with a growth
of cedars, and with rocks upon and just below the
surface, some flat for a considerable distance, some
lying obliquely with the upper part just above the
surface in all directions, some with the extremities
of the rock turned perp;^ndicularly upwards, some
•with the corners of the sides and extremities only
appearing. It is miry in all rainy seasons of the year.
Salt licks and*springs begin to appear about fifty
miles below the foot of the Cumberland mountain,
and within a space of forty miles from thence west-
wardly, and from the northern to the southern
boundary, on both sides of the cedar flats. Animals
lick away the clay near the springs, till for some
considerable distance there is the appearance of
banks, the clay between them and the springs hav-
ing been taken away to the depth of a foot or more.
The spring emits a thin water, of a whitish cast,
"which leaves on the side of the rock or gum in
v/hich it is contained, a mucilaginous coat or cover-
ing of a red colour. When the water of the spring
falls upon the low ground, and is not carried off in
the stream, it turns black and gives the same colour
to the. mud which imbibes it. In this space they are
very numerous, and are usually called by the name
of the first discoverer. Some believe that the water
comes from the Cumberland mountain, and that the
depth from the salt water to the surface decreases
to the point where they break forth. Others are of
opinion, that the water is collected on the elevated
parts of the neighbourhood, and passing through
layers of salt deposited there, soon afterwards issue
from the earth. The taste is saline; and cows and

other aiaimals collect there to resiale themselves with
it, and io lick away t ue dirr from -he hanks which
it impregnates. These springs are provided by
creative wisdom to pre\ ent the extinction oi auauais
which cannot exist without the use of salt, teuch
animals re; on to them IVom great iJistuuce^ j i><tfialo
paths leading to them in some instances can be
traced more than a hundred miles. l eunessee,
both East and West, being far removed from tne
oce;in, has an air not at all impregnated with saline
piiHicles : as a horse who travels all day in the
rain, will not drink, because of the abuudaut ab-
sorption of water ; so an animal wlio lives near the
ocean, and constaully inhales an air abounding in
saline impregnations, is so little desirous of more,
that he will sometimes hardly lick salt when offered
to him. But the case is far otherwise in Tennessee;
and various consequences have followed w icli are
too strikingly observable to escape the notice of a
traveller as soon as he gets over the mountains and
ridges between him and the ocean. Cows and
horses, and all the granivorous animals, as well as
some of the feline genus, are often in great distress
for want of salt, running with great rapidity on
hearing the fall of urine, to taste it, chewing up
bridles and all sorts of leather which have been
touched by sweat, and clothes and blankets ia
which there is the least perceptible tincture of salt.
And in order to get the taste of salt, they bark the
mulberry, and otJier trees from which can be ex-
tracted ;he smallest quantity of salt materials. And
when salt is offered to them, they use it with the
most voracious avidity. No such appearances are
observable in countries near to the ocean, in which
the air is sufficiently impregnated. Another conse-
quence is, that in the freshened atmosphere of len-
nessee, for want of a sufficient quantity of salt, to
be inhaled into and incorporated with the system,
those animals to which that article is most iudispei-
Ww ■

386

sftble, decline in health, vigour and size. The deer
and even the squirrels of Tennessee, as well as
other animaJs, are smaller than the animals of the
same species east of the mountains. The domestic
animals raised here, unless plentifully supplied with
salt, are of les* bulk, activity and animation, than
th( ir kindred animals beyond the mountains, and
after sometime will actually dwindh^ to death for
want !)f its nourinhnient. The mammoth, it is pro-
bable, ilour^si^ed here when the salt water of tho
ocean Howed to the oj.dev banks which we now see
in the ht^art of the country ; and when it retired^
"M as compelled to report to the salt sprin2;s, where
not finli'v; a plentiful supply, he often perished,
and depos ted bis bones near them.

Of the Cascades ff Tennessee.

A stream or rivulet in the county of White, in
West Tennessee, known by the name of theFalling-
wnttT, is about forty yards wide, and empties into
the Cany Fork of Cumberlan*}, on the north side,
forty or fifty miles above Carthage. The course of
Falling creek is from northeast to southwest, hav-
ing its source in the Cumberland mountain, and be-
ing in length, from the source to the mouth, twenty
or thirty miles. The falls on this stream arc seven
or eight miles above its junction with the Cany Fork.
In the course of one mile the descent is supposed to
he three hundred feet. Several of these falls aiibrd
excellent seats for iron works, grist or saw mills-^.
a national armory, or almost any machine which
is brought into o})eration by water. Tlie large fall
is a perpendicular descent of water of the depth of
two hundred feet, or as some think, of one hundred
and fifty feet. The country on both sides of the
stream, l)oth above and below the fall, is nearly as
level as the adjacent country generally: and what
is very remarkable, the only ditference in the aspect
of the country as produced by the falls^ appears te-

eoniist ill the depth of the channel, which woiili.
seem to have been an excavation out of the solid
rock. The perpendicular height of the clifts on.
each side of the stream, is about three hundred feet.
The bottom of the channel below the falls, is almost
inaccessible for many miles belovv the falls, and the
descent to it is difficult and even dangerous. The
width of the sheet of water which falls from the rock
is about eighty feet, and produces a noise which can
be heard foi? several miles. Three miles south of
this, are the falls of Taylor's creek, which present
similar appearances. These streams run parallel
to each other, and fall about the same depth in the
course of a mile. The principal fall on Taylor's
creek is somewhat higher than that of Faliingvvater.
About eighty yards above the principal fall, the
stream is about sixty feet wide, and falls over a.
rock ten feet. About forty yards further, the water
falls twenty-five or thirty feet, and in forty yards
more it pitches over a rock one hundred and fifty^
some say two hundred, and others two hundred and
fifty, feet. I'he descent to the foot of \he rock is
difficult and dangerous, but the grandeur of the
spectacle richly compensates the hazard. Here the
spectator finds himself almost shut out from the view
of the heavens by the overhanging clifi*s, three or
four hundred feet high. The stream before him,
falling from the last rock in sheets of foam, almost
deafens him with the noise. A considerable wind
is created by the fall, and the spray falls like mist
for many yards around. Twenty yards below this,
on the south side, is the most beautiful cascade of
which the imagination can conceive. A creek, six
or eight feet wide, falls from the summit of an over-
hanging rock a distance of at least three hundred
feet. A man standing on the brink of this rock,
seen from below, appears no bigger than a child.
Few have courage to venture so near the precipice
as to look over it. The water in its descent is split

388

into a thousand streams, and is often driven by tlie
Avinds many ^ards around, making an artificial
shower, which exhibits, when the sun shines, the
colours of the rainbow. Between the sheet of Avater
and the site of the rock from which it falls, both
here and at the other hii^h falls, is a considerable
space of ground, on which a man may walk unmo-
lested by the water : this ground is somewhat moist,
but much impregnated with salt and nitre. In
viewing tiiis vast chasm, one hundred yards wide,
three or four hundred deep, and many miles in
length, the philosopher may inquire, how or by
what means it was excavated in the solid rock ; and
the poet nill exclaim, " These are thy glorious
worksy Mmighty Father P^

The wiiter requested of Mr. Craighead and Mr.
Nelson, two gentlemen of the bar, residents of
Sparta, to ride to the falls for the purpose of view-
ing, and making a report upon them. With a readi-
ness which ever marks the conduct of enlightened
minds, they politely complied ; and after an absence
of a day and a half, having been at the falls with
j^^r. Eastland, a young gentleman of Sparta, and
with Major Taylor, a member of the state legisla-
ture, distinguished for his discretion and good sense,
they remrned and made the preceding reports ; the
fornser by Mr. Nelson ; the latter, respecting Tay-
lors creek, by Mr. Craighead. To these, by in-
quiry from Mr. Craighead, the writer has added
the circumstances following : From the water up-
wards, on the face of the perpendicular rock, on the
sides or banks of the creek, towards the water, are
various strata of materials: first, limestone for thirty
feet up; next, a stratum of slate or stone coal six or
ei-i;ht feet through ; and upon this, rocks composed
oC flint and lime stone intermixed, and upon that
the common mould.

It is conjfTtnred by some, that these strata have
been petrified; or converted into coal; since the ori-

389

giiial formation of the water course,, by the same
cotemporary process which made the like conver-
sions in all parts of West Tennessee. Supposing
that at one time the surface of the earth corresponded
Avith a small elevation above them, to the surface of
the waters above and below the falls, the low lands
below must have been as discernible as any other
low lands of the country ; but that the sediments
of inundation subsiding upon them, have elevated
their surface to an equality with that of the lands
above, and have produced the inequality of depth
from the surface below to the waters, compared vvitli
the surface above to the waters ; and that in form Wig
the superstrata belovir^ those layers have been de-
posited, first of shells which have become lime-
stone, and next of vegetable substances which have
become coal. And it is supposed to be a con^
firmation of this hypothesis, that indentations simi-
lar to those made by currents of water on the sides
of clay banks, are found on the sides of these lime-
stone banks, at even distances on either side from
the level of the water. This theory supposes that
a strong current of water preserved the width of the
creek, and the same ancient bed and bottom which
it formerly possessed, and of course the saoie eleva-
tions and depressions of bottom which formerly be-
belonged to it. As a proof that no eruption ever
opened a passage for the waters of these creeks, it
is observed, that no fragments of rocks or other to-
kens of diruption are to be seen on their sides or
bottoms ; and hence it is thouglit to be a reasonable
conclusion, that the materials for saxeous compo-
sition v-ere borne down the current as fast as ihpy
came to impede it, and before they could grow by
adhesion into an indissoluble mass.

390
Section %, of chapter vi. in 'page 119.

In the state of Kentucky, near the state line, in
the county of Barren formerly, but now Monroe,
and between the towns of Williamsburg in Ten-
nessee, and of Glasgow in Kentucky, and near the
road leading from the one to the other, and about
thirty miles from Williamsburg, are ancient mounds^
the trees upon which are of equal size with those in
the adjoining forest. They are placed three in a
row on one side, and three in a parallel row on the
other, making four rows in all, and the whole in-
cluding a square area within ; the height of their
summits from eight to ten feet.

C503Vl3^iaXTAMES.

Jt Commentary on the Geological Phenomena in* %.
the western pUrts of West Tennessee.

In going from Jackson, in the western district of
Teanessee, through the states of Mississippi and
Alabama, and thence to Florence, near the Ten-
nessee line, the alluvial land of the western district
cannot fail to attract the attention of the traveller.
There are marshes on the banks of every stream ;
dangerous quicksands ; sluggish waters : and a
sound made by the hoof of the horse when it strikes
the ground. The falling of a tree at some distance
will produce a tremulous motion of the earth to
the distance of several hundred yards ; and here
are frequent shocks of earthquakes. In the banks
of rivers, and under high bluffs, sticks or logs of
wood are found sometimes petrified. And in dig-
ging wells through the sand, leaves and sticks of
wood are often found ; and also fire coals and pie-
ces of pottery. Along the ridges dividing the head
waters of Sandy river from the waters of Hatchiff
river, immense beds of marine shells on the top of
the ground are presented to view. No fossil or
mineral substance is found in what may be suppos-
ed to have been its primitive state. They all seem
to have been acted upon by heat and moisture. The
Chickasaw old towns furnish a great variety of ma-
rine substances. Calcareous limestone is every-;
where found in that section of country, a few feet
under ground, and the small streams are soon sunk
or absorbed. Springs are scarce. Upon the ridges
which separate the waters of Tennessee from those
that fall into the bay of Mobile, a rough crystal-
1

It

llzed sandstone, in combination with iron and flinfc
stone, is often found. In going down tlie ridges^,
the steps or flats run horizontally around the hoi*
lows, not perpendicularly down the side of on»
eminence and up the adjacent ; and on the flat landar
below, there are evident traces of water having lain-
upon them. In going off the highlands adjacehf;
to the prairies granted by congress totheFrenclv
colonists in Alabama, the soil is chiefly composed
of a black sediment, united with carbonate of lime,
and a great variety of sea shells. The clam shell
is here in abundance ; and half oyster shells, pet-
rified, may be found, from thersize of a person'sr
thumb nail to the weight of four or five pounds;'
although the place where they are is more than 150*
miles from the nearest part of the sea. Some part
of these prairies have their first growth of timber,
if inferences may be drawn from appearances.
The growth npon them is slow and durable ; and
no hillocs liiadeof the roots of trees blown up can
be seen, nor any holes out of which their roots
could have come, or could have been burned. At
the" lower part of this settlement, are the White'
bluffs on the Tuscaloosa, nearly opposite to Demo-
polis. The bluff is a hundred feet high ; its face
presents layers of shells, fish bones, and various
vegetable substances intermixed with a calcareous
limestone. A well diig in Demopolis afforded near-
ly the same materials ; but nowhere have any hu-
man bones in any such statfe of petrifaction been
discovered. The prairie lailds generally in that'
part of the country. Some perhaps are without tim-
ber, solely because what is called rotten limestone
is near to the top of the ground. All the moisture
contained in such lands, acquires certain properties^'
from the limestone, which ascending in vapour,,
imbues the atmosphere with qualities very perni-
cious to human life. To raise this exhalation, a:
certain degree of heat and moisture is necessary.

Ill

Un Tery wet places it does not rise abundantly, wsv
^in very dry ones. In very wet summers, the high
^ands are most sickly ; and in very dry seasons, the
low, swampy lands are most unhealthy. On the
impurities of this atmosphere, the long moss is
cherished, and doubtless contributes much to free
'4h« air from those noxious qualitie?. This moss
saffords a gloomy covering for the timber, not only
in the low lands, but also on the hills. This moss
as indicative of certain qualities in the soil and air,
wherever it is. found. Jt extends in places, across
the Mexican empire, the Arkansas, Mississippi,
IFlorida, Georgia, and South- Carolina, and is found
in some few places in the lower parts of North-
Carolina.

In almost every part-of the country, various ma-
rine substances are found, even on the highest hills*
Iron ores mixed with pebbles, and coarsely shot up,
somewhat in crystallized shapes, and sometimes
cemented in large masses, are fequently met with^
No lava or any signs of volcanic eruption are seen.
Some marine shells are also mixed, seemingly in %
state of vitrification, instead of calcination. Some-
times passing ovfir a rich soil, one comes unexpect-
edly to its edge, and in a few steps more will be upon
a red clay bank, or gravel, or round pebbles, of vari-
ous colours and sizes, completely smooth on the
outside; and even in the midst uf a rich flat, a whole
sand-hill or bank of chalk will show itself. The
productions are equally heterogeneous. In a nar-
row bottom of the Hatchie river, three miles
above its confluence with theTombeckbc, the spruce
pine, the long-leaf, the hill pine, the cedar, the cy-
press, the hf\^ tree, the holly, buckeye, ash, sugar
tree, walnut, red oak, a species ef the live oak, elm,
sycamore, and sundry other trees, all grow. The
«ame confusion generally obtains, except on the
«andy hills, where the long-leaf pine is often the
«ole tenant of the forest. On the face of the sterile

country, is a certain remarkable uncvenness of tlu^
top of the earth, resembling a field prepared witU
hillocs for planting sweet potatoes. For ten or fif-
teen miles together th€ road passes through timber-
ed flat land covered with these hillocs, and they
are extremely tiresome to horses which travel over
them. These mounds are about four inches high^
ftnd across the circular base from three to six fe.et.
The top and sides are generally very sterile ; and
AToand the base, in wet weather, the water lies
and kills the grass. The appearance of this land;,
which by the inhabitants is called ^'bumpy^' land>
is very much like the waves of a lake, when after a
hard wind they have nearly subsided into a smooth
surface. But on hills and rough places, it has an.
appearance very similar to small waves just rising
before a light wind, or like those mounds across
•oft parts of the road where tobacco hogsheads are
rolled along. At least one third of that part of
Alabama is covered by this bumpy land, which
renders it forever unfit for cultivation. Some geo-
logists believe that these hills were formed whea
the soil was in a state of solution, and covered with
water ; ethers, that they were made by earthquakes,
as thousands were in the Chickasaw settlements in
thetime of the late earthquakes. Some think, that th«
prairies have been uncovered in modern times, and
that alluvial soil between the Tennessee ridge and
the Mississippi, was formed by successive deposites
in various times since the great deluge ; and as the
waters of the river decreased from reaching the
ridge to which they now are, and that the salt water
©r sea has also left these ridges and Alabama in
times much more modern than the deluge. They
think also, that the high bluffs and otlter deep cov-
erings of marine or terrestrial animals or vegetables,
"were caused by the great deluge, which removed
Tast quantities of diluted soil from the south to thd
north; making a terrestrial cptttit^eni lA the l$tter^

»f materials swept from beyond the capes of Africa
and of America by a furious and irresistible torrent,
Which penetrated almost to the centre of the globe,
enlarging the ocean to the south of these continents
from the 35th to the 90th degree of latitude, when
at the same time in the northern hemisphere, the
corresponding latitudes are composed of main and
mountainous lands, washed up from the southward
and deposited in rude confusion where we now se©
them, by the great deluge. Their opinion is also,
that the southern capes of Africa and America re-
ceived their present shape from vast bodies of water
which rushed against, and were divided by them,
in their progress to the north. They are of opinion
that the southern parts of the southern hemisphere
were acted upon by fire, by the too near approach
of the great comet, whose revolutionary course did
actually bring it in view at the time of the deluge.
And that the fire took hold of all combustible ma-
terials, and consumed the same for some time, till
the waters of the ocean were so heated as to ex-
pand and rise beyond their ancient barriers. That
whirlwinds rushed into the rarified vacuum, and
drove the waters before them with irresistible fury^
and compelled them to fly to the northern regions ;
whither they carried on their bosom the diluted soil
of the continent, which they had torn from its base
in the south; and the lifeless inhabitants of the deep^
whose wreathed tails denoteihe suffocating deatlx
they died, for want of coGlfing respiration, and
whose remains in the deepest>fissures of the earthy
demonstrate that they endeavored to withdraw
from the incalescence that oppressed them. And
whither they carried likewise in their bosom, thfl
fire coals which the flames had made ; the tropical
plants more to the north, which the flames had nol
reached; and the terrestrial animals^ which the
waters involved more to the north and laid them at
4epths ia the northern regions ollhe earth*

VI

The river Mississippi as near to its mouth as th«
S5th degree of north latitude, like all other great
rivers, continually elevates its bed by the deposites
which are made from above, and of course at this
day is vastly above its ancient bottom. As the bot-
toms were elevated, so proportiooably were the
low lands on the side of the river. Tlie evidence
is, that both the bed af the river and these low
lands cover trees which are at great depths below
them. A constant decrease of waters, and increase
of sediments by annual inundations, has formed by
alluvlan the whole country between the ridge and
the river where it now is. The marshes are the
remains of waters not yet completely drained off,
but which in time will become dry land. It is not
at all wonderful, that such articles as are here found
in the bowels of the earth, namely, coals, pottery,
&c. nor is it surprising, that great quantities of
stone coal are on the sides and under the bed of
the Mississippi ; they are the product of vast quan-
tities of timber lodged in past ages, where they now
are in the form of coal, having been converted from
wood to coal. Hence the frequency of earthquakes^
The coals take fire, and by consumption make cav^
ities, which emit a hollow sound when the surface
is stricken by the fall of a tree, or by a horse's
hoof in travelling or running. These subterraneaa
fires are not always in action, but oftentimes are
extinguished, and after long intervals are put agaia
rnto action, by the appointed cause which Provi-
dence hath provided for its own wise purposes.
Were not the impurities which are in the bowels of
the earth, from materials which constantly accumu-
late, to be periodically purged away, the noxious
effluvia arising from them would eventually so much
increase in malignity, as to render the atmosphera
too virulent for the sustentation of animal life. The
choked up subterranean passages for water, would
make ponds or kkes; impregnated with the samer

Vlt

ifoxious qualities, wliicli also would greatly add
to the same deleterious causes in the atmosphere*
Hence a necessity for the intervention of subterra-^
nean fires, at certain periods, to consume the ma-
terials which supply those noxious effluvia thafc
come from them, and to open the subterranean
passages for water which in the course of ages have
become dammed up. The oHlce of communicating;
this fire, is performed by the instrumentality of co-
mets. They go near to the sun, and particularly
the great comet of 1680, and return from him witli
electrical fluid or the elements of fire, and approach-
ing the earth, and perhaps other worlds, in its
course of 575 years, fills it with an ethereal matter^
that raises into flame all things in the bowels of the
earth that are capable of ignition : earthquakes are
the consequence ; more virulence for a time in the
atmosphere ; more water from the interior of the
globe ; and a more healthy atmosphere in succes-
sion. The evidences in support of these ideas are
indispensable, because they are novel. And they
are these : First, that electrical fluid is drawn from
the sun, communicated to the comet and then to the
earth; secondly, that earthquakes follow uniform-
ly; thirdly, that pestilence follows; fourthly, that;
old springs burst out ; fifthly, tliat there is more
water than before ; sixthly, that the atmosphere i»
more healthy than before.

First, that the electrical fluid is drawn from the
sun, and communicated by means of the comet ta
the earth.

Immediately after tlie near approach of the great
comet to the sun, so much of the fluid is drawn off
as to cause a paleness, and sometimes darkness,
which is not recovered from till after a lapse of 60
or 70 years, corresponding with the greater or less
brilliancy of the comet. Julius Caesar was killed ia
the senate-house 44 years before Christ. The great
eomet appeared at this time ; the sun wag frequent-

VIII

ly davkcncfl,7 and lost its light, and so continired
for times upwards of fifty years, and how much
longer is now not known. Virgil, in the place ci-
ted, say<5, "Who dares to say that the sun is false?
He often warns of planned tumults, and of snares
and meditated wars. He pitied Rome when Csb-
sar fell, ^nd covered his shining head with the
darkened colour of iron rust." Pliny, in the place
cited, says, "The defects of the sun, such as that
which happened when Caisar was slain, and in the
war of Anthony, became preternatural and longer
by a continued paleness of almost the whole year.''
Plutarch upon Caesar, says, *^ Around the sun too,
the habitation of splendour, and in all that year
his globe grew pale, and rising w^ithout brightness,
he emitted a weak and thin warmth. Thus the
air became clouded and heavy ; when the fruits,
sour and unripened, languished because of the
coolness in the heavens, and were tasteless. When
Pliny speaks of the darkness at the death of Csesar,
and of that in the war of Anthony, comparing them
-with that of which he is then speaking, in which he
says the defects are longer and more prodigious, &c.
he probably speaks of the preternatural darknesi
mentioned by Adams, in his 2d volume, page 243,
"which took place in the year of Eome 757, and in
the 5th year after the birth of Christ. At the same
time were the earthquakes and inundations spoken
of by this author, and Ferguson in his lloman Re-
public, vol. 5, pages 233, 249. And from the ex-
pression of Pliny we can learn, that these defects
were of longer continuance and more like prodi-
gies^ than they had been in the time of Anthony's
*\var, which was 34 years before the time he speaks
of. These failures of light from the sun then had
continued 52 years, and were occasional or pcriod-

7 OvidMeta. b. 15, v. 782 ; Viig. Georg. b. 1, v.467 j Pii^
f»y, b. 2, c\\. 80; Jos. Ant. b. 14, ch. 12, gee. 3 ; 2 Adams, p.
S4S i S FerguiOD, 233, £49.

JX

ical. And we are not told when they finally ceased.
Oa the 12th of January, in the year 1679, a few
months before the appearance of the same great
comet in 1680, an unaccountable darkness took
place at noonday, so that no person could see to
read.

The like paleness of the sun occurred when the
great comet appeared in the year 531 and in 1680,
and probably in 618 before Christ, and indeed at
every time of his appearance, had the circumstance
been recorded, lo

Spots in the sun which precede or follow the ap-
pearance of a comet a short time, are not caused by
the intervention of opaque bodies between us and
the sun ; for if that were the case, the paleness or
darkness would be of short continuance, whereas
that spoken of by the Roman authors was of very
long continuance. In the time of Gallienus the
Roman emperor, Anno Domini 260, there was a
preternatural darknes s. Soon after the appearance
of the comet which was visible in 1811, a paleness
of the sun followed also ; a number of spots w era
seen in all parts of the sun's surface, which appear-
ed and disappeared as he revolved around his axis-
One near his centre disappeared in three days. An-
other in 24 hours. The first notice taken of these
spots in the year I8l8, was about the middle of
April. They then covered a part of the sun's
surface, about 200,000,000 of square miles, which
is about 10,000 of square miles more than the su-
perficies of this glebe.

Secondly, the fluid drawn off from the sun is
communicated to the earth by the agency of the co*
jnet. — The evidence of this is, the earthquakes
which uniformly, and the inundations which some-
times follow, the appearance of the great comet, and
of others. It appeared in 2349 before Christ, and
immediately upon its heels followed the great del-

JO Plutarch^ 8*

uge. It appeared in 1767 before Christ, and about
the same time the deluge of Og^^^ge!?!. It appeared'
again before Christ 11-93. And again in 618. His-
torical evidences for those ages are defective. But
in the reign of Hezekiah, a great earthquake hap-
pened in Judea.ii After its appearance, 44 before-
Christ, a tremendous earthquake took place in Ju-
dea 37 years before Christ.12 One in the Adriatic
in the time of Anthony's war; one in Judea 31
yoars before Christ; and others which happened
before the fall of Jerusalem, in Crete, Miletus,^
Chios, Samos, Smyrna, Rome, Campania, Judea,
Laodecea, Hierapolis, Calliope in Lesser Asia.
These last mentioned cities were overlurned. In
371 of the Christian era, a smaller comet appeared,
and was followed by a general earthquake in 377,
394 and 400. The great comet which appeared in
531 of the Christian era, was followed by an earth-
quake almost universal, in the year 541, and in thef
year 544, which swallowed up Pompoliopolis, in
Mysia; and the earthquakes of that time were of
very long continuance. The great comet in the
year of our Lord 1106, was followed by an earth-
quake in 1110^ in Shropshire, and in Sweden in
1112, at Antioch in 1114, in Lombardy for 40 days
in 1 1 17. In 1456 a smaller comet appeared, and was
followed by an earthquake in Naples, where 40,000
perished in the same year. The comet of 1618
was followed by an earthquake at Bendah in the
East Indies in 1621, at Manilla in 1637, in Cala-
bria in 1638, and in Germany in 1640. The great
comet in 1680 was followed by the Jamaica earth-
quake in 1687 and 1692, At Lima in 1687, at
Smyrna in 1688, felt in England in 1689; and
earthquakes in Sicily in 169;2 and 1693. In 1744
a comet appeared, and in 1755 happened the earth-
quake in Portugal, in which at Lisbon alone 60,00CF

11 Amos, ch. 1, V. 1 ; Zach. ch. 14, v. 5.
n Jos. War, b. 1, ch. 19.

XI

j>erished, and numbers at other places, particularly
in Morocco. A comet appeared in 1759, and in
that year was an earthquake at Tripoli and in Sy-
ria, which extended 1(),0{.)0 miles. Damos lost 6000
inhabitants, and the remains of Balbech were de-
stroyed. In the same year, was an earthquake in
Peru, another in Syria in 1760, and at Fez and
Morocco in 1763. In 1761 a comet was observed
at Roma by Cassina, and there was an earthquake
at Constantinople in 1766 ; others also at Uagusa,
Dalmatia, Albania and Naples, and in Martinico
in 1767 and 1768, at Camera and at Buda in 176S,
and in the Archipelago in 1770. In 1770 or 177 1,
a small comet appeared in North-Carolina, and the
earth was soon aPlerwards shaken, by a considera-
Ijle tremor, which lasted only a few secoitds. In
1811, earthquakes followed the appearance of the
comet in the latter part of that year. Some thue
afterwards another small comet appeared in the
northwest, and small shocks of an earthquake al-
most immediately followed. In 1783, the appear-
ance of a comet preceded the earthquakes of Cala-
bria. Numerous other instances might be adduced.
Thirdly, that pestilence follows. — Sulphureous
and noisome effluvia issue from the earth in the
time of earthquakes, which in 1811 sickened the
stomach, and excited a disposition to vomit, attend-
ed with a weakness and trembling of the knees |
for which refer to what is said of our late earth-
quakes in another part of this work. A most
dreadful pestilence f(dlowed the appearance of the
great comet which appeared in 531, commencing in
54S, spreading over the whole world, and continu-
ing 50 years ; it destroyed in the Roman empire
above 100,000,000 of men,i3 and probably in A-
jnerica much the greater portion of its inhabitants.
Alike epidemic followed the comet and earthquakes
©f 1811. And it begau and raged i^ 1815 and 1816^

13 4 Gibbon, 275.

kit

Fouptlily, that old springi5 are. opened and new
Ones made in consequence of comets and earth-
quakes, is proved by the facts stated in the descrip-
tion of the earthquakes in iSn and afterwards.
Fifthly, that there is more water is proved by a re-
ference to the same facts and statements. And
sixthly, that the atmosphere is more healthy after
the pestilence and its causes are removed, is proved
by reference to the salubrity of the atmosphere in
our own country since the year 1816. It is for
these causes possibly, that the comet returns peri-
odicallj^, approaches near to the sun. and wheeling
circularly around his circumference, flies oft' charged
with heat and electric fluid, for the supply of the
exhausted worlds which he is destined to visit. If
paleness of the sun, and darkne«;s, earthquakes, in-
undations and pestilence, follow in the trran of co-
mets, is it a forced idea, that' the gen^^ral deluge
also was caused by that which app.-ared so near
the time of its occurrence? The delug*^ b\o;an in
the second month of the year 2348 before Christ;
the comet appeared in the latter part oi* the year
2349, and probably in the latter part of the last
months in that year, and for some months after-
wards, and probably was visible at the very time
when the delage began. If ordinary approxima-
tion can thus affect the sun and this globe, would
a much nearer one be incapable of destroying the
globe; and short of that, of heating the waters of
the ocean to overflowing; of removing tlie pressure
and weight of the atmosphere; of rendering the
air unfit for respiration in the more exposed parts
of the globe; of reducing all vegetable substances
to coal and cinders; and of floating in the agitated
Waters the tropical vegetables and animals which
the flames did not reach, and of placing them as
evidences for the conviction of modern times, in all
the regions o£ the north P

XIII

%i CommcPttry on the Colour of fie American In-
dians.
In tracing the varioug arts raid sciences wliicli
were transplanted from the old world into the new
before the discovery of this continent by the Euro-
peans, the whole theory is overturned in an instant,
by a remark which many v/riters have made, and
many others have repeated : which is, that uniform-
ity of colour through all America, is a proof tuat
they are all descended from one common origin pe-
culiar to America, and not from any part of the old
world. That therefore, the people of America have
not proceeded from thence, and could not have re-
ceived any part of the knowledge they possesised
from that source.

It is proposed, therefore, to consider whether,
supposing such uniformity to exist, it be a proof
that all the American Indians descended from an-
cestors whose origin was in America ; and of course
that they are a distinct race of humau beings from
those found in the old world.

And secondly, it is proposed to be considered,
whether the fact of uniformity of colour exists ; for
if not, the arguments founded upon it wholly fall
to the ground.

First. It may be remarked in the outset, that it
is as good reasoning to say, the ascertained fact of
a descent from one set of common ancestors, proves
that the difference of colour springs from climate,
as to say that the difference of colour proves a de-
scent from different ancestors. The same argument
will prove as many different sets of common ances-
tors, as there are sets of men of different colours,
when in all other respects there is no difference at
all. In the brute creation, a difference of colour
between the polar and the southern bear, for in-
stance, induces no suspicion that these came from
distinct sets of ancestors ; yet in man the case is
«therwiec. There are, it is believed, as many va-

XIV

rietics of liiiman complexions, as ILtre are shades
betwceii v. hile aiul black. And tlie same argument
that inake« one common ancestors for the Americans,
will make another and another for every shade in all
iheclimales of the old world. And for almost all the
islands of ihe old world. Ileason jilone would repel
the inference; but as conclusions from reasoning ere
always cjuestionahle, it is safer to rely upon facts than
inferences ; because the latter are irrefragable, and
5^ how to demonstration that inferences which would
l>e correct, if the alkged causes or premises were
so, being not such as they are supposed to be, could
not arise from such causes. If it be shown, for
instance, that nations now white, came from ances-
tors who were black in remote times, or vice versa,
then the inference that a white posterity must have
proceeded, and does always proceed, from a white
nncestry, cannot be a true inference, and the change
f)f complexion must be referred to some other cause.
Consequently, a uniformity of complexion in any
country, will not jnove that they have not come
from ancestors of another complexion. We may
learn causes from effects ; but we must not assiga
to effects, causes which do not produce them. We
may say that climate is tlie cause, but not the same-
ness of ancestorial colour; for the fact shows, that
it may not he so and hajs been otherwise.

Is it a fact then, that whole nations, by a change
of country, liave proceeded fpom black ou«s ; and
that black ones, by a similar change, have proceed-
ed from w bite ones ? for if so, a sameness of colour
flll over America can only prove at most, the recen-
cy of their settlements in America, or that such
colour is i)eculiar to the country.

In the time of Herodotus, 4l3 before Christ, the
Indians, Ethiopeans and Egyptians were black.
Chaldea was colonized from Egypt, and mediately
also Persia, Greece and Phenicia, The colours of
these nations are now changed.

XV

In the time of Scsostris, !49l before Christ, ant
Eo-jptiaii colony was left on the east of the Black
sea, wliich thence received its name. 20 The cus-
toms anrl peculiar manners of the Egyptians arte
yet there, but no trace of their original colour.
They arc now the fairest and best formed people
in the world. The Egyptians at this time are of
an olive complexion; but iii the neighbourhood of
Nubia in Lybia are black. The rite of ciiTiimcision
is practised by the Mahometans of the Eiixine, and
the curled hair and swarthy complexion of Africa,
has given place Irr Georgia, Mongrelia and Circas-
sia, to a beautiful white, set otf by the most well
formed limbs, and countenances of the most agree-
able expression. In the turn of Aloni, it had gra-
dually altered, and at length the swarthy colour
"wholly disappeared. A difference of colour did not
begin to prevail after the deluge, till many centuries,
when men had settled in different quarters and cli-
mates of the world. The Ethiopean woman married
by Moses, is not said to have been of a different com-
plexion from him, and he did not differ in this cir-
cumstance from the Egyptians, for the daughters of
Ruei described him to their fatfier as an Egyptian^
and not as a Hebrew, as they would have done had
the Hebrews been distinguished in this respect, at
that time, from the Egytians. Abraham^s fear, be-
cause of the comeliness of his wife, did not arisf!
from any complexional distinction ; and she had
come, as well as himself, from Mesopotamia. At
that time, it is probable, there was not any fixed
difference in this respect.

The Carthagenians went from Tyve 856 years,
before Christ, 605 years after the esodns of the
Israelites from Egypt, and 98 before the founda-
tion of Rome. Their colour became darkened by
settling in Africa. Not more than a century and a
half before the Christian era, they were conquejed

20 7 Gibbon, 331 ; Herod, b. 3, ch. 104, 105.

XVI

by the liouiiiiis, who settled iu tlieir country in vast
uu in hers. This was for a long tiiiie considered the
most spleudid of their conquests. The colour of
these culoLiists is now entirely lost.

Tiie Israelites, after they left Egypt and settled
in Judea, ceased after some centuries, to be of the
same complexion with the Egyptians. David was
of a ruddy countenance; and Tenia, the daughter
of Absolam, was fair. The Jews of the present
day liave probably come down to us without inter-
mixture, generally speaking, with the people of
other countries, to (his day. Their laws and reli-
gion strictly prohibited the formation of such con-
nexions. The prohibition, it is well known, is a
matier with tliem of the strictest observance. They
are now in all parts of the world. If a sameness
of ancesioriai colour is uniformly transmitted to
their posterity, then it is to be expected that in the
diiiereut parts of the earth they are all of the same
complexion. But the fact is far otherwise ; and the
inference drawn from such premises is not true, be-
cause it is not true that the sameness of ancestorial
colour ii* uniformly transmitted to their descendants.
Those Jews who live in southern European cli-
mates have changed their complexions into darker
shades, whilst those of the temperate legions have
become more white, and others in India have be-
come more black.

On the Malabar coast, are great numbers of black
Jews, They \^ent thither earlier than the white
ones : they colonized the coast of India long before
the Christian era.i^ They are probably a part of
the ten tribes, who m ere made .captive in the 8tli
century before Christ, and were permitted to settle
in India; when in a few centuries afterwards it be^
came subject to the Persians who conquered the
Assyrians, that made the ten tribes captive. Those
tribes in India call themselves Isaelites. not Jews*

15 Buchanan's Star in the Kast, 119.

XVII

Their ancestors were not subject to the kings of
Judea, but of Israel. If the Israelites in the timo
of Moses were black, their descendants in the north
of Europe are now white. If they were then white,
their descendants in India are now black. The
form of their countenances yet has a resemblance
of the Jews of Europe. If we were now to say,
that these Jews and Israelites did not all descend
from Jacob, because of the great variety of com-
plexion, which we see them possess in different
parts of the globe, we should commit a great error;
and therefore the inference is not true, that the pos-
terity in all climates will have the same colour that
their ancestors had in a far variant climate.

The Huns who were settled in ancient times on
the eastern side of the Caspian sea, if indeed they
are not the ten tribes mistaken for Huns, are sup-
posed by writers,i8 after removing from the borders
of China, to have experienced a change of features,
which is attributed to the mildness of the climate,
and were thence called the white Huns.i9

The Vandals were of the same complexion wiih
the Goths, and were a part of the same people )vho
went from ihe Palus Moeotis at the time of the fall
of Mithrioates, and the conquest of his country by
Pompey, about the year before Christ 63.20 They
went from the borders of the Asiatic Sarmatia. And
the Sarmatians, it is remarked with sunjrise, had
in the year of our Lord 324 the manner^f the A-
siatics, and the complexions of Europe. %t is also
said by writers, that the Alani, who lived between
(he Euxine and Caspian seas, were originally of a.
swarthy complexion, but by mixture of Sarmatic
and German blood, had becojme whitened, and thi^ir
hair had become tinged with yellow. The Goths
had long hair. 22 It is easy to perceive from these

18 4 Gibbon, S68. 19 4 Gib. 368, 369. 20 5 Gib. 192?
§2 1 Gibbgp, 392; 4 Gibbon, 368, 373 i 5 Gibbofl, 197,

3 ""

f^istiiiU-e?, that tTip. ancient Scytbiaiis "Were ofiaU'
dlite colour, aiul changed it hy living some centu-
ries in the countries to Which they reniovetl.

The Vandals and the Aiani, in the year of Christ
'429, crossed i?ito Africa over the straits of Gihraltaiy
Vhere it is remsrked, the fair complexions of the
"blire-pyedCTermaris formed a singular contrast vitk
tfie sAVafthy or olive hue which is derived from thc^
fieighhonrhood of the torrid zOne.-^ But their de^-
scendants are now of the same colour with the an-
cient and present inhahitants of the country. Dif-
ference of colour, therefore, is not primeval and
inheritable, and unchangeable.

When the Persian army invaded Greece, in tlic

'year 490 before Christ, it was defeated at Mara-
thon. Then, which was 1157 years after the time
of Moses, difference of colours, though not men-
tioned in the early parts of the Bible, began to be
noticed by Herodotus. It had commenced in the
intermediate period?. The Persian army was com-
posed of soldiers from all the provinces of Asia
Minor, from all those on the shores of the Mediter-
raaean, and those which composed the ancient em-
pire oHBabylbn. The Egyptians, by their remoteness
froiy Medea, and by their connexion and intercourse

'With the people of Ethiopia, still further removed
tbwatds the south, had received a deeper line,
which distinguished them from all the nations
that served in the Persian army. And accordingly
it is mentioned as a singular circumstance by Hero-
dotus, that they were black men with curled hair.
After this period, when distant countries to the
north and south had become settled for centuriesy a
difference of colour became more and more commoii,
and finally a matter of no singularity at all.

^ gain : The Hungarian langua,2;e so nearly i>c-
semhles the idiom of the ancient Kennic, as to de-
monstrate a derivation from it. The Jb'ennic tribes'

23 6 Gibbon, 16.

XxX

%aiicientVy resided on the confines of China. Th^
U^'artar records say, they removed to the Irtish, and
were there called IJgri, or Igoiirs. A similar name
and language is found in the southern parts of Si-
beria; and the remains of the Fennic tribes are
seen from the heads of the Oby, to the shores of
liapland. The Hungarians and the Laplanders
are proved hy this evidence, to be connected by
consanguinity, and to kave descended from the
same parentage. The ilussians also use the same
dialect. The Ugrian mountains, and the provinces
of Finland, attest the grea-t extent of the Fennic
settlements. Yet how great is the dilTerence at this
day, between the Hungarians or Russians, and the
.Laplanders? The former are of a lofty stature,
lair complexion, and robust frames ; vi^hilst tb&
latter do not greatly exceed in stature four feet ; and
^re marlied not only with a swarthy hue, but with
disproportioned limbs and features.24

A great number of islands lie scattered in the'
Southern and Pacific oceans; from Madagascar,
on the east side of Africa, to the Marquesas and
Eastern islands^ on the western coast of America,
and through an extent of 1300 leagues, mn-th and
isouth. The inhabitants of these islands speak in
languages whidi are plainly and nearly allied to
each other, and all of them evidently dialects of
tiie Malays, who fi'om the earliest times have liv-
ed on the continent of Asia.so These islands are
for the greater part at vast distances from the con-
tinent, and from each other. Their insular and
$eqnestered situations have excluded for a long se-
ries of ages, until discovered I)y European naviga-
tion, the intercourse of all the rest of the world, and
have prevented tlieir borrowing tlie idioms of other
nations, and the names of things which are the pro-

9A 10 Gibbon, 20G, 224.

30 2 Cook's Voyages, 2^0 ; Introduction to the l&t vol. Jif

iSsok's Vojages, Z3. '

o

ducts of other countries. Their laugna^esij there,
fore, are nearly in their pvimitive purity, without
any except small dialectic variarions, the simple
effect of time, nncomhined with other causes. J:5y
this plain evidence, those islanders are proved to
have been descended from one common country and
parentage, the Malaya, Their languages have
survived the wreck of time ; hut there is amongst
them as much varfety of complexion, as there is of
v^ituation. The inhabitants of Von Diemen's land,
in the year 1777, when Captain Cook visited them,
were black. Of Ncav Zealand, black, yellow and
olive. Those at Wateoo were of a deeper cast;
of the Friendly islands, deeper than the copper
brown ; at Fegee, darker than those of the Friend-
ly islands. At Atooa the inhabitants were of a nnt
brown colour. Should it be said, that these island-
ers proceeded from a common parentage, created
originally in their respective islands, and peculiar
to them respectively, the position would be in direct
contradiction to the evidence which shows them to
liave been descended from a common mother coun-
try, that of the Malays. And consequently thfe
• inference is not true, that the colonists and posterity
of all nations, are of the same colour with those of
the mother nation. On the contrary, it is true, that
reriioved to distant countries and climates, with a
long continuance there, is invariably followed by
a difference of colour from that of the mother stock.
Aiid indeed, there seems to be as much diversity
of colour, as there is of countries and clipiates which
have been long settled. The colour of the Gedro-
isian Hindoos, in the time, of Alexandejfthe Great>
was swarthy : the Hindoos of the present age ard
tawny, lighter or darker, according totlie provinces
they inhabit. The agriculturalists fif the south
who Avork in the sunshine, are nearly as dark as
the Caffi-es. The Brahmans, and those who work
i» the shade; are lighter. The tint of the Bral^maj^

approacbes to the- coloviv of copper, or to a briglit
iiifiision of coffee. Their women are still lighter
than the males. Those who live on the hills or itt
forests, are much lighter than any of those already
mentioned. In the Kongu country they are as
light as the Spaniards or Fortugiiese.si

Secondly. The uniformity of colour which U
^aid to pervade the whole continent of iVmerica, is
next to l)e investigated.

And here we shall find, that there is not au^ such
uniformity, except in the northern and eastern parts
of the continent, for which a particular cause is as-
signable. But on the contrary, it will be seen, that
there is a diversity of colour on this continent, as
well as in the old world, and perhaps in. a degree
not much inferior to what is there observable.

The inhabitants at Nootka sound, in the north-
western parts of America, are nearly white, though
of a pale cast. Those of Cape Denbigh, on the
northwestern coast of America, a little whiter than
copper. Those of Oonalshky are swarthy. At
Prince William's sound, on the northwestern coast
of America, the women and children are white, and
the men brown. The Dogrib Indians, and the
Stone-mountain Indians, are fairer than those of
the south. The tribes of Indians on the upper
branches of Peace river, on the south side of the
Mocky mountains, and upon a river to the west of
those mountains, which falls into the Pacific about
52° 20' 48" of north latitude, are not all of them
of the same colour with those on the Atlantic
ocean, or on the lakes of the St. Lawrence. la
latitude 55'' 5' 36", on the east side of tha Rocky
mountains, they are of low stature, not exceeding
five fe&t, six or seven inches ; their eyes a dark
brown, the hair a dingy black. In 53" 3' 17", on
the river on the west side of the Rocky mountains,
they have grey eyes and flat noses. Others lower

51 1 Dubois, 276i

<iowri,liave &\'ci of a dark colour, tiiigod mih i-ed.
The same coloured eye still lower down, 52" 28' 1 1".
Others near the Pacific, have small grey eyes, with
a tinge of red, and the hair of a dark hrown ; and
iHiose near the Pacific, are between the olive and
the copper colour, and have c;rey eyes.33 'j^'he In-
dians ef Chili, Peru, Cugo^ Paraguay, and at the
straits of Ma2;ellan, all differ in colour from each
other. The Baroans, a people of Chili, who liv*
in the 39th degree of soitth latitude, are white, and
as well formed as the northern Europeans, with a
mixtui-e of red. In one part of Chili, a reddish
hrown prevails, of a clear hue, antl the red changes
to white. The Chilians who inhabit the ca?,tern
valleys of the Andes, ai*e much redder than those
who dwell in the west. The southern nations of*
America are in point of colour as distinguishabU
from each other, as aiHi tlie southern and northern
nations of Europe. 34

What then is tlie cause of this variety of colour?
It is produced perhaps by the colijucct operation
of climate, face of the country, situation, food, and
manner of living. Each country, it is probable,
has a colour peculiar to itself, which the settlers of
that country will assume, after time enough has
elapsed to suijject them to the full influence of tho
causes which prodifce it. The deepest shades are
made by a vertical sun. Wherever that beams
Hpon the earth, unprotected by rivers, oceans, and
winds blowing their coolness. Thecountry become*
progi-essively arid and sandy. The parts of Africa
and Arabia which arc the farthest from these re-
iVeshing causes, are examples of this remai-k.
3^\'om the like (^ause in a smaller degree, are th«
countries affected which are further removed from
i^he solstice, but are similarly siluated with respect
to rivers, oceans and winds. The same causes, for
ififitauce, do not o|>cratc on the continent of America

^ /^ MQK^nxie, 1 g5, ^Oc>, 2ir, 2^7. S4 2 Mobnfi, ^S3'.

'XXI H

J^itli the full force wliicli they liave in the old worltf.
Because in America, ia the torrid zone, are lari^e
rivers iu abundaucc, swelled to an euormous sizs
by tributary rivers, of great size also, from all ptarts«
tThey bear on their bosoms the coo! waters which
come from the snows of the Andes ; which gives a
refreshing coolness to the air, in all the countries
through which they pass. There is also the vici-
nity of tall mountains,. covered with eternal snows ;
they cool and tem{>er the air, and pour upon tlie
earth continual streams of moisture. But in Africa,
ihe countries under or near the equator, which have
not these advantages, are parched, barren and san-
dy ; and so perhaps are the large islands more to
the east, which have not the same tempering causes.
ilf the earth itself, and its surface, in the absence
:©f such causes, can be changed by the intense heat
jbf the sun; much sooner and more thoroughly can
^the bodies of men. The same effect as is produced
by the curling-tongs applied to the hair, may doubt-
less be also produced by a heat nearly as great in-
cessantly acting upon the human body for many
centuries together.

Wherever in the torrid zone,, there are winds
/.from the ocean or rivers, and snows upon the moun-
-iains, and the ea^th is not parched into sand,— the
-fair is cool, and the thermometer docs not rise to tha,
f same height as it does in countries under or ne?ir
, the equator, not possessed of similar advantages.
- (In the former, the people are not black, but tawny,
".or of an olive complexion. Where the country
-Alias. some, but not all, of these advantages, and tha
:f.jnercury does not rise, in the thermometer to the.
^ihighest point, the people are black, and their hair
a not curled ; as in small islands, where the internal
«as well as external parts are fanned by the aea-
. >breezes. Where the islands are large and not
jthoroughly cooled by the winds, nor by internaV
♦nvcrs or lakes, or high mounUias^ the people ar^

XXIV

Jblack and their hair curled, especially if the coun-
try be converted into sand by the heat of the sun.
The colour is gradually bleached as the distance
widens from the torrid to the terapevate zones, as
far as to the polar regions, ^vhere the cold operates
to darken the colour and to stint the growth. In
Mexico, New Spain, Peru, in the Amazon country,
Brazil and Guiana, are mountains covered with
snow, large rivers in the country, and immense
oceans in their vicinity. There i^ a cooling tem-
perature. The thermometer is far below the high-
est attainable point in hot countries. The colour
of the inhabitants is that of copper, long black hair
and black eyes. In the space in Africa, from Se-
negal, Gambia, and to the islands on the east and
under or near the line, the colour is black, with
curled hair. Here is the hottest part of the earth :
the thermometer is at its highest point. The mouth
widened by the pain which is felt in the scorched
feet : the lip thickened by the unremitted influence
of the heat upon it: the calf of the leg drawn up-
wards, from the scorched soals of the feet : the
goals of the feet thickened, and the hollow of the
foot destroyed, by continual pressure upon burning
sands, and the scull thickened from daily exposure
to the glowing sunbeams of the climate, — all de-
clare the effects which are produced upon the hu-
man system. At Madagascar, the country is less
parched, and the colour is black. In New-Guinea,
which never had any known intercourse with Afri-
ca, and is two thousand leagues from it, the inhabi-
tants are black, and the hair curled. From Gam-
bia to the Moors northwardly, the people are not
black, but tawny : in Morocco, they are darky but
lighter : in Sp^in, Still more to the norths they are
dark, but lighter. In France, still lighter. In
England and Scotland they are beautifully white.
The same appearance in Denmark and Norway,
lu all the#e iustauces; the colour whitens ia pTO-

XXV

portion to the distance of country from the torrid
zone. From a point south of Circassia and Gcor-.
gia, and thence northwardly, the colours continual-
ly whiten, till a portion of the human race is found,
not supposed to be equalled by any inhabitants of
the globe, for symmetry of form and fairness of
complexion. From the point of their residence,
towards the west, through the whole extent of that
latitude, are the people of the same fair complexion,
no matter whence they originally emigrated. In
the torrid zone, the eye is universally black : ia
northern climates, it is black, grey, and blue. lu
the torrid zone, the hair is universally black : in
northern climates, white, brown, yellow or black,

Mr. Shaw, a curious traveller it is true, has dis-
covered in the heart of the Moorish tribes, inhabi-
tants of a white complexion, and long flaxen hair ;
greatly resembling the race of the ancient Yandals,
who settled in Africa. But high mountains, and
cool air, preserve the colour of the inhabitants un-
altered ; and to these circumstances are to be attri-
buted the present complexion and hair of these
people. The people of mount Atlas were in tho
time of Procopius, distinguished by white bodies
and yellow hair. Those found in Peru, upon the
Andes, by the Europeans, exhibited the like ap-
pearances. The Abyssinians preserve now, as
they did two thousand years ago, the features and
olive complexion of the Arabs. The Nubians, an
African race, are pure negroes, as black as those of
Senegal or Congo, with flat noses, thick lips, and
woolly hair.34 Hence it may be attempted to infer,,
that complexion is not the effect of climate. But
in Abyssinia are high mountains, elevated lands,
great rivers, the Red sea on one side, and the
Southern ocean not far off. The same effects are
produced here, as upon the settlers on the Andes,
and upon those who live on the African mountaius

34 8 Gibbon, 368, in a note.
4

XXV f

frtjar the Atlantic and the straits of rjl"braUar.
The parched lands of Nabia, to the south, are
but poorly cultivated, to improve the complexion
of the inhabitants, nor Avould any change for the
better be ever effected there. The like causes op-
erate there, as do in Congo or in Senegal. The
surface of Abyssinia is rugged and mountainous,,
abounding in forests and morasses. Here are the
Nile and other large rivers, and the lake Dambea,
Here are the mountains of the Moon, the highest in
Africa. No wonder then, that the Arabian colour
does not become more dark. The temperature is
just such as to preserve it in the state it formerly
was. 34 The Baroans of Chili live in the mountains^
as far to the south as the people of Mongrelia iu
Asia are to the north ; vrhere the country is cool
and refreshing ; where snows frequently occur.

Famine also, and hunger, are amongst the opera-
ting causes contributing to a change ©f colour.3»~
The effects produced by it were eminently conspi-
cuous in the seige of Jerusalem by Titus, as related
by Josephus. Long continued hunger often occur-
ring in savage and uncultivated countries, together
with excessive heat or cold, may finally perhaps
bring on a fixed change of colour. Very poor per-
sons, who live scantily, are apt to have something
of this cast. Civilization and food likewise con-
tribute their aid. The savage lives in the open
field or woods, exposed by day and night to the
weather, oppressed by thirst and hunger, whilst
the civilized man sleeps in houses, feeds plentifully
and regularly, and is screened from both heat and
cold. The savage frequently experiences scantiness
of food, especially of the vegetable kind. The
culture of the earth, and its vegetable productions;

34 3 Gibbon, 119; 4 Gibbon, 310, 370, 373; 5 Gibbon,
163 ; 7 Gibbon. 340.

35 Job, ch. 30, v. 30 ; lamentations, ch. 4, y. 8, lOj Fsalm
119, V. 83.

XXVII

ihe accommodation of supplies ; neat, comfortable
^nd plentiful living; houses, good lodgings, and
generous liquors, — have, it is presumed, great in-
fluence upon the human form and complexion.

The subject is not yet exhausted ; but it has be-
come tiresome to the writer, and perhaps more so
to the reader.

The regular conclusion from the foregoing pre-
jnises seem to be, that the variety of colour is not
the effect of descent from ancestors of the same
colour, and that such variety prevails in America
nearly in the same degree as in the old world.
And that the general sameness of colour in the
northern and eastern parts of America is attributa-
ble to the fact, that the present race of Indians
Lave not been long enough in the country to have
undergone a change of colour, by time and climate.
And that the idea of as many sets of original an-
cestors as there are various colours of human beings,
is as repugnant to experience and reason, as it i&
to the plain statements of the sacred writings.

XXIX

^ Commentary upon the Mammoth Bones.

With respect to the mammoth, it is proposed for
inquiry, first, when was be here? secondly, where
is he now ? thirdly, for what cause did he retire,
and what is the proof of that cause ?

Pirst. — His bones are near the surface of the
earth, as well as great depths below it ; and where
near the surface, they are in a state of preservation.
A great number of centuries would have decom-
posed them. A great number of centuries would
have covered them far deeper in the earth. The
French coin uttered in 1596, and found in the state
of Massachusetts, on the 30th of July, 1631, afoot
under ground, will show as well as numerous other
evidences, that there is a continual enlargement of
the outer crust of the earth, by the decay of vege-
tables, and the constant falling of an almost invisi-
ble dust, or by some other cause. There is, indeed,
no instance of any very ancient deposite found upon
the surface or near it. A foot in depth on the sur-
face being less dense and compact than the foot in
depth depth next below it, and than the foot next
below that, may be estimated at not more than one
third of its solidity. This French coin being then
covered, in less than 41 years, to the depth of four
inches, would in the course of a century, be covered
ten inches. Of course, the Roman coin, or any
other deposite, five feet under ground, on a hill or
other place not liable to be overflown by water,
must have lain there six centuries, or as many cen-
turies as there are ten inches in solid depth. It is
not pretended, that this is an accurate estimate ; but
only that it is founded upon accurate principles ;
and these lead to the general result, that the mam-
moth has been here within a few centuries. His
bones are found undisturbed; which establishes
the fact, that the country where found has not beea
Inhabited bjr a dense population since he lired here;

XXX

and of course, tliat it was since the destruction of
the aborigines who formerly peopled the country,
and long since the Roman coin was deposited, that
was found five feet under ground^ at Fayetteville,
on Elk river.

Secondly. — Where is the mammoth now? The
body of a huge animal, supposed to be the mam-
moth, was seen in the ocean on the coast of Nor^
way eighteen years ago, which mnst have come
from this continent, no animals of the like kind be-
ing in Norway or the more northern parts of Eu-
rope. A- complete carcase of the mammoth was
discovered on the borders of the Frozen ocean, iu
1799, near the mouth of a river in Siberia. It wag
seen and examined by Mr. Adams. It had a long
main on its neck. The skin was extremely thick
and heavy, and as much of it remained as required
the exertions of ten men to carry away. More
than thirty pounds of the hair and bristle was gath-
ered. The hair consisted of three distinct kinds ;
one of these is a stiff black bristle, a foot or more
in length ; another is the inner bristle, or coarse
flexible hair, of a reddish brown colour ; and the^
third is a coarse, reddish brown wool, which growa
among the roots of the hair. These are proofg
demonstrable, that the animal was destined by na-
ture for a frozen region ; why else the long or flex-
ible hair, and why the wool at its roots? His
bones are not found to the south of 35% nor to
the east or west. He therefore never inhabited
those countries, but the northern sections of the
globe only, and the countries betwen the lakes and
the 35th degree of north latitude, as were at the
time he was here, probably, in a very different state
from what they were in the year 1779, 1780, when
we first came to settle West Tennessee, For what
cause did he retire ? The raindeer, the elk and the
auroch have retired, since the days of Julius Csesar,
from the forest of Byrconia; on the east of the Bal-^

XXXI

tic; and the mammoth, at some time, from the
wilds of Russia, where he once lived.i The rain-
deer exchanged his residence for the rocks of Spits-
berg,2 within ten degree of the north pole ; and to
the high arctic latitudes went also the mammoth,
from both Siberia and America, in both which,
countries he was at the same time, and must hav&
passed by land from one to the other. The mam-
moth also lived, in ancient days, in Poland, Ger-
many, France, Holland and Hungary, and in ^si-
atic Russia,3 in the same northern latitudes within
which he lived in America, not going on either con-
tinent more to the south than the 35th degree of
north latitude. By the writers of Europe, the de-
parture of these animals, is supposed to have been
caused by too great an augmentation of warmth in
the climate ; which is attributed to the clearing of
the countries east of the Baltic, and towards the
Volga, for the purposes of cultivation, and by ex-
cision of the forests, exposing the soil to the rays
of the sun.4 But it is to be remembered, that the
bones of the raindeer, and of the mammoth, are al-
so found in Tennessee and Kentucky, where the
forests were not cleared for cultivation, during the
lapse of centuries, before the settlements about th©
years 1775 and 1779. They have not returned to
the uncleared wilds of these American climates, any
more than to those of Europe. In searching for
the cause of his departure, we can say, that it was
not for want of vegetables to support him, if he lived
upon vegetables; for ever since 1606, when the
Europeans first came to settle in Canada, and some
traversed the wilds of Kentucky and Tennessee,
these countries abounded as much in vegetation as
they could possibly have done at any former period,
and so probably it had for centuries before. We
can say also, it was not because he was destroyed

ij^l 1 Cuvier, £53. 2 1 Gibbon, 347.
1 '3 1 Cuvier, 253» 4 I Gibbon, 347.

XXXII

by any unrecortlocl deluge of modern times ; for in
Europe bis departure has been since the commence-
ment of historical records, and no such deluge has
occurred there since the time when he was known
to inhabit that continent; and moreover, if those
climates were suited to his nature, he would, when
his numbers were repaired by propagation, have
resorted agiiin to his native soil. Ivor has he beeu
destroyed by pestilence ; for without it he left Eu-
rope, and in America he would have returned again
to the countries congenial to his wants and his con-
venience. His departure, then, has probably been
caused by a change of these climates from cold to
warmth. Here we are met with historical facts,
which show that there has not been an unceasing
increase of warm seasons. These show, it is said,
that excessively cold seasons prevailed from 4o6
before Christ to some time in the second century
after it, and from thence that the warm seasons pre-
vailed, till some time in the fourth century ; thencft
the cold ones till some time in the tenth century ;
thence the warm ones till some time after 1399, and
thence till some time after 1620, and thence the
warm ones till 1810, and thence the cold ones
w hich have progressively increased from that pe-
riod, and even still progressively increasing ; and
for that reason, it is urged that the mammoth bones
in Tennessee are of much more recent disposition,
as shown by their nearness to the surface, than his
bones in iliissia or Germany. In Tennessee, it is
supposed, that he lived in the last cycle of cold
reasons, from some point after 1399, and thence to
1620, the country not being cleared for cultivation,
and so no obstacle to his return, when in Europe
that obstacle prevented his return, and perhaps de-
stroyed the food upon which he subsisted.

To try the correctness of this theory, we must
inquire of these facts to support it. First then,
with respect to the time elapsed between 400 years

XXXIII

before Christ, to some point, say a century, before
276 of the Christian era. In the north of Hcythia,
in the time of Herodotus,^ it snowed incessantly ;
and snows were common in the Tarentine gulf, in
the southern extremity of Italy. 6 Snows were
constantly falling around the Caspian sea.^ The
rebels taken and imprisoned at Capua, in the
southern part of Italy, in the time of Hannibal,^
died of cold.9 The snows fell at Rheguim, in
the southern extremity of Italy, in the time of
Cressus.it> The snows and ice, in the time of Julius
CsBsar, were excessive. In the time of Virgil,ii
the rivers thrust forth beds of ice, the gloomy winter
broke the rocks with cold, and buried and bound
up the currents with ice,i2 the wine was frequently
frozen in great lumps, and the Barbarians ofteu
passed the Rhine and the Danube with their wagons
on the ice. There were deep snows in Gallilee in
the time of Augustus. is

From some point in the 2d century of the Chris-
tian era, and from thence to the year 400, there are
some facts recorded. The vine was cultivated
successfully in England in 276 of the Christian era,
and for some time before and after that period, say
to the middle of the fourth century. From thence
to some period towards the commencement of the
tenth century, there are but few facts to guide us^
because of the decline of literature in those centu-
ries. Very probably the cold predominated in
those centuries, and up to some period about the
commencement of the year 900. From 900 to 1399,
there are facts in support of the warm seasons.

5 412 before Christ. 6 Herod. Mel p. 7.

7 1 Plut. 104 ; about 40 and thence to 53 before Christ.

8 2 Plut. 104; 200 before Christ. 9 1 Adams, 297.

10 From 40 to 53 before Christ ; 4 Plut. 205 ; 5 Plut. 320.

11 Died 18 before Christ.

12 1 Georg. 310 ; 3 Georg. 31 ; 4 Geog. 436; 1 Georg,
236 ; 3 Georg. 296. & 5 &

13 1 Gibbon, 347; 3 Georg. 355; Ovid's Epistles, b. 4,
V.9, 10, ^ * ^

The sea was open between Norway and Iceland^
and from the latter to Greenland. The Norwegiau
navigators discovered and planted a colony on Ice-
land in the year 874 ; and in 98;3, the sea being
still unfrozen, they discovered and established set-
tlements on Greenland. The vine flourished in
in England in 1087, and to 1154. We now come
to a period subsequent to 1154, and thence to 1620.

In 1234, the Mediterranean s«ea, was frozen
over, and the merchants passed with their mer-
chandise in carts. In 1294, the sea between Den-
mark and >i orway was frozen ; and from Exslo,
in Norway, they travelled on the ice to Jutland*
In 1S96, the sea between Norway and the promon-
tory of Legurnit was frozen over, and from Sweden
to Gothland. In' 1306, the Baltic was covered
with ice fourteen weeks, between the Danish and
Swedish islands. In 1323, the Baltic was passa-
ble for foot passengers and horsemen for six weeks.
In 1349, the sea was frozen over from Stralsand
to Denmark. In 1402, the Baltic was quite frozen
over, from Pimera near to Denmark. In 1 i08, the
"White sea, between Githland and Gelend, was
frozen, and from Restoch to Gezour. In 1423,
1426, and 1459, tlie ice bore riding from Lubec to
Prussia, and the Baltic was covered with ice from
Meclenberg to Denmark. In this century the sea
Ijecame covered with ice, and so for a long time
continued, between Iceland and Greenland, and the
colonists at the latter place all perished with cold.
Trees formerly grew upon Iceland in abundance,
jio doubt nourished by a genial warmth of climate^
"which continued long enough to vegetate and to
t)ring them to maturity. But when the cold seasons
came, they perished. From 1584, and indeed all
the time the first English colonies were settling in
America, Doctor Williamson says, that the north-
"west winds prevailed along the coast as three to
<3ne; in comparison to what they did at the time

XXXV

lie wrote the liis^tory of North- Caroliiiaf The In«
dian records in North -Carolina, which Dr. Brickell
saw there in 1730, and which were sticks of various
lengths, with many notches cut into them of differ-
ent appearance, and which he says the Indians Avell
understood, related the fact, in which also all the
nations agreed, that in 16Q8 the sound at Edenton
was frozen over, and that the wild geese and ducks
came upon the land to get acorns, and were killed
In great numbers by the Indians.

In 1650, the sea between Constantinople and
Ishodar was passable on the ice.

From some point after the year 1620, and prior
to the year 1730, the warm centuries began to adr
yance, and continued to do so till about the year
1810. Doctor Brickell was in North-Carolina in
1730, and for several years afterwards, till he re-
turned to Ireland and published his history, about
the year 1737. He says, that during the time he
lived in North-Carolina, the winters were so mild,
that the ice was hardly ever thick enough to bear a
man, and that many of their stocks of cattle were
subsisted by the herbage and vegetables in the woods
which the cold weather was not intense enough to
destroy. Mr. Jefferson likewise, who publishecj
his Notes on Virginia in 1782, advanced the opinion,
that the snows were less frequent and deep than
they formerly were ; and that they did not then
often lie, below the mountains, more than one,' two
or three days, and very rarely a week ; although
they were remembered to have been more frequent,
deep and of long continuance.^ The elderly in-
formed him, that the earth used to be covered with
snow in Vii^inia for three months in the year. The
rivers, which in those ancient times, seldom failed
to freeze over in the course of the winter, scarcely
ever did so in 1781 or 1783, or in the years near to
that period. This advancement of the warm sea-

S Notes on Virginia, 148.

XXXV!

SODS, and the constant conflict maintained in the
spring seasoii for the mastery between the southern
and northwestern winds, had produced fluctuations
in the weather, which oftentimes proved very fatal
to fruit. Nor at the time he wrote, did the dissolu-
tion of the snows w hich lay on the ground through
the winter, produce, as fortnerly, those overflowings
of the rivers in the spring, which were so frequent
in ancient times.

From some point towards 1800 to this time, the
Common opinion is, that the winters have increased
hoth in length and severity. The cotton plant, which
prior to that period grew here luxuriantly, will now
in some years hardly grow at all. Prior to 1800,
for many years hack, the trees were often in bloom
between the middle and end of February, and were
seldom later than the 10th of March ; and now the
blossoms are not unfolded till after the 20th of
March, and sometimes not till between the begin-
ning and middle of April. In the year i>i2i, on the
evening of the 16th of April, snow fell for several
hours, and covered the grouud. The clouds cleared
off, and the morning of the 18th was as cold as at
any time since the beginning of November. White
frosts appeared as late as the morning of the 20th.
The weather was so cold, that some of the most
experienced farmers in the neighbourhood of Nash-
ville forbore to plant their corn, though the ground
was prepared for its reception, till the week after
the 22d of April. On the morning of the 4th of
May, 1821, in the neighbourhood of Nashville,
there was a considerable white frost ; and in the
mountains, white frosts were seen in every month of
the year. It is advanced by some men of science,
in some of the western states, that the equatorial
climates did once include the place where, in digging
the Zanesville canal, plants of the tropical climates
were found. And they entertain the opinion, that
the cold seasons haye progressed, and extended

XXXVII

tliem selves more to the south; for thirty years past.
If this he meant as an evidence, in support of the
position, that the cold seasons are in perpetupJ pro-
gression,— it is at war wilh the opinion of the Kn-
ropean writers, hefore alluded to, that the warm
seasons are perpetually progressive. It is at warr
also with the fact, that th.e warm seasons predomi-
nated sometime before and after the year of our
Lord 276, 900, and thence to 1087 ; and from some
point after 16S0, and thence to 1810. And the po-
sition, that the warm seasons perpetually progress,
is at war with the fact, that the cold centuries had
the ascending from 400, to the 2d century of the
Christian era, and then again from the 4th century
to the yth, and from 1234 to 1620. And if the facts
be correctly stated, the inevitable conclusion must
be, that there is an alternation of cold and warm
seasons and centuries. And that the mammoth was
here for the last time in the cold centuries which
intervened from 1234 to 16S0. His bones are not
known to the writer, to have been found on the
prairie lands, but frequently at saline springs, and
hardly anywhere else ; to which he resorted, no
doubt, like the elk, the buffalo, and the deer, for the
pleasure of drinking the salt water, and of tasting
the saline particles at the lick. Whether the ani-
mals of the feline genus did so for the same purpose,
the zoological naturalist will determine.

It has been suggested, that these variations are
caused by a change alternately of the earth's po-
larity from north to west, and from north to east.

Such change of position would cause a deviation
from the ancient meridians ; and there is evidence
both for and against this deviation. The pyramids
were all built in India, Egypt and America pre-
cisely to the cardinal points. The variation of 52
seconds on the American pyramids, shows, that
there is probably some variation. At CircleviUe,
ou the SciotO; in the state of Ohio^ the walls of the

XXXVIII

fortifications vary a few degrees from tlic cardinal
points, but not more than the needle varies. These
works are some of them circular, and some square;
and both the circle and the square were so exactly
laid down, that no error could possibly be found in
their measurement. The builders Iherefore intend-
ed to lay them to the cardinal points, and were too
skilful to miss their aim : the variation is caused,
not by their mistake, but in a change of polarity.
In 1576 and in 1586, Tycho Broke made observa-
tions on the island of Huen, in the straits of the
Baltic ; and in 1671, another skilful mathematician
did the same. He found the meridian then different
in longitude, by 18 minutes from the position which
Tycho Broke had ascertained only about 95 years
before. A progressive variation of 18 minutes for
every 100 years, would have amounted to 7 degrees,
12 minutes, by this time, from the time when his-
tory first speaks of the pyramids of Kgypt.

The evidence against a change of position, is,
that the pyramids of Egypt were examined in 1794,
and stood exactly to the cardinal points. And un-
less 1794 was in that part of the cycle where the
returning variation has gained the point at which
the pyramids were built, this evidence is conclusive
of the fact, that there is no change of polarity. But
if there be a deviation, and intermediate points be-
tween tlie termini on the east and west of north,
then if the point be for instance 6 degrees west of
north when the erection was made, and there be at
pvesent no deviation, tlien it may be that the varia-
tion has attained 6 degrees, either in returning or
advancing, at this time, as it had at the time of the
erection ; but if at this time, there be a variation of
5 degrees, then so much time has elapsed as is re-
quisite to make up a variation of 5 degrees, from
the 6th degree, the point in the cycle at which the
erection was made. And could it be ascertained,
what was the exact space of time that is taken up

XXXIX

in passing from one terminus of the cycle to the
other, then also it could be told precisely, by the
deviation from the meridian, when the pyramid was
built, by calculation of the time necessary for that
width of that deviation. If the width of polar
deviation be perpetually progressive, and if that
deviation be nearly 18 minutes in a century, then
in the space of 2400 years, during which time his-
tory has spoken of the Egyptian pyramids, there
would in 1794 have been a deviation of 7 degrees
and 18 minutes. There is then either no deviation,
or it is not perpetually progressive.

It is suggested again, that the same cause which
produces the cold and warm centuries in succession,
also produces the variation in the direction of the
magnetic needle. And in support of this opinion,
tlie fact is adduced, that a returning diminution of
the variation has commenced at the same time thafe
the cold seasons have begun to advance. Mr. Far-
ley, an old surveyor in the county of Caswell, in
North-Carolina, says, that he was formerly obliged
to allow of Sve, six, or seven degrees more, to keep
upon an old line, particularly upon those whicli
were run in the time of Lord GTranville, which was
in 1756, and from thence to 1760 or 1761, when
his office was open. And he says, that now the
allowance is one or two degrees less, to enable him
to keep upon the old line. The same remark is
made by Col. Haraldson, another old surveyor in
the county of Caswell.

In 1728, aline in 36 degrees and 31 minutes,
run west from Currituck, struck Blackwater 176
poles above the mouth of Nottoway. At Currituck,
the variation of the compass was three degrees west.
At the mouth of Nottoway, it was two degrees,
thirty minutes. And some persons argue upon these
premises, thus : If the variation increased from
1756 to 1819, which is 63 years, as far as seven
degrees; and theu two jnore backwai:ds; it travelled'

XL

at the rate of niuc'ilegrees in 63 years, or oue de-
gree for every seven years, iii this latitude. And
for the time elapsed between 1756 and 1728, the
year when the liae was run from Currituck, there
being four times seven years, the variation must
have increased four degrees. And being in that
year three degrees, must have commenced three
times seven years from that period which leads
to t! e year 1707. In 1819, the retrograde va-
riation being two degrees, leads back to twice
seven, as the commencing point of retrogradation,
and fixes upon the year 1805, as the epoch of its
commencement; and that is the year, they say,
when the cold seasons also began to come for-
ward. The warm temperature begins to increase,
they say, precisely at the period when there is no
variation of the needle, and increases gradually for
a century ; then begins to decrease, till the needle
returns to the same point; after which, the cold
predominates, and is excessive, till it again returns
to the same point in its w estern route. And that,
though the warm seasons begin to come forward at
the puint where there is no variation, they do not
become decidedly predominant, till the variation
has pro;^ressed for fifty years, or seven degrees and
a fraction, cori-esponding with the year 1755. And
that they continue so decidedly predominant, till
tlie variation again returns to the point where the
said seven degrees and a fraction were reached,
corresponding with the year 1855, for some years
prior to its arrival at this point. That thence for-
ward the severity of the cold increases, till the
needle reaches the point, when there is no variation,
but in the intermediate space, sometimes holding a
divided empire with the southern winds and warm
temperature. And after the line is passed, where
tliere is no variation, holds the exclusive dominion,
which is exercised with all the rigour that can be
conceived of; till there be again a return of milder

XLI

laws ; which is not till after the lapse of two hun-
dred years; corresponding with the time which,
shall elapse between the years 1905 and 2005. The
time which shall be elapsed between 1855 and 1S05
being a space when the cold seasons will proceed
with more and more severity every year, towards
the sole sovereignty which they will acquire in 1905.
Proceeding upon calculations founded on the same
principles, they say that the needle must have
pointed in 1807 as it did in 1803, in 1814 as it did
in 1796, in 1820 as in 1789; and must point in 1827
as in 1782, in 1834 as in 1775, in 1843 as in 1768,
in 1850 as in 1761, in 1857 as in 1754, in 1863 as
in 1747, in 1870 as in 1740, in 1877 as in 1733, in
1884 as in 17B6, in l89l as in 1719, in 1898 as ia
1712, and in 1905 as in 1705. And that its varia-
tion in 1712 was 1 degree; in 1719, fi> degrees ; in
17^26, 3 degrees ; in 1733, 4 degrees; in 1740, 5
degrees ; in l747j 6 degrees ; in 1754, 7 degrees ;
in"l76l, 8 degrees; in 1768, 9 degrees; in 1775,
10 degrees; in 1782, 11 degrees; in 1789, 12 de-
grees ; in 1796, 13 degrees ; and in 1803, 14 de-
grees. Whether there be any correctness in these
theoretical principles, happily it belongs not to the
writer of history to determine. But if the variation
at the mouth of JNottoway could now be ascertained,
and if the old records of Edenton and Halifax su-
preme courts could be searched, and the surveys
selected, which were made at the end of every seven
years, from 1756 to 1823, — in cases of disputed
boundary, the progress of the variation cuuld be
ascertained with the most exact certainty ; and it
would be known, unequivocably, whether in these
theories, there be any thing of reality.

Another argument employed against a deviation
perpetually progressive, is this : That such pro-
gressive deviation would ultimately make the an-
cient meridian of the place the equator of the same
place; and would be productive ef a continual
6

xEir

cfiaiige in the latitudes of places. And this eiiangCj^
it is said, is disproved by the latitudes of ancient
cities and pi'omontories, fixed by observations made
200 years ago ; and now ai'e in the same degrees
of latitude they then were. If the fact be so, th»
argument is conclusive. There i« no intention of
disputing the fact. But it is worthy of notice, that
the ending of any state line hitherto run, to any
point or meridian, aftev the lapse of thirty or forty^
or fifty years, have never been found to be in thor
latitude it was supposed to be in when the line was-
Kun to it, whenever it hath, become necessary to«
make a further extension. Wyncook creek^^ iii=
North-Carolina, near Currituck inlet, was deemed
by astronomical observations made prior to June^
1665, to be in 36" 30' of north latitude. The line
from the point was extended by Mosely and Swannj
and where they ended, Jefferson and Fry began.
In 1779, Walker began not where they ended, but
to the south of it, and extended to the Tennessee
river ; and was supposed, by North-Carolina, to-
be mor-e to the south than he ought to be. He was;
not supposed, by any one, to be more to- the north,
than he ought to be. In 1808, Strother discovered
that his line was nine miles north of 36° 30'; and'
Alexander lately made it to be 13, and even 14^
miles more to the north than it ought to be. The^
boundary of North-Carolina also, after the lapse-
of many years, was found to be too far north ; and
the commissioners were obliged to begin at a point
some miles to the south of the line where the formep
line ended. If the present latitud'es of the first,
second and third of those lines could now be ascer-
tained, with the remarkable points at which they
came to rivers or crossed the same, a body of light
might be shed upon the subject, which might be of
the greatest importance to science. But at present
the conclusion most proper for the premises we have
had under review, seems to be, that the mammoth

XLIH

lived liGPe iu very ancient times, and ako in tli©
time which elapsed between the year 12^4 and 16^(^
that he was then removed to the north by a change
of climate, and that such change is more probably
alternate than forever progressive ; and that, at
some future period, this climate may be again fitted,
in point of temperature, for his reception, if the
then state of the population will admit of it ; and
that the cause of this alternation is yet amongst the
undetected secrets of nature.

XLV

A Commentary on the Roman Coins found near
Fayetteville.

First, was this a genuine Roman coin ? Second-
ly, was it brought hither since the discovery of
America by Cohimbus? Thirdly, was it driven to
this continent in a storm from the east? Fourthly,
was it brought by the ancestors of the present race
of Indians from Siberia? Fiftiily, by whom was
it brought ?

First- — Was this a genuine Roman coin? Antoni-
nus Pius, when he was adopted by Hadrean, agreed
with the latter to adopt, as his successor, young
Aurelius, o^ the age of 17 years; Pius himself
being of the age of 56. He is represented on this
coin as an aged man : Aurelius as about the age
of 20. After the title of Augustus was bestowed
on Octavianus, all his successors assumed it; as
their adopted sons did that of Caesar. It is added
to the name of Antoninus on this coin; as well as
the letters of the several offices which he united in
himself, and which his successors also assumed and
exercised — Chief Priest, Emperor of the Romans,
and Consul the third time. Fhe emperor, on the
first day of every year, formally took upon himself
the consulship ; and at the end of every five years,
the imperial dignity, and would then add another
time to the date of that office. At the end of five
years, for instance, he would say. a fifth time con-
sul, and second time emperor. The adopted suc-
cessor was called Caesar, and to him was assigned
other offices, which follow his name upon this coin.
The other coin, with the image of Commodus, as
already stated, exactly agreed wifcli the history of
his time. Considering these circumstances, with
the roughness of the letters, suitable to the ancient
coinage in the days of Antoninus, and not suitable
to those about the time of Columbus ; and consid-
ering also the little alloy in the silver, not agreeing

XLVl

with the coinage of modern days. Thcve seems lo
be but little reason for doubting, but that these
coins were of the date they purport to bear, in the
years of our Lord 137 and 18 1.

Secondly — \\^as it brought htther since the dis-
cov-ery of America by Columbus? The forest of
large trees which lately stood on the surface of the
earth, under which this coin was found, was of an
age greater than that which has followed the dis-
covery of America by Columbus. Some of those
trees could not be less than four bundi*ed years of
age, whereas not more than three hundred and
thirty-eight have elapsed since the discovery of
America by Columbus. A tree which stood on the
top of the wall called the stone fort, and which was
cut down in 1819, exhibited annulars which were
SO years from the time when Columbus came to
America. This tree was not more than 20 or S5
miles from Fayetteville, and w as of smaller growth
than the trees which stood there. Another evi-
dence of its antiquity is, that the prominent images
upon this coin are not in the least impaired, or iit
any way defaced, or made dim or dull by rubbing
with other money ; neither are the letters on thd
edges. Had it been in circulation in Europe till
after the time of Columbus, a space of more thau
1450 years, its letters and images would have been
worn aw ay. It is believed, that no instance can be
adiiuced, of a coin that circulated 1400 years with-
out being impaired either in w eight or appearance.
The English nation reformed its coin in the time of
William 3d. And in 1784, English shillings were
spoken of as worn and defaced.io There is a con-
tinual waste of coins by w ear and tear, which renders
necessary a continual importation into countries
which have no mines of their own, to repair this loss
and w aste. By rubbing and wearing, the coin con-
tains less than the standard weight, and the price of

10 Smith's Wealth of Nations, 61, f^7, 68.

XLVII

goods is acTjusted to the quantity of gold or silver
which the coio actually contaias, not to that wiiich
it ought to contain. The coins in the time of A.a-
toninus were kept after his death, as talismans or
relics, and were not in a state of circulation. Bufc
certainly there was no such reverence for the charac-
ter or image of Commodus ; nor could the coia
which issued in his time, have been kept out of any
pious regard for his memory. And besides such
relics were out of fashion after the introduction of
the Catholic religion. These evidences all con-
cur in proof of the fact, that the coin in question
must have been deposited where we now see it, be-
fore it had suflfered any loss or waste by circulation,
and within one or two centuries from the date it
bears. The depth of the covering above it, proves
the same thing. It is impossible to assent to the
proposition, that it was brought to this country after
the time of Columbus. It might have come by De
Soto, or the French who were settled on the Hi-
wUssee; by the Shawanese, from the Atlantic; oi*
h^ the Cherokees, from Virginia; in short, by a
thousand other channels, if it were not deposited
before the time of De Soto and of the French set-
tlements ; but if they were, then it is wholly beside
the purpose, to speak of either the French or
Bpanish.

Thirdly — Was it driven to America by a storm
from the east? It must be taken for granted, that
after the time of xlntoninus there could not have
been a Roman colony sent from Surope to settle in
America ; for the history of those times would have
related a fact of sucli vast importance, with all its
circumstances. And, besides, in those days there
was not any navigation across the Atlantic ocean.
The mariner's compass was not then in use; antt
fleets or trading vessels kept in sight of the coast,
as they sailed from one part of the continent to
another. If brouglU hither over the AtUatic ooiaa

XLVIIl

at all, it must have been in some vessel, driven hy
a storm from one continent to the other. North-
"west winds are sometimes of six or eight weeks
continuance ; but a wind from the east has never
been known, since the first settlement of the coun-
try, to have been of that continuance. Romaa
vessels also were not of structure and strength suf-
ficient to have survived in a storm of such violence,
and duration on the Atlantic ocean.n Their vessels
were small and ill built, arid there was not storage
enough in a small Roman vessel to hold provisions
sufficient for the sustenance of the crew for five or
six weeks. Every consideration combats the idea,
that this toin came hither over the Atlantic ocean.

Fourthly — Was it brought by the ancestors of
the present race of Indians from Siberia ? This
coin was near to very ancient intrenchments near
!N orris's creek, which contained within their enclo-
sures, mounds such as are seen enclosed in ditches
in other parts of the country. The ancestors of
those Indians neither built mounds as places of
worship, nor sunk intrenchments. They never
wore dresses ornamented with silver buttons, such
as are found ahundantly a few miles from Fayette-
ville. It cannot be credited, that they were the
importers of it into America from Siberia.

Fifthly — Who then brought it into America? It
must have come by navigation, from the south and
cast of Asia, to the western coasts of America. la
the time of Antoninus, and afterwards, thelloman?
traded with the Chinese by caravans, receiving
their goods and carrying them to the Oxus, thence
to the Caspian sea, thence down the nearest rivers
to the Euxine, tlience into the Mediterranean and
to Rome. The Romans gave nothing but money
in exchange. From China, it might have come to
Molacca or Japan, thence to America, and through
the gulf of Mexico, up the Mississippi and Ten-

XI 1 Gibbon, 29, 30.

xiessee, to Klk river. In the time of Antoninus,
also, the Romans carried on war agaipst the Per-
sians in Armenia. The money there coined, was
no doubt paid to the armies which were there em-
ployed, and from thence was carried into the neigh-
bouring countries of India, and to those east of tha
Caspian and north of Indostan, thence by some na-
tion to Mexico, or over land into the rivers which
cou^municated with the immense population on the
Mississippi and its numerous tributaries. It wa&
once in the Roman empire ; is now here, and could
not have come by Atlantic navigation ; nor did it
come from Siberia, and of course it must have come
by navigation over the Pacific and its islands. The-
Japanese navigation, and the crew of a cast-away
vessel belonging to them, has been already noticed,
as well as the importation of the emerald, which
was alone the product of America. To these evi-
dences of an ancient navigation through the Pacific,
may be added, that the same manufactures of fea-
thered mantles were produced both in Mexico and
in the islands of the Pacific. Ivory was found ia
the islands of the Pacific when first visited by Eu-
ropean navigation, which must have been carried
thither by preceding navigators. That the oriental
emerald was brought in ancient times from the
Golden Chersonesus, and there sold to the western
traders, who carried it to Arabia and Judea; and
that to the Golden Chersonesus it must have come
by navigation from America. The conductors of
this navigation were the Malays. The evidence of
this is, that all the islands in the Pacific speak lan-
guages which are clearly and nearly allied to each
other, and all of them evidently derived from the
mother language of the Malays. This great nation
of ancient times carried on tirade to Madagascar and
to all the islands of the Pacific ocean, and could aji
easily sail to America as to the islands of the Pa-
cific; a|id mi^ht have planted colonies in America;,

as they did in the Sandwich or Friendly islands^
for instance. Thus it may have happened, that the
inhabitants of America for a long time may have
used the arts and have observed the religion of the
Hindoos, till the crumbling to pieces of the Malayan
empire. This sentiment agrees with all the pheno-
mena we have noticed, and perhaps with all others
that shall be presented to our view. The people
upon Elk river then knew the value of money : it
travelled from the ocean to Elk, upwards of three
hundred miles from the ocean; because with the
people who lived there, it was an article in demand,
and came to be exchanged for their productions.
They were in a state of civilization. The short
answer, then, to the last f[uestion, is this : It came
through the Pacific, by ancient navigation, from
Japan, China, Malacca, or India.

Two pieces of copper coin, one of which is un-
doubtedly Roman, and probably the other likewise,
were lately found, in the year 1828, at Fayette ville,
amongst other curiosities left there by Mr. Colter,
w hen he removed to Alabama. The smaller piece is
of the diameter of the fourpenny pieces now current,
but more than twice as thick, covered with a deep
and dark erugo, which renders the letters and devi-
ces difficult to be seen. On the one side of the small
piece, is a pair of scales in the centre, suspended
from the ends of a beam, and between tlie two scales
the letters PNH. and in the legend, LAVDIVS.
II If. The C which precedes the L is not visible.
On tlie other side are the letters SC. about the cen-
tre, coarsely made ; and on the legend, MI. COS.
On one side of the larger piece, the diameter of
which is little less than an inch, is the head of a
man or woman, with the face to the right, with three
projecting prominences rising from the back and
top of the head one fourth of an inch, in sm»ll blunt
prongs, and from a cap which covers the head to the
temples, where a riband descends from the forehead

LI

io the hinder part of the head, and tliere ends in a
small knot. Before the face in the legend, are the
letters CARTFN. On the other side is ?; human
figure, naked, with his body and face turned to the
left, one leg straight to the ground, the right leg
raised so as by the leg and thigh to make an angle
of seventy degrees. In his right hand, which with
the arm is extended from the body about twenty
degrees lower than a right angle, is something held,
•which is not at this time distinguishable; and in
the left hand, which is also extended from the body,
and to the elbow declines towards the ground, the
part between that and the hand being raised, and
from a part between the elbow and hand, where it
touches a barbed instrument resting upon it, and the
hand entwining it. This instrument is in the shape
of a spear, the barbed part touching the ground and
standing upon it, the upper part ending in two
prongs placed at the end of a beam, rising perpen-
dicularly from the two ends thereof, ^^ ith a small
knot in the centre, midway between the two prongs;
the instrument itself is in a perpendicular position;
on the left side of the figure.

M31L

ERRATA.

In Page For
1 ithwest
11 fifty »" sixty
16 ;^henom= na
29 nr.eling
32 agitations about

a dvead calm
57 a spring of
60 megil nox

Utad
southeast
fiAj or sixty
Plienumenon
m-Uion

agitations above
a dead calm
a j^rong of
megalf Jiix

65 The c:dd seasons.lfc. should have been filaeed at the end of
the commentary on the mammoth bones.

68 inea

69 Seva

70 Trimurte

71 gurade

• H lelzittu pocU
in tlie statues

76 larrer

77 fine rieces

79 obsedioa

80 in which
Gheze

86 Jagpeii

88 \lt

90 could otlner vessels

93 obloquy

97 various cetors
303 oros, erity extended
105 like all other
109 lettered over
111 lingomites
113 Doz'in
120 Leleucidu

125 cedar pil.2s

126 a foot. long
mastaden

155 '2 inches

156 will be had
161 in instance
165 controvertible

167 Boe.ia

'he first Gi'ecian history

168 Antoniiis

'• fun ish datum

169 in the two most

171 as large any

172 is in the river
174 pontifar

198 Tonais
i208 Thibit
?Al th^sir natural iustitiitions

inca

Siva

Trimurti

garudo

Huelzetli pocli

on *he statues

former

five pieces

obsidian

on «'hich

Ghize

Jaypeti

Atl

could not other vessels

obliqui'y

various colours

prosperity it extended

like that of all other

tilted over

lingamites

Dozier

Seleucidx

cedar poles

an inch and a half long

mastodon

an inch and a half

will be laid

in the instance

incontrovertible

Bceotia

the first in Grecian history

Antoninus

furnish a datum

on the two most

as large as any

is on the river

pontifex

Tanais

Thibet

their national institutions

XIV

tn Page For
2/3 rharazan

bamar-sand
216 and aided to
216, 2ir, 218, 219, Lenopes
219 co-.idition

Indians a bai'k
223 St no J in tiie mound
2-'6 an then says

Mohen^ns

236 Pekoos
Ko loa
Tenare

237 Chola
into new
bet w em

238 is tr -sferred into

239 ii 1756
b'oodkss

240 ;ie feel
alleged conduct
unoffe.isive
rattle snakes

250 pc. firmed

273 piivileg d

280 produces

29S cereatia

307 happens attempts

3i 1 been togeth r

314 in the bed of the Scioto

3 5 usoal as

33 9 l.iarella

322 "vith sorts

murix
326 in the farentine
328 re. ularly levelled

taropins or tarobins
333 these ancient

Cuernovaca

Papontla
324 Milla

in a mission
347 for lyi^ig a thread
355 renochiillon
358 Taibit
361 dentis- sapientiK

363 Al rbech

364 comicen

367 Hans

368 Geoigen

369 Chorazon
KhoLn
Eughors

371 for both

Read
Chcrazan
Samai cand

and added to

Leoapes

tradition

Indians a book

stood on t<.e mound

another says

Meherrins

Pekods

Kanaai

Tenass "^^

Chota

on to new

between then and

is I'ansformed into

in 1754

boundless

he fell

alleged misconduct

unoffendi; g

rattle siiake

profaned

provided

produce

cerealia

hapiiens that attempts

been -^jrought together

on the bed of the Scioto

used ?vS

Marietta

wi;h all sorts

murex

on the Varentine

bevelled

tarapins or terebins

those ancient

Cuernavaca

Papantla

Ml la

on a mission

for tying a thread

TeiLCfititlan

Thibet

dentes sapientiat

Atarbech #*

comican

Hu))S

Geougen

Chorazan '•^^ ^i«^

Khoten TST iSJ^.

Eighars

from both

w

'i^-^

~^.>^-.

r^X^^"^^

xidified using the Bookkeeper process.
. ;utralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide
Treatment Date: Dec. 2004

PreservationTechnologies

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive
Cranberry Township, PA 16066
(724)779-2111